_

_

_W
_ ELD'S NEW ENGLISH GR.AMMAR..

E N G L I S II G R A )1 ~1 A R,
l LLUSTRATED JJY

J~ XK H C ll:SK.S

COl\fPOSITION, ANALYZING,

JN

AND

PARSL'iG.

BY ALLEN H. WELD, A. M.
AUTD OX

or

AN'ALlt.l NO A ND i"ARSHCO b OOK, LA.TIN

I Ml'RO YED

L 11:~80N I

AlfD .IU ADl.ft .

E DI T ION.

llUFF J\ LO:

H. &

E.

PHINNEY
1840.

&

CO.

,.·

/ :

I

•

.

;.~

I\.

r

PREFACE.
Entered according to Act of Congress , in the Year 1849 , by
SANBORN AND CARTEH ,
In tho Clerk's Office of the Dis trict Court of tho Distric t of Mai ue.

D O~TON :

Olli Dlck.lu.on CHftoe •..• O. 0. l'. Moo..\1, 8"'"°'11*•
No. 6IJ Wuhln1ton 8tre.t.

As the plates from which th e pre vious editions of this ·work
we1·e printed wer e unfit for further use, :md on that account
it became necessary to stereotype a new se t, th e opportunity
thus presented for a r e vision bas b~e n improved .
In rewriting the book, full advantage has ueen tak e n of tlie unfri endly
as well as the friendly strictures on former editions.
From
the past suocess of the Work, the Author !ms been much
encouraged in this new lalJor, and has earnestly endeavored
to make it more useful, and more acce ptable to the lrnnclreds
of excellent teachers who hav e shown it continu ed favor and
indulgence. He hopes his efforts will not be found to have
been in vain.
N o material alteration is made from the original plan ;
but the execu tion of it, in almost eve ry pa rt, is considerably
modifi eJ . Much is added to th e an aly ti cal, and also to the
grammatical part of the vYork; and, althou gh its ~iz e is not
enlarged, yet, by n more economical man agement of the type,
it actually contains about one third more than any fo rm er
edition.
The plan pursued necessaril y r er1uiri:s ~o m e r epl't1t1on;
but tl1i s is avoitl cJ a~ mu ch as is <'O n~i ,; t c nt with practical
convenience. It is th e design of th e I'a rt followin g Ortl 1ography, to explain anJ combi11 c the cle1n cnt.8 of a sirnplo
sentence; but in doing this, the principles of Syntax arc

4

PltEFACE.

devclope; J at ev er y $tcp. HuL th e~e cuulLl not lie fully illustrated in tliis l'art, ,1·i1.hout <liY erti11 g the mind of th e learner
from tli c chi ef cml to be attaineJ. lL th e refore sccmeJ necessary to stale principl es as tliey were <ll:Yclope<l, anJ aft envarJs
to illu stra te them more folly in the Pan de1·oted cxclu ~ ivdy
to Sy nt ax. For a s imi la r r easo n a separat e I>art was appropriated to Etymology. ln this arc contaiuetl tuliles, inflections
and detai ls, whi ch ~1u st n ecc~s aril y ha ve a place i11 a Grnmrnar fo r th e purpose of re fere1H'e. 11aJ th ese liec n introdu ced in conn ection with th e anal y tical proce~s, th ey would
hav e sc paral.etl too wiLl cly from 011 e anot her tl.1e explanations
of th e elemeut :iry pa rt s of tli e se11t encc. It is co11fidc11tly beli eved that iu practi ce th e arra11gc mcnt adopted will lie found
conveni c11t, anJ tlmt th e occasional r epetitions and recapitulations will no t lie consid ered by th e experi enced teacher as a
dcf'e <.:t in llic wo rk.
"\Vl1 ile p rcl'aring th e prese nt edition, th e autl1or lrn.s had
a ccess to mo5t of tli e prin cipal works on Gramma r, su ch as
those of llARt{1s, Lo wn1, "\VAw>, M u1rnAY, CnoMBIE,
DE SA CY, CnA~II', an d "\V1rn ST ER; and also to tlie articles
on Grnmrnar in the E <li11lrnrg h, Brit<mnica, and i'\fotropolitan
Encycloprctli as. In th e an al yti1~al part mu ch asoiotirn ce has
bee n deriv ed from th e G reek Grammars of HUTTMAN aDd
K UNER, from the Lat.in G rammars of Z o ~tPT, and .ANomnvs
and 8TOJ>DA1rn, aud from the work of DE 8ACY on G eneral
Gramm a r.
The ge ne ral p lan and peculiar features of tlie "\York , which
dis tin g uish it fron 1 oth ers on the oaroe subject, may be inferred from th e "i:iynopsis of Grnrnrnatical RelaLious," found
on pages no and 231.
BOSTON,

July, 18,Hl.

FA~ULIAR

INS'rRUCTJON FOR YOUNG BEGINNERS.

'l'HE foJlo·w iog introductory pages are prefh:"d to the work, mainly for. ~e purpoNt
of ~ u ggcistlng to the teache r a fu.mili&r and iu tc lligHJlt' ru ~ t.hod or exphu nm g to the
learner the formation of wor<l 8 and eeut.eu.coe ; the ~rm8 e m1,loyed iu OrawnHu' i and
the c l!\iss1fi~tJ o n of word s into wha.t b ca.lied Pa.rt.11 of 8pet,ch.
Eaeh leN«>n pre~nts a subject for a fam.illa.r lectu re, with e. few lllust.ratious 11fhich
CAn be varluU or extended at t.he d1sc reUou of the teacher.

LESSON I.

I

(Leu ~.)

Non :. -Let the clMs st.a.od at the Ula.ck board, or be furn ~hed with llatee while
pru.ct.lidng tb.ese letisons i or tha teacher can do the writing on the Bo&rd for tbe olu.1111.

Write the marks or letters a, e, i, o, 1.1. Sound or utter each
separately .*
Write tlie letters b, c, d,j, g,j, I.:, l, m, n, p, q, r, "• t, v. Endeavor to sound each by it.self, not using a, e, or u before or aft~r tbe.m .
Try to sound b and d in the word bird, c in the word cat, f Ill fauh,
g in go, k in l.;i11d, s in sail, j in judge, t in toil.
Sound a in the words bate, bat, bar, ball.
Sound e in mete, m et.
Sound i in pine, pin.
Sound o in note, not, move.
Sound 1.1 in tu.be, tub, f1.1ll.
Wb1tt is the diffe rence between the letters a, e, i, o, u, and\iie letters 6, c,
d,f, g, h, &c. "/
.Am. The letters a,•, i, o, u, can be eounded eo.sily alone, nud arc call ed
vocals or vower... The other letters are not eo.sily sounded wiU1ouL the wd
or vowels, and a re cllll ed consonanc..
•I.et the c lttJJB pra.ctlee ~lmult&neoual y, on the dltfereut eoundl of the~ letten, witb
a fuU and diat.inct utterance.

i•

I

G

FA Ml LLUt J.ESS ONS .

LESSON II. ( Wo rds .)
Pu t the lette rs /,, d , r, i , togethe r in such n wny that tl1ey will call
to rn.i11 d something which you have see n . In lik e mann er place tho
letters It, s, r, e, o ; d, ,fl, a j w, i, d, 11; r, n, t", u.
Wh e n letters nrc pu t tof(et he r so as to m en n som e t hi ni;, t hey form words.
Reforc letters were inventcJ, c~ rt ai n pic tures or 8igns we re us cJ iu writiug,
i11s t cn.d o f word s.

l

whole number of wortls, consistin g of
about 40,000, is tlivi<letl into ~igT.t dijf e renl classes or sort s.

' \iritc or mention th e 11:Hn e~ o f t h e olljects wlii c h .vo 11 cn n see or thi nk o f.

A DJ ECTIVES.

'\Vrite word s wltich will show wlt at kin•l of a b ou~e yon Ii'"" in what kind of a boo k you !told in yo ur hand - wltttt kind of' a ,J,1y
iL is.

Do any 0hjCtt:i li nvc a p a rt ic1da.r niune wliid1 is t1p p licn hl c to no oth er
ohjcC't? ..1-111..s. So1 nu obj ec ts a.re so impo rta.n t, th at we w ish to speak u f the m
•wpn rutcl.v, n n1\ Cu r cv n v(·uicncc, we give th em a p nr tic ulu r 11 n.rn e; n~, ' Va shi n,i!t0111 Ho .. ton 1 Am i, ut 11 , J:unc:-;, C ha rl e$, &c .
' Vi li you g ive p articular nn m es to sorne m oun t!li11 s ? c i t i e~ ? riv ers ?

•

These wo nls whi ch de note wlial kind or qu alit y, arc called
AD.1r:cn v1·:s.
Non: - 'fh e words an or a, an d t h ~ a re g<'ne rally r"flll ed artid;i.t , hut M th1•y r f'1:1em b h~ i n t h e ir n rtk t• l h ~ wn rdR nnP. , this, thttt , &c .. Lll ey il r c A< •ru t:rhnP~ c la~:.:et.l with n 1ljee tivcs whi ch liruit o r res trict t be mea ni n g: of u u uu ~, 1u u..1 a l'c t.!allt:tl ·ocfi uiri v.., a.ljt:1·t.ives .

Wl1y not ?

""W ord s wh ich denote th e names of objects and things are

\Vlntt is t he d iffe re n ce between th e

\\' O r ll s h C!i'Sf'

and g·rc1y ~

A

1is. The

w o rd hu1·se is t h e name o f nn a ni m a l, t li e wur<l y ,.oy <k 1 1 otc ~ th P- k i~ .~ , o r
qu u li ty o f ~omcthin g.
\\'h at is t ho llitfor r rwc li etwPe 11 t l1c w ord.; liyht

called Noul'is.
' VriLc the wor<ls !, thou, he, she, it, we, you, they, him, he, them,

nn d plco .. anl f hoy nnd good T tree a nd hi!Jh '! liouse and la f",'/e '!
A pply three ad,icc ti ve~ to man ; tliree to d1 il1l; three tu day; th ree to
riiyh.t.; fo ur to hurse; fi ve to tree ; three to 111w.

who , which.
Arc these words names of thin g~? Ans. They nre not nnm es o r nouns,
\Ju t they stnnd in place of nou ns, nn rl a re cnll ed 1mmo11n~.
EXA MP !,E. - I heard fro m m y b roth er yes terd ay ; ht w ns well. The
w ord !te is 1cse J to nvoi<l repent ing brollier .

LE SSON VJ. ( Classijicalio11 of words. )

A DYF. R llS .

'Vrite t he worrl s pleasantl!J, sioeerl!J, chee r/u!l!J.

LE SSO N I V. ( C!rissificatio11 of wonls.) V ERBS.

"\<Vr ite othe r words which will denote what a man, a horse, a lio11,
or a dog, docs.

'Vortls which d e note what any tlti ng does, has don e, or will
do, are called Vmrns.*

Are t hese w oril s nouns '( \Vhy n ot ? '\Vrito eftch before t he n rll.lll man .
\ Vha t do t hese wo rd s d t-:notc, w h e n u i;cd befo re rn au 'I Au~. They deuoto
whfl t kinrl of a man, or t h e qnality o f a man.

Docs every object h:1vc a na me 'I A11.s . A la rgo nu rn bc r of oh.iccts of the
snme kind ha~ a t ·o1r1.mo1i 11nmc. For t)x~1 11 1ple i th e n~ is 11 gr'1a t uum l.Je r o f
h orse$ , 1111d hut 0110 <:01 11m on n a mo fo r all , v iz. : horse.

ne i g h s~

\Vh a t is t h e d iffe re nce betwee n th e '"·ord ,;; .rox nnd runs? horge and
neighs f d-U!J and barks 1 sun and shines Y 'l.l'l;fid and /Jlo1l'S f

'Vri te the words f/ OOrl , great, wise, prurien t.

One class of words consists of the 11ames of things which we can
sec or t hink ot:

Do them worJs de note t il e 1111mes of ol.jccts ? W lrnt d o th ey denote ?
.A ns. They de note w ha t 00111 e tl1i11 g docs. Wh at s ing•? l"Vlwt run s ? W/1.:il

H ow doe~ th e wo rd bi r(I di tf1.1 r fro m the wu rd si11,q;j? ~·.1 11.'5 . T h e firs t i:s
tlle name of tL c e rt ain a uim ;1l 1 t lrn l ll8l denotes wliaL th e bird d oes.

LESSON V. ( Classijicalio11 of words.)

LESSON III. ( Classijicalion of wurds. ) N ouNs , PH OKOONS .

¥';Trite the wo r ds sings , runs, neighs.

1

L E~:>O~ S -

]{l':MAHK . - T he two classes o f words explnine<l, v iz. : th• nnun nnd the
verb, com prise a b rge p ar t of all the w or ds in t he En glish language.

H 1rnARK . - The

towns ? per'<ons 'I
Do trees, \Jin.!,, fi sh, and st-0nes, hflvc par ti c ular n nm es ?

FAMlLIArt

-~ .
!

I
I

Cu n th ese words be j oin ed to n o un ~? Jn th o e xr rc~sion, tj1c :wn .i;,h inei ,
to w h ic h wonl cn n p leasantly b e jo11J ed to mn k c sc n:-e '? \ Vl1arkind o ru.
word is shillt'$ f "Tli e bird s iJ1 ~S .ttweetly." \Vhi c h w o rd sh ows li 1 rw t hf· li ird
~ i t 1 gs '( " Th e n ight w ns ve r y d flr k ."
\Vh ic h wo rd r:.li ows h.0111 da rk tho
ni ir ht wns? \Vli a t kind of a w o rd is d ark '? " He t:a m e y e~tt·r. l ny ."
\\'h ic h wo rd d e 11 o te!'i t il e tim e? 'W illi wh ich wo nl b ~/t':,tt:1·day co n 1H•1; 1t..: d ?
• T ll lioi i ~ n ot. 1fo.'ilgn ed tui 1\ l'o mpl e ll} d e fln itio u 1•f 1h " ff.'rb. Ora l cxpl a •tA.tion from
tl1 M r.euc h~: r, will be necessary Lo w n.ka tile o fth: e of ll rn ve r b in t Plll~ihl u to t he li·n. rner..

8

J1' Al\tJLlAH.

L..:s ::;oN~.

FAMILIAR L ESSONS .

Words which denote ·m an.ne 1·, time, qua1Llil,1j, &c., are call t>tl
A DVE RB S.

T hero

ltre

llirco otLer c ln'isC~ of words, tcrmctl

CONJUN C'r l ONS, ~oc ~

] 2;

1·rtl!: l 'o S tTIO NS,

ee'3 §

7;

JNT J-: HJllCTJ ONs, IWC ~ 1 ·1 ; t l ai~ o compri se but

few words compt1red with th e ch'"ses which hnvc bc~ll oxplnineLl above .

J Qin an adt'e>'b to ench of the verbs in tb e sentences 'bove; o.o, The youth
Jen rns 1·eadU!J; readily is nn ndvorb joined to th e ve rb learns. Poiut out
th o n.dJec liu es , nouns , uerbs , nnd ad1.:erbs, in l ho followin~ !'Cntences.

P in c trees gl'ow rapi rlly. The gentle winJ hlows oftly . The little
bird sings sweetly. The angry waves Jas h violently. The j oyful
ti d in g~ came to duy. A wise man acts prud ently.

SUMMARY.
'What is the number of words estimated to he in Lhe English language?
Into what sorts or classes are these words divided, as explain er!
in preceding lessons ?

Name t he Part s of Speech.

Ans.

T1rn NOUN, TErn PRO -

NOUN, T HE ADJECTIVF., T TI I~ VERll, T n g ADY ERB, TJH; PHEPOSITION, T HE CONJUNC TI ON, autl TH E INTE llJECTION.

LE SSON VII. ('l'lt e sentence.)

LE SSON IX. (Formation of sen tences.)
' Vrite in sepnrnte columns the following a.djt-cti1..·t:S,
adt:e 1·b.,,,.

Nowis. - \Vin d, snow, stn rs.

Verbs. -

Shin e, flies, fl ows.

rJnco the J'l OU ll ~ l\lhl tho verbs t.ogt! tlJ Or iu Sll CJi I\ WH)' tliut they w ill mHk O
tHm.~c. Ho w 1nn11y t.hi Hgs can be sn icl with the six w ord~ nbovo { ' Vord a

J>ut together in suc h a mnnner as to express a.n iden., form I\ SF.NTKNCti:;
\ Vrite t\011te110-0s, using th e fo lJowi 11g

ns, The tdnd bfot.C6; the 3lar n shir~.
wo, ·~ s :

TVa ter, ice, trees, sun, horse, grow, melts, freezes, shines, dog«,
cltildren, bark, ploy, walk, men, boy.<, ride, rolls, bait.
W11at p1trts of speech l1 ave you used in ench se11tence ?
Non:. - Every scnt.cnce contains at least one verb , and one noun, or eomethlng
&trul <.Jing for u. nou u.

\Vrite six sentences, using such nouns and verbs as you can
r ecollect.

I,ESSON VIlI. (Jlfodijications.)
Join an cu!Jective to each of th e nvuns in tlid following sentences t.o

denot.e some quu!ity ; as , The oak fo ils; j oiu nn ndj ective to th e noun oak,
· l\nd the sentence will rend," The st1'rdy oak falls."

T he - you th learns.
The -- su n shi n es.
The - bird sings.

-

Th e The -

chilJren obey.
c hild weeps.
wate r flows.

t:erb3, aud

Adjectives. - P leasant, ki nd , prouJ, Jark.
Nouns. - Clo ud, su u, pare nts, youlh.
Verbs. - S hi nes, hangs, cond1.w t;, prov id e.
Atlcerbs. - F rownin gly, hriglilly, carei'u.lly, un bccomi ngly.l 'lnce fo nr o f the words abo ve togethe r, so us t'> form:\. sente nce i a~, Tbo

dark clouLl hangs frownin gly.

LESSO.N X. ( \ibject.)

\ \.'rite on tho bonrd or shltC, in separate columns, tho following noun1 nnJ

tierbs .

1i.ou·11.S 1

\V,.i te on the board or slate, "The ,;.ind ~hak es tl1e leaves."
'Vliid1 no un de no tes th e thing that nets ·1 .Ar1.;c. \\'ifld. " 'Jti c h n0un
drnotc l:\ tlie thin g ncted upon ? .A.11..,. I.eaves. \VJii c h w ord cxprc5ses the
fH.:. tion of' tlie wiutl. upo n the leaves '? Ans. The v erb shal·e~ .
P oi nt out tllc nouns whi c h de noto the act.or, arnl the lliing a.ctcd u pon , in
th e fullowi og Sl~11t e n ces.

The ~u n melts the snow.
T he wind drive~ the ship.
Thc: frost swell s the grou nd.

The boy ~Lrikc~ Ll 1c h«ll.
Th t• hawk se izes Lhr: dove.
T he rose perfumes tlw air.

In w li!l t co11 Jitio11 o r rc11ttio 11 id tl1 0 no un" s1111, 11 i11 th~ fir~t t; enlt•11cc? An.s.
Jn tile conditi...)n or r<- lntion whi c h denote~ tlrn thing thnt ad ~ . In wh nt
state or relatio n is th e w ord 1 ' s now''? Ans. l n t.lie state or relatiun t6 de noto

the thing acted upo n.

The cond ition or r elation of a noun rn a sente nce, is cnllcll
its cas e.

•

The nou n which denotes the doer or the thing spoken of, is in the
nom,i11alive case.

T l1 e noun whi ch denotes the thin g acted upon, is in tlie objectii:I!
case.•·

FAMlLIAR LESSONS.

FAMILlAlt LESSONS.

Point out the nominative llnd objective cMes in tho sentences above.
S ec ~ 18..

LESSONS }'OR PARSING.

10

NoTr. . -The CASes of nouns need to bcillustr1\ted more f'ully tbo.n t11 e limi Ut of theAe
fir ,.:t le ~so ns utll pe rmit. lJut the tA.:til'h er will b~ ahle by a Hui" ora l il1 ~ Lru tt i o 11 , to
:rnA.k1~ th e fmbj ~ ct iuwlligtble to y oung l e.-"\Mle~ .
Jn this co1wuct.io11 may 00 u:vlahwJ.
the d ifference be twetill u. t.r ansitit•e anti an inJran.si,itJt '\'erU ; anti lf.l/jO the numlur lillll
gendu of nouns.

LESSON I.
P oint out tb c nouns, verbs, and adjectives, in the lines below:

Crosar, yesterday, 8hines, useful, dog, w bite, barkd, runs, king.
proper, rul es, ma ster, Cato, wise , sees, strives.

LESSON XI. (Preposil.ions, &-c.)
Write," Rain falls -

the clouds."

Point out the adjec tives and the aU\'erbs in the same lines.

Place some word before "the clouds " to make sense .

DmECTION. -The noun which denotes that of which
something is said, is in th e nominat·i:ve case.

They went - Boston - the cars.
Pince a word bofore "Boston," t\l1d one before "the cnr.," to mll.ko
sense.

Tbe bird si ngs. The dogs howl. Men labor.
moon is bright. The stars twinkle.

The words which have been supplied are called rREPOsrTIONS.
For further explanation rrnd exerci ses, 8ee § G.
' Vrit.e, "James -

C hnrl es -

Thomn.s n.re l>roth crs."

Some adjectives are j oined to nouns, to
qualify tlieir meaning; as, A good man; good qualifies man.
Jtfention what tbc ndjectives qutLlify in the V'ollow i11g cx proesious ;

Tall trees. Pale moon. Lurid sky. ' The day i• long. A mild
disposition. A rapid current.. A florid countenance. The sky is
blue. A .fleet horse. A forocious tiger. A stormy night. Ti.me
is short.

§ 1'1.

LESSON lll.

LESSON XII.
Drn ECTION.• - A

verb is used to asse rt something about
that which its nominative denotes ; as, The rain falls; the
verb falls is used to u.sscrt 11omcthing 1tbouL rain.

1Vhe n the pArt.s ohpecch and thoi r om c.e.<t aro woll understood, tho Jeu.rn c r cn.n pro~
Coed LO tho e.Xt3 rcise Of forming SOUtcDCCS 1 gmclually t!'Xtcntling them by jvloiui
<1uaUfyiug,1"orda t.o tbo prlncJpu.l parts, according to tht! following m"'t.hod.

The wind drives.

Extend the following senten ces in a s imilnr vvny.

The horse rlraws Tbe sun warmsTbe tree bears -

Tbo scholar lel\rns Birds buildTh e tiger seizes -

Such exercises e>ln he varied or ext.ended nt the pleasure of the tench er.
Exerci ses of this kind uot ouly impurt nn interest to the
study of Grnmmar, but nlso serve to fucilitate t.lie progress of the young
Jen.mer, in acquiring a knowledge of the eaoeutial ·principles of' lauguage.
llEMARK. -

The

DmECTION. -

H e is happy because ho is good.
"..Vhat word connects lie is happy, with he is good '
The piut of speech used to connect sentences or wonl8, is called
the CON.JUNCTION. See § 11.
IwrERJECTIONS are exclamatory wort.ls; as, 0 I ah ! alas I Sec

Jofo ani adjective. - The temp estuom wind d.rives.
Join an objective case. - The tempest aous wind d.rives th• utip.
Jofo an adverb. - The tempestuous wind drives the ship 'V'iolendy.
Join" preposd inn a"'J j 'rho tempestuous wind drives the ship violent11
a mmn f ollmcing.
/ .aga:inst th e rodes.

Time tlies.

LESSON IL

"G eorge rends -

wril es.'' What words should be supp li o,! to connect J111nes witll Charles?
Charles with Thomrui ? reads with writes ?

S1rnT 1mci::.

11

l'oint ou t the nomin..iivo case, Md the word whi ch is u sed to Msert
something.

f.

I

Charles rends. James studies. The fam1cr ploughs. The fire
burns. The coachman drives. The scholar learns. Sweet music
charms. The tall tree bends.

LESSON IV.
-The noun which follows a transitive• verb
is in the ol~fective case ; as, The miser loves g"ld ; gold is in
tJ1e obj ective case.
D11rnGTION.

•For an expla.nation of transitive verbs, Sec i 3.

12

l'A~ llLIAR

LESSONS.

J'oint. out the noun s in tl1c objec tive crwc in th e followin g se nt cncc'i.

Charles reaJs his book. James studi es hi" lesson. Tho farmer
ploughs his ground. Tl1 e fi re burns tLe wood. The coad1ma11
drives his team. The scholar gains knowledge.
LESSON V.
DmECTION. - Au ver bs are joinetl to verbs, atljec tives,
antl other adve rbs, to modify their m eanin g.

GRAMMAR .

N OTE . - A1h•+·.rbi::: 1nn y be r;e ncr rtlly knowu by ru1kJn.g hmv? wM n ? or how m uch?
tlll.>. word t.l.rnL au s wc rs is the tu.I.verb.

Th e bird flies , I.how YJ .Aus. Swiftly ; s wiftly is th e nJvcrl!. li e is very
ill; how ill? tho ltdvcri> a1Hwers.
Point ont tl 1e ndve-rUs in tli e followin g se nten ce~\ nrnl shO\\"to wli at word:;
t hey :1rc j oined.

The boat arrived to day. The ship was launchc<l yesterday.
I disl ike his cond uct excecJ ingly. I cstecme<l him too highly. He
is very negli ge nt. She sings sweetly.

E::rnu sn GR AllD!AJt is the sc ience which tca<.: hes the principles of the English langnagc.

LESSON VI.

A preposition co nn ects the noun foll ow ing
it, in sense, to some wo rd preceding it; as, H e r e turned from
Boston ; from connects Boston with returned.
DIRECTION. -

:Mention what. words the prepositions connect in the follow ing sentences.
For a list of pre pn ~ iti onf.: 1 see§ 7.

H e dw1Jlls in the city. The ship has sailed for London. Ile was
buried be neath the ri ver. Th e boy ~toot.I on the burning deck.
The soldiers were in the camp. Th e city was taken by the Americans. The hill slope~ towards the Eust. The Mexicans were conquered in the Lattle.
LESSON VII.
Poi nt out the different parts of speech llnd •how th eir relation .

The Ameri ca ns conrp1cred the Mexicans in the battle at Palo
Alto. The army und er General Scott captured the fine city of
V ern Cruz. The robin sings sweetly in the Spring. The flowers
bloom in the m eado w. The lrunbs skip over the hills. Spring is
the most delightful season of the year.

GENERAL DIVISIONS A ND TERi\lS.
1. ENG LI SH C:1:A)l:IL\R i,; gc11emlly cli,·i1l cd i11to fo ur part s , -

Ortlw[!rapl1y, Ety1110!0[1!f, Synt1u;, an Ll l'rusud!J.

2. 01{'r 11 0GHA l 'llY, (G rc t·ko1·//1 os, "co rrec t ," ancl ,qrajllw , "to
\\T ite,") treat:; of' lett e rs, :u1t1 reac hes tli eir pow<:r a111l prop e r nse.
3.

(G reek el 1n11 on, "true and prope r u,;r:," 1rntl
w o rt! ~, anti teaclie ,; ll11 :ir 1.lc;rivati on,
cla.>ses, an 1l \':trial ion s.
ETY :.101. or: ,.,

logos," a \1·o rd, " ) treats of

4. SYN TAX, (Greek suntaxis, "the act of arranging,") t rrats
of se nt c nel:'S, aml teach es the prope r co nstrncti on ~of word ~ in
forming tl1 em.
5. P1wso1n, (Greek prosoclia, ) treats of accent, quantity
nnd ve rsification.
NoT1c. -This Ji vision of the sul;jcct is not stric tly lt<lhered to in this work.

2

14

LETTER . . -

VOWE L S .

Treat the other vowc1s in

PART I.

ekc-e
mctc-1110 - c
dccp -Lice- c

old -o
hope -ho- o

LETTERS.

1 -u.

6. A le tt e r is n ch a.rncter uscrl in writi ng or printing, to repl"C$C nt ::rn art iculate so und.

7. Jlf!!u rc lett ers 1n 1rc i111·c11t<•d, l'i l' tu rcs or ~y mbol s were
Cl11[iloyc<l i11 11..-iting, calle<l hi erog lyph ics.
8. Tl1c E11gli ,; Ji alpk1bct co n.-o ists of tll'Cnt.y-s ix ktt crs, whi ch
a rr. 11s11 :dly di1·i.Je1! in!o tll'O elas~e;: , rnll ed \'0 11·els a nd co nsonant s.
Nnrr:. - The w<1 rd '' ,\l1.J1:il 1rt " is d(•ri,·l· tl from al11'111, litftt, tJ ic nnmr ~ o f
tlil' lir;-;t tw11 l<·ttvr." 1,r tiH · (; n·1·k: J\l1 dntlwf. Tl 1c tc· nn Jmfi rcfo rcn ce onl y to
th e a1TUll ~1 · 111 c nt of' tltt: ll'fh• rs; a ~,
Hi &t:.

.<

VOIVTILS.
(). Those letters wli ieh represe nt a free, unin ter rnpt ed so und,
:we ca!Jc,] vowels, (Lat. voralis, "t ha t 1n ay ue so und ed";) as
a, e, i, o, 11; arnl 1u allll y, ll'l1 c11 not occ urri ng at tli c beg innin g
of a word or a syllnl dc.

]. Snnnd u in oil wilho1tt. :irtienla1i 11 g the: ll; 8011nd a i11 at without nrlicu:1 J:..1), tt in ope withou t nrt ic 11ln t ing th e Pi nlso, rt in m"11t without
nrt iculatilig- the r.

] ntlng th e/, ;

2. Sou nd ilic a i11 t!i() follow ing wonlC3 ; first pronoun c ing th e wonl, the n
omitting tltc k·Ucr:; whi ch follow then, tll l'n i:so1rndi11g the a alone.

mate-ma-a

ll

lut c -111 - u

off- o
no t-no- o

b:1.t,-oa-a
fat-fa-a
mat -rna-11

3-(£

ha.r -- bn- a
for-fa-a
mar -

in a-it.

4-n.

ball-ha- a
f'a ll -fa-r1
" ·nJl -wlL-a

i11 - i
rn ill-mi-i
pin - 11i-i

pi110-p i - i

a-o

1n vmiscu(lu,~ .

m nve- 11l u---n
pro Ye - pro - o

foll', full , far, fi1t.
IHt..' 1 J1H.: t.

mite , JiJ.

2-u

3-u

tnh -t.n-u

fu ll - fu - u

n0te n0r, move.

inu g- 1111 1-u

pnll -pu - <1

-tune, tu11 , full .

1

CONSONANTS.

10. L eltcrs ll'lii .. 11 arc ust·cl only in co1111r·ct.ion w it h ,·owcls
1
for the pur pose of arti eulat io 11 , arc calk d cun."J11111;ls. (Lat.
consonans, "so nntling toget he r. ")
1 J. JJ, c ( l1ard,) !] (hanl,) 1.., p, t, arc l'alled mutes, - tliey
J"('J >l" C:iC !lt. lit) fllltli l.JJc SOL111ll.
1 :!. (] (so i'l ,)J, g (sofi.) lt,j, r, s, v, :c, z, arc call e< l sr111ii:owels,
- th ey l' '-'Jl l' CS l' llt so11 11Js oust l'llC le<l Ly orga 11 ~ 11 ca rl y closed.
13. L , m, n, r , nre ca ll ed litp1 ids,-· t.hcy easil y coa lesce with
the so und of' ot l1 c r le tters wit h ll'lii c h th ey arc a.>soc ia tcd.
E X E It C I S I> .

Pro11 o ttn l'r. 1: /1 :;e ,_jo, ·1·e, se1 1:c, i?rr, ze.
Sr1lllH.l
g, lil .i. r , ~, v , x, z, without tile

r,

\ \' li:lt

,.,..~ t lie .' ·

,· ;died '/

\Vlia t nrc these le tte n
~

e.

Do tl1csc r eprese nt n fnl l sound 7

W ily'!

Pru11ou11 ee tl1e ful\ow i11g word s ; and as far ns p t 1 --~ ib h~ so11ntl tl:c 1· o n~t 111 ~u1ls

'.!. semirtJwds .

2-a

2-- i.

1 -i

kc- i
nii ce- rni - i

clk - e
rn ct- mc-c
sct-sc-e

Prn1101:11 cc /;0 1 ka,pa , ta , ca, yn. .
E ndt•avor to ~ou 111J b, k, p, t 1 c, g, \\'itlwut th e a.
c:ilbl ., \l' h ,, ?

EXERCI SES .

bntc - hn- a
fotc-fa- n

tn bc-t n -

1.5

s ilnilar rn n1111er 1 in tli c following w or<l H :

2-o

1-o

0 H. 'I' H 0 G It A P II Y.

tl

UTE:'. - SU I 11'0\VF: l. S, ET C .

2-e

1- e

1 -n

~I

COi\":>ONANTs .-

::::. [ifl u i'1~ .

S:lll C'C- S-C

lu111p- l -in

verge - v - g
r-.ex-s-x

ll(i l ' - IJ-1"

rmt-p-t
quake -q - k

jo t-j - \

t.nt - b - t
cnp-c -p

land-l-11
man -- m - n

IG

or:TIIOG II ,U ' llL

SOUN DS UV T UK

o,

14. Th e conso nants
p, m, w, v, arc call ed labial s, (Lat.
labia, "a li p,"') Lccau sc th e lil's are e 111 pluy c<l in articulating
tl iem.

UON S O N ANT ~

17

0

21. The vowel o h as three so u1H.ls pe culiar to it :;clf; as ,
1. o ill iwtc , 2. o in not, 3 . o in rn u,·c.

1 :). T li c conwnants d, t, c (soft,) !1 ( aui't.) j , s, aml z ( sibilallt
or kissing, ) are cnll c<l d c 11tal ~, (Lat. 1/ms, •·a toot l1,") - th <:y
arc arti c ulat e1l liy press in g th e lo11 g 11 e 11 po11 tl1 c teetlt .
l G. The ronsona11ls I•, c ( hard ,) !I ( lianl ,) and y (at t li e lwg i11nin g of a sy llable,) a re ca ll ed p alu.lu/s - th ey are art.i culated
by pre s~i11g th e tong ne <1 gain~t t he ]Jl<late.
17. TV a11<l y are cou ,;ona 11ls w h en tl iey liegiu a won] or a

lt is rd so u '3ed to represent Llw second sound oft' i11 dvv c , Hiid th e sound
of w

UllitCd

w illt u

i11 OJIC.

u
22. The vowel tt h its t h r ee so u11 ch pe culiar to i1:;df ; a~,
1. u itt tu.be, 2. u in tub, 3. u in fall.
It is nl so n sc~ l to rc prc;;c nt t.l w seco nd ~u1 rnd (,f c i11 lmry ; tl1 c !iCt...:vwl ~oun d
of i in busy; th e so und o f w in quo it, a11d th e ~o u ml vf .'/lL in u 11 i011 .

syllaLlc.
EXEHCISE .

Give the vo wel ~o un ds in the tUll uwinµ; word.5 :

SOUNDS OF THE VOWELS.•

.A le, nn11, bw 1 cat1 lJllt' , h.u-d, hanl, b u ll, full1 whut, wa.s p1 was h.
E e l, inc, elk, tcn11, 111 ild, m in t, 11 1:w i11<: 1 liru tc , lmr, pull.

A

SOUNDS OF THE

18 . Tl1e vowel a h as four sounds p ec uli ar Lo itoelf; as,

23. Each of th e fo llow i11g con sonants a nd cumbi aati u115 of

1. rt in fate, 2 . a in fa.t, 3. <'in fa r, 1.. c1 in fal l.
1t is nl!:lo used to represent th e son nd of c in mnu y a11tl o in ,.,.hat.

con son ants h a:; b ut one so u nd.

1

1. & a;;, i1t Uit1:, /.· a ":i i11 ki11· , pa s i 11 p a il, I :1 .., in l:tt e, ,. a..,. in ratt-, ·r :1~ in rai n,
:l;, i11 thi11y, tit :-.h;irp a." i 11 thin, th llat as

~h n.;;, i n ..-hall, ::. It like,;; in Jd<:a.iH n·, 11:;

E

iu th uu , j a-. in .ill.'", 'flt a.; in 111:111 .
Tii e ~ono.:on:1 nt }, is :1n :1.... pirat H, 11 11d ha ~ 0110 .isu u11 <l a s in h:u1d.
]11 th •.: w1u-.I c 11pl10: 1rd p l1n ~ tl1 t ~ · 111n .! n !' /1 .
J 11 t he word li:tl h.: l11ja l1 .i Im:; t he ~ oUJnl ~,i' !J·

El. The Yowcl e has two soundti p ec ulia r to itself; a ::i,
J. e in m et e, 2. c in met.

It is :tl so used to rrp rcs cnt tho :-'CC011d Eo und o f a in th er e; th e scconcl
ofi jn England ; nn d th e ~ cco 11 1l soun J of u in li e r.

so u 11J

2-J. E:u:h of" th e fo llow i11 g conso nant s h a;s u11e ='C •llllll pec uli a r
to it se lf, a11d is u:;e ,\ to r e1•rcsent 011 e o r in ure; of th e rn u11ds of
other con sonant;., as follow s :

20. Th e vu11·d i li:ts t11·0 ,-ou 11d-; pec 11lim· tu it ,;elf; as,
1. i in pinr, :!. i in J•;lt

It is nl so w-cd 10 rr 1u·c.· "nt lh lJ !i r. . . t :;u1 u1rl ,.f ,. i11 111acl:i11c and tl ic ~ erv 111..l
.sound of -a in liinl.

d as in <fate,
I

•

and re p r esents } as in sold ie r.

v :. ~ in oj'.
j as ycm .
71!J as iu s ingular.

f asinfan ,
g ~5 in fjfl\'C,
' i a s in notr 1
s as i11 sin ,
t ns in tim e,
rn as in u.avc,
'!/ as in yet,

z as in hi s, sh n8 in sugnr, a n1 l ilt as in plea.sure •
sh n.s in iiat tuo, [ltHl dt as in lla/urc .
t i as in Lr01r"n.
ins in tyrn nt.
z a s iu zone ,
zh. ns in nzn re .
Cit, n.1so, ha s its owu sou 1H.l rt !\ in c h urch, and rcprcsc11t.-. the 8Ut1n•l of ah a&
in m achine , k o.s in d1.on: s. 1 nn<l kw o.s in d t0i r.
C tmd G l\rC h nrd be fore a. , o, u, r, l 1 rrn.J soft before e, ;i nnd y.
1

;~ Tho n11:dy~i -: 1•!' t li ~ H 111 nd..:. f,f

CO'.\!s6~A:\T. ·

tl 1t• ,.o" < J... a1 :d co11 .. 1w:1n t :' lt l'J'(' g i,·P11 i ~ t;d ~ , ·11
by pc1·n1i s:- i11n fhH11 a J1:111 11·ldt•l 11.': E. ~! . T ii111' ... l•rt r, .\. :'>!., .1 11 :-. t 1•11h li:-lu_·• /.
./\ c h nft i11 ge 1ii1°11:- ly r·xl 1 il 1 ili11~ t !J ,.: .: . amo 1111al.' ·,..~ -.i 1 :111d rn :c11tl .' · 1i1·1· 1•11J 1'< I 1,,,.
J\Ir. T. 1 is co1 11111 0111:fo U ! 11 tJi cgi: wlir1 wi ~ li t1) M'<' a t · 1 111ci ..: t~ 1111 d p ld l11:-01dii ca l
r c prcsent:lti on of' tl1 c <: lci11 t:ut..: a nd ~ ·, 1 1 11'. I ,_ o f t!i c 1 :11 ;.; !i ~ l 1 La 11g n:1n1: .

2•

' ..

18

O HTlfV Ld t A I ' ll Y.

C 0 :-,; !'i \J :S .\ ); T

Ltl Ul\' ALE:--ITS.

()It

SU B S T I 'I'

t.: 'f E :3 .

25 . Suu~ T ITUT ES :< r e c li:u w: l c r ,; wlii t: li liaYc no so und p eculiar to t lie m sch c~, l>11t :trc u:;ed tu re prese nt tli c so und of othe r
lette rs.

<1 1

in il t t/1'l', a nd Ll1c Ll1 inl :-:0 1111 d o f u

:l.'i

11.3

in d ew.
J 1. Fj re prc:"lrl!t~ the 1il':-1t

M

in k<y.
J :! .

a rcprr ~c nt~ tlic :sou nd of I.: a."> in lir1 11id.

\' u\\! EI .

SU H ::, T l 'l' l/ T E:3 - ~

a re prese nts a as in Baala1 11.
A e
l<mg e a.-; in Cm.':-.ar, 1111 '1 ti llo rt ~ a .s i11 clittercs i;;.
A -i
a, a ~ i1 1 p l1iid , e a:; in a grti11, i lu11;.; a:-:. in a i:;lc, i :; hurt ,
ns in viUain, :md u ::.:h(JJ't, :Le:. in Br it11i11.
::?. Ao rt·prec:.C'11t::. the lir..:t S1Junil uf a H"i in grw l 1 an•l tlte sccon<l sonnJ of o

:1 ..., i11

pr''!/, n11J tlic first ~uu11J of e

rl'pr1...•s1·1tl ::i th e ~ c ctHid su u 11d ~)/'a a s in par tia l, autl. t lit: ~cc011t l ?l•Hllld

re

1

or

1

vt' ,,

1

as in extrnonlin:tr!-·
3. Au. rC'prc.;cnh t.hc ~<.'co11•l ~01rnd of n. a5'1 in 1l r rw~·h t, nnd the fi rst sound uf
<t l'\S in f;.'llf{;t' 1 fill ! lh ird SQtlll d Of fl ll8 in flll ll f, th e frJUr th SOU /Id Of It :t;; in
caught, the fir:-;t ~ound of o ;L<:; in h wtt hoy and th e SC\.!O nd oo u11 tl o f o, ( o r the
fo nrth '0 1111 d or u) ll' in Jame l.

~~T h e ~~? ll1 fJG H 1 HJ s h em t;~ 1·1 11 e d :wl1... t.itules !ire wmall y c•.all ud 1b'1,/dlumys.~ o r di9rapli.'J , wh e n com posed of twt\ vo wela ; tn1)lttlion9 s when c o 1 n 1.1o~ic d uf tllrc"
vowels.

:i::-

J S. Or:, l''Tircsc11ti-l tl1c tir:-i t ~l) ! md uf c :ts in ;111!11n.: i, the .c.t..•l'nrt d su1111d 11 f e a.s
in fuel.id, the lir ...; t hu u11d {1f u u ~ i11 •lue , a 1J1 l t!11· 1l1 iri l ~ 11u11d of v a.-; in :-lio('.
J n. Oi n • 111·(· ~c1lf::- th e lir::o l :-iH 11 11 l vf i a .; i t1 d 1vir , aud th\: tit•i.::011.l ~1d l! t d (if i
us i11 to r toi:-o.
.
20. Ou r c prc.o:c11t:; t li c flr::it :;ou 11 . J of u ;lS. i11 dt11· 1 tii E' thi rd 8<1111.. tl vf o :i••.; in
fool , the se\.!011 <1 ROtlll d c, f u a.; in fl r1Utl, :Tnd the t!t~rd ,-;l)Ulld of 'tL H" 111 guod .
2 1. Ou reprcsc11ts t li c fo u r! Ii so un d ol'p· :i.... in vu~lit, tin-- 1ir:o11. FlH 111 I of o :1',
in th ough 1 tlie sccunU !'1.1_111d o f n 11.~ in cvug-11, :mJ ihe third ~t ·1111d o f' u n ~ in
s01tp 1 th e sccvn J so 1111d vf tt a s i11 ro11. g h, an d rlic third ~uu u•l of u a:; i11 ruald .
'2:! . O w r c pre:;c nb! hc tir:-t ~n u uU ut' o a s i11 kuu1 c .
2:1 . L~t r<q ircsents tlic· ~(' cow.I sv 11nd of a a3 in gurtr:t1tlec 1 lhc third St1U1Hl u (
a a ., in /,!Wtrd, :tnd 1!1c 1ir~t :-:o iu it l c,r a a .. in m ;111t11m11ak1·r.
n ·pr 1·:-: l'11!.-, tltc :-th:;w11 l sou 11 d ul' e :1..; in ¥, 't t> .· t, tlli: third ~ o u nd <if u a.<.i
2·L
i u t' r1te, tl:c fil'st snu:11 l u l"ua~ in lJl111•1 a n.\ the !'-• · ...·01PI ~ 1 11111d uf ua-1 in (' 1111r1u,.. r.
2~) . rr; n 'Jff t' t'.(' 11ts th e ti rf.f ~ n n n d ni' i :t .; i n g11i.\ (", t h·• :-.t: eo 11<l i-01111d of i a~ in
gu.i !1·, tli u t h int :;11 11 ri d of tt ;1'i in fr 11 it , :1 11d tli\; ti r:-.l :-. 1 11111° 1 \ir n as in j1til:c.
2G. n) r ep r«.,C:lll'i th e; ~ccu w \ i;.u u11 d ..._,f U a ~ i11 li quor.
27. [ :11 reprr: ~c11f s tho li rs t so1111 d of i n.. i11 lt11y.
28 . Au:e rcprc:-;e1 1ts the ftJ Urlh ~01111.! of (L <h in rw •e .
2H. A !Je n~ pr<.: Sl' ll L"' the fi r:;l 80 11nd of (I, a .; i11 O!lf ·
30 . .l:"ou, rcprcsunt:; Lile fi rst :wund of u a.:; in Lt1w, an d tltc fir~ l i-uun d of u

~I

·1. .Aw l'l' JH't:sc nt i n a :, in luw .
A!/ r<'prcsei d :-; th e ·! in;t so und of a as iu d'' !f,
DJH.l t ho SC't:ond SO llt J'l nf C fl:::\ in SO!J5 .
6. Fft rC'prc ~c 11t ~ the lh~t sn11 n1l of a a :.: in s te 1 tk, th e third scm1 H.l
ct n:; i11
hear t, t he fir::.L ~<11md of c :1:; in terr , till~ scco111 l som iiJ of' ~as i11 htuJ, and th o
i;ccond ~01 1 11d of u :1:-< in n:n ~ 1' 'flH't!.
(). /~'e l'C'J> l'C:O:: l':Jt:-i th e fir~L ~ 0 1111d or C ns i11 lr c. ~ a1 h l the SC'CO ud soun1l <1f i H'i
in b ee1J.
7. 1:.t rcp rc ~ cnts th e fir~ t !o.1.t 11 11 \ or a 11:-1 i n \·("i i , t he e.cco nd ~oun tl of a as iu
tb e-ir, tJto firs t SO!l ll.\ t•f t: :i..; in d1•(•t i f , tlt o !'lf'...:() 11d 801111 tl Of e :1S i11 ht: ifcr 1 th o
firs t sou nd of ins i n l1t'iglit, a11d t he :5<'t'011d Fv1111d of i a.s i11 fo r fe i t .
8. Eo r e presents the fir:o:t :;111111.t of e tu; in p eople , tho scconcl so und o f e rt8 in
leopard, the fi r~t ROu11 1I uf o ns in yeornn 11, th e 5Cl!Oll (l sound of o as in ti curge,
nnU the second sound of u. as in 4ltt ngeon.

:-:1J t t11d

u

as in IJout.

9::; ns i11 . ~ .,. : 1ct 1 n11 d z as in .rnnllitt..; .
f ;t") in /1/d ehi l\ 1 and 'U a.~ i11 :)l\:p/w 11.
./as i11 cu u:;!t, a w l/.:. as i11 hou:;h.

I'h
G'h

f it

111'

o f' i a:i i n 111:1rri11;!<"·
1:.1 . 1~ l'l'J•l'l'~t:nt.; the fir:-t ~ou11< l oi' c ns in ~ri• f, tlic !"f'COml soun.l of ea~ in
q notie11t 1 tli c 1ir:-t :0:1)!ll\!l uf i ;1 ~ iu 1.li1' , and tltc ~cc.u11d ::'irn n·l vf 1'. a .-; in sievr.
l ·L Ji rnpr . .·-;e11r ... ilie lir::.t ~(HHLd ()f i :1 ~ i u l\ _111 q wii.
l G. /11 reprCRC'\ll!') th e :;ec11nd su u nd n a~ i11 1wth •11.
] li . .fti n: pn::-<e n t ' t h l; riccn 11d ~u n nd v f' ii a :-< iu l. 11l;i a.-.
17. Oa n~ 11 rc :-:i cnt...i. the fonrt ll io u1L11d uf 11 ;\..<; i11 Uro1 uJ , ;~11 <1 the fi r~t tiv1111 d <i f o

J. T he d1aractl!r ,; reprc:-:.\' Ht:. k before a,o, 11 , ! , ;· ; an d tht:: Jo10U 11 d u f;J l.JL•foro
i, H1 1d !f i tJic F. r) l\11 d uf;. i11 i-HW ri Ji CC 1 n11d t li u :-iO Ulld o f :;/t :t..'i i n OCC l1/l.

x

1-:11, rc.•p rc1;.e1 1t..; t!i0 fi r..; t. :-;1111 :1. l

in r h ca1 11.
10. Lie rq 1rc . . ~ 11\ ::; tl1c lir::: t ~ n 1111d uf o a~ iu ~nr, and tlic fir ... t svtu 11l of a

9.

SU BSTrr u·.n:s,

~U ll oT IT UT J ·:~ .

\ ' V\\'LI.

l

I

l

ns in hn illty.
.
4
3 1. F on rc pl'!'SP11l s th e ~ecn n d 1 s<H mil of tt it:" 111 lic rlJaceo11 .i .
3'1: . l .:1Jrl rc pre~c11 ts the firs t so und vf ·i n.s in t·,1/e ·
3:). l ea rc·prc15c11 t:; tl1c ti rs t so u nd of 1t as in adit'1L
3·1. l uu r<'. p rc ~<' nl s tli c sccu n1 l so und of u a .., in )!Llt..' i••U -' ·
85 . ltw rc prt' ~t·1 ~ l'i th e tir.~ l ~u lrn J v f u n..; ii i ,·iur.
3G . Ot·1t re 1 1 r(' ~ e 11 l :i Ili c fir AL so und or l t :1S i11 Hl :U1 lldL \'i'C.
37 Owe n· pro.::s . .·n ti the firsl so u nd vf u a s in 011:e .

•

20

0 1a1IOG IL\1'11 Y.

Dll(ECTlO::SS FOil Tiii'

2G. A <lipi1tl1ong is a 11niu1t of 11\'u YO\l·d ~< 1111H.b in lite same
syllal.ilc. Tlic n: nm three diphtl1 u 11 g~ i11 tl1 c la11 g ua g<', 1·i1.: ay,
th e achcl'\1of' rdii r111ntiun ; oi or "f/, and on o r 01c.
Jn tli c firs t ~ a lia..; its third srnmd , and y n. ·1wcsc ab tho fir!'.' t Sfitrnd of e. In
the :::ccond, o lt ;is i t~ sc1; 0 11d .;.;ound, n11J i. or y the lir~ t !i 1) 1111tl or' e, a:; hea rd ju
the wonl.-: IPil,.i··!J· 111 the third, o 11as its ~1.·. eo 11J l':lollwi, nurl u o r w has tlic
tliirJ sound or 11, :t 3 li c11nl in /; uu nJ, futon.
T he i :incl thC' .'/i n the dip li thnn ~~ , 1·t• 111·C'seut tlic firf' t ::=.o n11d of
j stilt it is the cl c:1 ne11t ur t: as heard in me.

c some-

wh :t.t cl ipped

worms.
27. A u·unl •·onsi.-< ts of' one or more le tt e rs, anJ is used as
the sig n ot' an i,h,,t.
,_ 28. A s1;ff,,t,(,. i,; a wo nl, or sul'.lt a p:1rt of a word a s is
utt cn:d !1y on e a rlil'ltlal iun.
'.2'.l. 1\ 11·on l of O ll c sy llal1l e 1 ~ ternwtl a mo1ws!;l!aUc ; of two
• sy llable.; :t dis~.i;ll1iUe; of''tliree syllable:', a ll"is!Jlfa.Ue; of more
titan tl1rcc :'ylla.L ies, a polysy1fable.

D1RECTl.OXS FOR TUE USE Ole CA1'1TAL LETTERS.
Tt

wn ~ fo:·1n crl y tit 0; c u ~. to m to heciill

CYl·ry 11n11n wi l li a c:1pit1tl; lm t :1 !-:i th is
nnd g:1ve th e wri1i11~ or pri11ti11g ;1. c rowded a11U
conf'u sl•il api ·1 ·:tl':11 11·<·, it, Int"\ 11cc 11 di Hco 11 tin1a·d. I t i..; 1 ltowl:\· er, Yery p1·f1p cr to
prnt ~t i« e wa~ ln, 1d.J(~ :W lll f',

Ue;;in with :1 t: api l; tl 1 i11 th e t'ullo win g i11 st:rnce :.:, \'iz:

E .' CUI !'LE ::!.

"G eorge , York, the S tra1lll, ll! c Alp ~ , the Tham es , tl1e Sua-ho rne. "

3-1. All titks of ltonor, professions, or ealli 11gs; al so tli e names
of religious sects, eourts, socie ti es, anJ pul,Jk Ludies of men.
EXAMPLES .

"(j o ,·c rn o1\ Ju 1lge , E:.:- qui re, Bapti sts , Fri end:;, Cv n .~rv . . :- , t!i c Supreme .J ud i·
ci :d Cu urt."

3;). N:11nes of monl11 s anu the clay .-; of th" week .
;JG. Adj ectiv es cJ.,ri1·ctl from tlt e pru11e r 11 :uues of plac <;s ; a.-<,
"Grecian, Rurnan, En glish, Fre11cl1, n11d I1alia11."
07. The first worll uf a f[UOtat io11 , i11trutl uccd af't cr a eolo11,'01·
wh en it is in a direct fo nn.
·
\.
EXA~!PTA::S .

"Ah,·ays remember tllis anci e nt maxim: 'K110w t!iyr:.c! f.'"
Lawgiver ~my s ,' Take up thy c ross <laily, nnd full o w 111 0 .' 11

l'.:XA)IPLE :-1 .
".T olrn 1.:.(1n'~ D ic!i ~;11~11·,v <> f'

an y other pi••1·c t1f' ":riii n .~ .

sente nces
arc in1l1p1'11d1•11 t, :if't.cr a not e ol' int «rro;;atiun or excla mation .
32. Tltc app ellation s of' th e Deity.

th e Engl ish La n:.;·11 :1 :;u ;" " Tli •Jm-s,1n '..; S c:t ~o n~ ;''

"l! u!li1 1' s 1\11 dc11L ll. bl 11ry.11

l\\'O

EXAMPf.E:-i.

"G od, .Tch o\·:ilJ , tl1c Almi ghty , the Supre me Bc ing 1 the Lo rd , Pro vidence,

the Messiah, the lfo! y :"1,i ril ."

"O ur grca L

Ilut \\·hen a f[tlOLatio!l is broug ht in inclireet ly after a comma,
a eapital is unrH~ C C9 'm ry 1 as, ":::iolunwa ob:;e n ·es, 'thnt priJc
go es bcfor<~ clc:;tr11 ction.'"
The Jir:3 t wortl of an example may aJ..;o n·ry properly lJcg in
with aenpital; a ,;, "Tc mptalion pron;s ott r virl11c."
~l S . Eve ry 11otrn a11tl [>ri11 c ipal wor.l it1 tl1c t itks of bookd.

:10. Tl1 e Jir.c t wor•l oC eve ry Louk,. ('\i:q1t1:r, lell cr, nole, or
31. The' tir.-<L wu 1-.l at'1cr a period; a11<l if t.h<:

~l

03. l'ropc r na1n cs of p c 1·so11~, 1•laees, streel 5, mountains,
rivers, s hip~, :.u1J eo1rnno11 11ou11s persu11ifit;tl.

]) I l' ll 'J' II O N(; l:i.

NoTE. -

U;;E O F C .U'IT .IL LETTEH::!.

:1'.l. T!t c fir.-< t 11·o r,l of every li11 e in pti•·tr_\·.
'10. Tit <' pnH1 01 111 1, antl tl1 e i11 lt:.rj1 ·,·1io11 _O, arc: wri1t ,; 11 111
ca pitals; :t,,"Jw ri t<:;" "Hcar,O car1 l1 1"
-11. O ili er wtml.;, lie:;id<:s :he pren:dit 1;...;, ""' Y l11 · ~ i11 11·i tlt ""\'ital -;, wh en tl1l'y are ]'(' tn:1rkal,Jy cntpl1a tit·J1l , ut· tl1c ['l'itu.;ipal
s ulij .:l'l oi' ll1e cunipositiun.

22

TIUJ.ES FOR

OHT JI OGltA l ' IIY.

R UL£S

49. S ilent e 1s usually <lropp Pd i n tli e follow in g instan c<'S :

l'Ol~ ~i ·1 :L1.l:\G .

NuTE.- J\ r\~ \\" ru: ~ ~ :ire gi \' i.' 11 n .~ ;1 .1 ~ 11i.!1· in ll !C: i1np••1"f;1 1LI flrl (1f 1'-pc ll i11;~;
9ut tli c·~ c :tre ~o hl'IWr:l !1 thaL !la·y 1q11 il y tu " !1!.'" a :-:. na i l pnrt ,,( t he wv rd.., .,(
ou r liw g na;.;e; aJJd

C\'C ll

t l1c:-e nd ~·...; :l.( \tui t.

1,t' L' :'.'\ 1'1' jd 1.. 11 :- .

'12. 1\fo110,;yll alJI ..:,; t:nd i11 .~ ll'ill1j; f, o r s, 111· 'l'L'<kcl Ly a ~ i11 ;; ic
YOll' el, tlouhll: thl: fi11:1 ! Cull:'O llall(; :t o' , ·' ''UJ; 111ill, )'USS.
'I l1t.! t•.xcv pt ivi1 ::i ~ire <~/; ·~); u:;, is, ll(ts , wus, !/''·"·, fu":-; , (/,/...:., 1r:;,
:111J tflll.I' .
.J;J. "\\ 'orJ ~ c nd i11 ; ll' ilh .'/p receded liy a <·u1,.;un:u1t, 1·u 11 111101ily
clia11ge y into i, 011 a •, un1i1 1g an addi tio11:1l ~ yllalok J.c;; i1111 i1 1;;
willt :t t·o11 ,011:111 L; " "' li:1p py, !1 11p p//.'f, li;1ppi11 css.
'l ·L Tlic fi11al ,I/ prt'c<·tied hy :i t'O ll :'Ull: t11t is g< 'll< ·r:illy c: l1:111;.<c•l
into ·I Lefo re 1lic 1·1Hling; 1·s , 1• r, est, ailll rd; a", ' JI.\» ,;pi1•s; ,·:irry, c:i rr icst, <';1 rri a , carrier!; lrn ppy, happi er, li ap pi 1·st.
·J:j . ) Io11oo:yllal1lt:.-, ~ 1 11<1 wonh acce11kd on li< e ia ~ t ,;,d !;d,l c,
euJi11g will1 a ~in glf' t:u 11son:u 1L prec t.:dL·d liy a :-; in g!c \'c )\\ ' L·l, c.:0 111 rno1ily do1il.Je tl1a 1 t·o11.<ona 11t, ll'iu.: 11 ili f'y l:tke anollll' r .-y llaule
beg in11i11 g \ri th a Y01\·el; :i ~, wit, wi ll!J; thin, tl1i " "i'~h; reg ret,
regretted ; l.h·gi1t, l H · .~i u11i 11!/ ·
4G. But if a Ll ip l1tho11g p rececle.; , or the acce nt is 11 01 on tlie
last syllalJk, t li e co11sonru1t remains sing le.
'17. "\Yit li r es pctt to mos t of tli e words c11 di11 ;:; in/, " ·lii t lt :m.:
not a cce nt ed (111 th e ];i~t sylhl,J c, usage is not unil urm . A cl' or<lin g to Perry :u1<l "\Veu.-U: r, the l in ,,;uc lt words slio1dd 11c>L u<.:
clo11l, !ec1.
'rlic pr0\·:1 i!in g

U:-':1ge, h 1J\\' V \ ' t• 1·, i:-; Ill f"a\"f Jt' of

as, tra Ye l, lo11·r•l/i,,;1 :

douldin :.; tla.· f;

<' :lll• T I, cr111cl'lli11y ;. li!," I, liu1·/l..,.; .Ju el,
duclli11g, d111'/l1·1·, di((.// i::t.
Tlie wuril:; Ud11ap a:1d ·1c111·slir';1 a L... , a t·1·urdi11 g to g1·11cral
usage , <lo uli le tl11: /' ; :t', I. id;11111;1i11:;. ,,.,,,.,<!11/>;11'11:1·
.J8 . "\Vorel..; <·11d i11c; with :i 11 y tlo11bil' li-H1·r, t•x1·1•pt du1:l .J 1 ~ 1,
prC'scn ·c tli P. id l!T du1Jl,J,. nn <1":«1mi11 g tl1 c l'IHl i11;:, 1/f,<·s, /. ss , /.'/
or Ji 1/; a ~ , l1 f1n1t!1·ss11 cs.o;, r 1fo'lcssl.fJ .... · 1 u·1· r~s.~/id.
Hnl "·ord-< c: 11d i1<;! i11 do11 liit• /, <:01 11 l!HJlli} drop 011 c I on rel'e i,·-

ing til e ~y l ial,i v ..;

u e-::,·, /. ',-:"" ' l\: 1·.

23

Sl'El, Ll~C:.

1. BPforc th e terminations aUli!. or ii.At• ; a~, Ulam r, IJl:twoM1• ; exce ut whe n
prece ded ''Y tor 9 ~o ft ; a:-0 1 pe:tc eabh•, cluu1geaUc.
2. Before i11.r;, '"~h, '~d, e1', or e:;t; tt:'i , pla ci11J, s lavish; love, !li\lef/ ; pal o,
pn! t:1', pa l1·st.

50. S ile nt e i,; usually r eta ined in the followi ng ins tan ces:
1 . Be fore the ending~ ness, les:i , ly 1111dj'ul; as, p:tlcnes-', cl osely, pcaci:Jul.
2. Before th e ending: menl ; ns , nbatc m.t'nl chu sti :-;e 11lent &c
'l he worJs juJgmcnt, aUriJ~ri11CH t, anJ ac l~11ow luj g111e 11 t , are. commonly writ ten witl1 0ut th e ~il1.: 11t e.
·
1

PART II.

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX .
SE CTION

I.

ANALYSIS OF SENTENCES .

51. Lang 11a.gc co nsists of signs usetl to com muni cate ideas.
Th ese s igns in 8poken an<.! writte n la ng uage are call t! d words .
· 52. "\Vonls suitably a rrnngctl to make a complete sense, form
a se nt ence.
•
63. ~ e 11l e n ces arc simp le or cornpou nJ . A simple se n tence
co nsis ts of one proposition. A compo und se ntence consists of
two or more prnpo.-; itio11 ,; co nn ec teil toge t.li <.: r.
[d. Tli e s11hjl'rt is that of wl1ieh so :n c tltin .~ i,; aflirm ed.
[j:) . Ti ll· 11n·, fi,.1tle is th:il whi eh i.c; ail1 rn1 <.: d.
Fo r cxa111pl<.:: "Trees g row ;" " trees " i ~ t.lt e ~ uhj cd, ; "grow"
is th e prcdi cale .

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.

56. The analysis of ::1 se ntence con ~ i s ts in di,·iding it into the
pnrts or which it is composed, and pointing out th eir relations.
Thus :
SENT f": NCE.

A11alyzcd. "Trees" is the suujcct, beca use it is that of whic h something
fa ntli rm e<l.
" Grow'' is tho prc1li catc; b cca 11 ~c it is tlrnt wl iich is nOinnc<l of trcrs.

57. Th e subject cxplain etl, desc ri bed, or limi ted, by one 01·
m ore words, is called the m odif ied or logical ~ ul>j ~ct ; a,, " L:i.rge
tr'"cs of the fo res t grow.'' The sub,i ccL " tr ee~" i ~ dt•s1·rihcd,
L by "large ; " 2. uy "of th e fores t." L arge ti·ecs uf tl1e. f orest
is the mo,J ifi ccl suhjcct.
58. Tl1e pre<li c:1t.c modifi e1l by nny "°'"·cl, ph1·as.,, 01· ch11 ..;r',
is called I he modijit-tl Ot' logical prC'1 li cate; :LS , " Large trees or
the forest g row rapidly in summer." " Rapidly" a1Hl " in s umm er" mod ify the prcJir·atc " gro 11·."
!i'.J. An atlrilrntc is a word or ex press ion forming a part of
the pre<lic::1tc, a n1 l <le notin g so me !)t1ality, stat e or oflke of the
suuj ect ; :t ~, "Glass is !Jl'iltle." "Tl1e sea i:; -in commotion."
"Fran klin was a p1iilosoplwr."
. GO. A phrase is nn ex pression that consists of two or more
words not fo rmin g a complete sentence.
61. T he simple prop o~ iLion s that form a compo und so nt c ncc,
are term ed cllmses.

25

EXERC I SE IN ANALYSI S.

Model IT.
SJ=:N'r~NC"~.

L ife

·i~ ~horl.

It is a si mple sen te nce. (Why i')
"Life" is th e subj ect. (Wl1y ?) Sec 5,1,
"Is sh ort " is 1.he pred icate, because it is a property affirmcJ of" life.''
In thi ssc11tcncc, two words constitut e the predicnto 1 vi z : u is " nnd u short.' '
The word 1 ' :;hort" dl.!uotcs a property, or attribute, nnd the word '' is 11 <lenotes
th:1t t.lli~ attrilJu tc 1-clo11f;5 to life. Iluncc is," is tcrmcU the cop ufo (lJn.nd,)
he('au:-:e it un ites the attribute ftrn.l the ·uUj ctL
A f1.~w rxa mpl t!S will illustrate tLii:s more Cli:11rly.
Soow £,,,, 71'),;tc. •1 J ~ '"·lii te '' iii tlic l>rcdic atc . '• 'Vl titc · 1 i!-t nn aft rilmte of
i;now. u ls" is t·li e cupu!a , LC'cause it un ites tliu s ul1j ec t 11 ~no w ': n.111.l tho
attri Uutc 11 whi tc. 1 •
The sun i3 nsin.'). " Id is t lie copula, " rising is the nttributc and 1t is ri ·
i11g: '' is th e predicate.
11

11

1

62. Th e cop ula is commonly tl1 e word bl', ~orne of th e fori;1s
of which arc a111, 1:s, are, was, w ere,&) . A sin g le word very
often con sti tutes th e pred icate, wl1ieh comprises in itself the
copula nnd tL e attribute; as, The wintl blows, i. e. is blowing.

S l'.NTENOF.8 TO BE ANALYZED •

Vice i$ Ll<'grnJin g. Virtue is ennobling. Ship!' ~ail. Ships
nre sailin g. .Jam e~ w rites. James is wril.ing. noys play.
Boys arc playi11 g. Stars twinkle. Star~ arc twinkling.
.lJfodel III.

r. x1m cr s ~~

IN

ANALYS I S.

1llodcl I

This m odel is designed to @how how the predicate which compri,cs the copula nn<l al/1-;bute in n s ingle word, mny be n11alyzeJ.>lf
SE:<TE,.; c 1•;,

S1i:s ·1 ·c: :--;:c1~ .

Tim e ]lies.

Anrd.r1znl. Jt is n !;implc se ntence , Lccnnsc it con s i~t s of hu t one proposition.
"Tim e" is the sul1j cd, because it is tlta t of' which th e ne t ion "fli es. " i~
am rm ed.
"Fli(\s '' is the predicate, bccnnso it is tho 1lct ion affirm ed of n time ."
NoTR.- In this sentence the subj ect and pred icate arc bolh unmodified.
Sec 57.

i~

A nri l 'Jztd.
nfiirmcd.
IC

Flows

II

lVitte'l' .flaw.•, [customarily or

co ntinu a l ~ -1

"Wntcr" is the subject, bccau•e it is lhnt of whid1 'om ct hin1?;
is tli c predicate, because it is the action nmnncJ.

'ff The .verU (C' xr e1, t the fmhRtan t.i ve verb u ~c d :ts t h<' cop ula,) i <1. n mb:."• l
wor<l, he1u g re~ 1)lva h lc int·0 th e rn1ntla nn d 7u·f>1fil'(1fe 1~1ttriL11 t<', j fr) wld ch it i11
Ct.l Hival cnt ; :l."', Tlt c llomnns c0nq111:rhl; Ctp1iv:d t.• 11t to tile Itorn;tn8 were i ·fr(,)
1·iou1 .- 1V71ct1ay. See ul ~o H U tt.~, IJP. Sacy , a 11 1l Cram/'·

3

26

§

ETYMOLOGY A ND SYNTAX.

n.J

P ·redicale .Anal!;zed. "Flows," i. e.
"Is" is the copula;

u

i: is fl o·w ing."
fl owing" is tho attribut e .

SENTENCES TO BE A N A L YZ ED.

W ater runs.
Havens croak.
H orses neigh .
Bees hum.
Flowers bloom. James reads. Cha rl es works. \Vin e i11 toxicates. He studies. They smile. We sing.
Model I V.
Sentences which express eommnn<l or entreaty.
DqJa?'t th ou.

0~'

Sl'EE C ll.

27

CLASSIFI CATION OF 8ENTENCES.

The copula unites the su bject "wntcr" nn<l th o attril.mte "flowing."

SENTENCES.

l'Aln'S

Cvme.

A nalyzed. "Thou " is the suUjcct, becauso it t.lt! n otc ~ lli c pc r~o n cum .
1nnudcd.
"D epart" is the predicnto , becnu.'3c it exprcs8c~ n comrnnn<l .
"Como" is n. word ex pressing commn.nd. Th o sub.iee t "Th ou n or 11 ye"
is omitted .

" Come" is the predicate.
u Thou" or u ye'' understood is the subject.
P ·redicatc A1tolyze<l. 11 Depart,' ' i. c . "be departing." "Be" is the copull\;
"dcpnrting " is the nttribute.
[In sentence• expressing command tho subject is commonly omiLted. )

G3. S imple se ntences or clauses may be div ided in to three
ela.s5e5 ; viz. declarative, i111perative, aml £nterrogative.
G-!. A de clarative se ntence is one in wliich somethi ng is dir ectly affirmed or denied; as, The sliips sai l.
G0. An imperative sentence is one wh ich expres:>es a command, exhortation , or e ntreaty; as, Obey; let your mmlcrat ion
uc kno wn un to all men ; llO come.
GG. An in le rrogat iYe sentence is one in whi cli a ([UC'Stion is
acikcu; as, \Vh encc art thou?
T•) these classes severnl others arc sometimes addcil , such n~ e:rc ln 111o ("r!;,
cnn1litional, &c. llut these nrc mod iJicatious of' the first class meuti oncd
alJO\"C.

NoTE.-Tn the pro~rf'~S of th e work, th e ~f'· nk11e('. tli c rrinr _ip.rtl. r1°~n1•'11f1; nf
whic h have 1J f't"" 11 uxplaineJ, wil l be g rndu:illy cxt c·t1dt'(. by ,1 1.1111111!! 111 t!H'"?
C'l cmcnts modifying: \\· ords_a111J / ihn~~c!=I . I n eo11nC'ct\a.rn with this. th1 · ] 1 :1_.. : ... ii_ l
speeclt will be prcsc 11tct l m w iat 1s dcem eJ. to be W1c 1m~ur-.tl on.le r ot thi.:1 r

u nion in the structure

or lani;uage.

SECTION

II.

SENTENCES TO BE A N ALYZ ED .

Give tbon. Do thou. Speak ye.
Believe. Rend . Write. Study.
~Model

Hasten.

Send.

Obey.

V.

Sentences in whicli quc• tion• 1trc nskcd.
SENTii: ~cv..

Is he a.live f

"Uc" is the subject, becnuso it denotes the person concerning whtJm th e in<p 1iry is n1ntle.
"ls alive" is tlic predicate, b('cansc it expresses: the inquiry.
"Is " is the copula ; "alive the attrib ute.
11

SENTENCES TO BE A NALYZED .

Is he dead? Are animals intelligent? Ts honor sacred?
Is friendship end uri ng? Ts levity becom in g ? I s theft forbidden?

PARTS OF SPEECH.
G7. 'l'hc diffe rent so rts of words, of wltich lanp;u::tp;o is
composed, ar e called PAltTS OF SPEECH . For example; in
the se nte1tco " large trees g row rapidly in summer," "trees "
and "summer " are called nouns; "grow" is called a vab ;
"large" an adjective , and " rapidly" an adverb. Tho following are names g iven to th e parts of speech;
•
NOUN.

VERB.

1-,HONOUN.

ADVERB.

At>JECTIVE .

PREPO S lTIO N .

CONJUNCTI ON .
lNTE IUF.CTION.
N 2

I
.;

',

~

l

28

ETYXOLOur AND SYNTAX .

[§

r

I

'

II.

1Hl> i-;UUJ\.

§ tr.]
N1 •T tr.. - .'-' t: eri()!J." \ V, n 11ol X \. !, Ill:\ )' IH.! ~ t·_1 d i1 · •l i11 1'11 1111f••'ti1\n v: i:! 1 tt::.11\
e:c·cti 1 •11, i f t li(l11 g l1r dc·:-. irali!P. l ~u t it is r t..·C0mm t: nd 1' d t •; ~tu.I\' l' a rt 111 1 in CtJLJ.I 1t!Ct iu1 1 wit/1 a l'l.: r t 1~ w t't" J':ut JI.
·

68 . A Noun is the name of :.in object ; as, Gcr.rg<',
~Ianche~1 tt~r, tree .
11 nr111' 1i 1 \\·hid 1 ~i;.."nlrl •· -. •· r::tii •··
_l lw n ou n cnn. bo ca:::~ly k110\\"li by inq uiri µg: whet he r tl1c wurd in quL:;.,liiJU
1s th e 11 :i.m e of an.\· tl1111 g lllilt ,-·,u 1 1_11: Lli• H1.:;i1 t uf, ur ~ p oiu · n u f.
~· \Ve c: 111 thi n~ o f rirlue, ri1·f, :J<.. "H. lro'-"S, titJt l' , li:1h.1, dark 11a.,; 1- tl icso w v rd:-i ,
bc rn g ll i un e~ Of OhJ CC t!i o r thought, arc the re fore ca ll ed 110 t111 s.
3: \ Vu cn11 tlii11 k or 71e r~<m ..i. , _pluct'I'>, r i r1t:1'15, 11Wautoiu~ , &c. Tile wo rd s tl1a.t

. , 1. Th e word nonn i::; rlr riYf•tl f'tmn llw L :1t in

i

..

'

d 1J::- 1g nat c l,hc.:;c 1 arc likewis\.: l.'H ll t>tl noun:;.

4. \ Ve c an thiuk o f tl llJIJ1'd 1 lt tfr r , or j i y1u· e c 1npl o n ) tl 111 c 1'l·h· a:-i 11 t l' rin j 11 _
1
tle1~r wltm tly of its w:.:u al si~11 i(iral it111; fi8 , me is n pr~: 11 u 1111 ; a t;:l.'i fo ur t-u 111 1,Js;
0.111 ~ a J)l'f· pos iti ou; mut is u co uju11ctio n. \VorJs , l e lt c r~ , ur fi g ures 1ln t:i ust:d
are u o 1111 s.

5. A c[,w.·rn or a phrase, rx prc:;:~ in g some eve nt, net ion, or t,fate, is ti ftc 11
u sed as a uoun; a ~ , To sec the sun is plc a ~ nut; llvw li e esrape<l i.:f l l li l k now 11.
Ji XEn C ISE.

Tu be 'll'1°il le1i <ni a /J[rlCk Board or Slate.

' Vrit·c tli C' 11.ames of the objects. in a school room.
"\\'ri te t.h c 1tw1u.~ of a ni ma ls inn fa rm yarcl.
tli c 11 <WH' S o f fl o wrrs inn ~urd c n.
the 1WUt fS Of l l'CC:' in th o for e-s t.
th e nwne.s of th o fin~ se n se~ ; n!ll , Jleari-tly, y.,._
th e na mt'.-i of t h e m e ta ls ; a~ , (.,'nld, c.Jc.
'\Trite the names of tho p e rson ~ , places, and tlti11gs, whiclt you ca n :;ee or
th ink o f.
'\Vlrn t pnrt n t' i:- pc~c h hn!-i bee n U '\Ct l t o tl onot o tli o obj e ct ~ w ltogo 111unc['\ haH~
bt"Oll wriLL0 11 ?
\\ih y 'I
}>Jac o a ll OU ll fH') °ur e e ach Of I.h o follow in g pl'c di C1l tCS.
' Vrit c
'\'ri te
\Vritc
1Vri t<i

llfudel.
- is ] Hird .
The lli11t is lwnl.

- is pleasa11t.
-walks.
- is high.

- is kind.
- rr:ads.
- studies.

-:- is s leep.
Th o hill is •lec-p.

- is dark.
-writes.
- studies.

- runs.
-mows.
- sh ines.

6!! . The names of inu il'idual p ersons or thin gs arc callee]

proper nouns; as, Charl es, Ilost.o n, April.
70. Names given to whole classes are called common nouns ;
as, animal, man, boy.
[For n moro pnrticuhLr c lru;sifi cntl on , see 167 , 168, &c. ]

I

71. A pronoun is a. word used iustca.J of a noun; as , ff,;
reads. ,')'h e wri tes . £study.
72. I, t/1011 , lw, ~hr , ·it, allll their plural ~ we, !/'"'' t/11'.'J , a re.
calle1l 71erson1tl prono1111s, Lccau,;c tlicy arc u,;ecl to de11ote th e
r chtion ofa pe r:;o n or tliin g i11 diseoursc. Sec 180.
73. Ii,; uf the first person, liccau:>c it <lcnutcs th e ~pcak c r.
7 4. Thou or v o-u is of the scconJ pcrwn, becau ~c it denotes
the one spoken to.
75. Ile, sl,e, £t, arc of th e tliirJ person, hcca11 sc they denote
t.l1 at whi ch is spoken of.
7 G. Most nou ns are of th e th i rJ person. \ Vhen tl1c speakt:r
nam es himself, as, I, Pmd ; or names the pcr1'n >' po kcn to, a.• ,
You , my brot!ter; th en the nouns ag ree in pcr:;un with th e pronouns. Pa ul is in th e first person, brot!ter in the second.

NUMBER

GENDER.

CASE

Sec S ec tion' XV l , XVJl, and XV lll.

77. A noun or a pronoun which deuotcs bnt one person or
thing is of the si.ngnlar nnmbcr ; if it <lcnotcs. more th:.in one,
it is of the plttral number .
78. The plural number of nouns is generally form cJ by
adding sor es t.-0 the singular; as bfrd (sing ular,) birds (filural.)
[For vnrialious from tliis rul e, see Section XVI, 187-2(J8.]

7!J. The plural of pronouns is r eprcscnteu by a different word
from th e sing ular. The plural of I is we; the plural of 1/,ou is
you or ye; th e plural of he, size, it, is tlte.1J.

80. Gender denotes a distinction in sex.
81. Tlte masculine gender <lenotes objects of the male kind .
3"'

30

(§

El'YMOLOOl' ANU S \' N'l'AX .

II.

82. J'lie fem.iwine gender denotes objects or tl1c fornale kind.
83. T!te. neuter ;;ender denotes things which are neither male
nor female. Sec 208, 200, 210.
84. Case denotes the relation of a noun or pronoun to
some other word in a se ntence . Sec 2 17, ~lS, :210 .
85. There are tl1reo-- pri11cipal cases ; Nu1ui1wt/,:1!, Pussessh·e,
and Ol~jcciive.
8G. The nominative case <lenol c~ the sulijl.!ct of' a prnpos ition.
For othe1· ofliccs of the nominatiYe, see 218, I, 2, 3.
87. The possessive case denotes that lo whid1 surnetliing l>elongs.
88. The ol~jective case denotes the ouject of a trnn sitivc Ycrb
or preposition. Sec 02.
T o these pri1H"ipal cn,es may bo n1l<lcd t.he ca'u indc pe11 de11t. ~ee 2i1.
Nouns or pronouns which have no relation to tho s ul1j cct (lr predicate of n.
sentence, are properly snid to be in the case independ ent or nLsol ntc.
EXEHCJSE.

[ ~Icnlion the nouns and prononns in the following scntcnce:ot, and gi ve tho

number, gender, u1Hl case of cuch.]

l'lnncts revolve.
Soldiers march.
Leopard~ are spot.red.
Death is approach ing. Civili ty is pleasing. T homas is obed ient; he works; he r eads; he is diligent. You cat; you drink;
you sleep. Locusts are destructive. Lalior fatigues.
For t!tt Boa.-d or Slate.
[Write

1t

noun or pronoun in tho pl urn.I number before

cacl1

of tho follow ing

expressions : ]

- are good.
- neigh.
- bloom.
- are indolent.

-are pleasant..
- plough.
- arc ripe.
- disobedient.

- walk.
-sleep.
- grow.
- reap.
- are sweet. - rule.

REVIEW.
Mention the p~rt' of Rpeoch. De fino n noun.
Whnt no11 ns arc called
pr~p ~r ?
Common 'I Define n. pronoun. \Vhnt docs n. noun or pronoun in
tlw smgnlitr nun~ber den~te? In the plnrn l 'I
How jg tho plur~ll of nouns
Jrencrall.,, formed 1 Whnt 11; the plum I of th e \wonoun I'/ Thou? li e she it?
Whnt doc' gcnrh•.r i!cnnt.e? What do the 'itforcnt ge11de ro denote? What
do es cnso denote I Mcnt10n tlie cusc•, and wlllit each denotco.

§

II

1.J

31

THE YEIUL

S.i::cno:,r ILI.
TIIE VERB.

I

Il

I
I
f

I

!
r

t

'
I

BO . Vflrl1, frum tho Latin 1:1J 1°11u.1n, sig1iiJi c..,
tc11nc<l. from its iinportaucc i11 S\JCCcli.

11

a word," 11 or th e word;" so

GO . A vcrL is n. wonl by means of "hich something i.'l
affirmc<l.
JiXAJ\fl'LES .

The lwr.1e 1'1tns. \Vliich word is ~ sc J. to nflinn the nctiou of the hOrse, or to
ex press whnt th e horse <loes 1
Tlte binljlics. \Yl1ich worJ i" used to ntlirm the Action of the birJ 1
Tli e 1corm cr«·ps. Whic h is th e ve rb'! Why 1
The 1l'Ol j lwwls. Which word de note< the thin ~ tliat Hcl-', or th e actor?
7'lie bee ltums . \\' hicll wo1"! denotes th e a ctor ? Whic h is n ;ccl to !\ffinn
the action 'I
EXERCISE .\

[Write u verb arrer cnch of the followin g nouns to atlli'm something. ]

JJlodel.
The horseTl1e lwr;-;c nei!Jhs.

The wind The wind b/.ow.1.

The wavesThc day Fii-c -

The sunBird:;Flowers-

l Point out

The dogTh c lionTrces -

Thc rainTh c ships Stan; -

the vcrU in the follo wi11 ;; cxprcs:-> inw;.j

The moon rises.
The chi ld reads his uook.
The loud thunde r peals.

T he su n se t s .
Th e sword kills.
Tl1e wav es da.sh vi olently.

91. Verbs may be divided into two general clrsscs, transitive
and intransitive. See 232 - 238.
02. A transitive verb is one which requires an objecL to
complete the sense.
EXAMPLES.

7'he "'"' 1.o ami. the em·th . If wo shou lei suy the "'"' w<wms, tl.ie sense would
be incomplete. To complete th e assertion, it is ncces;ary to •npply some
word to limit the mea niug of th e Ycrb . The word proper to be sup plied i~
terme<l the object. "The b Ull wa1·m•" (what?) tl10 earth .

32

[§ m .

ETBlOLOGY AND SYNTAX .

§

The w ind drives" (w hat?) th e snow.
"Heat melts" (w h11t "?)wax. What i• the object ·1
u Fire co n~ um es 11 (what'?) u:ood.
\ \T hat kind of a ''erb is cons umes '!

IY.J

33

Till': Pl{Ol'O S I T I ON .

11

Fonns nf the Ve r& IJE

EXE H C I ~ E .

Subject;.

Oljedo .

Su/,j,tt.«

O~jects.

011)« t;.

T rees - - fruit.
Foo<l - - hun ge r.
Diamond-- glass.

Clrildren - - IJuoks.
E yc:i-- li ght.
\Yater - - Jirc.

93 . An intransit i\'C verb is one that docs not requi re an object to complete the sense ; as, "Waves d:i ~ h." "Ships
sail." " IIc ~ l ceps ."
94. Verbs kivc various forms; 1, to denote the manner of
asser ting, called mode ; 2, to express the time of an act ion, called
tense ; 3, to denote the number or p erson of th e subj ect. These
a rc explained in Part Ill. See Sections XXI and XXII.
N<n·r·:. - l 11 tl10 e xc rci~cs or Part II only one 'mode of thn vc rl1 occ u1":':1 1 cnl1 ell
tho 1'11dicatire, hecau~e it i!-! n ~cJ to irnli cat~ or <lcclaro l)011lct li i11g. Two tcni:;o
fo nn ~ 011 1\' :\re u~ cd in this p:ut 1, T he present t~ nse, w hidt tlc11otcs th e present ti uh~ Dr 11 11 ne t io n or event; 1ls, I writt:. 2 , Til e im.per:ft:cl lt:. m;e, whic h denotes the pa:-t. t ime of au action or eve nt i n~ , I wrote. The pe rso n uf th e vc rl,,

I

l:\l l 'g ltl' IE.GT

I ND I CATIVE

pcri" <m , I wns .
2Ll
Th ou wa .'-'l t.

31!

lie was.

~5 . A vcrb rn th e i11Jin1:ti'ce mod.: is prcC'ciled by tire word
to; as, to be; to write ; to la ve; to begin, &e.
9G. A verL in any form, Lut that of the in fin iti ve nwJe, i~
called a fia'ite verb.
\
97. The subj ect of a fiuite verb is tir e' same as the subject
of the proposition in which it st.ands ; as, " ,Soldiers 111.arcli. ;"
sol.Ji ers is the subj ect of the verb marel1; it is abo the subj ect
of the proposition.

PHRS H..N'r

Sin:;ula r.
1st pc1-gon, l ·w ri te.

'.ld
;J,l

'J'h oll writest .
li e writes.
Dl I'E flFEC'l'

Singulai"

1st person, I wrote.
2d
Thou wrotest.
3d
He wrote.
of

NOTE. - She or it,
HE, in conjugati ng

lV .

TIIE PROPOSITJON.

Part I.

MODE .

l'lu ,·ol.
\\'c wc rr.
Y C 01' .\'<JU \\'L'rC.
The y were.

l ~t

SECTION
·111

\ \'c arc.
Y c or yo u aro.
T hey are.

8 iu!Jula r.

co rresponds with the person of its 8ulij cct.

E":wmp le of F orms of the Verb used

I'/,,rnl.

Singu lur.
person, I urn .
2•1
Thou art.
8J
Il e is.
J ~t

[!:'11pply " lnt11'itirn nrli i11 cac l1 of t he blau k pla ces. ]

George - - play.
\ Yater - - thirst.
T eeth - - food .

the l're«enl and l111pe, f,; c1 Tense3 of the
I ndicative Jlfude.

i 11

!)8. The principal clements of every proposi1ion are th e s11/r.
j ect 1.tnd 71rcdicale.

T ENS l~ .

sun.JE CT.

Plaral.
W e writ e.
Y c or you write.
They write .
TY.N SE.

P lu ral.
Wo wrote.
Yo or you wrote.
They wrote.

or nny noun of tho thi rd person, may be usotl in pla<l6
the verb .

Sec G4, Sec. I.

!)!). The subj ect. is a noun, or so111n won! or expression nsed
as a noun .
100. Number, person, ge nder, and case, Lelong to tlie subject
in common with otl1 er nouns.
NnTE. - The g mmmat.ic:i l relation of th o su l,j ..:ct is iud icatcJ l 1y tlic ful lowiug Huie.

Il n r.E I.

101. 'rhe suhjcc t of a finite ve rb must be
tive case .

S ee ~18.

111

the nomina-

3.1

ETUIOLO G\' A N IJ

t; \":\TAX .

L§ lV.

l~ XA:.\tPLE S. . - '' .FftJ't' er.~ ldovrn." 1.1 Flo\\'crs ,, is the ~ 11Uj L11~ t of th e p ro pvsit ion, and also the gran 1111at' ic:d !'1 1111.ic~t o f tli c j /11ilt: n ·rb Ul uo11L ::-) cc VU , U7.
" To lie is Ua ~c." Tlic s ulij t-!C t jg tlic ii1finiti ni, 0 to li c, 11 u.o; e~ l a.s :1 noun
in the norn in a tin: c n.~ e .

I>

IV.]

104. If tlie subject is in th e nominative case it is calbl tLe
suljecl nool'inal fre; an<l th e noun that is !lie attribute of it is
callc<l tl1 e predicate 1wmi'nat£ve.
EXAMPLES .

.ANALY=-' l ::;

A:\'D

l '.\H :, l ~ (i .

Sc ntc r1ccs 8li<m1J Le anal yzed ht f11rc pn r:-.i ng t l ie W1.. ·rd .; .
Tlte fol\ow i ug qtll' !",ti o n't 111a y ~ c·r r c ns a g u id ··· i11 par;o; ill h !P J \111 ~ . 1 . \Y liy
ca.1lcd a 11 0 11n '? 2. Pro pl'I' r.r e01111111u1 '( \\'li y "! ;J. \\'lint 11r r ..i. u 11 'I 4. Wh at
mm1uc r '/ Why'/ 5. Wliat ge nde r'/ \\'h y '/ U. \\.hat ca ><: '/ ll' lo y '/

\ Nil.LYSIS AND P.1.HS I NG.

tl Ne wton was a phi losop lwr."

"Nf:w ton "i ;.; the twl1j l'<:l110111i -

w1ti1·1 ·, u11d "pli ilosophc r " i-' t he predicate 1w1rrinatire.
"David was

ki 11 ~

of Tsnw1.n

"Ki11g

11

is lit e predica,te nomi.ua.tive.

ANAT.YS I S AND PAH:-:;INO.

Jlfo del ~/Parsing a 1\'owi i" !ltt: J\~ ,,11iaalice Case.
SJ~ ~TE~ c E.

Leuvc::s shake.

Analyzed. It is :t simple propo::.ition. "Loaves " is the subjec t, because it
is that of which SOll1(~ lhi1 1 g is allirrn.cU .
"Shnkc" is th o pretl ic ntc, Lc.c:w:-.o it is th o net.ion ntlinncd.

Predicr1te n.nalyzcd. "Shake," i. e. "nre shakin g. " u Are" is th e co pu ln,
nml 11 s haking " is th e a.Ur iLute . See 'Motl cl JI. Sec. I.
T he J.lO'l.tn P arsed. 11 L eaves" is a nou n, liccau:5e it is the name of something - comnwn, beca use it is t he name g ive n to a rlass of ohj cct .s - nf th e
thi1·d pcrso11, l>ccau so it llc notcs lhat which is spo ke n of - of th e plurftl twmher, becau se it d enotes m o re th n.n ono - i n th e 110111i.nalire co:it , Lcc a usc it
de notes th e s uujcct.

Huie J.

105. A noun in the predicate afte r an intra1 1sit ive vcro
is in the same case as the subject when both words refer to
the same person or thing; as " Paul was an apostle."
"Apos t le '' s tanrl ~ i11 tl1 c prcdict\t c , nnd dc u o t \~~ th e sn m c p1 •rR011 a.~
tho s ubj ect. lt is the rcf'orc in the sam e case. See l(ulc 11, Sy 111,,x.

"

P a 11l,''

Afodel of P arsi11g ct I'redicale lYuAi,;uil ire .
SENTENCE. -

'\

~l

,.
fl
.'

Jli ltcm wa.s a poet.

A nalyzed. "Milton" is the s u bject. "Was a p oet,"
b the prc uic::it c .
ll Poet" is the predi cate n ominative.
Predicat e 1Vuminnti't'C Parsed. " P oet is n cornrn on 1101111, t.hinJ pers01i ,
sin gular, mitsc ulinc ge nd er, nnd the predi.cnte n m 11i11 fit ice 1 l 1 l·~·i1. 11 :i.e it de notes

1·

11

SENTENCES .

:Masters teach. Ca~sar conquereJ. Pompey fleJ. \Valer rnns. Air inv igorntcs. Ice
melts. Gold glitters. Kings rule. I teach. They learn.
ChilJ ren play.

F oxes hark.

TIIE

PREDICATE.

Sec 55 , Sec. I.

102. The p re<l icale is a verb, or some.form of the verb HE,
(callcJ copulo,) am! an attribu te.
Ex.AMPLES. -

Gras ..; grows. "Grows" is the pred ic,ntc, b ecau se it is the

a ction nll1rmcd.

1' he day is plerwmt.
which i8 amimcd of dny.

" Ts plc11" rnt" is th e prcd icntc, Leen use it is that
Tb c verb

u

is" is the copulrt, o.n U " p lea.sn.nt" rn

the nttribute.

103. \ Vhcn tl1 e attribut e is a noun it. is in th e sa me case as
th e subject ; n,, " Cicero was an orator;" orntor is in the same
case as Cicero.

th o sn m o pon;o n a s !d iIto n .

H o u =:. -

u A n ou u in tl1 c prcdkat<'," &c.

SllNTEN'CES.

V cnus is a pbnd . Orion is a co1h;tcllatio n. \V1L-;l1i11f.:lOn
was a s t atesm an. Arnold was a traitor. Lycu-rgu~ was a lawgiver. Virgil was a poet. Learning is a treasure.
Non:. - The grnmmatical r e latio n of " finite verb i .~ e xpressed in th e following Ruic.
AN ALYS I S AND PAU SI NG .

RULE

III.

106. A finite verb must agree with its subject nominative in number and person; as, I write ; he writes.
The Yerb t1>rilo is of th e first person sing11lar, 1Jec1n1sc I, it• s u hjert, i• of t ho
first person sj nguln.r. lT'riles l.111.s tb e cu d ing .~to ng rec with its s ubj ect he,
which is of the third person , and singular number. See Huie JV, Syntax.

"·'"

I'

.:\

'i

i

[§ IV.

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX .

86

§

A m an .

pla!J·

th e µre se nt t c w;e, IJcc au sc i t d i.:11ulC."'i tlic prc::;e ul tiuie o f nu uc ti u u i tliird per~
son, plural, because it!i s u h,i~ct, children, is iu Ute tliir\l pe rson, plural . Hule.

SENTENCl!:S.

The t.e mpeti t rngcd. The storm ceases. The Lc : L~ ls ti ed.
The morning comes. The day dawns. The s uu appear~ . The
wind s uu8i<l c.-;. Gold is a me ta l. \Var is a calamity. P eace
is a Lb;sing.
couquercd. I'ompey fl ed.

c.crnr

ExA~I PL F.s TO HE

I GiYC

co1rnECTED

nY R U LE

IlEVIEW .

SECTIO~

l\WD1FlED

The

8UU

ohines.

The onn gives lilt'ht.

SUB.JE CT.

rr

mud{/!/ sign i fit·~ •· !o r 1· " ll"! l t," • · f11 1111 ali i"y ," ·· 1., l111 1it, '' •· t n .~ . - ... 1" ril1~ ', " 11 (11
cxpl a i11. 10 It h:t "I n• !"1 : n·nn~ tn lh e i111l1wrH· 1 ~ w!1i 1· l1 a wo rd or pltra.-;c lia : -. 1._ 111
lit e 111 c a11i1 1g uf tio111 e o: l1 L" r w u r d wi t.Ii w lii .:-11 it i~ cu JJJ1 1'L"lt!d .
0

107 . The s uhj cd c :qllain cL1, dc,;c rilieJ or limi ted by one
or more word s, is called the 111odiji11d or lo!fica.l su!>J'ect.

THE AD.JECTIVE.

CO:\IPOSITIO N .

JyJ'odtl.

v.

Nt1TE. the l l' al"l)f'l" ha~ gain1•d :t t• lear ide::1 o f tli c pri 11eip:d f' l ern cn t..::. (i f
a senlt' nce , \·iz. 1 the su l1.i<'c l :111d pn. ·d il' :ttr. , h e is nvw 1• r<' 1 •nr1~d to i 1dYa1wt1
HI Hitlw i- :-i k p ill \li e (."H IJ'-lt" ll elio11 , ,f a S(~ll 1 4~Jlt" I ' .
li t• w ill t i11d that !')]\"\ ! f'!1 ·111 1· 11 t call h e exl<'11dt~ d l iy 1!11: :1diliti •111 •·f \\· 11r·1~ , !11 l i111i t. or 111111lify it,.; 1r11 ·;11 1i11 ,:~ .
A. . :. lw w i !J 1.fl«Jt 11 w1·t wi1l1 Ilic \\"11r1l t' 1111 .. \il.\ · )·• it j.., i11q1(1rt 11 nt. t hilt ln:
t>: h1111l·I lla \"1~ a dt': 1r 11 11dn·-. f :tl1•li11g: qf it:-: 1n e: 11ii ng . 1\ ..:. u ..; 1· d i11 thi s l1 ,•ok 1 /11

DutH.C'flO~.

- " .-rit e the com po:; ition in n. p1nin n cnt hand, le1ivinJ n. ·w ido
mnrgiu on the le ft side of the pu gc. ~l nke "period at the close of' e very comJJlete sentence.

m 1.-i • 11 1.

A cliild.

dnt.':; "

III.

I goes; I wa lk s ; I i:; ; I art. Tho11 lo 1·cs; th ou write; th ou
Jmte; thou t re mblc;;. Ile, s he or it desire; he commend; she
dress; it rnin. 'V c find s ; we secs th e clouds; we dreml et h
the cokl. Y c or you s tudi cH ; you plowcth th e lidd; you run s
fost. They pl:1y eth ; t li cy ti lrikcs t he ball; th ey sells 1; 011 1.
A soft an s we r t urn :l\\'ay wrath. The pupil:; lo ves study.
E vil co mmunications corrn pts good mann er s. The 8miles of a
hypocrito hides hi s wickcd uc ss. Theoe Lox es weighs thirty
poumls. A mixture of salt and vin ega r make a good bath.
Adj ectiv es Lelong,; 10 noun s.

Subject-sun-

A Loy.

\'c 1·li " ~ig 11.ify '{ Into wlnk t two p:1..•11 e t' t1 \ <.:la ~ :'1.:-; ;in~ \"vrl 1s. div ided '? \ V!i at is tl tr:111~iu\·e \'C'rl1 ·1 Gin:! Jl!l rx :u1 1 p!1 ~ u!' ;1 11·:1:1- \ti \' (' ·,- ('rl}.
\ Vli at i;-; :111 in tr;msitivc vc r h '( (;i\' C an c:<: unp \P. W!n1t. i" ti1 ·· f(,n11 ;,f' : h1 ·
vc r iJ to de11 o t e 111~111 t! t'r ( · :t l'.c . l'( 'J'o d e uok tiin e '! Ui ve ! lie f1•rt1h ui" ·' wrl!i', .,
i11 tli e i11dicat iv o m ode , pn ~:-:.t: n l t e n .. (· . 111 111. ~ 1111p«rfo· c t kn .-., ··. l. ir~' t!i •'.
f1 J nn ~ ,, f till~ ve r li /)(:. i11 t lic prc::-1• 11t alld i11q11 ~ rt'1 Tt ten ..:n..
J! ,,\,. i.; a \ •·l"I · i1 1
th e i1 1fi11iti H• 11H1ole kn v w11 "!
\\' lia t j...; l111dt ! r .-.ttH~ d !i v li11 i1t- \·,·rl 1 !
\\"!i :d.
nru l lt l~ pri11i.;i 11;d l·!c 111'"l! fS .; f a pni1111.-,iti(iJ1 "/ \\' li: it p;11 i. i ·f ·"' J•1 ·1·cl1 ; . . " •"lll'rallv
u ~ cd as t l1e :- uL,i 1·d t 11" a propdi.:it i111 1_·1 \\'li: tl i . .; l\ 11 !v I "I \ \"hat Ji ;1r l .~( ~p; ·1 ·!· li
gc 1wra l ly r l t1·111 :-: tl1e p n ~di1 · :tl1...~ "!
\\ lial l!IU .-,l lw li ·o.1 ·.! \\ Jfi 1 tl1· ~ n·di /_,,. ;,, (, J! 111
a pn..:d icate 'I
\Vliat c:i~f: i~ fl 11 01111 i11 1 wh l~ ll W i l' d a-; a11 :il11·;!111l.1~ u!" rlu~ ~lli1 j1 • (': t ·t
\\' li :tt (': 1 ~1l i ~ !lit~ 1-' Ul•jt· l·t gt~ 111·rally in (
\\ ' h :1t j .. 1!1i~ ;· ~1..: ,~ c·illf'1l "!
\ Ylwt is tlie c a se uf th e att1·il.n1le c a ih.:d ·r UiY t: l!uic lf. lliY u Huie Ill.

\Vli at

th0 rc:tson i11 c:tch iust:rn cc why th e ex ample is wrong . J

Write si x pre<licates to e11ch of tho following subjecl6.

The s11 11 m <.~ lt :-\ the s 11 0w .
Th e s 1111 is n:!ip .. cJ 1,y tli e

Tile sun Uric:; tl1 c g r011nd.

Analyzed. "Childrcu 0 is the su l1j cct i 11 lovc n is the predicate; u play" is
tlie object of' th e YcrG " !oYe."
Vf rb }'ars(;c/. H Lo\·c ' 1 j:-; a lrr111sitl1:e ve rl; , bec au se il requires nn object ;
in the i11<.licalii:e mode, l;ccausc it i::3 u ~e d to iw.l it.: at c or declare tiu rn c ll1in g ; in

37

UODIFIED SUilJECT.-TIIE ADJECTIVE.

Tlic sun w:1 nn s tlic earth.

Jlfodel of Par.~iny a Fi,,ite Verb.
f\1~~TE N C K -Cl1ildre n lvce

v.J

to

108 . An adjective is a word joined to a noun or pronoun,
qualify, d csc ri be, or limit i ts sig;nificat.ion.

l 0!). ALlj cctivcs may be divided i11to t.wo gnn c r:tl dasscs, DE and l>EFl:-llTIVE.
110. A de ~c ripli1·c adj ective is one tl1 at ex.presses a quali ty
of an object.
S C !Uf'TIV E

38

[§ v

ETYHOLOGY AND SYNTAX .

ExAMPLV:S. - r:nod is nn ndjcctive ; it
or thi 11g to w hich it is nppl icd i a~,

Good men.
Good houses.
Why is goo<l
men, fruit, &c.

:l ll

cx prc ~s cs

v.J

EXER C I SES.

Good fruit .
Good farm s.

P oi nt ou t the

A tree.
An apple.
A high tree.
The worlJ.
The good man.

An•. It denotes tl1c quality or chnrncter or

EXl!:RCISE. -

ld le SeUish Hungry-

l3itter SmallH.ound -

t1~:fiu iti 1)t~

ndjcc tivcs in the full uwing

Tl1is watch.
Tl1i s gold watch.
T hat mouslc r.
That Lloody man.
Each day.

ltfodel.

-parents.
- rose.

lofty sky.
silent orb.
shaggy brow.
auburn locks.
impetuous temper.

The rose.

und dies.

Clcnulless su11-

sun.

- t ree .
- house.

P oint out the descriptive adj ectives in tho following expressions.

The
T he
The
The
The

Ev ery hour.
E ,·c ry good man.
Those tyrants.
All lious.
Another evil.

The J1~aynwt rose pe rfumes the ttir. It i~ ope ning itr1 ~ tH1.:ut flower to the
mornin,g 8llll. ' Vill tl1e m o wer cut dote,·n th ~ .fair rose'? \ The pole rose wi ther!!.

- s un.
11,.ig lt l s un.

LlcH.ig~

Let each sentence contnin nt least one desc riptive aclj ective.

17.eme.

JJfodel.

-moon.
- home.

nud

COJ\l POSITION_

Join three ndjcetives to cnoh of the foll owi ng nouns.

(,'[orious

ex p rc ~~ i o n .<1 1

nate those which arc called nrtielcs.

Join t he nclj ective brul to such nouns ns yon can recollect; also the ndj cctivcs,

S weet.HardGreat-

COMPOSITION.

a qunlity of c "ery ]Jcc:-.on

Good fri ends.
Good schola rs.

adjcc ti YC~

§

The
The
The
The
The

sih-er moon.
da1·k cloud.
turbid stream.
dashing waves.
rosy morn .

The kite.

all, such, mucli., many, none, same, f ew.

Th e morn ing.

F.XA:tll 'L l!tL-"Th e sea i~ r<J11!/l1. " u Rn11 gli, '' with l he copnb. "i~," form~
tho pre1licate ; it iH, therefore, c all ed a prcdi c nte n1lj ecti vc .
11
4
11
h Tho wind J ~ <.:u[(/,.
i ~ tlic predi c1 l t~ udje.cti\'C, nnJ Jc6criUcs
• Cold

••wind. "
ANALYS I S

Al' IJ

l"AH S IN G.

Tll o followi ng questions niiiy se rYC ns n. gu iJc in pnn-ing th e adjec ti,·c~ .
'\\'liy cnll ed n11 ndject ive '! fa it n. del:!cripti ve, definiti ve, or predicate aJj cc-

What does it describe or limit?

Ruu; IV.

•

113. An adj ectiv e belongs to the noun or pronoun which
it qualifies or defines. Sec Rule XV, Syntax.

No'l'E. - 1. A n or n nnrl the, nre cnllec\ AHTICLES, nnd in parsing mny be
rcgnrdctl as su ch. .A1i is from n. Saxon wortl whic h sig11illus OJh:.

2. An is uw d before words beginn ing with n vowel sound.
A is used
before words beginning with n consonant sound; flft, An iudustrious num , a
m an, an hour, a union,. Union bl'gins with th e snunrl nf '!/·

The bir<l.

Rt::MArrn:. -An a clj cctivc use<l wit h the <'Oj>ula, to f<,r m a
predi cate, is called a predicate (l(&"e ctice. S ec Mo1lcl II, Scd. I.

tive ·1

111. D efinitive mljcctives are those which serve to define or
lim·it the meaning of nouns or pronouns.
112. These are an or a, the, one, two, three, &c., this, that,
tlwse, t!tose, botlt , each, every, either, neither, some, otlurr, any, one,

The hawk .

:Model.
SE J'\TEN C J;.; . -

<)e 1dfo m.<umers ore p lerr. :1iny .

.rh1fllyze1!. "l\ l 11n11 c r ~" i!'i 1he. t-- 11li,i•:d . ; u ge ntl e 11nu 1 11cn~ " is the nH)(litied
tmlij ed , Uccau !)c •·manne rs " b t! csc ril.Jcd hy the adjective '' gc ntle.u "Aro

<

'·
:,·;

10

[§YI.

ETn!oLOGl" AND S YNTA X .

pleas i ng " is th o prcdicalC'.

" ..Are l l

i~

tlt c co puln;

ti

plc as i11g

Lu te.
.A dj cctir1's J:>arsed. "'G entle" is fl d c:-cr ipti vc nd,i cct ive,
fi cs "111nm1ers," to wliich it l1clo11 p;s nccordi11g to th e Hu le .

l1C'cn u se it f( UHliH

P l e a~ii1~

prcJi catc adjl'Ctivc, Lccansc it fo rms wi t It the co pul a " an: 11 tli e
is n llC!cri pt ivc nclj cotivo, and IJc longf.i to " 111 n 1 111 e r~ .·

§

n]

i~

.,

pr~Jic at e.

Pa rsed. " Ge11c ral" is a common n o un, thirJ pe rson, s ing ular, lllMC ulino
gender, nom inative ca.se, a ud in nppositi ou with Cresar lly Huie V.

n.
It

SENTENCES.

1

S EN'TF.NCF.S.

Th e cool breeze is refr eshin g. The mornin g s un was elourle<l. The loud th under pea led. Th<~ r ed lig htnin g lla ,; li cd . Tlie
blooming rose is fragran t. That ta ll Lree be nds. A little learning is dangerous. These me11 are a ng ry.
N'1TV.. - The rnodificntion of n ouns u11J
plui11 c.\ i11 l' art llJ , Sec . .X.\ l V .

pro u o n11 ~ ,

l;y 11:tr tic ipl es, i!'I cx-

RP.VIEW .
'\'h:·1t iM thr• nic11li fi t:1 l s ul •.iect '? \V hal i~ tli o tir~ t mod ifi e r <1f tJ11~ !" 11 hj<: ct ?
D e. fi ne the nd ]l·1·t ivc . l11 ti"1 what c ln ~~L's it r c nd_jl·(·t ivcs d i "i .\ cd 'I \\'hut i ~ a
d cscripti\'f\ a <l,ierti\'(• ·~ \\' lt:ll i-; a d cfini ti\·f: a d.iec th·t! '! \\'Jti c h o f t h e defi n i-

tive nd.iec tiY cs a rc called (lrtidls ?
J\u lo l V.

\Vhat is a predi cate adj ect ive'(

JI.

Th e

Su~jecl

Hepca t

VI.

S ECTION

murlifi e1l l1!J a N uun or Pronoun i 11

A ppo.~itioo .

11 1. Th e sul;ject mny be motl ifi e1l in th e second !'lace by a
noun or pronoun, 11:-<eil ns an explanntory term.
Ex:AM l' Lh S . -

11

:Milton, tho p oe t,

w:HJ

blind ."

' 'Th o poe t

I'

m odifi es

u

l\Iil-

ton," by i11d ienti11 g the iwli\'idu nl nn<l Iii ~ ollice or rank . The 11 u 11n bO u ~cd is
~m i d to be in n p po~ i t i o n . A c bu ~c i11 nppos i t i on ~o ni c 1im e1' d ol~s th e same
o llicc ; nP., Th e qn ostion, hvw tire i1~ju ry ca n be repain·d, i!'> n o w to Le cou :s iJc r cd.
A-:\'ALY$ I S A N D l'"AHt.'1 .~0.

llll LE

V.

Marius, a Roman, was courageous. Themistocles, an Athenian, was sagacious. Dionysius, the tyrant, was cru el. The emperor Napoleou was ambitious. Ilomer, the celebrated poet,
was l.Jlind.
III. Tli c sL·i.Jjecl modified O!J a No un or Pro11o_u11, in the possessive case.

11 G. The subj ect may be modifi ed by a noun or pronoun in
the possessive case; as, "1'1te giant's arm prevailed." " G ia nt's "
limits "arm," by denoting whose arm is refe rred to. The arm
prevai led. 'Vl10se arm? Answer, the giant's. " G iant's" is
in the possessive case.
1
117. The possessive case is comm on!/ formeJ hy adJing an
apostrophe (') and th e le tte r s; as " Virtue's re wa rd."
118. l>Jural nouns end ing in s, omit the s after the apostrophe ; as, "Eagles' wings."
119. The possessive case of the personal pronouns i:i as
follows:
S IN OU LAH .

1Vvminative.
P u$ses&ive.

}.for/el.
((1•,.• tn- 1 <t R om.rm !J<'llt: r nl , teas vfrtvrivu$ .

.Au(l fyzn l. " c~\"''> <II"p is thn ~ 11!1jc ~ ·t.
" C1l' S11r , IL l ~ ornu n gc11c rnl ," i.i tillJ
m oclil1cd ,..nh.icct.. 0 Gc11cr:d " is nn cxplnn atory te 11n, tlc noti11g th e o tli cc of
Cresnr, n.nd iR limited hy th e :lll,j cc tivL'li "n/' am l "Hum1rn." · ~\Va ~ v ict.v ri u u ~ ,,,

i• the predicate.

Thou
thy

n1 y

He
his

She

hor

lt
its

PLU HAL.

N omina.tive.

P o86essive.

115. A noun or prono un, limiti ng- another n oun antl s ignifying the same p erso n or thing, is put by apposition in the
same case. Sec llul e I, SJntax.
S 1·:::-iT f!:S(' E . -

41

l\IODIFI E D SUilJE CT.

is the :itt ri-

n

We
our

Ye or you
your

They
their

ANALYSIS A."<D PARSING.

RULE

VI.

120. The possessive ca.se limits the noun which denotes
the object possessed. See Rule VIII, S.1Jnlax.
Jlfodel.
SENTKN C K. -

My couraye flli/ed.

Analyzed. "Coumge" is the subj ect, limited by "my."
is the modified subj ect. "~ailed" is the predicn.tc.

4.*

"My courage"

42

[S VII

ETYMOL OGY AND SYNTAX.

Po~sess i ve Oise Parsed. " !\ ly " i& a pcr::,ollal pro11uu11, i11 the
case, nnd li1nits •• c onrugc / ' by Hulc \'I.

po~scs:.c.ive

§

vu.]
11

}Jr:,

43

TUE l'l:El'O S lT!uN.

wen t - E n!Jlwu.t- ('i kk. 1 '

En bla1Hl may lJc cu1111 cctc J w ith 1c cut Uy
Cork nlay Uc co nn ecte d with we1tl 1.iy lo. Il e weIJt

tl1 e 11 rcpo:; it io n f ront .

j 'nmi Eng lanJ. to Co rk .
SCN TE1' C E S .

• The earth's orb it i8 cllipticnl. S11t11rn'ti ring i ~ wonJc1ful.
The ship's crew mutini ed. Tli c ge11tlcnrn11's ,,;c rvaut abseo11ded. His harJ heart relent ed. 1\Iy good fri end Davis was uufortunatc.
C O~IP OS ITO:->.

S e nt ences to he w ri ttr u, c uch of whi ch shall includ e one o f tlio follow ing:

nouns, in

th ~ p o~scss h1 c

cu sc .

N Vdtl. - Cice ro .
All ndmirc Cicero' s

orati o n~.

Washington. Franklin. Milton. Columbus. Binl s. Eagles.
Lion. The sun. A miser. B oys. Children. l\rc11.
The learner can c hange tbc fom1 of the se nte11 ce writ te n l>y u ~ ing the
preposit ion of, instead of the pus~ ess iY e c:t::ic , and not alter the sense ; ns, ~ 'AU
n<lmirc t.he ora t ions nf Cicero," in stead of 11 Ciccr(,'s orntinns."

RE \'IEW.
\Vl 1nl is tho scco11tl rn o.Ji fi (·r of t he

pcat Huie V.

p o::;tiCS5 t\·c c n ~o fo rn1 eil (

form ed"/

~11 !.j ec t

'! ( 114.. )

Gi \'o

n11

e x amp le . Hc-

Whn t is .Ili c thin! modifi er of the s1~l>j <:c t ( (11 6.)

Ho w is. the

Ho w 1s th u pu:SSCtitit Vo u f plural n u un ~ e11d111 g 111 s,

Hcpc;ct Hu ie Vl.
SECTION

VIL

1 V. Suhjecl modified li!J an Adjunct.

121. The subj ect may be limited by a noun or pronoun connected with it by a preposition.

TlIE PREPOSITION.
NOTE. -Preposit ion sig-11i fi"s "a plac ing be fore," or u a pince before,"
(Latin,p1'(.e1 '' b l:t~1rc 1 1 ' nwl pu:;itiu u u plucing ," or a.•' pluce . 11 )

122. The preposition is a part of speech commonly used
before a word, to connect it in sense with some other word
or expression.
ExAMl'l.Es. - u Th e snaw lies - t11 e [/'l'ottrl.d ." The word whic l: ohould stn.nd
bef ore g rou nd , to conn ect it 1'.n sense with lies, is cnl1e d n. prup<J~ i t io u. The
snow li es on the g rouuc\.

1 2:3 . 'l'he followiug is a list of words usually considered
prepositions.
LI ::lT

Above.
Al>out.
Ac ross.
After.
A gl\in st.
Aloug.
Amid, or
AmiJ st.
Among, m·
Am ongst.
Around.
At.
At.hwart.
n e rore.
llehind.

01''

l ' ltEPO::l ITIO N S.

In.
lnto.
N otw ithstanding

Throul':hout.
Till.
T o.
Toward, or

or.

'1'uwa rd..s .

]: r orn .

Ilclo w.
Beneath .
Beside, 0'1.
Bes ides.
Bel wee n, u1·
Betwixt.
lleyoncl.
By .
Conccrniug.
Do wn .
During.
Ere.
Except.
Excepting.
For.

Off.
On.
Over.
O vcrthwar t.
Pu. t.
Rt>spcc tlng.
Ro ui!d.
Sa ve.
S ince.
Through.

U11 ~k r.

lJ 11 ll C111cath.

Un til.
Un to.
l 'p.
Upon.
With.
W it hin.
Wi thout.
\V <1 rt li.

12,1. Other words and coml.Jinations of words are sometimes
usetl as prepos itions ; sud1 as, as lo , aaurJiug lo, &e.
12.'i. Th e word that irn111elliat1.·.ly follow ~ a prepo:> ition is
call ed its obj ect; a8, Above th e earth.
126. A pre pMition with its object, is ralld th e ar(j1111 1'l • of
the word to whi ch it is joined i11 se nse, and se rv es to limit a
11oun in various way~; some of wl1i ch arc 11.:1 follow ~ :
]. Hy e x. press ing qunli.ty or stale ; n.s, A m:tn of pidy ; a Rta.tc r:f Mi!.s ; h nbits 'f industry. In i; uch instances , th e adju nc t is cqni vtt.lcn t to tHI adjcc ti vu ,
nnd one m n.y Uc used for the oth er wilh ou t atl'ce:ing the sc11~ e ; n ~ , A n1:rn of
piety, or n p ious man; n. state of Lliss, or a Mis.~.ful stnte ; inJu s triou ~ ha!Jit."' ,
or habi ts ~f iud11str!/·
f
2. By dcuoting place; as, Plants i·n th e 9arden Ulos1mm CtLrli e r tlmn plan ti:5
in th e jielcl; wate r~ w ule 1· th e earth.; f L atorrn at sea.
3. By denoting the ;;late or conditiur1. of nn ol.Jj ect; as, A nation in {lebl; a
person in di.stress ; a ship und er sail.
4. By <lc noti11 g J.>Osse:;siou; a.s, The trials o._ ( l~fe ; t.i i ~t is, [~{e's tr in l'i; th o
eons of A (t l'On. The adjunct of possession is generall y er1ui valcn t to a. uotrn
in th e possessive cnse.
'If The term adjunct is also applied to a verb in the i111i 11i tiv c moue.

N3

4.4

ETYMOLOGY A.ND SYNTAX.

[§ vu.

AODITI()~AL EX.AJ\lPJ.1.rs. - "A rn nn o.f sorrou.• ,· " u a m n11 iH r~/Jl:c ti.vn. "
Th e adjuncts •' of son·ow,' ' n.nd 11 in afllic ti on," rnodify man; tb11t is, they Jescriue the condition of n mnn. They are equivalent to t he adjec ti ves, s(wr-owful, <!lf/i<JUd.
" The pri:~oncr at. lite bar." Th o adj unct" nt the Lar" modifies priso11e r.
u An anny on the mu.rc h."
How is Ltrmy rn odific<l ~ Wh:tt <loes the adjunct t!e11ote '!
u A house with green toindaw../.Jlinds;" ho use is m odified by tho adjunct,
11
h with gree n wiu <low-blinJs," Rud u windo w-Uliqds
is woJific<l l>y •1 g reen."
"Spring io the time to sow." The infinitive "to sow" is tho tuljunc t of

•'time."
RULE VII.
127. Prepositions connect words and show the relation
between them.
R ULE VIII.
128. The object of a preposition must be m the objective
case. See Rule XXIII, Syntax.
ANALY8!8

AND

l'Alt8I.NG.

J\fodel.
St!::-.'1.'I::NCE. -

Tlll:

SEC:TEN C ES.

Tbe learner shoul<l ue purlieu Jar to poiut out the adjunct in each sentence,
( and exploi n its u se, ucfo re parsing the preposition.

The landscape before us is delightful. The black clouds
above our heads arc terrifi c. Death in a good cause is honorable. The orations of Dem ostl1 enc$, th e Grecian ora tor, are
inimitable. The su n's light at mid-day is da zzling. He has
a ~trong desire to see his fri end. Have you a wish to come?

See l\Io<lel V, Sect. I.

l'Jt !C l ' U ~ JTW N.

l'. Tin' Su h/ect modi/ied /'!} " Chm<e.
l :!'. !. T l1 c su!.j._-ct. is uften 11w1\i1i cd liy a ( ' 1:111.-'I', \\·l1il'i1 ,.,.,., ,.,

-1, tu expn.:'.."":-5 11nafif!J; or, 2, tl> d e no te n. slu/1! or 1·u111!t't/uJJ,;
or, il, to r estr ict tJic meaning of tJie SllUjed to SU llle partindar
person, place, tim e, o r tlii11g.
"0:11TE. -

The limiting cla u :;c is 0flc11 Clpiival1·11t lo an

H Lljcctin~, a11 a dj1111d ,

Ol' n noun.

Ex A ~11· 1. Es. - "T ile tree ·wliit1t be(lr:1 s1cU:l ''J'/'/,·;; ! i::1 dn.::1yi11;~.'' Ti u• _.:;. ul1.icct
"tri..:e" is modifil'd IJ.Y tlie cla use " wlikll l1 ea r ~,". &1:. T h1.: whole (•x11n' "S~ i1H1,
"Tl1 0 t ree wliic li Uca.r:-; swcE: t upplc::i ," i ~ e1p1iv;1k•11t to tli e tdir;L... c, l • tli c SWb' t
npple tree."
"The 1111lll 1clw /ic es cuntr:nf1.:tl, is li :tppy ." Tli e ..:la u ~c ' ' wl10 Jin::-i ," '"\:('.
<lcno t e8 a c .,nditiun of tli c l'I HUj ~ 1.: l 11 11l:\1 1." h i ~ m ::1r!y cq uivalt-nt L1 1 the C);.prcs~ i o 11, •·T he c0ntc11t cd rnan is lia p}'Y," o r t•) til e txpr1·~:-iu11, ·•If 1\ ina n liYc:;
coutiJ11tcrl , he is happy."
n Tli e 11nt·:.;l iu 11, w//i.J !/Ot'~ lli r'. n :. ? ·wa!-1 often n·pea t1··l l1 y tli e 1·.. cnti 1w\.' '
T h1)
claw;t: •1 w} u) guc..s tli•; l' e "!"

~ 1.: n· 1J .-,

tl h~ nu..::u1it1 g 1Jt'

to rc.-,trkt

,,.,

'

tl11: :-; 11l•j1.:vt ·' iJlil' .-i-

ti un," :rn tl ~ t;uid ~ in :1ppn:-iti1'l ll w ith it.
' ' The IH·i,l g e , 'trl1i1 It ll11~ 01·111y 1TvsS!'.t l, was afh~ rward ."' 1 !t~stn 1ycJ . " Th e d:uku
"wlii cl 111' &c. 1 l"l~i'i t rid ~ tli e. ~ nl1. j1~ c t t u :l p:Lrli t' 11Ltr L~ri.\ g~ .
"T he t ime 'tcl1ut _/,11j'r1!Jdle vi ..,,it1~<l this l'Onr1tr!h i .~ l't.:llll~lrilJCrc d witl1 J11ud1 in .
t'! rc ~ t."
ll vw i:: i tho s ttl1j ert " l irne 0 limited ·1

T homson's descripti01i of a storm is admira.hlt.

Anal11zeJ. - "Description" is U1e subject, modificLl-1, by "Thomson's,"
(n noun iu th e possessive e ns•.!, ) nnd 2, Uy th o adj unct " of a swrm. 11
"T11ornson's descri ption of a. atonn" is tho modHic<l subj ec t. "1:; uJn1iru.ble" is the pred ic1ttc, consisting of tho copula "i; ," a.nd the atuilrnLc •' aJ1nir1Lblc."
1/te Preposition pnrsed. " Of" iro fl pre positi on. lt i ~ plncr,.l licforo t he
noun 11 storm 11 ' to ~ h ow its relntion t o Hdcscription . 1 '
It., tlierefore, connects
"stonn" au<l " description. 0 Huie VII.
Object of the Preposit-ionparsed. "Sto1m" is a. n oun, third person, >ing ular, n e uter, objective cusc , by Ru ic V llI.

-

§ v 11. J

CO ~lP OS!T I OX.

!;uppl y ndjunctf-' 1 or c lat1."'Cf'l , tv fi!J tli e i>lank pl:1 cc~..

Th e terror
'f'l w te rror n/ an

ove rpowered !ti:;
,,f •.Tnrt l Jud,' }mtn l,

fttC"n!tit~!' .

·~

ovt.·r powc r•·d Ii i...; !';u·nltie ......

Ji r ,
~lH i1 ild l111il.! lii~ h <.i 1'- i' 1q1<111 a rock.
H e, u·/il) trvnld act lil<t:- a, 'tcise 11uw, :-d1 1>11ld lnii lr! Ii i:-; li11n -1: 1q .u 11 a n•ck.

tli e•l i11 tli c year l l !J'.J.

\Vm;h ingto n
Columbu s
Yo111h
Tlie ]'leas u1·c3
T li e man
Tli e eo uu ~ el

wa~ a nativ e of" Cu 10;1.

ofte n li11d an c:t rly ;; ra vc.
a1·c lra11 ;;ie11t.
ll'ill he c,;tec11wd.
~

B!io1t!<l li e n .::i [H-'Clt:cl.
RBVIEW.

~ t1h.i1~...:t'?
\\•l1 a t iM:t pn· rn~iti r111 'I \ \ ' l1;1t
i~ t h e w<)n l fo ll vwi11g :l J1r\.: po::; it.in1 1 eidlt>. d ·1
\\'l1: 1t i:-. H jH"1•1111 ..; iti(•ll with it"i
ob,1ec t 1· all c d 'I To what Pl·w is 1!1•: fl-nu ;1 d,iu11 1;t 11p plied in L!1 i::1 ww·k 'I \\"hat

" ' h:1t b th cflnothrn 1)dificr(,f tli<J

is tho fi fth rn odifior

ur tho s ubject c al lcJ l

46

E TY~ O tO GY

ANP SYNTAX.

[§ vm.

§ vm.]

47

MODIFIED P itlmJ CATE.
.A~ _-\L\' SIS

AND

·,

l'AH~J;-.;1;.

H.t u: IX.
:'liO])lFi i :i > i'l:t:PW.\Tl:.
N"\ )Tt·:. - Th P. h~~t n H' r hw.: ~ ,. , ,.11 11 11\,. :111"' ~11 h.i i:c t 1,f' :t ~t'nt C!l •.:e j .. c:q,:d11e ,-!f
h c in g e x_t(•1 11l 1· d l 1y 1tli1 1lif"yi11 g \\·nrd ..;, t"]:1 U"1' ", aw! 1d1r:t."'t· ~ . Il e io,j, nm·: to att u11Ll lO tile o th e r C1iL1 <lJ!,Y iIHJ 10 rta11 L di\'i ..., io11 Of a ~t' lll C J\ t'~, \'iz. 1 th e /'r~d/nde .

};JO.
JS

'l'l1c i11' cLL cai e lllthli :! 1·d Ly ;111y w11rd , t1l1ra:--e, ul' LL\u : . e,

called th e 111otl1fi.ed or lugiwl pre<lieate:
11

.. ·1 iib ! ! is the prct1icnt~; L1ut tl1 0 rx pre:i~i oll .. Th e !111 ;.ol1andm;rn t ilb," Wun !d l_; t} i11c i1111pldu
witho u t th u addi1iu11 of ~o rnc otl1(• r word.
Tills tclt al ;r
A11s wt; r 1 11 tli c
g r o und.' 1 "Cr .. nu .I 11 i:-: 1 tl1er0f1.:. rc1 th e m vdi i'y in l->(' 'v u rd , and i ~ Ilic vlij c i.; l v f

Ex ..u1J>L ES . -

T lie

l1w•ba11d1111:11

" Flic·:- " is th e pred icate in il!t
Hy a .lding " ~ wifUy,·• it is 1lc 11 o t cil how u r in wlntL 1111t11 11o.: r ih u
swallow flirs. By a d1li ng "through th e :tir,'' the place where tile swallow
fl icl':i is i11 d i1.;alt:ti.
"The 11 U\\'ii l'fl111e .111·1'knlo y. " 11 Y~ !.o! tc rdn y 11 modifh 19 H t~.1un f' _," hy d f' rHit in g
t lic~ tll-n e \'.-IH'll t b l: n e "'l-.·x L::tm e .
"Swiftly " ;1t1d i : ,Yt.:~ tcrJ; t_y" arc c11ll . : .1 Hdccdni 1 a!l.J ·~ l11ru u gh ti n.: al r" is an
0

Ii

n; .. .: ."

I. Th e I'redicale 11101/!.fied b11 m1 Object.

]\

Th v u

1.nninatire.

1

Olu·~,·tii:e.

t I i.~ 1:i:

me

li e
ldm

-.·

PLt: RAL.

t:! I NOULAH..

ExA~H'l..F.8. - " Ht><'~ pr0dure. /i(>11 P!J·"
"Hon('y 11 is th e ot0 ect 0 f th e v crlJ
" produce," a ntl limits its meaJtit1~ by deno ting wht1t is proUuccd.
" 'rVorms de:i troy J1lont.,,.. 11
The predicate '"Jc:stroy 11 is modified Ly
"p1 nnt:;.,,
"Destroy 11 a nd" prorlu ce ' ' n re trnus itivc verlH~: , bec au se tliey t.lo ll \1t com-

ple te nn atl-irrnat ion witho11t th e addi tion o f n u o h,icc t.
Destroy (what i') plant•.

SE:'.'\TKNC ~. -

Slie

It

\\"c

Ye ur _y uu

T hey

her

it

lh

Y"H

th i: rn

nppo~ iti o n

Alon zo , lL yvu th <!( !l'' t•td p 1·umi:sc,.f~ntnd <rn e 1 1r{!J .111·rn·c .

A lun zu ., is tlt1~
with it. "Y,,u tl 1'"

A nalyzed.

11

l'ruJ ucc ( wlmt ( )

honey.

EXEll CJ 8 1,.

Complete tho p reclkate lJ y 1Llhling :u1 oUjcc t.

Go<l created Th e tre e yields I-I1111ter~ pursue B ces co llcct K11owl eclgc enlarges Suow cove r~ -

~ u l •j t.:c t,
i~

ll 1vdi!lt..··I !_ ,y ~It\· ll' ·1111 "}•·11ih · i ! t
l!l1Jdificd 11 _\· tl 1'-' ,\r-fir1itiv•· :1.l.i·· 1 ·t i'. 1 ' " n ,·•
"l'r•11 1 1i :-.~ " i~ 1.ft!).\ifi t..·d J,y t l11 · H·l-

nnd hy the ndj nn ct 11 uf ~~ r eal p1·1,1ni~1·.''

jcct ivc ";:::rcat."
"1\! onzo, tl youtl1 u r .L'."rt:al promi se, ' ' i ~ t.hn JJl(>ili!i··d :.. 11l ·. i·· 1·!.
"l-"1· l i!l d .,
is th e prcdit.:at~ limited Uy the u!Jjt..•....: t ,, g nlVt~.-· .. (;r;l\'t '. n is ·k"t..Til1ed l·y ; }t,~
a djt·1·ti vt.:-.; ' 1 :1n •· H11.l "1·:1r: y ."
. "F4l ll !!d :1.11 t·a r\y ._r rav e.. "

13 1. IY l1t.! 11 tlie Prc<lieate i ~ a l ransil fre veru, it is mollifi ed
hy :i.n o!:fc"t f'xp1·1 · ;;~f'1] or unrle1·, too11.

Sickness causes The kin g conquc rc<l The wolf followed J>erscve rnncc overcomes Tlie gen tl eman has "\\T orni,; destroy -

the ob-

Jfudd.

fl-imp!c fo rm.

.\r

Ill

133. The fo rm of tl1 e oujectiYe ca~c uf' nouns is the same as
tliat uf tlw m1mit1ati\·c:.
134. The oujcctive case of pronouns i.-; a.s follows:

tills tl1 e 9nfw1d.''

the tr:rn ~ i ti,·c v(•rU "t illQ.."
"Til e swu.llow .flli-s ." 1ci./tly thru11.f1h th e oi1'."

n rlj11nct

132. The obj ec t of a transitive verb must be
jective case.

The Olljed

J>l.4- l'S ~ d.

..

i~ th~ m0J i1 i r·J J•rt.• di•·:tti· .

"G r a\"~ 11

ncnll' r, n11•l i1 1 tli.._: o l~.il "tirt1 1' < l l:i•~ .

Jt

i-; a r .nn1 1n o 11 HHllll, t!iir.l p n ...:..n 11, :--J1q:'.";o111r ,
i~ tl 1c ol>.it:cl 11r th·· tra1 1~ltiY • ' \ 1·r\, ,; f .. 11 :1d."

The slmr p poi11L of a tlian1<n11l Ct tls glass. Tl 1e 1• ri . ·«1tl(' !" in
cli ains nrntlc lt is c,..-cnpc. The p rin.-., ol1ep; t 111, k i n:.:'s cGm rnand. The youtli'ti extr:i.ordina ry tlili gl·nc1: <l cs(' n·•· -; pr:i i.'e.
Th e ray s of the sun di,perse 1larlrnes;. ( Jlwy t lw la"·' · C .. 1·ern
your pass ions. They bound him. Th ey tortured him. A
g uilty co nscience torm e nt ed him. Fear Go11. Forgi1·e ; our
enemies. Seek peace. See Model IV, Section I.
' ·-

COMPOSITION.

!:i cntc uccg to be ·w r itten, c:tcl.i including one of tl:c following
objective cn.J;e, afto r ll lnmsitlve v erl..>.

w o rd~ .

in the

Model.
Ameri ca.
Columbns disrover e<l A mr·>~ca.

Air.

Gold.
~li so rs lwa.rd

,qold.

TI1un

C()l)l..

the air.

48

[§IX.

F.TYMOLO G Y AND SYNTAX.

§IX.]

IL X El\C !S E.

K X E R C IS E .

S team. Ship. FrcigLt. Sails. Carri age. H orses. G rass.
Hay.
Money.
Time.
Books.
H ouse. T rees. Grain.
Food.
SECTION

JI.

IX.

T he P redica te modified /Jy A rlvero.<.

135. The prc<l icatc may be moJificJ Ly wor<ls whi ch denote
li ow, lww much, li ow ojten, whrn, where, &c. S uch wonb a rc
en.lieu adverbs.
Ex A~t r LE~ . - "Jl c studies

rlili:;P-nll!J· ''

'' l>iH gcnt1y 11 lnoditi cs the prc <li-

cau~,

by den ot ing /1111.D ltc !'t.udiCM.
HI mlrnirc him e:i·rerd;n9l!J.,,

41
Excce<lingly" moll ifies tho pred icate " adIt cltrnotcs Jww rmuh r ndmirc.
" T he bont nrrivod ycstenlay. 11 "Yc8- tcr<lny" m oJ ift cs 11 nrrived/ ' in respect to ti me.

mire."

1 3G . A n nd 1·crb is a word j oinr d to a ve rb, adj e ctive , or

to a nother ad ve rb, to m odify its meaning .
137. Some a!hcrLs are joi ned to verbs to denote m anner ;
" Th e yout h studi es diligently." "Diligently " denotes i n
wli at. nwuner, or l1ow the yo uth studi es.
~,

T he boat arri ved yes terd ay. Il e is l:Om ing ;:oon.
\ Vhen di d l1is brother a rriv e? I ne ve r saw l1i1Jl,
I hea rd tli e ne ws befo re.
Ile fo rm erly li1·c(l in B o,i!o n.
J 3 ~1 . Some adve rbs denote place ; as, '· I a w !t ~ re ; " "you
a rc th ere ;" tl 1a t i,;, in tl1 is 7Jlace, in tf,lll pl(l{'e.
l 40 . Son ic :uh ·er bs deno te assent, den iol, du11/.t : a:<, r es , no,
n ot, un doubted~'!• truly , perhaps, pro!JllU!), possi/J1!f.
14 1. Some a J,·c rl1' de note cu 1il/l(ll'ioo11, 'f 1Utlll1(1J ; a,; , Jforc,
most, very, m uch , eno ugh.
1-12. nlust wh·c rb; answe r to tli e •1uc, tions, /w ll' ? when? or
how ojtc11? M , Th e p rattler talk s - hot(•? An ;;. F "''lishly. The
boat a rri vcd - ?t11m? Ans. 1'0-da.'J. Y ou come to tow n - how
often?- Ans. F rrr;l(cntly.
J.13. Ad 1·er bs nrc of1c n ju inc<l
ac!.icct in;.:, to mod ify tl1 eir
mea ning ; as, llfore pleasing ; most fa ncifu l; rer.IJ true.
144. A ch e rLs so metim es modify the meanin g of other adverLs; a~, Ver,1; soo n; most as, ured ly.
145 . A d verbs ra rely modi fy prc position8 ; <L', Almost to ; dir ectly und er.
cu ~u·u s 1 nu:-; .

!°"i C' utcnce::' to he writt en; each of wlii clt 111ay inC' lwJc one 11f tli t: f(•ll •) win g

F: XE ll C I SE .

ntlverl1 s :

' Vritc tw o rnh·crbc; nrter cnch or th e follow in g verb £:: , to dcn oto

mnt1 J101·.

]lforfel.
'l' ho w ntrr flow8 T lr-0 wnte r il ow8 s;11.0111/1 ly.
The watrr 1i•H"s r a11idl,11.

T li c fi n; ln1rns The lion ro ar~ -

P oiut out the ndverbs of time, a ucl the ve rbs which they modify.

;o

AD VEilBS.

The pu pil \\' ri l!;:;; T hc sun shi nes -

Dili ge ntly.
U n<lo ubtedl y .
Trnly.
Y es.

Th e chil d talk s The bird s ings

"v~ r lJ

bc fvrc c:tcli of the f&llowing

- p roudly.
- ill.
- well.
- foo li shly.
- crn t ll y.
- ll n \\'isdy.
- .i u:S t!y .
- eorrrrtly.
J 38. Some a<l1·r r1Js denote time ; a;<, " .Nuw I wil I gu." 1Vow
i'i :rn a<lvc rb.

l'A lt ~ I XG.

x.

R UL E
n•lY~ r hs:

I ' lea ..;nnt l.v.
C li ee rf'u lly.
Often.
Most.

A s; lll'cd ly.
l 'rubably.
To-morro w.
More.

H ap i11ly.
l'ossibly.
To-day.
N ot.
A N ALY S I S A ND

Hnw nre the vc rlJ.:; wliich yo u ha\'C wri tte n mod ifi ed?

2. l'l;\Ce a noun n11cl

49

AD VEltB S.

1 4G . A d ver1s generally modify verbs, adjccti vcs, or other
adve rbs .
J f,;•/el.
~E:'\TEXCE. -

'"Ti me " i ~ tli e s ul1j ect.

.Analyze«.
u swifll y .n

u

Tim•' j fit ~ .-:w~l"tly.
u

F lit·-;

It

i...;

the pri; licalt

Ftief' sw ift ly ," is th e m0d ified pre1licate .

:J

1

1

1Hv1jit1cd

iiy

ETYMOI,QGY AND SYNTAX.

[§ x.

I

§

x.J

51

AL>VEIW~.

1'.
Ad1:erb.J>arsed.

11

Swiftly,1' is nn mh·crL n11d mo•lifies "flie5."

Huie.

SEXTENCJC8.

A generous man uestows

lii~ favors sca,:o n:-1bly.
I

The old ;:hip Cons titution arriv e d ye:;tcn1ay.
A large nnny e ncam ped l1 ere.

'

f

Ead 1 member p c rforrncL1 his part e liee rfully.
·where is my frie11d? ( J\fy fric11J i ~ where?)
Quite s rn:-11! d1 ildrcn som e tim es r ea<l v1·ry well.
St11dy 1lil ig1·ntl.v.

Labor p:ttienlly.

Iluw often i ~ h e ab~cat?

rrnvrnw.
Wlint i; il w first modifier of tli c prccli cat c? ( 1 ~ 1 ) In wliat cn'c is lhc obj ect of rt trn118iti ve Y•~ rh ~ \\' h~1t i ~ tli e forrn of th e ol1j ectivc ca "e of nuuns 'I
· Of prnno1m:-:? \Vh nt i:3 tile second mo(lifi er or the prc{.li cate ·r ( 1!{5) 'Vhat is
n11 advt·rh?
J\l cnti on wli :1t somr. of the diffl.• rent cla s ~e.s of ntivcrl;s denote.
Hcpent Hui e IX, p :lt) :rnd 1:111e X, (HG) .

SECTIO~

Ill.

Tlie J>rcrlicole modified l1y Adj1111cts .

l.J.7. Tlie Prcdiente m:1y Le modificJ l1y nrr ntlj un ct d e noting
time, place, ']U•tn.l ity, cause, manner, 11wa11s, i"ustrumcnt, or accompaniment.
NOTE. -The n•lj11nct of lho prc<lic!l(C eho ul.l r ccci'"c vcn· <·arcfnl nlten-

tion. Hy mr::in s of thi s we mny g i\'C alm o~t t~ndl es s vnricty ii~ t. !a.: cx 111·1· ss in11
of' t lt o n ~ li ts . Thi.;i nd.innt't. co 11.'l i:-\ t!'i 0r u. prcpo:; it. i(J 11 aud i! s object , and 11\uy Uu
11se d f'rcquc11tl.r in plucc vf an iHlvc r\J.

"I work ( tl hom e, in th e fidd , t'n th'~ 11101·-n£n.'/, on a .fru·m 1llith
d£li9ence, with a .fri end," 1.f't. Either of th e ndj11nCl:-i mny n1tJJ.ify the predicate
~ work," to de note timr._ 71/tt ct• , &c.
1

1

"'1'11 0 snow fall..;, (w hl.!nJ 'I) on tho gro unil, (w li1'11 'I) in tho w int er, (how
n111 ch '?) i11 great nlJ1111dn11<' (' . 1 '
"llc li\·e~, (when~ 'I) in l, r1 11dnn , (h()w '?)in i'o vc rty.n
"TJi c ~hip

sniled ( wht•11ce °?)from Bo£!,lo11, tto wJiat pince'?) to Liverpool."
EXE lt C I~E.

S n pply an •uljnnct to modify each of the follow in g predicates.

Ile lived They cast him -

He foll T l1.<:y walked -

The fruit li es The eagle lwve red Tlie stone rolled Rive r~ flow -

BirJs uuilJ th e ir nests The prolli gal waO'te d his sub-

.Jose ph rul ed Tli e rain de sce nd s -

llee~ collect lwn ey -

stance -

Tlic rain ft.:ll .\.l'iALY::il::i "\l'il> !'AH S IN G .
111 :111 :il.vzi11 g the fvlluw ing scllte nc c~ particul:lr at.t.entiuu ~l:() uh! lJc gin._
·11 t•>

tli c adj unct :-- uf t!te prcdk11te.

l'etc r wept Lit.ti-rly /~1r l1i ,; s i11.
lie n 2rill'd tlic k s,;011 illlpericct. ly 111 the 11wrning.
'.l'lwy divid ed tlie inheri ta n ce alllong them.
J{i,·cr; llow into tl1c ocean.
Th e sailors nL,;t:1in cd from i11t ux. icatin g l1rinks.
Th ny mad e pre par:-1t io ns for th e fun e ral.
Tl1cy bore the 1Ju1ly to the cliurch on th e Salibatl1 following .
The s nn g i \"C~S light Ly day.
The ships sail over tlie Loisterous de ep.

x.

EXANl'LE~.

'

They saileJHi s bret hrc n cast ,Joseph -

1

•I,

IV. Th e Predii;al e mor/ijied by Clauses.
1-18. Th(: prellkatc may b e mo<lifi cd Ly dauscs which cxpre ~s

lime, 7>1acr, ruuse,

,5·c.

1 fle, l ·1cltt'rt l so w th e (' /1.emy. 11

T lic pn;(licate 11 tl•"l ··is
ln odillt_·d hy the cbnsc a: when," S.:.c., wldcli Jcn otos bvth the tiiuc nutl c au~c
vf ikt:i 11 g.
,, l l! 1·d '" ' ((lU.$t:,
·11:a.~ r~/'raid."
Tli e 1we1~ica!o H lh:d " i ~ mod ifit ~d hy H1·~
cln.11 .:.e " liecau sc ," &e., wlii c li denoter-; the t~ :ui.~ ~.
Ex.\:111·1.t.: 9. -

.i

r

u Il e Jwells ?Ch ere

hi.~

.fa1h1'r 1/u:dt."

Tli~ 11rc.li cat c

ll

d well:-; ., is moJjficd

l>y tli c cla use " wh e re ," &c ., which d e nut e.-; t.lic ]Jlacc vf dw dli11g.

EX.E lt CfS ES .
:--;11,)w hGw tli r pre ili~ntes nrc m odified ill tlie foll<iwirig- sc.11te11ces.

h_

Tlie b11ilJing shake s when tlie winJ Llows.
" 'e were present whca General Laf'ayet1.c emb~u-kcd at
Iln vrc for N cw York.
You sleep wliil e I write. You are i1lle while I hhor.
They p e rs(: n·n'.tl as lon g a s the re was a pro ~pcct of success.
I ~ aw him ns soon ns lie arrived.
H e fini,;l1ed lii~ work l.Jdorc he Jcpa1·t ed .

r'!

'.j

52

ETDIOLOGY AND

[§XI.

SYNTAX.

llEVIEll' .
How is the pre<licntc rnotlifi c<l in the tldnl
of fl predicate modified by nn ntljnnct? .

pla·~ c?

H1JW

( 14i )

Give nn example

is th e predicate inoditi cd

i11

th e

fo urth place'? (148)
Jn how many differc11t ways rna y u predicate he rn od illed '! ln ho\\' many dlO"crcut \\':\Vs ma y n su!.jcct !Je moJl ll e<l? \\' bnt arc
these ways 'I
•

SECTION

§ XII.]

~IODll'l CATION

:NnTF:. -- Some otlier mudifl catiou s of th e predicate w ill Uc explained in
l'ttrh Ill, a11d I\'.

SECTION

GENERAL EXERCISE IN ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

SENTENCES .

Good breeding consists in a r espectful behavior to all.
Tlie early natives of th e country fdl into the hanlls of the
Romans.
T l1e patient ox s ubmitH q ui etly to th e yok e.
The angry 'rnvcs da~ b violently agnirn;t the rocks.
Tl1 affecting story of t.he crucifixion often melts hard heart s
into penitence.
The memory of 1-Vasliington is fresh in the hearts of his
countrymen.
The sun sank in the western horizon, in clouds of foreliudi11g
darkness.
I heard the crashing of the pointed rocks through the bottom
of tl10 ship.
COM POSITION.

Supply modified predica tes for the followi 11g mouifled subjects.

Model.
Jlfodified subject.

l\IODIF.ICA'l'lON

Industrious habits-.

Idleness in tl1e season of youth-.
Great ad vantage-.

OF WORDS.

1. By an aJj ecti,·e ; as, "A good farm."
2. By a noun or pronoun in apposition ; a.'> , " Cicero, th e
orator."
3. By a noun or pronoun in tl1e l'u:;se:;:;iv c ease; ;u;, '' Cou; p er's poems."
1
4. By an adjun ct ; a.;, "The praye1· of ji1it/1."
5 . Dy a clause ; as, "I alilwr the man w/10 deeci'i:es."

150. The meaning of a vel'b, in any form , t11ay lie modifi ed
in tl1 0 samo rnannur :.1 s t.h o pt·ctlie:i to.
1. lf tran ~ iti,·e, by an oLj ect; a,:, .. 1 lm·e lo ~ee th1' sun."
2. Hy an a<hel'b ; a :;, .. 1le striv C's to lice cu1itc1iledl!J."
3. Jiy all adju1H.~ f; n ~, '' Jf4~ i.. .; a1nl1it i o 11 ~ to c.1·0,f ·i1L lcar1u"ny."
4. l>y a clau se, denoting t/111ri, 11fuf.'r, r · 1111 .·" ~, '-\.c.

151. A n adjective is often mod ifi ed,
I. By an adverb ; as, "lie is quite imlustriou~."
2. By an acljunct ; as, "Ile is capaUe of ·1.mrlcrslandi11g."

152. An adverb may be modified,
.•
l. By another adverb; as," He conducted qw:t!J ilflJ!ropcr!y."
2. Dy an adjunct; as, "Agreealily to your wislics."

:

,l

ANALYS IS AND PAR:'l!NG.

Many enemies of pnJ,Jic Jiberty -

A contented mind-.

XII.

14\J. The meaning of any noun or pronoun, lllay be rnodificll
in the same manner as the :rnbj ect.

Modified predicate.

J\fony enemies of public liberty, have beendisti119uishedby their prfoate ~'irtuea.

~WO l UJS.

The trees of Ll1e fore st-.
The flowers of the field-.Tl1e llark11e~ s uf tl 1c night-.
Children who arc oueJicnt to their parCll( S - .
The worlll which we live upon-.

XL

NOTE 1. Tue mo<lels al ready gi \' Cn will ue n s11tlic ic11tg11i<le in tlie followi ng
exercise.
2. 111 nnr~lyzin g, the learner "·ill firs t look fur the ~uUject , n111l 1Jirn for th('
wont:; or ad.iuncts wh ich m o<l ifv it. The:n lie will point uut th e: prt:ditatc :uid
its nw~l ifkat i ons . lu. the foreg-Oi11 g pnges be will fi11J tL m odel for pars iug any
pnrt ol speec!J occurnng iu tli e sentences that follow.

OF

The doctrines o.f the gospel are practi cal principles.
The immense quantity of matter in the u11iverse, presents a
most striking display of Almighty power.

5•

54

ETYMOLOGY AN 0

S Y NTA X .

[§

)(111 --

The rapid moti ons~( tli c g rent uo<l ics of the univ erse, di splay the infini te powe r of t li e Cre:\tor.
I ment.ioned the un ex pected mee ting w it!t my fri e nd, i n a
distnnt $pot. [Iii co n11 ects ~pot an ti meet ing.]
Ile direct eJ my eye u: itli l1i s fin ge r oi·cr anothe r lamlsca pe.
1\Iedieal seicnce ii.rst ~ trn ck ih rout in G n:<: ian soil.
H omer i,; th e fo un tain-he ad of E11rop1•a11 poet ry.
Confusion in speech leads to confusion in morak
CO ~!P OS lTION .

E xercise in .forming Se11 /e11ces.
1lfodel.
· Subject.
"'n~ h ingtou

Predicote.
-

§xiv.]

CON .J UNCT I ON~ .

"I walk ed in th e .fid•I,.:. n11d in the. _111 ·nr ..:s."
nn<l 11 i11 the t,rroves/' arc cv nncc ted l1y mul.

'·'

T h0 adjnncb

" I Lrrc l1i1a L cc tu ~ c Iii! £s !Jl .. 1<1.'' Th e el1111 ... 1·:;
govd ," an! eonncc ted Uy th e cv11ju11ctiu11 u~ ('lltl:W.

•

1

u

ill th0 fi ch\.;;"

J l o ,· 1 ~ himi 11 n11 cl "ho iH

1.'"d . Tlie fo ll ow ing is a list oft he prin c ipal eo nj11n e ti ous :
Or,

A nd, nlthongl1, nR,
Bec ause , both, Ou t,

S in ce, P.am c,
Than, th :.i.t , tt1 crefu re1 though,

Eith er,
Fo r,

U11lt·s~,

lf,
Le,,t,
Neit.li cr, 11or 1 notw ith st.u1ding,

\V hcn.:forc, wh e ther ,

Yet.

NvT ~ . - S c n.H'al o f tltc wo rd =' in lh t'1 li ~ t nlio"r, arP. 11 ... ,-. \ i11 other vilil.'.e3 as
w ell as th ~Lt of lL conuccti ve. ~ cc Synl1t.J.· 1 u 1H..ler J:u lt: XX l V.

- co111rnn.1Hlcd .

"\V ashington commanded.
fi ed form .)

(The s imples t, that is, the unmodi -

f\f<Xlified s11bjec l .
17ie 1'/lusl r iuw; \\'il~hi n g to11

EXER C IS E.

Supply co11juuct io11 : : to t.:vi w cct tl.ic wonLs v r :SC: nk ucus ~cparat c d !Jy tlt c lil iln k
s p ace~ .

]lfodffied p redicate.
bro vtl.fJ co1u 1rh\1 11J1.::<l.

I

The illu s t riou ~ ' Vashin gto n,
f bravely command ed the American
th e son of a V irginian planter, (army in the revolutionary wa r.

H e r eads - writes.
Jl e m· i1li cr r e:tds - ,;tmli1;,;.
I ne itl1 c r co mmand - for bid. H e is des pised - li e is puor.
Ile is either a knave - a dun ce. I ask - you uelie \'(; it to ue tru e.
The winJ subsiJes - th e clouJs dispe rse.

NOTE. - It will he 8CCn th at n ~i mpl o sentence consil\ ts o f tw o pn11 s , viz :
n 1t1bject nnd ripr edicate , or a 11wdijied suhJect 11nd a nwdifiedpredfrate.

CO MP OS lTI ON.

The il lust ri ous \V~~hi n g:ton liravc ly com mande d.

Sentences may now bo formed after the model 11bovc.

Write sentences, cneh of whi ch shall include one of the foll owing conjunctions.
N OTE. -

} tor rnust bo usc<l nftcr n eiflt tjr; or nrtcr either.

Suljects.

Pred;cales.

Columbus
Trees
Ship
Fire

discovered.

And,

g row.

Because,
If,

sails.
cons umes.
SEC'l'IO.N

XIII.

SECTION

CO.NJ UNCTIONS.

Charles mul James are brothers ."

Tha n,

Uuless,

Or,

Eith er ,

l3ut.,

That.

XIV.

Cm.fPOUND SUBJECT.

153. A Conjunction is a part of speech used to connect
words, adfuncts, or clcwses .
EXAMPLES.-"

Whether,
N either,
Though,

"And ," the c onjunction,

connects" Charles " nnd "James ;" thnt is, it denotes thnt they l\re spoken of
together.

155. The Compound Subject consists of two or mo re simple
subjects connected in one proposition.
ExAM.PLY.8. - ' ' Pomper1 ancl Casar w er e llomtLn gc neru.h. 11 "Pompey nnd
Crosa.r" is the compow1d subject. This proposition mn_v l.te resolved into t'¥O

ETYMOLUU~

AND

L~ Xl V.

~YNTAX.

di,.;. tinet. proposiLions ; as~ ° C:_l..' ~:l l" wa..; n. i: 1 oi 11 :111 g1·11~'ral 1 a n·l J' ,q1q"'-'" \'.' <t ~ i t
H uui:u 1 g1_·11 •_·r,d. 1 ' Tn tlir. fnrm c. r c:i ·-a~. the co 11.i11nct ir•11 mid <'fl ll!lf'('-t~ th1~ JHHlHR
P ompey nnd (1esm· ~· i11 th e latte r, it co 1111 ccts t.l1 e t wo p ropo:-: itio ns.
11 .Jam.es v r Charles js iu t'a nlt ."
".l a 111e.s or Cli arh.:.-, '' b t11c. cnn1p0 n11 d ~ub­
j<'('L Tl il~ ~t· 1i!•• nee rnlly :1J .; n l it~ n--.:•il\'e(l as f ill• 1\\ :-. : ",l<1J1 1l':--i-; i11 f;ui1 t ,nr

§ xrv .J

l:\TI-:l:.ll-.(_' Tl<I '.',.;,

\\"li(· 11 tl 1r('e or rn r, r.: prr:dio·;i te,.;

11;0.

:'l:111d

,-,,1111<.'l'l t·• l.

1l1e

<·o nju11<:1i on is o l't.cn 0111itt"J, cxcq•t [;(:lure tli c L» L ; a:', .. Ja11H:'
n·ad ,;, w l'ite" :111d L'i[' lwr.-.''

1

Ghari es n; in fault. ii
15U . .A proposition conblinl11g a co1np,ju111l :-i1 d iJ•-'t"':. t nrny L·c r l'~uh· l_'.d iot'.l :ts
m any propo-.;itions n.,.;; the r e :Lrc !-'i111ple '.:) ul 1jedi-i. Thi,.; i:-. 11 u t t1 u..-:·, h U\'.·t·Y (; r,
wh cu the p re dicutt~ is not nppli i.;.al1lt: lii tl1c ~Hlijc c~s L1k~:i ~ q ; :1r;i :L·iy i :1· ,
u 'f,,. ,.) flh·\ '.l 1 ri-·~·· 1;; akl'. {i\·f·.'~ Tbis 5':t"'ntcn.::.:o r~1np"t !•f> p•«oh·., ,\ lik f• 111•"' W\'.arnpl es ubo vc. I n pr opositio ns of thi:; kind , tho !;Ul•,lt't..: L 11:ay Ge r...:gard~:...I H:i

si111pfo, ulthouµ;li i11 forui it is compo u11d.

·1!i7 . "\Vh<m t!in,e or mo re wl.ijecis s lan ci co n11 <·dc d , I he l'O ll -

junction is freq uently om iLtc<l except Lefore the las t; as," James,
Cha.rl,\s :tml .lolin arc brothe r s."
,.\:-..·..\L Y~I~

1 ~ 1H •

11101111

r:>ill :11111 Olll)W

~entf'ncc

be nnn\.\·zed a s a wli11l1\ and then Le

r 1 · ~\•l \·1'd ~llt!J

sf'pa ra !fl

The l1usba11.lrn:i.11 plu11gli,, so w.", rc·n1'', awl ,'-'._:1: ii,-l',.

inl•.i

lii,;

stu r 1·l1u ll:-i! '.

"P('ac·lll' .., arc :1 g r cc:1blc to tl1• : ta,k, ,], ·li;!,11!. I 11<·. :' 11wll, :111<1
cl 1:11·m tll(' ' i_'. '.l 1t.
D 1wks Rw illl in th e wnl«l ', ll y in 11,,, a ir, or w11lk 011 tl1e lawl.
fle:u~ f·11u11 . . . 1·I. and n·«1·i\·1 · i 1ht nlf ·ti1n1.

For:-ak e tl1e fi, oJi, Ji , a11<1 Iii·•:; :11nl i-'." in

.A'.\' J1 l' .1-..T!.~T"'.\""G .

J11 this E.xcrci:::c, the k ;1r11cr rn~y analyzi~ \Ji,• '-t·11! ··1H' 1.' li:1vi11g <1 l'! fl tlfP•lll PJ
sul•iect 11.-:: n wh•• l•·, n11 d 11i~~11 re soi\' c it i11tu ns 111:u1 y :,(; )Ja rute J 1rnp~1;, ill v1 1 ;, ~
11 w;.,. :1 r• · ~; l\ 1 i ,],. :- 11L_;, ,,. I...; ,

Tlw

Let _the

prnp· 1 ~itFmo; .

t

Ill; """.\'

.,j'

u11•lo-r -

~t:l11d i 11;;.

J-:\T l: l:.1 Et 'T!O-:\:-i.

:·unl ~tar;.; ar c

shin ing.
a bundan ce las l sea.sou.
T h e s .·rihf•'< nn•l J>lrnri ~ 1\CS cam e to Jc:;!l~.
"i\fo<t'" nnr1 J\nr011 ~pa lm to lhe chihl re n .,f r~racl.
J\los1·~, Aaron, a nd Jlur \\"lrnt up to tl1e top of th e hill.
Spri11g, ~ummcr, o r autumn, is prefornble to wi u tcr.
r,.]J

S Olll ('. ~1u l d i'll fll' ..... [ !'()l!g (' lflU[

i 11 p: l'"at

iu11;

:1....; , (j :'

"

J J(tf.'i.

'

'l'i H ~ f~1l low i11 ~ :1n.. : tl1 P: prin ,·i 1·1il i11 tt~r. i• ·l ·ti<J J1 :-- :

() ! 1il 1 '. :d : '.
a la.'i ! lio 1 l1all110' IJ11rrnli ! 1111 1.1.:l ! 1• i,; l1 ' I'"" 1 111,]1 ! Ii•·' ]., '
1 C:!. C t>rL1i11 Yt· rJ,:-- :1r1! ol"t 1.. 11 u ..; cd as i11tt.~r.i1·1·!i111i:-;; n."', h',._
/,.,f,/ .' fool.· .1 lu11L .' /1 uil .1 11·l'lco 111c .'
1

. X<1T1•:. -- Si 1!lll' 11fh1•r 1•;1rt ~ ,,f ·"'l)• '1Tl 1 :1 r n 1w1·H ... i1111:1 il ,, 11 ..;e,I in t'Xt.: l: uu ;t ! lui;~
nf w n nder nr ." lffj•l"i" .. i u..; 1 8t1«111,i/t" .' U'!irtf .' 111u·cy, .\~·.·

CO;IIPO U-:\D PRED1CATE.
1:'18. T he Co rnpo1mcl Prctlic:i.t.e co ntains two or more ~implc
predicates tlmL a re a p11 li c alilc to o ut.: s ubj t.:c l.
F.X A)Il'LE. - - u ][c ll'rifr ..: <1m/ .i.:tmlic:.i.: .
\ VritcM 11nd ~ ludi es i ~ tli c rmnp o u nd prcdicntc. The sr nt<'ncc may be r csoln:: d i11t.o two simpl e propo:-1it ions,
11
lJv r epeatin g the !- n b,j<:ct; n:i, . i JJ,~ writes ," aml "h 0 !"tudi cs.
I n tl1 c f11 n nt;r
c;tsc, the conjunct ion c•moects the vc riJ• .,,,.;,,,, nnd st w.lies; in the lntt ., r, it
1

11

'

' '

connects the two propl)!'it ions.

159. Sentences haYing n componnrl predicate mtty be resolved into
many propositions as there arc siniplo predicates.

WI

•

§xv.]

[ ~ xv.

E'l'HlULOC:Y.

Cl.ASSES, -

CO )IM ON AKI> l' ltOPER NOUJ\8 .

59

the s rtmc name; ns, Th e Bar, fhe I'n.r k, the 0.,_111wwn , fl1 r T.:n1pest, the Pm·k

Day, the Delt1 f;C .

PART III.

17r,. A prope r 11 011 11 Uccorn cs comm o 11, whcJJ appl ied to a cLL~ s of inrliYid
u nls, t o d es ig:nat c in them som o c l11Lr1tc te r o r q uality o f th e p c r :-;on or c·hjcct to
'vhi ch the na111e was otig inally give n; as, 11 Jle is tlie Cice1·0 of his a ~c" "He
will ll C \" Cr lJecoine a JVa.s/1in._qlmt."
17G. Proper nam es gene ra ll y IJecom c commN1 whe n they comprcli"nd two
or m ore i11d iv i . . lna! s; a ::! , Th e Smit/u;; 'J'o:o R uUtd s. But. t his i ~ 11(1t tl te c;\::iC
witl 1 irnrn cs tha t des ig na te a whole p t!()pl c ; as, T he A111i:;·ir(w3, tlic R a:'-;iians
th e 1ndi1 w.~ . Hu t wh e n suc lt 11o u11 s ar c npplic:1ldc t u iud i \· irl11a] ~ , "<1 r tn any
}>flrt or tlic p1"'or1!e thus drs ig natcd, tl 1•.: .v IJC.Co rn e C(11HlJ1 v ll j a ~ , ,A /ti t riarns ,

CLASS.E S, VALUATIOX::;, Ari]) l l\F LECTJO.l\S.
SECTfON

xv.

CLASSIFICATJON O F l\UliNti.

Russians, l1L1.1ia1t.').

l G3. A single name is oft en appli cab le to a great rrnmhe r of
objects; n~, Animal, plant, ril"l'r, stoue, 111ow1tai11.

,D I A LY S IS A:\ D J" ,\l(S J ;';G.
P:i.rt1cula r attention shni ll ' I be £!: ive 11 ti') t!1 e difft'n' 11t cla, ~ f';;; of no1111q, th:i. t
l1:1YC bcc11 be fo re <le ~c ri h c d. If the' IP;1rn er lll l'C't w ith ditli1·1dt y in :mal y zing
au d par.;. in g, he ea1 1 turn l 1;i c k fur a :::-::s is tam:c t<J t.l1 c ..lludds i H l 'art (.

l G·l. Th e name u nimal i:; appl icabl e to eve ry Jivin g liei11 g. The nain c mrw.
is applicalJlc to e nch of n, cert ain class of Ji ving 11C" ing;,;. !:lo like wi."'c cnc h of
th e 11am e~, hinl,.fi.~lt, rt'/Jfile, q1wr/1 uped, is appli c a l,Je lt~ a wh o le class of l.Jci ngs
and to ever y i11di vidu:1l of' n. da ~s . Th o nam es 1·1,/)1:11 , tl1r11 .;h, litr!.:, t' ng f e, a111l
rat:1:n, dc ti ot c di ::; ti11ct cl usses of birdH, and e a c h 0f tlicrn is tlt c c0n-u11un tc rn1
.npplic abl c tn Pvc r y i ndiv id ual of it.'\ ow n cla ~s .

SENTENCE S.

Columbu ,;, a nati ve of G e noa, di sco \1cred Arn eri ch.
Carnhyses, t he so n of Cyru s, le<l an army nga in:' t A m a~ i .-;.
The Thebans comm enced hos tiliti es with th e .Ath en ia11s.
The tliouglits of the dili gent tend onl y to j>l enteousa css.
Slot hf"uln Pss caste th i nto a J eep Rleep.
Genius and learning walk in t he train oC\·irtu e.
I n reason n11 d in fact character goe,; IJL: tv re sc holar,:l1ip.
Professing regard and a ctin g indi ffe rently di scove r a ba..~e
m ind.

1G5. Sometim e:; a particular nam e is g iven to an indiv i<lual
of a certain cbs~, to tlistinguish it from th e rest; a ;;, Adam,
lfomer, Buc1plllllus, A111.a:::o11, A ndes.

lGG . N ou:Ns aro divided into two general classes ; Common and Proper. Sec G9, 70.
1G7. Common

JtOn118

arc divided into collt 1·rivc, abstNu·f., JJO:rticipial or vu·-

bal, compou m1, n ml c0111plex.
l GH . A rolfrrth:c n oun

ns, P eop le, flock , cou.nci/1

i~

th e norn c of a body o r collec ti on of j11J ivi<luals;

fl.''-Sf!. 111bl,1J.

]liO . .An obstruct n oun is t!tc 11arnc o f so m e qun.lity; as, Che e1fulucss ,

·it.11, gocxl ncf..'!! 1 f rnilt?J·
170. A JJW'fi1 "ipial or t·crbal rw 11n is th e nuin c of
Ucin g ; as,

u

'J'h u d11: ey1:11y o f th e rnult itn Jc .''

11

~o rn e

nctiu11, or Male

Questions like th cc;;e con tn.inod in the ora l e x ~ rc i :-: e" ~ l1 01ild be nrn lti p!ie J
u11 t il the lcaruer is perfect ly fam iliar witlt tli e ~u l-'j cc t uudt.:r t·xn1nizmtio11.

or

The si11f; i n!J o !' l.J ird ::; .''

~11l'i 1 11011n-.. n r~: ca!J(· i\ r crbal, hct• u11 sc thf•y
v c r u.~ j jJ ft rl i o'1; io l, l'rorn h :l vi11 g tli r form u!' tl w par ti c iple.

1\f)T J'·: . -

OltAI, EXER C I S E.
VllJlr

Arc t he re :i.s nrnny n urncs in th e Engli.sl1 lan gna gt~ ft~ obj ects wltid1 c an bo
dcscril·ed 'I G iv e some ex amples of 11urncs, e a c h of whi ch js 1~p p li ra lJl e to a
irn11 ihe r ~if ol 1,iec t ~ .
\Vl1i c b 11 amc is applicaUle to the l:lrges t n umbe r of ohjcct" , animal or ma n 'I
Animal or Lir,} ( Bird or rob in '/ l\inl or lark ? lfo pt il e or worm "/ Treo
tir m:lple 'I l'l ru 1t or tree ·r
Mc 11ti v 11 1lt c ·n ames 11f a s m:11Jy animals a s ~vo 11 c au rccol!rd . I ~ t·11rli of
th e nam e~ g iven ap p lkab lc to tn<1rc t11an one :mlnial 't
\\'li :1t kin d of l l t lll!l."' are t l1 u~ e w hi c h _voit lt:\. Ye l lJ l ' llti un•:l l? \ \"lty --:v callcd '!

nrc derived front

171. A com1Y>u11il 11 0 1111 j;.; a n~lll1'' Ct•1npo s~~ .i o f two ''r m o re w ord s, w hic h
arc gcne r:1 lly ~<'p:lrat e d L:• a li y plicn; as, l foil-nmd, ·1l'ill--wit/1-ll11~- ll:i$.J!.
1~2. A co111ple:r n oun i ~ a name wi th :-;0 11h~ dis ti11 ~ 11i:-i !i; 11;4' o r 1•0111 plin1 e 11tary
ti tle :vld ed to it ; n:::, Jfr. . / 11111r ..; II ' !t itl'; ~lud:Jt'. II 'if1l; }J r . l .'. S1aith .
17:j . A C't)mmon noun ofll' ll 1 Ji' C1•J 11('~ prnpt':r wlit•11 it d•.:not.-s 1u1 i11 :uiin1a tc
ol~j<•ct or an al.i ~ tr :t ct q 11a\i1.v per~1.n i1i c· d i a"' , u 0 Tiu1•_' .' h uw f1..'\\ " th.\· vtdue
·w 1·i~l :.

11

D clir10 a c01 nnH111 11 <11111.

A comrn <HI ll t'l'ill ht'C'•iJ1 lP ~ propl:'r wli c•11\ wit II \hf\ nrt icl C' tit - it di':i t i11
g11 i::. li c~ ~L• llh.~ 11a rtic 11 Jar lil;h."t', o li,i ec t o r eve nt ! a -:; re1 11a r l,nl, lr: above t>tli t:rs vf
174.

4

I

\ V!Jic h n o un i:i th e HlOl'C gc 11c ral o r c11111 Jll o 11 , rn n u11 t~iin or Alps 'I rivl'r or
Am:1. zo 11 f m1111 or Washin g-t o n? boy or Clwrk<., 't \\.hy ?

N ·I

() \)

ETYMOLOGY.

[§XVI.

§ xvr.l

Wl1at kind of nouns nro those whi c h cl esi g ua te individuals vf 11 class ?
WJ1 y'/
What is n.n llbstrnct noun? A coll ective nou 11 ? A parti cipia l noun 'I A

?\ 1ff E. - T l1° : in 'il' rri ou (Jf rit u e i.-; ncc1..· ..,~ :1ry i11 ~u1..:l 1 wurd ..:. l.ci .: :i \·i.' 1!11 · .. P!lll d
or :} !11 1!11..· p lu r:d ro r!ll.

XVI.

1 .-<.~ .

).l1 J:.: t 11 ua ns e nding- in_(ur_ft', f1j \'IJ ~ tli <'i r p lur:il in 1'1.-: ; :1 .;: , ""il~\ w:1·1 ..;; 1

lo:1r, l·11 1r,.....
I ·' ~ ' ·
I Ii · ~ 1'11ll11wi 11g w 11111 :-1 :u1.\ tl iei r c11llq1•11 111" I..: f'·11·11l tit~· ir pl11r.d-: r ·· ~·1 1 l:1rl .v ; .'<l1·tj~· •.J((1·, s 1 ~ji· , ln·i·:I: d1i1 :( 1 .'/ i ' i1~ (1 l.-o 1 l1 i •J~ 111;..:. l'}, i, / 1 1 iiro1 J~ "'' •11) ~ t 111J ·,
:J Y1) ; _1p1{(, ,..,,d·, pn 11:(, JI("'~/", :1n d .-; n t·li a :-" (· 11 . ! in .Ii~ cxcq•t ~' ''.i/: \\'il il' ii ! 1: i.:..
sl fl r• .'7 . S t :i ff :1 . .: n 1n ilit:1ry tc n11 h :1 ~ :}/•1J/:-> in tl11· 1il11r:d .
~
l !JO. ~ .. un ~ 1· 11.ti11 g in !I a. l'tl'r a 1·1111sr111111il , , . Jt a11 ~',l' !hey iut •J iu;, io f• 1n r1 iii ·•
p l11r:1l; :-ti.:, H11d_\· 1 &odi'e."' ; lad,,·, /rt1 /i.:~ .
1: 11~. 11•.i,111:. e111Ji11 g iu .'/ :: 1·r.·r :1 rowtl,
lian· t hl' ir pl11ral r1•;.:;11 L1r ; :1 : : , \ ' :ilky , 1·111/,-!i,-;; 1111_,., 1;,,!.J,., i thy, ,/,,:1•....-~
l! J I. S 1111 11..:. r·1111i11 r! i11 ", prn· 1•d ,·d liy a ""11 ... •111:111 1, r'· .i11 1 rl w i 1· 11 l u;·:t! by
:i r\di!i;.! t ·" {d tht' .:. i 11:··1 :::11· : :t:-: , 11 . .·n ·, Iii J'PUi ; ("Xl'1·pt j1t1d" , · ·d ~tfu , '.'/ 1'1'. ,,., ... ,, '1
1101 ·t /1 ·1 i 1 .~ 11/11 , ~ 11 1+ l '/11111· /u , \1,· ]1i ··l1 h:iv" ;; o n!y,aild l·d t'.;r rJ 1,· i·l w ·;tl .
l '.r.!. :\111111..; i·ndi1r .:.! ii i a \" 1\n: I prc,·ecl e•I 11.\:l/tt•ll w r ' "•\\ cl , f, q·1 11 tli• ·ir p i ll~
n i l..• J \'~Hl a rly; :1..:. 1 F uliu, J :,/, ,1,-;.
H r3 . 'flie pl 1Jral uf lhr; i'vll1. wi11g 1i u u11 s i:-> irrr ~ 11 i ;u · J _y f !JJ'lr1 l·1l

177. ]tis the n :1turc of a n oun tu r e prrR L"nt to th e mind 1111 o l1j cct, tog<"the r
witl1 some <]11\\.litr or relation pr r tni uin g to it. For ex a m ph!, tlic uoun · ~ 1 n~rn , "
rlenotr s n. l 1 c in~ 1 toge ther with the sex. The nutrn 11 l1 0 us e .;; ," r e pre:..cnt!i' nu
ohjcc·t to~ct he r with tlie ide a of plnrnli ty.
178. Th is q uality or :ittributc of rcprcsc 11t 111g numlJc r, se x, n111 l cc r t::li n re l ations, i:" calJe J a property of tlJe uoun.

170. T he properties of nouns and pronouns arc person,
n umber, gender and case.
l' F. ll SON .

180. I'crson is the property that imlicat1·s the rel ation of
a noun or pronoun to the speake r. •
181. There arc three pe rso n ~ , called .first, second, and third.

Si11,r;u l11 1·.

l. Tl: c s peake r, or firs t p erso u , mn.v ~pcn k of him :w lf; or , 2, he mn y s penk
of the pr. rs•)ll wh om he n.<hlressc;; , called the scco1Hl perso n ; or, 3, he rnny

Pl1.1.1·ffl.

Bin_t;uflf.i'.

I'fu r 11 /.

1\1 :lll
Cli iJ ,l

lll l' l1

Tuolli

I CL' th

d1i l•lr1m

Lu1 1 .-«~

h e

\\\>11 1;\ll

\\'Olnt;ll

(

oxen

Ox

spcf\k of some other p erson .

l ~H .

Th e fol low ing
11 ilka ti 11n:s.

1 ~~. A$ cnch person mn y in clud e onf•. or more , it ma y he ~ in ~ul n.r fl r plural .
Sec dcc lcn::iio u o{' nouns n.nil pron o u n~, 2'.!5. t1ec al so, 7:!, 73 , 74, 70, 7G.

I Jfl UJl 'i

~01J ;-; e

.:lluu ~e

lia\.'.C tw o

r onJH

mi ce .

in t he pl nrtd , wit h d itli 'l'enl

\l.i~~

} '/,u ·o1/.

NUMllJ::H.

Brot h e r

133. Number is th e property that di::itin guishes one from
more than one . Sec 77.
18··1-. There are two numlic r ,;, siu;;uTar aud pl11rul.
Fnn n<of the }'lurol Ni1m/1er.
185. The plural of n ou n s is ge nerally formed Ly adding s to
the singular; as, Road , roads ; mou ntain, rnou.nta-ins.

1Jrot li e r;; (of ol1 e famil y)

I >ie

11i cs (for coi11i11g )

l'enny

p e nn ies ) tli ..; tinct

)

hl'(:i1 1r1,11 (oi' on e 'cw i 1~ ry . )
<Jjc r· IOr ga1n i11 g.
[l P ll l 'C
:ippJii:d to

.

I'ett

peas

Cow

t.'OW S

(~en in s

g('. n i11se:-;, p e rsons of gc nitts . ~ t1 nii, n kind of a: ri al ~pi r i: ~ .

a

olij e el s .

rna ~i:.:.

kil1e

Jf,!i. Tlw compon nds of man form tlt e plum~ in tl 1e ~nme n Hl.!l 1 H:: r a" t he ~im­
pl e \\·4wd ; a c., , A \.\e n n a n , ,if,fr,·men; statt:· ~ 111a11 , s tott.,~111< 11 .
'I '. It).

186. The pl ural e n•liai; ofte n 111nkcs nn add iti onn l syll able. This is the
caM wh en the s J oes not uuite in soun d with the wor d or sy ll nli lc to which it
is :uldcd ; thu•, the plurnls of horse, lwu~e, )JO!Je, ro$e, voice, l11w e two sy llables;
1

FOH :\ J~.

1

l"ll O l'EllT IE S OF NOlJ:"\S A N D P ltONOUNS.

as, hor-s1 s, hm.t-&1's, &c .

l'L1 JIL \ L.

187. Koun s e ntlinl!: in :r, :::, ss, sli, o r c/1 ;;of"!, form tl 11•ir pl11 rnb l1y adding {i:; .; a ~ , l1 'ux,j~J~C(~.')·, ;;las:;, 9lttsSr s, adz, (!,/:f's . la--!1,
laslws , c l1u l'l·l1, l'!111rcl1 cs.

COll11JOlll1d llO\l ll '/

SECTION

i\'\: .'.\1BEH , -

S nme

\\' Ol"l :S

of tli i:; \\'Ord, n11J

I

e nding in

fo l'll\

·mmi,

as

Tu1·1·1111uw, fr 1/i.,,,111 r111 ,

arc uot <·un 1p <Jll t1ds

l Ji e ir Jil Urfll r egularl y .

ift. F'()rtn c rly, the si11 g t\ lar un1nbc r of thi s c lu ~.s of wo rd i e nd e d iu i•; as
(,'fm·i1: 1 t·anitie.

G

G2

[§XVI.

ETY~ ! OLO G Y .

Th e Plural of Foreig11 1Vimls.
J fl 7. No un s wh ose plu rals n ro form ed ncl'.o rdin g to th e an :tlogy of the bng n:1gos t'rurn wiiid1 they a rc tl c riY c d .
Sln.'f11lar.

P lurrrl.

Sio!Julu r.

Al11 111 1111s ,

nl u mni .

A 11inn11 c11s i:.: ,
J\1 1a!y:-:i s,

G y nlll: \si 11111, { ~y rn na ~ i n,

nmllllllC ll SC" .

I' /111 ·0 /,

1ly p•.Jt!1(·:-.it-t,

l1 y 11ot l1t.::!BS.

A11 im nleu l u1n,

1~ 11 is fa t 11 us ,

AuLithcnie,

n1lt i t!1eses.

lw.lcx,

ig 1u..: .'; fatui.
indexes , ( pni11t<· rii
or ta !J!L:s. of

npicc::: ,
{apc.xcB.

J\ p J•Cndi x ,

l

A u tomaton,

i

f 11d cx ,

indi ces , (ref,·rrii 1g
to nl gcliraic
'J lll ll1titi c:: .)
l:uni11i:c.
1" \ ' ;l,! ,

{ au h11 11 ;1t.a 1
a x "~ ·

L a m ina ,
Lu v a 1

:tl"C ;Jll :\ .

Mcdium

au t1 •lllHL0 1lS.

Ax i ~,

A rc:in 11m 1

Bandit,

con t w it s.)

nppend iees.
rtp pc11 d i xc, .

{ li:itid'. tt i,
h:1ncl1t s.

Rusi.'l,

{ med ia,
1

m cdiH 1ns .
n1 <• 1nr1ra111ln,

J\ le lll (1 r1tndu1 n {

llh: ll1\J l":l !ld1 111 1.-J .

ba se~ .

11 1e! amo q 1 l 1<1~ c s .

1'11.: t a 111 11q 1l 1os i:-:,

Be :rn ,

lieanx .

C1u ix ,

\ {' :ilit·1• ... ,

~ I u 1 11 \_·nt u 1 1 1 ,

{ cli crn bim,
cltcrn !1'1. .

l\ lu11."5 ic 11 r,

m e ..;;sjc 11res.

I\Ji n ~ mn ,

mi:1F.111 ;lta .

Nc uula,
Ous is,

n c uul,e .
oases .

JlarcutlLCS is,
] 1J1as ia,

pnrc 11thusc.-; .

Pl1 l~1 io m c n u n ,

p l1 enon1c na.
r adii.
s curi n:·.
sd iol ia,

Che rub,

1 ~al i x c'-1 .

C ln· y~n li ::i,

r. \11·y~: 1l i d ef.l ,

l>:1t.11rn,
De1; idora t n111,
Dix res is,

d:1ta.

Dogmn.,

d es id crnla.
d i::c r('H:s.
d Of!lll:t ~ ,

{ dog-11 1<1 Lt.

l:adiu s,

{

tn(1H l l' llla 1

lllOlll l! ll l l l l OS .

:-iU ~ l UE l l- l'LUHAL

T li c si11g- u h1 r

nu:J r.ft

is

u ~ ccl

to s ig nify th e m iddle b etwee n t wo c x rrr mcs .

2UO. Ni:.ir.~, w h ich wfl.H Co nne rly u sed Loth iu t he si_11g u bu a nd pl1tral 1 is
11 vw rc .~a rd c ,] a s !"i l 1 ~ ul a r 01d y .
2 01. Til e wo rd ..-. t ' 11t11t1111, shot, s11 il i . nho lli o wu r\b lt t1 /'St' 1 fu11t, 1'11.Jl111t1·y, and
l'm:alry 1 corn prc l! c1J di11 1-~ l.1c11..li e:i of :;c1hli e r~ , a rc ll iC• l a .~ p lu ra l IJ1 111n ... ; ns,
S e \' Cral sli11l ln..:i 11g fired; II u :;ove r.LI sail or :-5 h ips." Tli e word jl':;h li:l.:3 a.
plural, but is 11:-:1 ·.\ itl tl1 c 1ilural ~c u sc wi t h u nt a L'. !i :rn g-c u f 1:irm.
20:.! . T u r.x p1 \ ;;o::; tli e plur;d of a p ro pe r t1 0 1111 \Y ith a ti t le 11rdix ed, tli t.• title
on ly i."" 11 s11 :t1 1.v \': 1r ie .\ i11 w ri i in ~, to c xprc~s tl1 l~ pl u ra l ; a .~ , " Th ll ~fi.:-i ... r'i Harper; I f , , lh c ~ l i~:-: ('S i' 1J\J11 g . 11 Bn t 111 r eg-a rd f f) tlic p l11rn l or !-' U(' !i ("qlJlplc x
1i <J Ull " , u ~ :q:~t; Ls JJ ot. uni t"o nn .
S v m c good write rs \ ' ;l ry tlrn 11a111 c and 11ut tl.ic
thlc\ :t11 1l in co11 \· er.o:atio11 thi:; u ~ n ge is m o re c u m 111 ri11 ; <1 :-- 1 41 Tli e :'l l i:< ~ Yv t ill ~ ~·.''
\ Vi th th :! t ith~ or Jfr.s. , o r tlic 11ume r:.ils tu.·o or tlu· t.~ 1ircfix cd 1 tile 11a111c ouJy
lj

'

2 0:3. Co 11 1pou11d~, in \\'llit·h t li e prin cipa l word jg put firs t, vnry tlit• }1rillci p:d wo r d t o funn t!tHi r p l 11ral:'-I ; as , l •'a /h t: r -i n- l:tw; Jilural, F f1tht'n;-i11 · law.
Q,uJ'l-m a r tia \; plu1'<tl, O.ml'l:;-n u1r t hd. Co1n pou nd::; c 11 di11g in.ful, and uU thos o
i11 wl1id 1 tlic p r in c iJ r: tl w11rd i:i put lus t, h ave th e r eg ul a r plur;tl fur111 i ns,
J:!.1x11111. /'lf/,-;, 111011-trn11.-;.
:l.iH . Pro11er 11: L11 1P:-;, gl!11c·rall y , tlo 11 ot ut\ 1ni t o f a Jilural fn rm 1 e:x. ct: pt tl 10
n ~t m fi ~ r,f ·1111 fi•111.r;, suc i t,fit.-; 1 ch nins <
f m mm tui 11 :i , n11d yruups cf isluml~ ; no, Th a
.Ape1111int:s , t/1e F '1·ien d.'f , th ~ F1 ig lisl~, th e J Ve~ l-buli c s .
~ 05 . Tlw fo ll o win g n o u11 :; a.re nscJ o nl y in t.li c plural.

pli .1se.:;.
.Ann a ls.
Ant ipod es .

Dra wc rs, (an nrtielc of

Arch ives.

Drcg'4 .

ti res•.)

Em 1lvi u m 1

cfll n v i:t.

&~ win,

E!l i p~ i s,

ell i p ~e~ .

j
t :H·I Hdiiuns.

.A ~ l wB .

E111b ers.

Sc lio liurn ,

A .;.;:-ic ls.

Stt1m c..11,

{ sta rn ?nB,
stam111a.

llilli arcls.
Hi tte rs.
Bo wdfl .

Entrails .
Goods .
Hatch es.
H ose, (stockings.)
Jl y8terics.
I des.
Literati.

Em phas.is,

(•rtq1li a ~1.:~ .

Ephemeris ,

C'j1l1Plll('fji {C'! .

En comiurn ,

F. rr:1.tum ,
Foc us,

F ormula,
Fu ng n~,

Genu s,

)

enco111iu 111s,
f'!Tlll:t .

Strut urn,
Stimulu s,

foc i.

S c rnpl1,

( l' ll C< •lll i:t.

stratn.

s timuli.
{ sern p!Jim,,

Speculum,

sernpli .
specu ln.

( fnn g-i,

TIH:s is,

t.l1 esc•.

{ fn11g nscs.

Vu r tc x,

vo rti l: C:;.

{fo nnul m.
f 111· rn 11! : 1c:

ge nera.

1

63

l: VJDJ'~ .

1!)8. Sun1 0 JJ iJ Hll :-i, t'rv111 tli c nature o f th e thi n .~ -;\\ lii c h th ey d l' ll ute , li aw: th o
si11 g u la r for m (11 dy i n~, JVhnt f, 7ril<'h 1 9olil, :doth, &c. :So111e " ·urd.r; 0 r th i.'\
cJa.,~, whe 11 ll '\" • l ~n d 1·it \1!e dilf...: re nt killd d u f tit.._; :,UIJ ... talt CC:o; u r qttaJitics \Vhid t
t lic.v r lqir<'"'l'llt , :ulin i L P t' a pl u r:tl f1Jr rn; a,q, ll"ille, tci11c~ i 1'i<'l! 1 ·r ic i: .~.
] ~1~. Sume nn11i1 s ha\'<: tliu s ruu ~ fu r m in lJOtl 1 uu1 11bcr:; ; :i .-;, .JJ;,thi:nMtics,
d!i ir·~, m ewi.;1 spedc...;, Sl! rii:.i:., deer, sheep.

g .)·11 111;1:;;i u rn:; .

:111nly:--:e." .
:u1 i111ak u ln..

J\pex,

§:xvi.]

J\ rccc hcs.
C!otl 1cs.
Ca! e nds. ·

Lees.
Lll ngs .

S11111Ters •
Sc. i ~~o rs .

L etters, (lit.crntu ro.) Shen n:; .
~f ea.• lc; .
l:i lt nrniJles .
~ 1 i n utia"! .
Tidings.
) Lt11 11e r s .
T ongs.
Thank s.
lll o r:il s.
Ve<pers.
Ni pper.>.
V ir a l!:t .
.Nones.
V irtu:d.• .
Pin cers.
Wages.
Ple iads.

A dd t» th ese t.h c 11r1111cs of things cons is tin g of t11·0 p ar ts o nl y; as, !Jcll01os,
scissv1·s, ton.1;.r; , &c .

NnTt·:. - \Vurd .'-1,

fi !.!: lll"t '~ ,

nnd

J e tte r~.

u sed rn er1>\ .v

11.., 11 •; 1111.-. ,

w itho1 1t r ('gnrJ.

to : heir :1pp1·1)p ria.re !'. i µ;ni1 ic: l1Lin 1 f'ornl Ll1ei r p l11 r11l wit. Ji a.n tq1•1·d n tpl11; :in•l t. ho
Jette r:; ; ;1 -:, tli f! y··H a11d 1 1,mI' ~; Lhc 6ut't1 a11d '11·/unj"un:,' t!Ji t he ti'd itt1 d tile !J 's,
tll O a'.s an<l tli e V' s.

64

[ § XVJ.

ETYMOLOGY.

Jfasculine.
Hnron,

EXE ltCJSE.

GiYc tl 1e pl urals of the following nouns.

Tax; l1ru s h; ga s; 111v11key; :1tt u n1 ey; Yalky; fly; la1ly;
tle s ti 11 y; lit.(,r ty; city; !te rry ; ]>r otli~y ; h ero; 11 e.c;ro; po rti eo;
m o tto; potato; tyro ; e lf; wolf; leaf; li:ilf; t l1i c f ; l il'1:; k11ifc;
s tair; 1l :tg'- talf; Lro ti> er; foot. ; e 111pli:1,; i,; ; ha ndful ; f' J! Ovnf'u l ;

p enuy; ge nu s ; index; mother-in-law ; liro th er-i11 -law; ge niu s ;
;iitle rman; 8tatc~ man.

SECTION

GENDEH..

206 . Gender is [t property of the noun or pronoun to <listinguish sex. Sec SU, 81, 82, SH.
Th e re nre three tli ifo rent "·ays of di :;t in g;u isl1i 11g sex,-1. by

the 11 :;c of tli!1'e r e 11t. wonb ; as, Fntlter, 1J1v!l1 cr; "2. Ly dille r e nee
of ll'rmi11atio11; a::, .A1: to r, actress; :J. by prdixi11g or a nn exing
an o th e r " ·on!; a~ , La11Ll/urJ, la nJlar/y.

207 . Dy Ji!Te runt \\' Ortis.
~[asculine.

J ~ l! att,

l·"'e.inini.ne.
belle.

j1f1rH·11line.
Gc~ ntl c n 1 a11,

F'e.m inine.
lady.

nP)"i

iri rl.

1Ti1rl',

I ~!' I )1Ii f ' l',

!-lis ter.

l\11i' k,

dnu.

J lurl'I C,
1111 ... lnl nd ,

rn c .
lll nro.
w i l"1·.

Kin g,

CjlH.T IJ .

Lad,
La11dl unl,
Lo rd,

bt~ ~.

<luck.
Drnkc ,
c o1111t C'ss.
Earl,
lW•tlic r.
Father,
Fri:ir "'' JY1011k, llllll.
goO::"('.
U•l1td(•t\

ll la le,

Jfo.s culine.

1·~ 111i111" nc.

1\!:111,

woman.

:i\L1 ~ t1•r 1

rn is tresi; .

.1\ l nsk r ,

11 ii )-<l!'I .

J\qilH ! \Y 1

11 i•·1· 1· .

l 'npa ,
n1,

d:in ~ l11l'r.

s~

111 :1rnn1a .

l1111dlady.

~l ll_L'.',

hi11d .

1a.i r .
fe 1'i111lc .

t :ut'l e,

Hlll1t.

\Yi z:lrd ,

" ' i[ c Ji.

208. By Lliill; rcn ce of tcn11inat iun.
]lfauulinc .

) "i-111ini11 e.

J\IJ ~ot,

nbl1c.~ :o:!'.

J\ c 1or,

nctn·:-; ~ .

Admini .-; IT:1tor,
.Adulll'l'Cr,
./\.n1 b11ssa1 lo r,
J\rl~itc r ,

ad1n i nistrat rix .
ad11lt1·n· ~-= .
:1 n1 b:-1.. .c,ad n.:ss.
a r! iit n.:~~ .

Au thvr,

a 11th orcs~ .

1ll11.01.c11 li11 e.
J nst ru cto r,
.11:w,
J.a1ul g-rav c ,
L iiiii,

F't,mi,,i11e.
lu st n ict rc si; .
.l ~wt .":I~ .

];111d;:;ra\·i11 c .

liO!ll''-"' ·

J\ larq ui ~ ,

J11 nn : lii 11nc:->:; .

Marg i':\\'(',

n1:1r;.:-ra,·i11e.

.Ner;ro,

l! l\.;:r1...•:=:::.

F cmi1ti·11e.

.Al11sndiue.
l' atron,

1''t mini1te .
patruncss .

Peer,
Poot,
Prior,

pec rc5-s .

Brid egr oom,

Lnro11ess.
L r iJc.

ll en~ fa c tor,

benefactress.

Cate rer,
CLnnter,
Conductor 1
Count,
Czar,
Dauphin ,
l h:acon ,

catcrCM.
cli:i.utress.

Prophe t,

c owJucLress.

Pro tector,

pro phetess.
prutCl:l ress.

co untess.
czari na.
dn.u11lii11ess.
<leac1111css.
du c hess .

Pri c::::.t,
Pri nce ,

prine c!-'~ .

Slt~pherd,

~ht•pb l'nic:-s .

S o ng ... t..: r ,

s o u g ."'itn.':-8.
HfJrl...'.(; i"t.''~ .

cmprcs:-1 .
c11d1a11trcss .

S orccn.: r,
Su lta11,
Tai lu r ,

exe cutrix.

'J' est.at•JT,

t~ :-.L:Hrix .

g r,\'C fll t!~S .

T ige r,

tlgn.:;. -:: ,

Tt1t o r ,

tu t:<irc.: -;.

H os t,

hci rcss .
l1er oine .
li ostcss .

Hunter,

liuntress.

'\' id o,~e r,

l>ukc,
Emperor,
E nc l1 antc r,

XVII.

G5

G1CNll £ R.

§XVII.]

E.x ecutur,
GrJvcrur)r 1
H ei r,
Hero,

poctc:;s.
!Jl'i Orc ss.

prie:'3tt:ss.

s11ll.: 111 c-.::i or !o1Hltnn £L
t;Lil•>l"t:' ~"l .

V i~cuun t,

visCiJ ttittcs~ .

Y oLtry,

v ot:tres.s .
v. ·idi) w.

209. Ily prefixing or ann exing an o th e r worJ;
LanrllurJ,
Geutlemcrn,

P c:i.cor.k,
llt:.-goat.,

landlw/y.
ge nt lcwuman.
pcali t n.

J l/it /l -:SCl'\':tllt,

a~,
1na id-scrv:tu t.

Q.ick - ~parrow 1

h en -s 1,:Lrruw.

Jlalo c hild,

.fcm11le c h il d.

,J,c-gv<tt.

210. Som e nm ms dc 11otc o bjec ts whi ch arc c:ithc r mnlc or fcmnlc: rt~ ,
Child, pn r r:.11 !, 1/f' i!Jldxn". :-Snrh 110uw; 1 when u s1~ d in a. grrn: ra l wa _,,, witlt rm t
p11r:i t.: 111ar rc ferc11co to so me individual uf t he d a ~.-. , ~ nru ::aid to la~ <if tho
1'0~1 .' H 'N

0 1•: ;'>.l lJLIL

211. Thi11 r;• wi1ho 11 1. li fo 1trc soni «l.i11\1'8 li ~ 11r:t ti,·d1· r1° pr1·"·1> t<" I 11 .< li: •ving
th e uU-riiJ11t c~ lif' li vi11 g- l1ci 1J g'~; t u s u c h tl1 c di -, ti11c.:ti1n1 uf ~ ·:x. id 1q 1p li ··d; u ~ ,
wh e n we !; : 1y o f a :-1 li ip 1 sh e /'\:til g \\'o U, or o t' t h1J 1' trn; ht• i .. ri ~ iu g . 'l ltin,t(:'\ re Jl!urk11l1l c fo r powe r, ~izc , & c ., lll'O s pu k eu ur a:; rna sculi m.:. T J1iugs 1.~t.:HUtifu l,
mniablc, or prod nc tiv c, a s fumi 11 incr.
212.
\Vli cu we speak in a ge ne ral manner fJf a. s pecies; a~ , the J11g 1 tlJO
cat, &.c ., to the spec ies whid 1 is r cma rknl1le for Lnldn C':.:8, ~trt.~n g l h , or µ:t~11c r­
o:;ity, th e mal e ~e x i ~ gc 11 t~ra l ly nttri liutcd ; to animals rJt' ri p pn ;o; ltc q11 alitit:-1
th e female ~ ex i.~ a tl ri but ed; a ~ , "Th e d og i~ r1.:in arkal>lC fu r hi.~ :-.agat.:ity ."
u Th e c at, H~ sh e l1cli11ld!i t.lic light, contrn c ts the pupil <Jf her cy<""
213. Th e ma . . c uline ge nde r h as n. gene ral J1ll':u1in g, cxp n.: ;o; ~ i11g \1ut li m~do
an1l fernnle, a11d i:-:; ahn1ys c u1pl oye<l wli c11 th e u!ii~c, ncc u pation , ur 1•rv!'. .·::-.:--·iu11,

*'

Tli c _t.? rm cr;1111~1.fJn docs no~ r efer t o a11 y di -.. 1i11 c ti111 1 i11 ~e:x, lJ!tt i.: :tpplicc.l
ton c~ rtru11 tla~.., <•! 110 1111::-1 , \V li1 L·h 1 fro111 t.lieir :·.o1·11 1, :t ri..:· ir i1lt-;i·n 11in ·1r·· i: 1 l'I.! ·
i:<pect rn gc ndi:r; Lot w li e 11 tl w t·< ·n~.,.xt d etvnniiw . . t'• \1,hirh :--t.:X tlic \' :iro tv IJt}
referred, th ey are nut to /Je cvnshk:rctl vf U1t.: 1. u1w1wn :1e11J.i:.r.
·

6*

[§ X YH.

GG

und 11 1.1t tin.: ~ex, l•f the irnli\·id 11 nl is (·liiei-ly !<1 l1l' t·xpr<.;S~bl. · 111 tlie ti1l11.1\\' ing
i:cntcncc, l1 oth mal e :1 nd li·rn:tl e write r:' n n ~ i11 c!11 tlcd . " Tltt ~ prn:.·h L•f th is a .!!;~
arc di :- ti11g 11 i~ li cd 111t orC 11.\· e1. ;1Tecl110~~ P t' t a~ie tli:111 :-. 11ld i1nity ,,t' <"tJ 1t <'l' p tiu 11 ."
H ut if i t i~ i11t e ndt·d to 1k;-ig11a k th. ; !'l'X <•r tl 1c i11divid twl ~ po ke11 uf, tl1 c :1p11n•11ri; de fo rm ut' tl1 ~ word H111 ~t lh.! ·u ~e d . *'
i t -I.
111 :-p i.':lkin~ uf :11 1 :111 i111: ll, \\ IH 1~t· '-t'X i:"l Jt1 1!

to Le r C'g:1rd t·· I, il i-1 01'1 r 11
ur ::l1t·1.·p :u 1d sel l it ," S.: c .

k 11 u\\ ' 11

t •• Jl-..i .l·: 1·1· d w i1!n111t :O:l'X; a ~ ,

1
'

If a

j1r

11<Jt

i11 q11 •r tnnt

111at1 s tc od an

11~ ·.~!l.t!'~iri: 1 occ:1 !; i11n.-: tH1 di1: i ,· t1 l1 y to tLl: l1·;1r?:1·r.

T! 1n(• ;\J'1·, tltcrt'!~1 r 1 • ,
it•!1- 11 !' 1111u11 :.:. :111d p r. 11111111 1-; ii i ~1 :-1 ·1 1k i 1t' L' 1 c..::1l \,·d 1 in h Lllll 11 1ar1 11"1111'.11 •1tin·, }M:-i."'• ... .s ite:, a nd i1l~jc ( ti l'e c a .-1c.-: .
:--; ec r, L

th e

t lin·c di -, tincf

n ·! ; tl

:! I H. Tl1 e nu1ni11:1tiv e < · a~ e i:; 11:;1:J to d "11(,(e tlt e f;,Ilu11·i11g
n :l:Ltiu 11 s. :-;" '-' tc:) , lili, 87 .

( J X.

f.

U f the ~· ll l •.i~·l.'.t l1f

...

( J( a

/ ll fll /L 1

ti

prc 1pu:-; iti un

j1l't >t l• 1lllt 1 iii'

14
( 'i,. 1·r 01, tli i.. V1''1f •i1' i n
sid .·r1 •1!."

H nw lll:lll,Y 1lue:-0 llH· worLl ri\·•· r ole11ut1.: '? l'li:11 1µ-c !h i.! f1·nn !-'t1 that it :-- l1:tl l
d e 11ote m •ll'O rh ~111 t •t1C' . Ch: tll ~P tlif' fp\lowin g 1i11 u 11 s to tin~ plttrid f'~·n11; l.:1 11)~· 1
~tri:J~· , 11'~((' 1 ,J1i1f, }1.1·, :;/o.-;:s, ln·u sh, n wity, ntollf'!J, d1ild, 1._·111.ph w1i .:. , 1111111,i;:si.'1 ,
111C J/lf 1 /'lf11d 11llt, !J!fl!l l tf'S i U 11/,.
\ Vli at is t h:1.t p n) }H: r t;.· ol' n nonll called, whi c h di ::i tin g ni:,h c~ v11c fr m n 111 u ro

G7

t; ,\ :-1:·: .

.~

t hu

j

:L..; 1 i: 'J"/11~

.'Hill. i-;

t:bill :-i c·, ill :l['j HL-. i [j uJI

(]l h.!;, tiull ,

li u1C

1Ji1· !-ot l!T1...' 1,( /wat.''
\\ ill t l!Jt~ ::, 11 /,,jt·t'{; a · ~,

lit. ,..;;./,uo/,/ ~H1 1 't't.ld 1

\\':b

J1'> l c1 111-

3. 1.Jt' a n 1 11111 in tli•: pr<'i.lh:ntc r t-rPrl'i11g h) th ·· .~ 1d1j • 11 111m1i 11111;,-r : a ~ .
Cit·er 11 1 tli t: CJl'a l u r, was a g 1·c al, .-;lat !!.s11t 11 11. 11 (.'i11 1·11, Pl'•il11r 1 a n·! tof.if • •~ 11t1111 ,
nre in tht' ll•• nii11 :1! iY e 1·a -e .
41

2 1:). '1'!11" pu.-.-;e,,i1·c <':t:;c_: uf' Jl uuu .-; i_-; l-'. " 11 .. r;tlly 1;1l'11wd l1y
::u1n e x i11g ~ ll' ith a n apo:;tl'O]'h C ; a,: , " .\'11'1ji's ju11 1'11al ;" "."J1 c1 1ce1·'s a necdote:-:;"
u1 en's ~ li oe::; ; " "clu'/d rt: 1('s toy::; ."
:h?O . Tlic po~se5s i n~ C;1sc i.Iural , t·ml i11 g i11 s, i:< fo r m("] liy
add iug tli c aposirnp!t c ll' itli oL1L tit <.: ~; :L", "Ho!Js' tops;'' """!/f"s'
h

th an 1..11u'! (
Jh) w i5 tl1 C' plur:d 11 ll1nl1c r fo n ncd?

" "h at arc ~t, 1ne u f t he vnriatio11 s fru1 11

tlic g-t·ne ral rnle ·r
\\' h:\L is gl· 11der '?

\Vli at tlvcs th e mn ~c u linu ge nder de note 't f...:11ii ui11e 'I
u c ulc r'! ~ l t·tlliffn tli l~ .liffc r e ut \\'nys o f di ~ ti11 g ubl1i 11 g se x. T 1) w l ut.t <,h.i\·c t
is tlt c t1•n n ('d11111wn :;e 11./er npplit.; a blc '? I:; th e Ji ·t i11c tion uf :')tJ X C \'t.-.r nppli•..:J

to tli iogs witliout lire '!

2i1 .

T o a n o u n i1 1 tl 1 1~ :-, i n .~11! 11 r numb e r, t:t 1di11g i1l,.« r;r z, t h .. :q1o:'tr<JJ1lit• i'i

i

s o m eti1 11 ('s ndlled w ith o u t th e,.,, wli c11 i t:; U ~l' wonl.t 11(·.,;.1 ... 1it11 u d i:-.:q.:,r,.• ·:i!Jlc
hurs h 1 1 c~s ;

a:- , " Mos1.. · s di sc ipl es; n 11 r i g l1 teo n ;, 11 c~ s ' .'l uk c . "
:.!:U. \Vhe1 1 th o ldtcr s add e<l as a s ig n uf 1lt c po:-..:t· ... ..,i \·c will no t (' O: il1 · -.1 ~C
wi t h th e 11(11111 1 iL add ..;. n :-; yllal1l c tu it; a 8, T h v mn :::.':; J,1 ,o k ; e liu rc li ' ~ pro 111·r ty,
pnJ11uulll'Cd Tho1na ·- i,; , chn rr li-is.

SEcnoN XVIII.

l\(f!' 1·: . -

CASE.
2l5 . Tli c lo nn Ca se ( L utin, ca.~11 ..:. , " :l. rail," (l :Ill c ud," UI' II fl elo."c , ) i~
stric tly app lic abl o to t h e c 11 di 11 h o f' d cc li1 ndJ le word s . Bu t i11 th e E ng li .. h
Jung11 agc th e rC'l:1t io11s or w o rd s aro not ge uc rxll y dt:tc rrnin t:d Uy :;yl lnLdt.:S
11

m 111exet.l o r p re fix e d.

21l:.

win g~ ."

In C\"l'r_v sC' ntencu t ht·rc is one \\'Orr1 wl1id1 d('11ntrs th e 11<·rson <1r
t.. 'J'l1 b r1·lnti1J ll is eas il y

thi n~ o r \\'lii ch nn n~:-il! J'lio11 is 111:\dC', en lied tl1e ~ulu'n

d e termi ned, and i.:i calll'.'d the 11<1111iaafirt· ot ot' . The p rc d ieatc cxp resi:,cs so11 1c
nction or s tate nf tlt c ~uhjnef. Thi~ nctiun :-:ri11 H.: litth.: S rc lut es <111l y t o l l1e Sltl1jcct il sc lr; n:-. , .i T lw ldrd si11:;.;:. 1" " a m a 11 .-;fr r:11t. 1"" u11d so111 di 1n cs ex li! 11 d:S
Lc:yo nd itself lo s0me oh.iett \\ ltklt i-; cw1tndl l:d, prod u ccd 1 pOS:'!c:::scd, or i 11
aoinc wny u.ffo c t cd i.,v i t. T hi~ 1._.l1ject. is d c 11 utc U by tl 11 o u11 or p ro11ou n 1 i n
qnite fl di fferent rc lalio11 from that uf the 1w111i11at ive 1 tlll<l is said t o lie iu t ho

objr:rtfre cose.
The oh,iccti\·c c111:.c may be Ctk; ily k nown, from it.;; being tl1e direct
li m itn ti o n of n tron!:'iti'l.:e verb CJ r p rc7HJltitWn.
Ati t il e rch1tion of pro pe rty or
ow n e r~ h ip is indi c atc J hy n ce r tai 11 t onn in nti o 11 <1f t h o n on n , th e en s ~ , cal l..:·ll
211.

1

Tl 1e

p11 s~c:o'~ ir c

c a:-. r:

fJi'

p1·0 110 11 11 s h as

11 ( 1

rq.:; 11lar f1;rrn:iLi o 11.

2::!:1. Tl1 e ul>j c"e ti ,·e c·asc cl enot.cs tl1 c ol1j .. ct of a tran :<i tiv c
v crli o r pre po,: ition.
22 ·1. No un :< :uni p ro noun s are oft.en us1·1l a iJ ,;r, Ju t<:ly ; t hat i.",
th ey fo rm no pa rt. of a r eg ula r se nte nce ; s uch nouns a re ga iJ to
Le in th e i 11 d1'Ji f 1i.d e11l case.*
N'•iTE. - As th e form 1) f iii is case i8 ge nc r nl h - lik e tli nt n f tlic nmnin:1t i\'r it
is 1H1t. gi,·cn in 1he d ec len sion. The ol -j e cth~c for m ot' t h'; p rvn ou n is $O n; ctin H: ~

in

tlii ~

ca:;c.

* Th e te rm u11111;11 rr l ire ·i1ufrpemle11t or a/;3flfol1._•, ~ccrns lo l ie i n c·o11 ~i~tl'.'nl hoth
with th e true Lh•fi 11i t io1J o f lh o 11umin nli ve , a nd wit h th l3 nil t·~ whid 1 ... 1n •n1 it-.
co n:--t r u c ti11n w ith th e YC'rb. Bf's irles, pn1n n1111 s i11 tli c u/,i t:t'li.rr C:l :">t.! ?trt> ~u1ne­
ti 111f"• u ..:1.!,\ i11 t \ti . .; wa y; a.'5 1 ,1fr/ 11ii ..;1' 1'1th!e . ~ t1 C' l 1 Wl~rd .; 111i 0a hL be tc rrncd

in.d.epe1Ulent or n/Jsufote, 'w ithou t the appendage of

a

cu.ic.

11

I:~

'ii See Crombie's Etyrnoloi;y nnd Syntnx.
Lauguagc.

Also, Crnm p' s Philosopuy of

i;

GS

[ §X IX.

ETYMOLOGY.

§XIX.]
2:2 S.

XIX.

SECTI0}1

225. Declension of nouns nnd p'ronoun :l.
FIH.ti'l'

I i E 0 UL Alt.

k ings.

]{um. E:i11 g,

kings'.
kin gs.

P oss . }(in:;'f:l,
Ulj. l\:ing,

Fox's,
Fox,

TIIIHlJ

men
n1cn's.
rnc11.

JV[:cn,
l\fon'~ ,

1\Ien,
l' H 0 I' E It

N

4)

T

n

t 1t

u

(; eorgc,

She,

G eo rge'~,

Her,

Gt~o rge,

Her,
. 'l' JI I HU

AHt; 'l'HACT.

1· E

n

so

dill(·rt:ttl

('.\lAS.)

1

N,

( F' R 111 . )

th ey.
th eir.
them.
J' I". l t S

It,

Virtue,
Virtue's
V irtu e,

It's
lt ,

(> ~ 1 (N 10: U 'J'. )

th ey.
their.
them.

. or fo rmal •tyle.
...
227. Ou.r~, yi mr.~ , tlu i1·s, h11 r.-1,

:111d gcnc nill y m iuo antl tl1ine, 11rc possessive
pronoun s, u.-.:cd in e ithe r tho nu111i11at ive or objective ca ~ c.

1• r 1>111i1111 !)!•11 1

i ~ o n the plain, t11u-s is o n the lli!l; "

st.andi11 g in place of "unr Ji ou:H\ 11 is in tlie 110111i11ative cusc.
ju ~ t

received i" tlmt i ~ , yo ur letter.

u

:dtlHrn g li

'' 1111rs "
" ) ~11ff8 is

1 ours " i:i the :rnl1,icct of ' 1 is. 11

"Jff

ca:-> e~ .

Tl11.: r uk."' gin• n

See 11 ".bster, S. S. Gr te11 e, ll 'dls, &c.

A1'1>

J,r, g i\"P ll
i 11

:1"

11n•1t tJ11n-. in tli1• i'" . . ~r>-; ­

11r u111k r .- l•11 1.\, 11t~ ·_y !1 :1\ 1· )\.

l'u1 ·n1 1 r(·pn · ... (11d..- 1: rJ111: . .;

in

J1c1 ·6•11l

i 11

c i t !H ·r

t't1r:11 :1l ." !yl1 " J"•111,
in t..:1Jl1H1Hn1 11:-1.\ tq n: pre . . u 1t

i r1 gr;l\'t•

Pr

i'

,,;

;~'

l'.\IC~l ~• :.
to

t l11•

11• >1 111 .:

an·l

1•r• i 11 <• 1111'i

ill !l 1e

l'ur t. 1, s li uu ld l•t• '11'1.Ji ,·d hl'r~'. .

The eart l1 n"· ohc·~ Sll'iftly. Thoe 110:11 :.;-lid" -' r:1l'i dl .v olo 1,· n
tin: ~Jn· a111. Fr:t;_! r:111t flu1,·c· r ~ lolo olll i11 tl1l' g:1 nlt-11. Th e l:i rk
m ou nl s l1igli in th e air.
Ynutli',; joys d\'parl. Edward'~ co 11r;t ~•· Liikol, in ,.i, ·w ,.( 1!1 r;
clillil" 1ilt i!';; hc· fcir" l1im. .Tu ~ q1li's fatl1cr 1•11•11rn,.d 1;,r lo i1 11.
"' :1 ,; Jii11 ~loll's :ll'iny s ufl<·r('d . Tl 1e s liip'~ tT c \\1 111111i11ied. U1o1i:tparle'ti >'< 1l•l icr;; l"OIH]U e reJ.
Tli c pr i11 cc ol'" Y·' tl11: kin;..( i eo11rn1 :1 nrl. ,\rn1olol '., tr•::l.'<111 di .-gr: u~t · d lii ~ n:11nt'.

' l ' l1e e; 1 ~ lt·' :-; 1: 11 011 ~ :- 1·i 1. 1·1l 1111 · pri·)'.

(

;t

o J',:..!'1:

'l'li1 : :-.lll 1·... . r;1y :-: d i. . . \ " · r ~ ~· t lw d:u·!... -

Jlt• ;.:; :-:.
'l'/1 e y11111! 1\ tld ig 1·1n·e d 1 ·~ t: l '\ ' l""' 11rai --1 ·.
'l"l1 1·\' 1~1uk .Je1S<1pl1'.'< CO:il, :111d kil! et! a kid of t l1 c goal.,, a11 ol dit'l""d !he coal i1t
tlie liloud.
\\ 'c <"1>1 11 1w l 1lw11l. 1 l1 «:u· yo 11r '""l''""I. ~I"· f"t-ar.' l1 i1 11 .
Tli.111 rnlt: ,; t 11.-. Y o11 lwli eve lllt". Tl1i1w i..; Ji,,. Li11 ::.! ,.1 11 .
'J.'l1cy lial" " ''" You see me. fl ,, fe ar,; 111y 1111 _::,.r. 11 i.- 1,;,
].,,,,k . Tl1< -y «: 1r(: 1;,,. yo 11. \ \re l o~t 1>11r.; . Y<>11 l<>ok 1111111'.
Y .. 11 ha1·e Iii ,; l11o<1k . l [,, bought my \\"at.-h. l l"IT,.i1 cd. yc>111·,, .
l\'e i11j1m·d 1l1 e irs . 'l'li cy \'ame to o ur l1 01h«. Tl"'y \\":l"i•"l
th eir pro['t-rl y .

OllAL

E X Ell C ISE .

]. \\'li ;i t riof'-: c· !l..... C d i·Jl 1 )t 1 ~ '! lfow ma.II~' prinl'ip:tl <·:1 ... 1~.., '! \\"hat n •b1i .. : 1 ~
11 111' " l h1 · 111 .11Ji w 1ti\'t ' <':1'-1' 1k11•1te (
\\ ' !11:11 th e Jl 11111 i 11;1ti\·1..· dt•nii ! t• ...i th ·· 'i 1t l•,i•·d 1
wl1:1! jo;; it tallj ·d 'I
:111,.;. f-:.11l1.ir·1·t 1 1011ii11n ti v, ~ .
\\ ' h"n ;, 11 111 1 ii11;~!i\·, , 111·1·11!" ~ i11
t lH: 11redk:t!\·, \\'hat is it t -·n ni·d ·1

'If

J•l11r ·;d

b !lit> 111 il:· 11ro11 nttn 1:/ th e .'i e r u 11, /
the ::-i)lc;td:tr (ff t·lurotl 111 1111L c r.

A s pronouns tli c_v rc pres t·nt l..ioth the possessor awl th e thing po:-'sc::.s.cd.

11 1·uu r h o u1:. f!

c x111"t.:.-, ... ,•d

Thou :111d titer. :lrU sc l.\(•!11 11 -1.: d ex c <·i·t

f:.t11d i<•;-; CPlh11r11'_..; :u·i1li11u·lil·.

22G . .Alin e an11 011"11e \\'lTC f11nn t' rly u sed Lefore n<1tt 11 ~ hcp;inni11g wit h vowels, iw;tead o t' 111 y :111, J th.\· . But t l1 b nsc ili 11u lun ge r re tain ed , exce pt in ~ ravo

ExAMr1 , v.~. -

11 nrn1.-;. c·itli c r

AXALY S I S

they.
thoir.
tl1 cm .

Ilis,
ll irn,

IJ N fol •

li (· ! ~1 r c

Po1rti c 11! ;1 r :1flP11fi .. n :- hn1:!d

Y ou, y e.
y our.
yo u.

Pl!ltSON

llc,

T lw

tl 11·rc:i'~ 1rc,
JH1t111 s in

PJ£.HS1.).N.

Thou,
Thy, tli ine,
Thee,

I R It E C 1! L A Jl •

tn ·at t"•• l

lw 11 -. (' d

n u11d H"I'.

P lu1'al.

SECOND

foxes.
foxes'.
foxes.

} "'ox,

:11\;

:111 tl \' ::u 111(1 t

~:!:I .

PEU~ON .

we.
llu 111. I,
Puss. l\Jy, min r , our.
us.
Obj. l\Ie,

Lt E 0 UL Alt.

th c-;c wunb

B nt a 6 th1·y :ire i11\'ari:tl,Jy ti-.t.:d in tlli: J1!a 1·" 11!' a 111 o11 11 :111 1[ j ii'•l!l•'1lt1 ,

cu111pn1111d 111·u111mns .

Sinyulor.

I'lurnl

SinfJttfa r.

1 11 m o-, t (i n1rn111:w-,

F.h· e 1·:1:--f' .

b t' l!Pr c· lai1 11 lfl the ran k of su/Jjetl o r o/~jtd l11 ;111 .,1.·\'1' r;d 1•tl1 1..· r \\'•ird -. c ;1l:, .. i

l"ltONOUNS.

NOUKS .

CA:iE .

t'r·11t •· t1l'U 11 '1'1 111 1:

i" lltf•IH'.\' ," wliidt
pr<:dkate n omina ti ,·o '!

Ans . Th ~ · l '11•di c:1 \.' IHH1 11 11:1 ti \ ' 1•. In th;~
i 6 t he !'Hlijc~t ll •J Lll i nal.h c '!
\\ lli c h tho

[S

70

X IX .

§xx.]

1·1rn11 ,,.

71

2. What 1_luc..; Lil e p0-.'1('..:..,h·o c:\ ~C 1knol.c 'I ll 11 w i ~ il g-c 111..lndly fu nn ed 'I
1
\ Vhat. JuCd tltc ul1jn· li\'C c:l ~C 1h.•1tt1lt.' '( IJ t•clinc ·• ki11µ- 1 11 " f., x,' ' .. 111a11,' :llll l
11
11
til e pro 11 o u 11 .... , .. 1 '' 11 t ht1u," 11 l1 t',n " ~ h t•,' 1 "it. "
\\ l1at i1' ,..:aid of 111i1 1l· 1 a111 l
1
,, Lhi11 e "1 11 or ~ 1 ll\11'~, · ) H y 1111 r ... ,n H l iir·i f :-i," ,\;..:1.·. '! { ' a:t I hl',Y .... 1;111•\ IJ \! i'fH'C lll •IJll :-> (
ln wll:1t en~ <~ :Hi~ th e:-;c \\'iird:; t;un ~ itll'r1: d to l•1J 1, _,. 111 0."'l l ~ rn1 1111 1ari1u1 ~ "( Wlmt
i:; 1L11 oUjcc.tivn ti> th e ir ln:ing t.:OH~ i ·.11..'n.:J i11 tli u j iv :--:--t_:-,::- in~ c a.-,c (

SECTIO~

xx.

VERI3S.

230. A Verb is a word by means of whicli sou10tliing 1::1
::dfirmctl.*
N"<rn ·:. - The wDr<l "nfllrm." is intc ndctl to apply to the uflicc of tl 1c vt~ rL
i n tlin:c t awl im.l.ircc t l\S~Crtio 11 s; ub o ju cxp rc~~illg cu1n11nuHl, entreaty, a1H..1

inquiry.
C LAS SES .

231 . V erbs 1tre t1i1·it1 etl i11to two general classes, nam ely:
aml INTRANSITl vE; arnl iulu Ii vc sul>onli11atc
classes, namely : rr:;ular, irregidar, anxiliary, clefccl ioc,
and impersoJLal .

'l'1tAN SlTl \"E

TltA Nti l'l'l V !!:

VEHJIS.

2:32. A Tmns itive Verb is on e th at. r e quires an obj ect to com pl ete th e sense ; as, "Fi1·e co 11s11mes," (wha t?); the ad1 lit.i o 11 of
un object is r equi r ed to (0111ple Lc the so use. See 02 .
11

NOTE.-Thc term
tr:111 ~i tivc'' j g npplicnb lc to th o nc ti vc fo nn only {If
this cla8:; 0 1· ,·erli:3. Sec ~ ;J!J .
~W:J.
Th o olJ,i cl'.t i:; ~ 0111ct i1111':.o omi tted, whe n il i ~ s1y!gcs tt:1..l Ly tli c conuccti o11, ur wli e 11 tli c n :rl; 1• ;q1n.::~ ~c~ n c us tomar y 11et i a!" , "The lrn sliand 1nn n
pluuyh.~ , smc.i.: , nnd re11ps.
Th e {1l•.it'ct or C:lc h of 1li c,..;o verl.is is naturally
frn ggcs tcd; n~ , '' 11 loug h s th e .'Jl'u11111f, :-:ows th e seed, awl reaps llw 9rlli1t."
11

* Th e ch ie f clrnr:trt1) ri -;1i"~ or 11t i~ irnpo rta ut part of f: 1'cr d1, nppea rin ~ in
th e 1111rn t• ro11s d clinitin11?- <if it. lia\' t• bc•1 •11 i t~ n t~\·(>...... it .Y to every sc nt c 111 ·1; of
<~ ffinn.rtfill/1 1 <' 11C'r,:!.\·, 1-u·tin n 1 ~11t\'1•ri1 q::- , l >t'i 11 ~ 1 t i111r·, 111111ll11..' r, 11wl p er:-,u ll. E\' Cry
Ycrb, wliil:-:t it in)p\ic;; tinH\ p 1·u!in1f eg or co n11 cc t:; un ut.trl\Jul l', or cxpn:.:;:,c~
nctiun. - / Jr. il 'if. . 0 1t.
A ~~r. rti o n or n1 iin nnti<1 11 i ~ tli (". a c t pcc1iliar t o IIH~ ve rb, l1r! i 11 ~ nr.:: vt·r p crfqn11 1:d b y 11 11y wr11·d w li k li ~ru1 1rnuiriu11s lntvc re fe rred to u differe nt part v f
:-o.pcuc l1. - L i. li1dJal'Jh I.'11· ·!Jd 11po:ilirr 1 Art. llttA ·M .

v 0 1<.' !-:.

2J0. Verbs u ~c d trall ~ ·1tiv e l y ha\'e tw(J fL> rrn ,;, eal!etl octlvri
nrHl 1iassfrc vo'ir:es.
1 •
:!JO.• I 11 t li e uc!li'e ro ICC
· tl 1e RllUjl-'l'
t (I f' tlt o \'t: rb i,; l'l'j>l'1'.-< 1•11t 1·d
ns a cting upon a u oujed; a;,
2 ·U . Jn tl1e
. passive voice
SC Ut('(l :is be1n" acted upon·
~u n. " *
o
'

"T!te su 11, warm s lite curtli."
th e s11l.Jit:<.:t
uf ti I 0 vc I·I J IS
· 1°1.'p r<' . J
as
"Th
ti.
·
, '
e ear t is warm ed by the

\.

F.TDIOLOGL

72

[ § xx.

E XErt C I SE.

Chnnge .lhc v crl>s in th e follvwin~ l'Xpn:::-:.~ ivn s to th e puss i \'C furin.

The hunte r kill:; th e f<)X .
The fa rm e1· till ; tlie g ro und.
Tlie wa,·cs to::; tl1e ship.

or

shap e: ." -

.Trl'i11g.•

NOTF... - S.<1rnc YC' rli ~ nro 11H·d tr:11 1 ~ itiv rl\' rind i11lrn11 :; iti vcl y in tl 1c l"n mo
form; a~," Tl1ey cut th e tree.11 "Tl1c fir cuis m ore eas il y tlian "the oa.k. " t

OH AL .EX lmCI S E.
.In to w ha t t'\YO gP11rra l cl:1 :-::-1C'~ n. rc ve r bs d iYidcd ( \V li:1t i ~ rt tran s i1ivo
v e rb'( flll int r:m:-i1in•'( Tlic 11 l1in l ili c:-.. 11 \\' ha t kin!! of a Ycr L is fli es '(
\ Vh y '? u Th C' hn "i hani\111 :11 1 till -; the ~l'lHllltl. '' \\" Jiat. kind c,f a vrrl.J i:-4 Lill ~ ?
\ Vhy'( Wha l i"" it !' 0 !1j1 ·ct'! I..; tho oli_ jcc t l'Y\.' r l.Jll1ilt1.• d '( t :i,·c 1111 t•x :1111 plc.
P o i 11 tr:rn ~ ili,· e \'(· rl1" C': t: r liavt: n 11 o ldcd '( J1 v i11 t ru1 1 ::i it h· ~: \' l' rl i::i c\'(' 1·
e xprc:;R nc.: ti u11'/ \\' li :1t. f.,1'111 :; l iar1J t raw; itin.: \'c d1:; 't ll ow is !li e ~ 111 1,je<"t
r cp rc:-i<' n lcJ i11 tiitl a1· tin· (. ~ri 1 1 't i1l tliu p :t:-i:-. i \'e f'1!1'lll 'I Gi n~ l'X anipli •!-i o f

.,_ T he 11rn lt1'r [i11rrn11~i t iY1·\ :1d 111it"' i11 11n111 y i11 ..:t.a11 ccs l\ p ; 1 :.:.~ivc f1w1n,
r etainin g- s till lite lli 'llll' r :- ilf11 i li l·: 1liu11: l·liit•i! .'· in :-: 11d1 \'C r Ls ns ~ i g ni l \ !-.11111c
r:;ort. o f 11H1lifln, or 1·h:111 ;.:y 1 !' 1.J a1·1· 1• r l'11wlit i~ 11 1 ; 11:- 1 •• I 11m 1 011t1 · ; " " I t l'I UJ
!lmie;,, 1 ' T 11w .11ro11•11;" ' ' I 1t'os .fn/lt n." I d 11n l1t 111u c h th e pr11p r 1etv of 1li o
f o llow in g exn111 \ilc.· ~ ; " \\"I' ru ·f s1rf!rr r d ." T i l/ots1111.
' ' '1'11 c o 1Jli g at1011 u:a 1'
ceased." Jb. " \"ho~t} n11 n i1 1t·r .,,.,,s <m101rn teil." Swift. . - L owth.
t Tnm sit. ivc V(•rhs in En ~ lhd1 nro som e! im es u ~e d wit.ho11t nt1 oh.i<'cti\•P. cnsc ,
in IL RC!l $e b 1.';twre 11 th e at;th·c :111d p:tS!oi i\'O voi t.;CS j HS, "l t11 :; t e tli P up) >IC; II
" the apple i• taoted l>y me; " "the apple ta stos sweet;" "the field 11 ou9hs
w el l." - lfct1'l .
1

MODES

73

OF TIU: VERB.

both form s. Do a ny int ra ns itive ,·cr bs n.<lmit of a pa s~i \' C fo rm? G ive an
Arc the .e xpres s i on~ , "i& a rriv e<l, 11 a io r t l ll n u:tl,1 1 s tri ct ly proper '/
\ Vhy 1s the expre5s 1on 1 11 is pcrisheJ, 11 impro pe r ? \\'lmL ~ li u u ld it be'?

ex ani ~lc.

T!i c wind s l1akes th e trees.
The ,; 1111 nH.:lt s th e s now.
The woo<l-cu tt er f<.:lb trce6.

2 -l3. A fe w in transiti,·e n :ru; a rc 11 ~e d in th e pas; ive form
by r eputable writers.
The followin~! ex press ion; 0<.: <"111· in
G ray's Letters : '· l am thi s ni g l1t. arrired l1 c r e." "l <1 m
to-d11!1 just rl'l11r11 ed from Alba." So in ::-i liabpeare : " J ( l, i s
it (Jt ;ljet arrived;" " \ Vho 'ti,; that i :; arrived'.!"
S11l" l1 " " ' ~e
w ith th ese ,·c rl1s, ho ,1·c\·e r, is no t gc nr: ral anl<mg gowl \\Tit• ·rs.
It should Le, "I hav e arri\'C<l; " " I li;tv e rl'lurn ed ," &c. llut
a pa ~s iYc form of the v e rl1s co111c, go, be1·0111r, rise, set, ft!I. ,r;roll",
a nJ ~ornc otlwrs, i.• in co mm on use. " l s Il edor arri1·ed a111l
gone."-1'ro£lus. "J\fy lo rd , your 101·i11 µ; nep he w now £:; co111c."
"Hiel1nnl, my fri ,·ncl . is !111 c(l)11 e? " - J\.i11;1 lli•11r!J 1'f. ''T he
s un i's r isen." ·· Ch ri:-. t i' s r /sf•11 ind eed ." ·• ' l'lu.; pa rk th at s urr ounc1e<l th e J.0 11,;c icas all ru n \l'il<l , an LI tJ, c tre es were grown
out

§ XXI.J

SECTION

XXL

llODES.

244. 1\Iode ( Latin, modus, " man ne r,") is a form of tl1 c Yerh
whi ch ex presses the manner in wliicli so rn e thi ng i ~ affirrn e<l.
245. So me of tl1e different mod es in whi ch t.li e ve ru i8 u sed
are a~ follow s:
1. \\Te say, th e flowe r bloo111 s, tlie tlow e r Uoo111ed, th e fl owe r
will bloom, the fl owe r lw s bloo111 ed, or lias tl1 e flower bloomed?
This mann er ol' assertin g or i1ll1uiri11 g i ~ call ed th e ll' DJ CATIYE

mod e.

N OTE . -

fmlif atit-t; m c:rns

0

showing," or '' J eclarin};. 11

2. "\Ve say, th e child may learn, can learn, must learn, could
learn, sltonld learn, or can li e learn ? must /w learn '! &c.
Thi :i mann e r of as~ e rti11 g or inquiring is ca lled th e POT EXTIAL mo<lc.
1

l\0T1~ . - / vfr.1-iliul
f>Otn :.I' V I' rd1d1t,11.

{I.at in,

p uf t 11 s 1 ~ '

nLlu,' ' " l1 avin o· p o wer 1") ~ i g-n ifl cs hm.:iii o
n

::l. IV e say, learn thou, obey y e, do, ;;o.
Thi s mann er of ~p e ak in g is called th e

J

Pll'E ltATIVE

mode or

n1:u1ncr.
NoTE. -fmper atice r-:ig:llifi cs

11

comman<ling-.' 1

4. " re say, to read, to /i ave read.
This mann e r of speaking is called the INFINIT IVE mode.
KuTE. - l 11.fi11ilive ( Lat i11 1i1Villilas 1 u unlimited 11 ) si1-rn ifics "in a n Unlitu'it e I

llU\lll JC I'. "

,

o

t

4

5. \ Ve say, if ·i t rains, suppose it should ruin, lest it should
r·ai."n, unless it rai11s.
This manner

of

s pe aking is called th e su1.1J UN CTIVE m o<le.*

."' The follo wing nre nppel\atio11s g iven to moues of Ul\S~rliou UV cliffc rcut
writ e r~ .
"
. ~,, e 1:son~tin>, _ impe rso!l~t ~v~, the indic:itive , decla. rat.ive , d e finit.iv~, the rog{lt1' e, rnte1rogat1ve, reqws1ttve 1 percontative, assertative, enunciativc vocative

7

,

•

.. i

~!

[§

ETY~!OLO<:Y .

XXI.

§ x:ir.1.J

75

MODES 0.F TUE VERil.

JllODES OF T HE VE Ril .

In what mode nrc the follow ing a~se rti o11s : " I love,"
w ill l0 \'(',1 1 "I. lo ved." \\'In· '!

11

I have 111 ved,"

11

I

In w1i ac m ode :we th e fvliowing as~e rti on.s : 11 I m av Juve" 11 r m ight Jnn: ,,
"I cnn J•}Ye ," "I mu s t love ." \Vli_v 'I An.~. Tlt(•.r i;uply ;,o ,Ye r , nlJil ity, n~­
cc~~it~· , or oh li g-ntio11.
"

11'. wh:1t. '.11 11de a rc the foll ow in~ P.:<prr~s io11 ~: "Seo thou/ ' .. 8Ct\" " sro .P',"
be l11· \·r- lnm,n " obey yn11r r11l c rs. 11 \Vhy ?

In wh:1t mudc are tltc ful lowi11g ex press ions : "To do," "tl) len rn, "
.bpcak ," " to have scc11. 11 \Vh y 'i
111 wliat rn u<lo urc th o fu!lowin;; ex pres:<. iuns : "If I love,"

11

'i to

u lll css yo u

hear."

24 7. Tlie L idicative Mode is the fo rm of the verb used
simply to affirm or declare somcthiug ; as, "He writes."
" Ile will come."
248 . The P otential Jlfode is the fo rm used to affirm
something as possibl.:, obliyalory, or u ccessary; as, "Ile
rnay write." "Uc can write." "Uc should w rite." "Ile
mu ~ t

write. "

24!i. T /1ig m ode
tcuuld, ur slw 1tld.

Uc kn o wn Uy th e ~ig n ma y,

lll;ty

XoTE. - As t.lic peculiar i1nport of
of th \! :tuxiiiari cs 111.tiy, nw, &0. 1 tho
th ese Ycrlls in 318 I , ~, 3, &c.

tli i ~

1.:i-w,, 11i wJl ,

1rtiyl1l, Cv't1l<l,

mode de pr nds upon the "i~nification
is re l'c rrcJ tu LIH! cxplamHiun uf

l ~ilru e r

1

H ow man y mode• ha,·e Lee n m entioned (

Wlrn t nre th ey?

EXER C I SE .

Put each o f th e fo ll o wing v e rl1 8 io a ll th~~ difforcnt m od e~ .

1l forlel.
Verb-MAl\J! .
m nke.

I~n J CATt \· r-:. - I mu.k c, I m11 de 1 I have mnde, I sli nlJ

I may or can mnk c, I 1uig:lit nrn kc , I may hu,·c rnn de.
HI mak~ -, lc:-: t l ma k e, 111li l· ;; ~ 1 mak C'.
I /\t1' 1·:1t .-\T 1Y1·:. -1\ lak (• 1 111nk c thou , make ,ve, d o make .
Jr-;FJ ~ ITI\"E. - To nmk c, tu liavc nutd l·.
.P0Tt-::-:T 1,, L. -

~ u 1 1.1 us cT1\"J•: . -

Y ER H S.

Commund.
OL>ey.

D eny.
l"o rg ive.

Speak.

Turn.

Praise

Blame.
Walk.

. 246. A~. t!l(' ve rb i ~ th e <ml:· m cdinm of cx prcs~ i n g nn nsse rti on or nflinnn,..
t1011, th o d1ll crc 11t wny; of as.; c rtin g arc call ed tJ ie m odes of tli o verb. Of
thes(", t.h c rc ."ro corn.m <mly ~1-c k oncU five , 11 nmcly: th e 'i wlicative , th e pulential,
th e sulyu11ct1L."e, the imp eralH"e , und tliu ·i.11.fiT1itive.

J\0T 1; . - Sl•vcnil g-1_-1m1 rnari11n~ of h igh a uth ority co1 1~ ider the pnrti ci p le a
m ode of the ,.,.. rb, wh ic h thi:y c all th e partic:ip£al m.ude.

pr~c.ativc, d(:rffecati v_o, ~e~ po_n ~ ive , con ce ~sivc, p t! rmi ss ive, pro1ni stt iv<', nLlliorLiit.n e , <:>ptnt iY<: , duiJ 11at1n\ 11npe rati Yc, rnandativt"" conjunct ive , subjunctive,
ndj un ct 1ve, potcntinl, pnrtit'ipiul, i !lfinith·~, &c.
'

250. Buth th e p otential a11U ind ic a ti ve 1 1.loJe~, nre u?s Jin
of a n impo rt cvrrcspornli11 g tv th eir d iffe re nt. s i gnifiea ti v n s . ~

~Lc;king

q11C$tions

251. The 8ubJ"anctiv P. JIIode is the ~(mu used to represent
something as u,ncertain, conditional, or contingent; as, "If
it is true, it is unar:countable ."
25'..!.

Th ~ ~ u bj u 11ctive

mode tnn.y be kn o wn gencrnlly by th e s igns if,

tlt o119h 1 exc.:('[>f, w1/i:,;..;, ichdh tr , l est, suppust3 , OI' n11 y o tlic r wurJ ll1at impl ic~ uno c r t: ain t.y , c011Ll itiu11, or supposition .
2 ~3 . Th e ~i g- 11 , l1 o w e qff 1 i ~ ofte n 0111i t.tc
c·~pcc i ally b efore th e' ve rb$ w ~ H~,
HAO, C\\ ULH, :u1d SHo UJ.n a s, '' IJ rt:t·e J, 11 " lftul l tlic wings uf u <l uvc, 11 fo r
0
H I wc ri·," " H I had," S.: c.
1]

,

2:) -1. The Lnperative JJJiJcle is use d tu cum111and, entreat ,
c.d 1nrt, or zJermit ; as, "Go," "Come t!tou," "Olie!J ."
2;);). The Infin itive Mode is used to express an action, or
state , in an unlimited manner; as, " T u live,'' " T o know,''

" 1'u have known."
It is kn o wn by the sig n to, wh ich prcceLlcs the verlJ.

256 . A verL in th e iufiniliYc h R.• properties in common Loth with the n oun
nnd th e ve rb . L ike fl ver!J, w l1 c 11 h·nns it.ive, it is l imited by nn ob,icct. It rtl~o
expresses an act inn , or a s t :i t\! of being. and in some of ils rcbti0ns implies time ;
a 1"1Ll lil\ o tho ve r b, wli e n tr:111Riti ve, it a.dmits of an itc tivo a.nd n. pn...;;~ h· e. fo rm .

~ Tltc int c1T11hut h ·c forhl is no ot he r tliu n tlie indii':lfi \·n, w ith such accen ·
t ua t irm o r tran ~ pf):-' i fio n
\\'n rd ~ :I .~ to ~ h o w th e clo11hl 4Jf t h e ~peuke r , aud
s011 H'liincs with uu intcrr<Jg-atiY-.; particl e prcti xeJ. - J')..li oh. E nc.

ur

76

§ xxu.]

[§ x.xu.

ETY~OLOGY .

Liko the noun, it is used in tl1 e n omiruitive w oe both us Sld1j cct ttn<l allri&u te,
utHJ in the objedive case ns th e ul-je('( of n tm ns ith·e Ye rb. I t does not take an
adjective before it.. but w he n l1'Cli llS the S ll~j e"t Q(' .. propvs ition, it may ha VO
n p1·e(Jicule mU~ctit:e belonging to it.
.
EXE Jt CI SE.

:Menti on the rn.ode :l.nJ tlic class o f the v e rb~ , or ans we r the ques tio ns , what
k ind of YCrb, lnw~ilfre or j,1frarusifil'e 1 Jn n·hut UlfH.lc Y \\' liy f

The sun warms the earth. Jam es shoul<l · 1ove his book .
Geo rge must not kill th e uird. H
si nn ers enti ce th ee, consent thou nu t. Love jutiticc. Speak
th e truth. Ile wished he coul<l learn. He n1iglit learn if l;e
would. I must go. Suppose it s l1 ould rain. It' it s lioui<l ·
rain I shall not go. He sho ul<l ti lriqi to improY e. Go am! <lo
likewi se. Seek peace and pursue it.
Docs he believe the
rumor? Mus t I go ?

I will walk in the fie ld.

REVIEW.
. How mnny _mod<:• have Ye rbs?

Name them.

Wh at is th e office of th e in-

d1 ca t..1, ·1J mode 'I \.\ hat docs .th e pot1.mt ial mu<le, imply~ Th e !' ubj uuctive
rn odt.?. ll o'.v may th ~ po te nt1n l m ode be known? \\'fi at w ord:t a re s igu ~ v f
!he !' 11 '.1,1 unct l\y mode (
18 tlt c ~ iP,11 C\'er umittct.l? Give a1i exam pl e. Ho w
l~ tliC' 11n p 1 • ra t_ 1~·e mo lc u sed? \\lin t docs Il a: iidiniti\·e mode t.. xµrus8 'I How
may ~ he m fi111t.1ve be kno,~· u _? .111 what res pects ii t11 0 i 11Jin iti v6 rn uJe Ji ke a
11ouJ1 ( In what rc~pcc ts 1s 1t. like a ve rb 't
0

71

TENSES OF THE Y E nn.

future time or te nse. I walk; is the ve rb wn lk in the present or past time or
tense ? I walked, in what time 1 What is the fu ture time or tense of the
verb walk 1

r

Use the fo ll owing verbs to express somet hin g in the p rese nt, p t\S t :i.ncl fu Th e pronouns t; we irn<l they, may be used.

tu re tim8 .

Strike.
Beli e ve.

L earn. Talk.

H ear.

S ee. Work.

Look. Ili<lcs.

258. B esid es the three gencrnl divisions of time m entioned,
th ere are some subordinate divisions.
1. vYe say, "tl1e fiower had bloomed;" that is, before somo
.other occurrence had tak en place ; as, "Defo re I came the
flower had bloomed." This is a <livisio11 of past time.
2. \ Ve say," th e flow e rs have ul oo me<l;" tliat i ~, at a time before th e p re~e nt, but it i:i not certain -whether it bloomed a mom ent ago, or at a period considerab!y distant.
This is also a <livision of past t-ime.
3. vVe say, " The flower will h:wc bloom ed ; " th a t is, at or
b efo re some other occurrence will take place ; as, " The flower
will have bloomed befo re we shall r eturn." Thi:i is a di 1· ision
of Julure lime.
O ltAL EXEf: C I SE .

SE CTION

XXII.

TEN SE.

2S 7. Te nse sign ifies" t.irn e."

(F rencl1 , temps, or Latin, Lem-

pus, "time.")
1\-e ;; peak of actions or evc11lti as taking pince in d(fferent
times.

l , \ Ve say "the flowers bloom," in th e present ti"me; _ 2,
"tl1e flower bloomed," rn p ast time ; - 3, " the flower will
bloom," in future time.

I love, I loved, I have lo ved, I !"tel loYcd , I slrn ll or will
loved.
ln how mnny different tim e~ is th e vr~ rh [,re c n"l"d?
P ut t.he verb plny in the different t irn cs or t4..· 11.-, 1-::-1;

Put th e v e rb /ove in the
Put the ve rli to study in the present, pn.~ t iind

How m a ny kin rls o f tim e Ji nvc bee n m c11ti o1icd ;?

p reseut, past and future time.

I •h oll ha ve

th e Y PrU ~ lt o tP, de-

stroy, JnYti..;e n11 d blame.
JI o w m crny divis io ns o f time have bee n m:hlh '( A ns . Si.c.
Ho w man y divisions o r p rtsl tim e 1rns the verb '? Ans . 171rc1! , en lie· I tho
l mpe 1J'ect or Pa st tense; :ts, I love1 l ; the Pe1fert tense ; -.s , T have lov.·d :ind
the Pl11pnject te nse ; as, I had l0veJ.
Il ow many divi ~ i o n~ o f futu.re tim e has the verh? A n ~ . T1rn, the F'ir.'*.t
F ufu,.e ten~e; as , I shall or will love; nntl the St!.torul F ulll re te u:-:. e; 11 \1 1 I
shall lrnve loved.
1

TENSES OF TH E
ORAL EXER C I S E.

al~n

101·0,

V ER !\ .

259. Tense is the distinction of time. 'rhcrc arc six
tenses, called the Present, the Imperfect or PaBt, tho Per-

78

J<;TYMOLOGY.

[§ xxu.

f P-ct, the Pluperfect, the First I/uture and the Second
Future.
2GO. Verbs have two forms in ca,ch tense , callecl Simple
a,nd Progressive. I 11'1'ite, wrote, have written, sltall or
will wri:te, or shall luwe written , arc simple Ii.inns, autl mark
time by thcmseh-es with less preci ~ i o n than th e progressive
fo rms.
261 . The Progressive Form consists of the participle in
ing, a,ncl some form of the verb be . It denotes an ac tion or
event going on at the time specified; as, I am writin.<J, was
writing, have been writing, shall be writing, &c.
Tl' NSES OF THE J N DICATIVE MODE.
Till~

1" HE 8EX T TJ!NSE .

262 . The Present T ense denotes the prese nt time of an
ac tion or event ; as, "I am icriting." "I U'rile ."
263 . T he simple j Or-111 rxp resscs what is c us tomary or wh at is a lwuyis tTnc;
ns , "The sun r is.cs am! s.d s. ' 1 11 Gud i .o; ctrrna l. ! I
It embrnces any ~xte n s i o n of ti111 c, n purtiun of' w11 k h iR in c luded in tb o
present; ns , ' ' Cn l ig u l:t i.~ juF-lly ab/101 ~, ·eil fu r his c ru e l t.y; ' ' t li11L i~, u·aJJ u.uJ $. t ii 1
is 1t.hh orrcd .
This fo nn is f!Om c tilncs useU in the 1111rrutio11 of pt1.s t e ve nt ~, t o imp:nt
~p irit and vi vac it y to tho s.ty lo ; os, 0 lle j iglits, co11,r11ers, and takea nu imme ns o
b ooty which h e dii:ides am ong his !-iOldi c rs 1111d 1·etu r11 s lio m c. ''
2 G4. This forrn some time$ r e fe rs to future tim e, c s pccinlly wh e n prcc'Jd cU
1
l>y th o wonl s when, h~f(•re , nftt>.r , o:; .v 1<m a s, &.c. ; fl.." 1 u \ \ il e11 li e Hrrh·cs h e
will h cn r the n ews. 1\lr. Colema.11 goes off fn r Hosto n to- m orrow.'' - ./. Ada111.1;
L et. C ,\ :L I'J II.
26[>. The 71n1y n !tsire form. of this tc n ~ o.. ex presses w hu.t is ...'J>n.~aing in th e
present mom c ut ; 1L'!, 11 li e is readit19."
1

THY. DI PE HF ECT TE.NSE.

266 . The Imperfect 'rensc denotes simply the past time
of an action or event ; as, "I ·wrote." "I was writing ."
21J7 . The .-.i111ple. •((lrni e xpresses n11 uctiou or even t ad corn 1,Jctocl iu pas t
time; as," Ilic ship '" jf~d yesterday."

l

·I
.!I

ll

~

§ XXH.J
268. The prn2 r~s i ce fv1·m of thi s t e nse cxprc.; "c~ a u nctiv11 or ev e nt n..'i
goii 1g- on at so11 ic ~ pcc ifl c d past tim e i as 1 •• I tctt:; 1rritin.? y c ..;i tc rdA y, w hen yuu
c a ll ed t o m e.''
!WO. Thi s tc11.o; . c is ca ll ed Ly fo\ome w ri te rs th e })It.it or preterit t c nsr . T ho
term i111pe1:fn·t ii; 11"t strie tly npp1ic::.i1Jlt~ , e x cept to the pro:.1re ufr~ f vrm.
THE J-'"1!.HFE C T T .E :'.'\ S F..

~70 .

The P erfect 'l'ense denotes p~d time with some
r efer ence to the present; as, " I have writ.ten,'' "I have
i een writing."
T h e ~i g n of th is t e nse is hai·e.
:.!il. Th e :ii11111lc J 'orm. o f u. verb in th is tc n:sc 4;:xprcsscs 1111 a c tion or CY e nt
th at too k pLtce a t. an y period o f pas t tim e , t ogc tli t r with th e id e a o f con ti nu ~
nn cc t o !".Orn e p ... riud of t irn e up to t li e prcce nt m onh:1 1t i l:L~, "Phil o"' 'Phcrs hn.i·c
made great di:H.: uve ci e.:; in th e 1ircscn t co untry ." He rc the ac tion s poke n of i:i5
past, Ou t s t. ill tl1 c ide a o f conti 11 u n11 cc to th e prese nt t ime is d istillctl y implied
in the e xp ress ion ''prese nt c e utury.''
·
272. Thi s for m c xprc soe~ uli5o a n actin11 vr e vciit n.;; jul3t fini s h e ll ;' a~, 11 1

/wvt spoken freely wbnt I h:tJ to sny ."""
273. Th e pr(lg1·e.1;> h:e form. of th i:3 te nse exp rc~!! Cs an a c tion or e ve nt ns
.?<ting on in pas t time, hut contiu.uin,q to the prcsC'n t ; :1.'l," I hnt e b~en wailiny a
cl ay, a m ont h, or a :year," &c. The duration o f the ac tion i~ <l e re nni n cd by
some lim itin g word or ndj urH.: t.
2i4. A v e rh in tlii.s tc 11 ~e somet.inH•s de notes a future ncti on or C\' e nt, if
preceded by 1.Vheu, b ~/i,r e, as soon ft.'1 &c .; a.s , " \Ve will go as BO<m a.3 wu hc i:o
1

1

complPli'd o ur work."

NDTli:. - Thi /$ lt- 11so is l ~· rm cd complr. lii'e 71n'st:nt hy lfarri f' i by L o wth,
'Vnnl, &c ., presentp1::1j'cd; Uy J\lurr11y, \V cl.o ::. te r, &c., pe rf~c t.
1-"LUPE HF Ef'T

T~NP.Y. .

275. The Pluperfe ct T ense <lc uotcs time past at or befor e
some other specifie<l past time ; as, " I ltr1d fini,.lm l my letter
~ Thi s

three

is al :3o CH ll et.l th e prese nt pe rfec t t c nf' 1\ n'I it den otes a c t i o n ~ d 0 ru· in
or d i s t111 c tio11 ~ o f tim e , :Li l rcrm i11atin cr w ith th e prc>~ l' nt; th:H i~ ,

de~ rcrs

('illi c r witliont an y t ime i11t c rve n i11g !Jet ween t il (' ir l )uinA' dotle and th e prc:i.•.'11t
ti111 e ; or wit h i11 some comp~;;;s . or certain p<1 rti oll of t im e cxt e11 dio g to th e

p rr<.: <•nt.. Tim :; in th e lirst de g ree we say,' : 1 lmv e n ow wr it te n m y lctlr r ; ..
wh ic h inti nrn tes t.lial 110 ~ pace ol ti me iutc r \' c nc<l I.Jct.ween the a c ti o n awJ t!i t)
ti 11 1t! uf npc:1kit1x.
f u t h e 1'i l' U0 11d d c~ rcc we s ay, u I hav e writt e n a le tt e r thi s m orn ing ;" w h r n
J1()t hing is d etc nn it 1 1~ d. iJll l t h.-l t the ne t io n w11 . ; d 0 1 1f~ within t hat ~ p:t (' t~ o f tim<-.
\ V!Je rc fo rc in !' )'Ot-tki11g: of th e suin e nct ion in die. afl crn oon , it i ~ j.Jro pc r to 1-~l:·· ,
" I w rote a lett e r th i~ mrJr11ing,1' 11 01 14 I l1 a. vc wr itt P11," &c. 111 t he thi rd rlC'
gree we mny :,ay, ••Cicero hu s w ri t.t e n tlil°ec l1ou ks .o f o Hkt · ~ .· · u r '' r ~( j n d
d n t ic8 ; ''wh e r e , no tw i th s t n11d i t 1~ tl w:- e l 1nok:-; \\'l'n" wrllt e11 ma r1y a_g•'.'i RJ 11ci ",
ye t a~ th e cxp re~s ion is gc 11 c rnl and 11 ' 1 i11ti 111n t io 11 _g ive n (1f n11y i11 tt rrn cJia to
space, we use th i~ t en ~e . See l!..'~a!Js c•n i.A1119 uo,qt' , (J!J Juhn JVirrd.

...

~

80

ETYMOLOGY .

before he arrived."
tense.

[§

XXII .

"Had fini slictl," is m the pluperfect

'l'l1is te ns e rn ny be known b y its ~ i g- n "hnd."
271..i. This l ('. n~c has the s ame relat io n to the iwp r rfcc t ns th e pe rfe c t h as to
th e prese nt. A YCrh i11 thi ~ tcn i'C c xpre~8t'!i so m c tliin ~ irntcrior to tlic i111perfoct, Out c xten di 11g to it in ~o mo n: latiou; nsi- 1 "f\J ;wy disco ve ries had been
11uu.le in th e n.r t:; and ~cicnccs bcfurc th o tlays of llacun. "
F I HST FUTUHJ!

T E NS,E.

'277 . 'rhe First Future Tense denotes simply future time ;
as, "I shall write ," or " shall be writing."
Tl1c sign of tl1is te11sc is

~!tall o r tuil/.
Sl!COND

§ xxm .J

\Ve sl1all have a sc,·ere trial of l!tll" patie11e e, f'ortituJ e, and
pcrse vt· ran ce.
l\fr. Hco.: <1, formerly Gen e ral \Vasl1i11 glo n',; S ec rclary, f:OC~
wilh l\fr. Dickinson . (llow is the prcsc llt 11·1i:;c used in tl1i:;
sentence?)
Ed1 1ea ti o n mak es a gre,lL Lliffrre ncc b1·t \l' CC !l 1uau a n cl m a 11.

.,

Tl1i s rn o l'll ing • I r ece iv ed your two lt:.tt e rs.
I ha Ye rhi ~ mo rni11g * Le e n 0 11t l! f tuwn wilh G ene rnb \\'md1-

,,

ing1on, L ee, am! Schuyler.
I am rcacling histo ry. Ile lms
TO

FUT U RE .

· '278 . The Second :B uture Tense denotes time that will be
past at or before some future time specified ; as, " They
will have finish ed their work by the appointed time."
27!). 'I'lti ~ tense may be kn ow n by th e s ig n, shall hai·e.

Non:. - \Tll.rious 0t her ublinclions in time !U'C donotcu by adve ..bs, adjuncts,
rrnd 11w.lif'li"!J cluuses.

81

TIIE VEHll-TEN S E S.

u e(!l1

r eadi"g poetry.

UB COHllECTE I> .

I hav e n!tP1 1detl cl111n:h la st sabuath. 'f'l1i ti yea r I ,-a,·c1l m y
I Jm,·c exptc!.cd a le tte r a 1110111h ago. l ~cc him

wa g es.

y es te rday . I have see n liim la s t '''l'l·k. \V e t·;enpcd rn ~rn y
dange rs thro 11 gh lifo. I sec a waguu yeol c nli\y dra\\'n hy f(1t1r
elephants.
I had pleasing intelligence to-day.
I ncver s~e
s ueh a ~ ight Lefore.

REVIEW.
What l.i te11sc '/ How m :iny tcn•es '/ What two fo rms In enc h tense 11 11,·e
v erbs 'l \Vliat. doe5 the ]ffC.,.c1l t ten se 1leno te ? \Vh llt <locs the simple furm of
a Vt'rb i n this lc n sc c xpn'.~$.9 'I Is th n pre~c nt eve r u ~c<l In tli e IUllTatlon u f
pf\!<-t t! V C11t s '( For wlrnt. p11rpo~e? 'Vh e n doos tlii ~ toni;e d ~ 11ut e f11turu .t.iluo 'I
H o w doc~ the progr~~s iv o fo rm flf tl1b 1(•11 sc e xprt~ H~ 1tn nct!on or ~v e nt t
\Vh nt. d ot·H 1h u iinpo rft•c t tt: u se d l·n o te 'I lltHV dnerl th e !1< 1tnpl1J fo rm c"xprc~a
nn acti o 11 "( Th e progrc::Rivo fo rm 'I By what olli t:r tc rm!i i n Llti:-i t c n ~ c su111 0tim c o.; ,· idled ·r
Wh al d oes the per fect ten•c denote? What is the sign o f tl11s tense '/ I low
Uocs thi s te nse <liffor from t he im pcrft:ct? Doc:; a verb lit tlus te11hC e ve r de,.
n o te n fut urc nr. tion ?
Wh nt docs th e plu perfect te "'c denote ? What is it.• •ign '/ Wha t. r dntion
d oes tlli o:; tense ha n~ ti, !lit.! irn pcrrcet ( " ' ha t d o~:-1 !h e Hrs l fnturn te 11 !'0 den ote '! Wi1at is its s ign? \\'hat does the second f'utuce denote'! Whal is its

t:ligu?
,\NALl'SIS A1'D J>ATISING .

In this

exerci ~e

the Je"iier >houhl bo particular to spec ify the clas• , mode,

u nd tcnso o f th e ve rb, or to n.11 :.;. wf' r the foll o win g- questio n!i\ in p ~tr~i ng it.
'VlJ y a V (!l'h '( trnu!;it ive or i11tr :.iw~ i tivo ·1 why 'I 111 w lrn.t m ode ·t why? ln
wlH~t tcu::se? why'?

We have dismal accounts from Europe of the preparations
against us.
The summer will be very important to us.

SECTION

XXIII.

2RO. ThiR l\1'odc has fo ur t c n ~PR , viz., Ifi e
J ccl, lftt· ;irrfi'cl, and t/11: pl1111e1Ji·d.

f"'c.< 1· 111 ,

t/11: r111p cr-

2 .~ 1.

Tlt r pn·~rnt antl irnpc rf'ect ten."C'S of tlii ~ 111 odc nrc Jci:;s ddi11il c i11
to tjmc th an th e Fame te nsc:i of th e indi cat h· c rn 1 1~h~ . Ff) r t•x11n1 pl 1•,
I mrty ,90, he ''w.11 :;<>, I crm :;o, are for m s of th e pn::senl tense, potcnt i:tl 111 od 1•,
l.ml 11~· th c in ." d vc~ they mark 110 prec ise t ime.
:! F=2. I 111iy/1f. 911, l cot1l1/. !f0 1 he should go, S..:.c.1 are form.-:; uf th e irnpcrfect
tcn ~e, but nl onc th ey irnpl y no t.l cfin itc time.
"
2~:1. Tl1 ' "'l\ ll'n .. . ·~ ~·' ld om m;1rk t i in r. ddinitely, e Xl':("l j• I '' lw 11 :"• •lllf' li1ni:i11g
wu rd, phr:t"t' 1 (1r c!a 11;"\ c i-; :ldd t.'.J j :1 :0 1 l mrry ,<;ti ! 1 1 -1 11"rr~.w 1 I 1n 11Jl lih:. tu;; ..
tv-day, he :;h11uld [;u i11:-.t a11 t!y , h e sa i1l he u ·auld i;~i tn-- nw rr vv:.
rr~:ud

TENSES UF TllE 8UB.I UN C TJ\'E

~ l tllJE.

28 •1. T l1e Suhj1111clivc l\fod e hns all ihe ten ~cs of th e indirntin., l>ut is rnorc commonly ernployc<l in the 11r<'sr11t, -i'"f'Prji·rt,
"' See Huie X, P a rt l V.

' :

82

[~ XXJV.

"E TY~!OLOGY .

and perfecl te nses ; as , If I go, if h e wou ld com e, if w e hav e
s inn e<l, &c.
285 . Th e present. t ~ 11 sc gcnrrn ii,\' ~~x pr~.r;: scs '.t c:ondi tion on whi c h som ething fururc i:-i asscr: c 1_l; n..- , "1J l ./i1;1.t1fj; m ysdr, mine own 1no util shnll cu11 dcmn mo;" u { { 1 be wi ck ed, w1Jt.:: unt o m e."
2 86. The imper fec t i ~ frC'qnc ntly u ~c tl with o u t mn r ki11 ~ any prcci:-e pe ri orl
of tim e, nnd m ay re fe r t o th e 1>rese11 t, past, o r f ut ure ; nA1 1 ' Tho ug h a ll m e11
sh o ul d IJc uffc n <l cd iJcca u ~c of ri11•r , y et wi li I u c \" c r 110 offc ia 1c d."
287. In a nc p;a t i\'C sr nte11cc t h~ =-ul,junc t ivc 11 1t11 lf! ofte n im p li es nn nflir mnt ion 1· as 1 "I w ou ld take 11 w alk i( ii c/i1l 11uc rain i " impl vi 11 M that it d <ws rai n i
nnd on tl.1c other ha n rl, in u11 nllinr1 nt ive se ntence the s.uhjuuc tiv c fonn o ft e n
impli es a 11 ep;:a lion i n!:-, "I would contril>ut e liUc rall y
1 Juul tho m t.:an ii i ''
im p l y in ~ tlt nt I 1i ~1YC not th o m c:m ~ .
289 . Th i8 i:-) espec inlly t rue of the ve rb be, in one of it s fo rrn ~ in th e s ub ~
junctive ; ns, 11 If £t 1l·e 1·e po:!siblc, they ~ lrn ll tl ccch ·e the very elect;" " to
seduce, if il were possible , e ve n tli c elect; 11 H if il 1cere not so l would have
told you."

u·

§ xx1v.J

2 96. Th e r·o111po1wrl 7mrlici;1!e, form ed of tli c n· rL /,,,,.,. :u; d
a p c rfed 11a r li«i jil• ', di: nofl"., u.-/iu n <>r s/11fr <" tJ lllpk tvJ , t., ,1;,,.'-'
60rne other action or e vent; a.;;, .lkwi11.r1 lorr'd , lrur i11!! !"• 1· 11 .
2!l 7 . .L'\ partici['le ~1>111 .. 1i111cs perton11 s tl1t : otlic·e of a ll ()llll ;
an1l is tli c u call c J a participial or v cr&ul u uw t ; a s , ' ' TJ 11 • g •·n e ra l's lw1· i11g .fi; iled in thi o; 1·nlerpri s•-, occa~ i11111: • l !ti ..; d i,;1 ra ce .'"
2 ~10 . T he prc,e n l parti c ipl e ot a tran ;i ti,·e \" e rh, tli<> ugi1 gen e rally a cti ve in ir,; :; ig nitk ati on, is so m etim es u, .. .i 1,,1,,i,ely; a,,
"TLe book i~ p ri:ntiug;" ··the house.;~ building.""•
HE G l/LAlt V E HBS.

2!l9. A R.eg nlar V e rb is o n•~ whi ch forn1.; it:; i111pe rfe ct te use
a nd pe rfect pa rti c ipl e by a d din g ed to t li e !'rt·,;e n l; a ,;, Borrow,
imp. borrowed, pe rf. part. borro wed.
N'oT !! . -T h i~ r u le is a p1il ic:iL le 011 ly tu the cu rn m1111 fu n1 1 j 11 tli t· al..'tin.~ ,.uicP.

SECTION

XXIV.

289. A Participle is a word that partakes of the properties of a verb and an adjective."

" TlJ en a r eg 1tiar Ve ro c ud s in :;ileut. I',\ . drop:; tJi e e Oil
r ece iving ~d; a :; , Lo" e, lov-11d. lfr,,11l a r Yerbs «ud in" i 11 11
n
n
·''
prr•ccdctl by a co nson:rnt , ch:rn ge th e !J int o i lod u n; tlie ed is
achletl; as, pre:;c nt , ra r1/i1, pc rf"ec t, rar jie.!, pe rt«:ct 1,:irtici pl e,
rarificd. S ec 44.

2!JO. A , ·erb has three participles ; a presl'rll, a p erfi<ct, an<l
a co mpow ul p ar! iciplc.
2!l 1. Th e prcscnl participle ends in ill.ff, and implie s continuan ce of a c ti on; a s, L oving, ltav-irig, stan di ng, bci11g.

30 1. C e rtain r Pg11lar v c r11.-< doubl e tl1 e li11:d eo 11 ,;co1i:u it. lwfore
r ece ivi ng tli c te rminati on 1~d; as, Fir, titled; plan , plann ed; regret, r egre tted ; drr•I', dropped. S ee 4 ii.
:302. An Irregular V e ro is ou e whi e h .Joi;:; 11 ot 1; 1rn 1 il s 1111 _

PARTI CIPLES.

202. This par ti cipl e i,; ><Hn c t.im es call etl tl1 e i 11tpe1fecl pai·tieipl e , b eeau :<e it <l cnot<.•:; nctio n g-oin g on, uul not compktcd.
2!l3. Th e p r r sc nt pa rticipl e in 1pli es rim e pre,ent, in r elati on to
the tiin c 1lenote1l J.y th e vc rh of th e se n ten ce in wlii ch it stands.
20 ·1. The p ef ecl parllciplc de notes action o r s ta te coinplderi ,·

a s, L oved, been , slood.
2 !l5. Th e p erfe ct pa rti cipl e of a s egu lar ve rb al ways e nds in
ed. For per fect pa rti ciples of irregular ve rb s, se e table of irr egular v erbs.
~ Every compl ete verb i ~ cx prc~!". i ve of an ntt.ribulc, of time, a nd of n si;o r~
ti on . Now if we tak e a n-:lY th e :1 ~:-:.erti o n, an d tl1W'.\ J esll·oy the verU, th ere will

r e m a in th o oll1'ibute nn<l tl; e tim e, wh ic h make th e esse nc e of a ]Hlrticiple. Jinrri~. /Jenn.a, , Chnp . ..\.

;) QQ.

p c r l"ect te nse :ind perfect parti cipl e oy w.J,Jing eel or d lo ll ie
prese nt; as, Go, imp. went, p erf. pa1·t. goue.
EXAMPLES OF JU£.G ULAU Vl'.': HBS.

lndic. Present, or root.

hulic. lmpeijix l.

Love ,
La bo r,

loved,
Ja boreJ,
n1ovc.d,

Move,

P eif

Parlici1>k.

l on~ d.

Lt lirm•tl.
n 1r1\·t·J .

~ T he ft) rm of ex1n·1·..: ~ i o n, ' i;} befog b uilt,'' '' 1·~ bei11:; \·.,n11 11 itted," S..: c i:-1
~i l m o>:.t u rn\·c rsall .' · ('ondi· 1n t1<·d bv rrnum n hr iall t:. Uu t it is tiu11lt! t i111 cs m et w it h
In re~ r.ectab l e w riters. - IVin ·c~siern
~,
1

1

'.''.I he gn1rnm:i1: i:-l prin.t i1.1g; " h ;h e hr;H;~ i ~ f'u rg in g. " Thi s is in m y o >in ion
n v 1 r. 1 0~1 s exprP..:;.i:;, 1011, prt1'1 :1lil .v c0rrnpt1~d friHll a ld1ril~e lll t)re JHirt· · 11 11 ~ now
~01.n e w rnt o hsolcto; "' tli e hoo k jg a printing-; " •th e b ras~ i-; a fu i'. ·riiig-." a
et11nog r,ropeDrl y ~1th. tt>.d "priuting " and "forg ing" ve rbal nouns J.,.n ify' ing
ac n . r. vo n.son.
' o

.1;

84

(§ XXIV.

ETYMOLOGY.

]11</ic. Present, or rout.
He lute,
Conceal,
Fiitigue,
Rest,
Pei-fo11n,

111dic. I mperfect.
related,
concea led,
fatigued,
rested,
perfonned,

P <1f. Participle.
re luted.
con cealed .
ftttigued.
rested.
performed.

Nono. - The JHC5Cnt pnrticiplc is formed uy a11nc>:ing i11y to the root. The
silent e of the ·verbs end i11 g with that letter is, with one or two exce ptions,
dropped before receiving ing; u8, lovt , lovi,19; n1ove, moving. See rules of

spcllwg.
EXAMl' r4l!S OF IR RKOU LAR VERD».

Jndic. Present, or root.
Huvc,
Know ,
Strmd,
Behold,
Bring,
Sti11g,
Lny,
Lio,

lndic. imperf ect.
h ad,
knew,
stood ,
beheld,
bro ught,
stung ,
laid,
b y,

Pe•f· Pm·lid;,fe .
hnd .
know n.
stood.
b eheld.
urought.
s tu 11g.
laid .
lain.

E X HlC I SE.

Write the pre sent, perfect a1>J compou 11d participles of the followi 11 g verbs.

Labor. Open. Fati:;ue. S tand. l'rlove. Prove. Ha,·e.
Know. Perform. R egret. Transfer. P lan.. Lay. Ilrin g.
Lie. Create. Comman<l . Complain. R elate. Rest. Deeeive. Improve.

§ xxrv.J

action finished," the modified predicare. "Finished," the participl e, modifies
action .
f>a,rliciple Pa.rtJ ed. " F ini shed
is a perfect participle of the regular verb
finish, an cl belongs to " action." Rule.
11

SENTENCES.

He had a poniard concealed under his coat.
However Jat £gued, he always returned in spirits.
Havin.g rested, we descended tl1e hill.
A fte r having performed the ceremony, he returned.
Jesus knowing tl1ei r thoughts, rebuked tl1em.
I saw him laboring in the field .
The l\Iost High dwelleth not in temples made with hand ~ .
I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on
the right hand of God.
PERSON. -

RULE

XL

303. Participles belong to nouns, which they limit or explain.
304. Present and compound participles of transitive
verbs in the active form , gove rn• the objective case.
Model.
SENTEl'CE. -

Th e ]!f'st participle •igniJies a<"lion finished.

FRESENT

1st person. sin.gulcir.

2,l p erson singultir.

Thou lovest

l s/ persott plural.

2d person plural.

\ Ve love

3d z1ers01• sin.9-u.la'r.

Ho lo,·es.
Sd person plural.

Y e or you love

They love.
30G. The ending st or est, denotes that the pronoun t/,ou of
the second person singulur, is the subj ect, and the en<ling s or
es denot es that some noun or pronoun of the thir<l pocson singular is tl1e subject. These arc the only variations in tl1e present
tense, from the simple form of the verb. Formerly, the third
person sing ular of the present -indicative, cn<led in elli ; as, Ho
loveth.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

1st person sing.

Government, iu gramma r, is the power of one word in determining the
1Dode, tense or case of a nother.

TENSE.

lcXAMI'LES .

Analyze . "Pnrt iciplc " jfl th o suhj C'ct, moditled by "past." Tho " pA.st
participle" is tli c modificLl subject. " Signifies" is the prcd icnte . " Signifies
;i,

NUmlE~.

305. The verb receives certain end it1gs to agree with the
dilforent numbers and persons of its subj ect.
These endings denote two numbers, and tltree persons.

I love
A NALYSIS AND I'AJtSING.

85

THE VERB-PARTICIPLES.

I loved
8

2cl pei·son sing.

3d person win9.

Thou lovedst

He loved ..

86

ETYMO LOGY.

1st p erson plural.

We loved

xxv.]

[§ xxrv.

2d p erson plum[.

Bd }Je1-.cm plural.

Ye or you loved

They loved.

87

TUE VERB -CONJ OGA.TlON.

SECTION

XXV.

307. Th e only variation in the imperfect tense, on account of numbe r nnd
person, ~ s 1n tho seco11d person s ingular. Tito eut!iu 0.-r of st or e<lS t io a lJ .
1
agree wi th th ou.
t
CL to
'

CONJUGATION.

30.8. The prono~m th o11 an Ll tli e terminati on st or est arc not much used except m grave a nd formal etvle
'

315. Conjugation is the inflection of a verb m the different modes, tenses , numbers, and persons.

pr~noun yon i; g~nontlly employed n ow to represent n ouns of the

oOO. T he
second person
forin.*-

Ill

I11.flecti01i of the verb .May in the Indicative lll0<fr, Present T ense.

both numl.icrs, aliliough it r equires a ve rlJ in tJi c ])lu rul

Sinvular.

~ 1 0 .. 11~ th e.sutijuncti~e present, the personal te rwinati ons we re fo rm erl

J may, firs t pcrsou, singular, because th e pronoun I is of Lh e first person
singular.
1'/wn mayst, second. pcrson 1 singular, becarn~ e thou is of tli c scconU person

om itted i a s, I t thou. lure, 1f h e love. This form is s till re ta i tc 1I t
y
.
•
.
_
• 1
o cxpre8sft.tlure
conlw.!;en cy 1 n11 d 1s by some crrnmmnrinn.s term ed tie ell' -t· . lj'
·
thou shalt lv1'1', ii' ltc :;ltall !U1~e.
'
- 'P tea orm,, uscJ for if

sin gular .

/le, she, or it, 11wy, thi rd pe rson, singult1.r, Lecnu se he and she 11nd it, are of
the thirJ pcrso 11, siugular.
P lural.

.311. _In ni l othe r cnsc.q th o fonns of tl in irnli cntivc m odo ru·o nsrd in the
su hJu11ct1ve th.rou ghont all the te nses cxc('!it in the (:econ ·t . _1 tl ·
f ti
- l .
. .
'
, •l a11u lll'l 1 persons
o . ie RCCOl'~l Ju tu1·e, 1111d exce pt al :;o in tlic prt:sl!.nt !UHi impc 1-fect ten es f th
/1
0
v c ru be, win c h ha ve e ac h two forms .
,.
o
812. The impe rative m ode is commonly nsed onl y · ti • . . _
1
Come lhou. ; go ye.
~
rn w 8eco11 L }Jersou ; as,

TVe 1nay, fir~ t person, plural, Uecirn sc WG i8 o f the iir.-st per:;on, plurnl.
.
Ye or yvu. muy, second pe rson, plural, Lccause ~e anU you are of the second

person ph.i·al.
•
They may, thin! person, plum!, becnuse the nomiuttti\"C they is or the third
person, plum!.

81!-L Th .:rr :lrc cx pre ~~ ion ~ , however in whi c h the ~
f' 1 ·
.
<l ·..
~
.
•
,
orm o Li e u npcn.H1 ye
mo eh u ~~d wit h tho tl11rd pe rson ; as, 11 JJc it enacted t" u Ulc:::scll Ue h
com eth i " ii f:tll he th a t nmst.11
~
e that

The Principal Parts of a verb are, the Present Indicatit:e,
the Imp e ~ject .Indicati".J e, and the P e1f ect Purt-iciple.

314. Tlic fir>t pcr>on is rurcly used with th e impera tive, as "Well - ,
1
tee on - - m eet 1ce the medicine of the s ic kl y wen I . und
'1 .
' rnur~ i
'
t um pour we in
our co un try'!:! p11rg-c, CHL'h drop of us."_ ,_'-;/iukspcrwe.

,,:,·u

AUXILIA!lY VEUB S.

E XEHCISE.

~ rc n tion thu c lass, nnm!Jcr, }'erson, nrnd~, an<l leusc nf cit ch of tho ful luwiug

1

vor JS.

They l::tbor. They labore<l. I h:we labo red. I shall labor.
He will Jabot". It rn ove.c;. It moved. It will move. \Ve
know. \Ve kllcw. " re ~ hall know. vVe have !mown. The
bees stin g. Tl1e bees stun g. Tlic bees will stirw. The bees
.
'I'!
e
.
may st111g.
•ey c·an sting. They might sting. You have.
'
y ou will have. You might have.
You l1ad. ".._ ou I iav e J•:t\l.
You may have.
$Thon in p<1litc, and C\'Cll in fiunilhr 5 t ·I . r
l
employccl instea d of i t ; we· ~n " you li ~ve ,io~~ ~ ~ :;s~J·j nnd tl.rn p J~rnl ~m is
npply "_von " to fl ~ in gle P•! l"l') Oi), \'C t the ~e rL t Y ' •
10ug1~ tn _t i_ts cnse we
rnl numbe r. " J (ni wa..'i " is n sofeciAm
l oo mus t agree with it In the pluin.advertently fall en in t~ it. ;, Knowir; !u~ ~et nuthors of the first rank li ave
fnend." - .A.ddiso11• LowtJi's !t1trod. p .•~. I& !J&u wa.a my old master's good

1

\
I

31 G. Auxiliary Yerbs are such as arc useJ tu fo rm some of
the moJ es :lllJ tenses of otl1 cr verbs. They arc may, can, must,
slt11ll, witf, /wnr, do, /,e.
3 17. 11'1:/l, l1ave, do, be, are also use<l as prineipn.I verbs.

llfa!J, can, shall, anrl will (wl1en auxiliaries) have only the
present and imperfect tenses.

ConJii,qation of

MAY, CAN, SHAI.L,
PH ESENT

and

WI ~ L.

Tl!NSI'.

Si119uUi.r.

~r·

~

~

l m ny
2. Thou mayst
a. He may

I cnn
Thou canst
He cn.n

I will
Thou will
He will

1. We may
2. Yoµ may
a. They may

PluraL
We can
W o will
Yon can
You wiU
They can
They will

I •ltnll
Thou shalt
He shall

W e shall
You shall

They shAU

-_;'

88

ETn!OLOOY.

[§ xxv.

§

xxvr.J

THF. VF.RB -

lMY.C:lU... .ECT, OH. PAST .

~EC TION"

Si1ly-ulu.r.
l. I might
2. Thou migh ts t
3. lil! mi ght

I could
Thou couldst

I would
Thou wouldst

I •ltoulol
Tho u oLoulJol

Irr. cn 11ld

H e w• ) tild

]It-, /"\ liuuld

l. We might
2. You might
8. T hey mi ght

\Ve i..:uu id

We would
You would
They would

We •hould
You should
They should

SHALL,

MAY,

CA.'1,

MUST •

Derived from the Saxon word magan, " to be able,"
" to a,·ail."

1. ::)hall i u tii u first pe rso n fdrt:tclb o r d e~la rt·.., wha t will tak•' J•LH:P, ()r PX nrcs3es tl.ic. Jcci:;ionuf th e ::-pc1tkcr in rct'c rc ucc t u~rn n e t"ut11r1· a diun, or :-- t :ll t·;
~ 1 " 1 sh all go to-m or row ; " som t tim e.:) con t iuge utl y ; a:-- ," l tJ.fi ,,/[ g•J t o- uwr n~w

Can, l From the Saxon cennan, "to know," "to contain," "to
Could. )
be able."
3 18. Jriay un<l can arc used as aux iliaries in forming the
potential present of oili e r verbs. They were once use<l as
princival n .: rbs am! we re followed by un infinitive ; as, "I can
to go," " I may to go ; " that is, " I am able to go."
)lAY in its prc!'cnt u~e implie! 1
l. P os1Jibility j n~, "Sorncthing m.oy happen to di3featour plaus." "He mag
complete his tusk i f ho is <liligc ut."
2. Ability; ns, " What ho m.ay t.lo i> of two kimls; whnt he mny <lo ns jus t.,
an<l what he ma11 <lo ns possible ."
8. Libe·r ty, or permissicm; ns, "A mrm may do what the laws penni t." 11 Thou
1nayst be no longer ste wnrd." "He uwy go, if he wi shes."
4. W£sh or desire ; n~, " Jlfay prosperity n.ttc11d yo u. "
Ci. Tllo expressions, may be, it mrry be, nre cq ui valcnt to perhnps, or by
cJrnn cc ; us, " ..~!"!I lu: I will go," or," it may be, t.hnt," &c.
6. Jlf11y is so m eti m es u:-ied to YJftc n th e lmr1:1 h11 ess of command; us," Yon
may yire my con1plim c11ts to ~Ir. IL "
~
7. llfiylrt, tltc p11 !i L ten.o;c vf muy, im plies n.l :;o possibility, power, libe rt y, &c.,
n.ncl iB somctiln es U"'Cd instcnd of'' Muy," to soft en the expression; as,'' O thnt
l slnn iwl 1111'.y!tt live ucfore the e."
CAN implies J><>lL·f. r, ski.ii, p crmission, JJOB!ibility, or will.

uarn

EXAMPLES.
fa ith sn ,·o him'!" fpowt) r.) hHe cnngot.o-m0rrow."
"The J e ws could not eat ce rtain k in ds o fnnimnls," rrennission.J hAnx gtronomer can calculate an eclipse/' [.: kill. I u "f f'a rmot ri se nnd give thee; yet LeClmse of his importu11ity 1 he will ri <c aml g iv e him" [will. ]

lHusT implies ncce•sity , certain ty, or obligation, nnd has no vnriation to express time, pen;on or number.

WILL.

st1!1tl1111 "tu lie ubli ~"'1 ,'
Sh11lf, I? fon11o·rly u,;ecl as a ['l"l'""'I"'
· · I
l
· ·I
Yer.>, ar:d tu ,':J"lw11ld. J
l
luwe1l uy an illJi11iti\'l'. lllu< •..
Frum tlrn ::;axun tcillu, "tu \\"ill,"tH;~J ,till aJ
Will,
a principal Yero, uut more c uw1110 111 y :L-; a11
Wonld. }
auxiliary.
These
verbs
are now 11'1·11 a~ auxili:tri .·.s to ot iio.·r Y1·rl1 .< ,
819 .
am! are ~ign,; of t.lre Cut11re tell :-«o. Th., 1;,11 owi11;.'. are "0n1C ni'
t!Je various shades of meaning whid1 tlrey a.!rniL of.

NATURE OF THE AUXILIARIER.

.Mi.1y,
Jlfigld .

·,,.

XXVI.

) From the Saxon

Plun1l.

You could
They could

CONJUGATION.

with y our Jcuvc, or if tl1e wcatiil' I' permit."
2. '\'hen utt.crc<l with c mplia ~ i .~ , "~ h all" in t he /iral p 1' rs"11, d<'n1 Jt1_":1 !hi• di' ·
te nniuutiou of the speaker; n:; , 11 I /jltall .<Ju to- rn o rruw~ wlietl1 c r 1 olitai1 1 yvur
leave or n ot. "
3. Shall ill th e secvnd and third pe rsun~ gt·11e rall y ex pres"<.>'-' the will, d. ri.-· i,.u,
pcrmissiun, prvm-ise, or comnumd of the !'p e ak~r iu rt:'fl' n~ n c...:. to some (J !ii.~1: _person or thin CY; us, "He shall go; 11 I it is my will to cu nq iel l11m to g:u. !
I ht.:i l
1,Aall ye rct~ru, sidth th e Lonl of hosts, 11 I pr1 ,rni::i1.: .} "Thvu .:;Ju1l£ nut. h.di ,''
[ cornrnaud.] "IL i:; a rniuJ Ll1aL :;hull rcrnuiu.,.
" - - - -::)!tall r e 111n. i11 !
Hear yon thi ~ triton of th1~ n1innows '! ~lark you,
Hi:J 1tl>solutc 3/iall ! " -- ::Jltak14pt:.<Ll't:.,
11
4 . Aft e r nn o th c r ve rb , 1thnll in the tl1inL p err,r1·11. :-- imp ly fun..:tt·ll;-;; n.,,
Ho
thi nks h e shall succeeJ well."
5. Jn questions, shall in the .firsl p e r S(1f;, is u setl to n~Jt p1:rn1 ~";;:;jf, 11 , direction, or in te ntion; as, " Shull I go? 11 "Shall I ~11ffe r !' nc !1 in.111 .. 1i•·e ("
"Whnt slwll l do"/" "Whither ,<h<tll l fl y (" jdirectiou. J ".~!tall lie J,c /Hlllishctl '1
u Shall you go to-m orrow 'I" Lintc11tion.J
6. Shall in a ll th e perso n ~ , deuotes simply futuri ty aft e r~(, and S11me vtli cr
words whic h e xpress a coud it iun ; as," If I, we , you, o r he, sho l/ .t;o."
7. Should in all the p erso n::; connnon ly expresses uhli .1-{H. t io n , Lut a n<'r if,
tlunigh, tmfrss , awl other sign s of the sul>,iuuctivc, it c ::qJ re~-.:1:io; future cuntiu gency; as, 11 If it d w1W..l lrnppen," "tliough a!l aJtm,/d tli:ny tl we.· '
8. \V ILL i.u the jirsl p er:;ou. ex presses th e pro mi Re or d ec i ~ ion of t he ~pc:ikc r;
11

••

as," I will go," 11 I 1u~ill rcwarJ you."
D. In the ~ ecoruL person, will si mply denotes a futur e C\'e nt; u::i ," Y u1 1 11'ill
go ." In que ~ tion s it as ks consent, or inquires for lir e iut.cution of the >UGJcct ;
as, " Will you go ~ " " Will you resi•t ? "

s•

, . .I

':•

90

[§ xxvn.

ETYMOI.OGY.

§

!tS

foll ows :

S imple f uture.

ho will.
they will.

thou wilt.,
ye will,

!!

Th e future ~f determina.tion.

I will,
W e will,

h e shall.
they shall.
13 . Would im pli es will, desire, or resolution, unct er a conditivn or !.t1ppo3ition; ilf as," I wau/d if I could." "I could if I would." "H'ou/d God we had
died in Egypt."
thou shalt,
ye shall,

SECTION

320. Do,

D id.

~

XXVII.

D o, as an auxiliary, is often used in th e following

I offices : -

1. In neg1\tive nnd interrogative sentences ; ns , "Do you t:sce? 11 Do is the
nuxiUnry of u f'CC ." "JJoes he expec t to come? 11 "I do not kuow."

2. To express cmpliasis; as, "I do hate him, but will not wrong him ."
In the imperative mode, to express un urgent request or command; ns,
"Do help 1ne ; ' ' "mak e haste, do."
4. To save th e repe titi on of nnother verb ; a.s, "I shall come, but if I do
not, go n'vny;" that is," if I come not."

a.

No·rn. -Oth er nu xilinri es nre used inn l'imilar mnnner · as " IVi llyon
como 'I " u I will; " thnt b•, I 11Jill come.
'
'
5. Do is some timc3 u s('d c xplctively; as,

0

I do 1ove," for" I love." "Ex-

pletives, their fee bl e nid du j oin ." - P ope.
6. Did is sometimes used to express opposition ; as, "I did honor him, but
now despise liim."
ilf

The condition impli ed in" would" is not always expressed.

"By pl eas-

ure a.nd. r.ain I woul<i be u11derst0Qd to m eu11 what delig-hts or mol ests us ;"
that 1 ~ , if it should bo '" keil whnt l moan by pl e1tsure und pnin , I would
3

t),.,

explain what I w ish to have unrlerstood. In this form of expre•oion whi ch is
very common, there seems to be im plied llll nllusion to an inquiry' or to the
supposition of something not expressed. - Wthster.
'

91

BE.

THE VEHB BE.

Will in the first person , nnd shall in th e •«"Olld nnd thi>·d, siguify resolution .
Simple futurity is expressed by shall i11 tlie.fir•t, 1md will in the tu.'O others.

J shall,
We shall,

TUE VEHB -

7. D o, wh en u sed Lefore a ve rb, e xcept iu the im perat iv e mode. is the sig:i
of the present tense.
8. Did, whe n used be fore a verb, is the sigu of lli o impt.rf~ ct tense .

10. In th e third p er •on, will in most inst1rnces simply denotes futurit y ,
but sometimes it expresses strung de tcn11inntion of the subjec t ; us, 0 He will
not li sten,'' i. e., he is determined not to li :stc n.
11. Slw ulrl in the &econd and third pe r~un s , i~ 11 lso used to e xprcs ~ nn e ve nt,
under a cond ition or suppos ition; as, u Ho u:vu.ld l..te censured , if he ::tl10uld
remain longer."
12. Th e difference betw•Je n shall aud will may be expresser\ iu n general

wny

xxvn.J

321. The common use of the verb to be is to assert !\ connection betw een a subj ect and an attribute of it ; as, " Gold i"s a
m et.al." A eonn ection between gold a11d metal is asserted to
exist by the copula is.
322. This verb with a participle in ing eo11 stitutes th e pro9ressice f orm in each tense of every other verb ; ll.'l, " I am
writing," ''I was writing," &c.
323. It is also used with a past participle of the transitive
verb, to form the passive •voice; a; , " Ile i.1 moved;" "he will
be mov ed," &c.
324. The imµortnnt office of this v erb in asse rting or indicating n conpec-

t ion between a subj ect and its attribute, will a p~e ar by omittii rg the verb, and
thus bringing the 11oun and the attribute toire tl1 er.; ns, "lie writin g."
325. The juxtapos iti on of the words mi ght denote tha t writing is nn attri
bute of !t e, but in or•lcr to assert positively th e fac t of writing, the copula mus t
be iuserteu.
326 . This v erb some times expresses s im ply e x iste nce ; as , l' Vlha te ver U, is
right." The firet i..d ex presses simply ex ist.ence, 1wd i ~
v erb t x isls.
327. Thi ~ verb is irregu~ttr in its c onjugation, n.s w ell

~y n on y1n ou~
n.~

wi th tho

in th e fo nnntion of

its imperfect tense nml perfect participle.
NoTE. - !Ver e is som etimes med in stead of th e imperfect potential, for
wouJ<l be ; ns, " It were u seless to attempt it;" u It were un w i ~e to pursue any
other course. H
EXERCISE.

Point out the auxiliruies to the following verbs, and mention the mode and
tense of each principal verb.

I have moved. They had called. )Ve shall move. I will
write. They have elected. He has read. Th~y will come.
They will have learn ed. I may go. May he go ? Can he
go? H e mu st go. They cannot go. They might go. They
could succeed. They would learn, if th ey would try. They
must have been informed. I did not know. You might Lave
known.
NoTE. -The auxiliary i• often separate<\ from the princ ipal verb by one or
more intervening word~ ; u, " The accw;ed will certainly be ronvict«l."
N6

[§ xxvm.

rrYMOLOGY.

§

XX\III.J

Tl!E YCl11l-HAYL

XXYIII.

SECTIO:\'

328. Conjngation of t!te verb ]Ja ve.
PJUX('IPAL

l. I ~ hall "r will ii:tw, .

1. '\\\· :-;J1all

11 r will L:n·('.
:--h:tli 11f will ha\"L' .
._) , T !w_\· 1"haH 111· wi ll liaYC.

~-

:>. Thou ,Jiai t o r 1r il t haYC .
3. He shail ur will l1a 1·c .

l'.\TITS.

Yt 1U

fl!!flt'rfcct.

lNFINlTJVE

llavo.

P 1'e.4ent.

·"';' t'ou rf

ITa<l.

Had.
MODE.

P erfect.

H:1vi11~ .

P erfect.

:l . 'l~h ou shalt

Had.

]~rese nt

.;
c
~

1.

·n·c k i.vc .

a. They lia\"C.

3. Th ey had .

3. H <l has had .

3. They hav e had.

2. You have haLI.

Si g n -

'2 .
~1 .

have.
rrh,·y nilgbt "b an~.

muy, can, or

11111 s l

'1 11 1:

"

.

1. \\' e may l1ave.
2. Y'" rn1 may ha ,·e.
3. Th ey ma_,. have.

Sin:111llll·.

2. You had h ad.
'.!'hey had had.

2. Thou 1ni.!!h t;;t h<tve had.
3. H e mi ght h;Fc h<ul.

s.

As yo" is the common

11 ; \\'P,

'Y1111 !lll ,'...'."li t

}'{urrrl.

1. I 111i~h t ha1·c hail.

'Ve had had .

II< Ye '1nu !/OU. re~ uire the same form of the verb.
form , ye ;, not used in the c011j ui:ntion.

t~n.'if'.

1. \\' l' 111i ;:l1t

Sign- mi!Jh l, ro11ld, u:ould, or shoulJ 11ru•e.

Plu.rcrl.
].

ini!Jhl, could, wu11/,f. or· s/.-nuld.

Plupe1fecl tense.

S ign-liad.

Si.11:1..,,!ar.

S ig n -

l . I may ha Ye.
2. Thou may;;t hav e.
3. lle may have.

I'l11ml.

1. 'Ve h a ve had.

1. I l1aLl had .
2. Thou ha<lst l1ad.
3. He had h ad.

Yun Ill<;} )q\·•· .

Si119ular .

1. I ha rn had .
2. Tho u hast had.

l'hcpe1fecl te11.<e.

:! .

3. Th"."'""-'" k1«e.

I'c1:f·r·t

Sign-have.

Singulm·.

2. Thou in<ly~t liav 1.~ .

3. He may or can 1"t1·c.

1. l rnigli t l1 avl~.
2. Th o u 11l i~]1 \<t JiaYC.
3. He in ight have.

1. We had.
2. You had.
P er.feet.

'\\~ ,'. lll i\Y L:l\"!_' .

Sin:1ulm·.
Plura./.

1. I had.
2. Thou hadst.
3. He hall.

P/1,•rrrl.

I n1a.Y * ha\" c.

fl/lp e1ject te11se.

lmpe,fec t tense.
Sin!lu,lar.

- 1w1.11, ca.u . or nntsl !wee.
L

l.

2. You* hrivP.

2.

~ ) :!. He ha8.

~l<.>L>E.

Sin:J11l-<.t r.

Flu.ml.

k"·c.
~ 1. IThn11
h;i,t.

Si~n

ten se.

li:~u~.

0. Tl1c_1 ,[,all ur wiil Lan'.

l'UTVNTl.c\.L

/Pn.<P, .

S£ngular.

I. \ \«'.Shall kt1·<' .
:L Yo u ~kd l or \\·ill

01· wilt l1a.vc.

Compound. Hiwing h:ul.

/1111·1• .

l'f11n1{.

3. lie sha ll or will lia1·e.

INDICATIVE MODE.

Pre.< enl

Sign - ."'-!1<tll or !I'd/

I. I shall have.

T o bnvo Imel.

PA f>.TICII' L l'S.

Pre.s ent.

1:·u1urr:.

Singu/1Lr .

~
Ctlrl

Plural.

1. 'V" 111 id1t have had.
2. Y'"on 111i;.!ht kt\'l' l1 rtd .
:1 . ~fh1__·y 11 1 i.~ht han:~ had .

Tl1 e \"Crh mn_Y hf' cnnj u gnted with (· itli c r auxiliary; :t:\ I may han._:, or 1
have, or I 111,ost have.

94

[§

ETYMOLOGY.

IilU'.EitATlYE

XXIX.

§XX.IX.]

l\IODJ, .

SDBJ U NCTIVl·~

P1·e.ent.

Be in g.

~

~1<>l>E.

l.tilJlCATI\'B lllOlJL

l•-ff.>0(1 ,

Si11g11lm·.
1. If I hav e or may harn."'

Plural.
1. lf we have or nmy ha\'e.

2. l f tl1ou l1a~t or mayst htwe.
3. If he has or may have.
Or thus;
S-invulr11·.
l. If I have.
2. lf thou have.
3. II he hav e.

2. lf you lw.vc or may have.
3. If they h;n ·e or may have.

(310.)

j
•I

:.-:

Jl

"'..

"'

i

r·

,r::;.,,!J11{il".I'.
1. \Vear•: .

2. You ate.
3. 'l'h<'y are .

Imper/eel tense.

1. If we have.
2. If you have.
3. If they have.

Singular.

2. Thou wast.

Plural.

1. If I ha<! or could have.

l

Siu.'Ju lm·.

I'lural.

l. Had I or could I have.

l. Jlad we or could we have.

2. Hadst th ou, &c.
3. I-fad lrn, &~.

2. Had you, &c.
3. llatl they, &e.

}

Vfnu BE.

l'A HT S .

/111pt'·r_fcct.

P eif ect pai·ticip/e.

Am or be.

" ' as.

Been.
MODE.
Pe~fect.

Sign -liad.
P/urnl.

1. I had bee n.

1. \Ve had been .

2. Thou hatl st been.
3. He had bee n.

2. You had been.
S. They had been.

Sign - sl1all or 11:ill.

Si,.guilt-r.

P1·ese nt or roof.

To he.

3. They lia'"' been.

I'lup erf ect tense.

First Future tense.

P resent.

1. '\Ve haY e bee n.
2. Y 0 11 h:ne lxe n.

S inyu..la.r.

XXIX.

lNfl NlT IYE

Plural.

1. I ha ve been.
2. Thou l1a.st been.
3. He has Leen.

i

No·rn. -The other tense• of the subjun <.,ti \'O nro conjugiiteJ lik e the corrc~pondi n )!; t.e n~C:-i of the indi'.cntive nnd 11ole:11tfrrl mod e =', by prefixing the s ubju nctive !-i i.1!11, oxc\··pt th e !=-l'<'OT Hl a nd third pcr:ions of tho second future, which
require shflll i11stc11cl of ·u:ill, (311.)

l' ltlK C ll"AL

Sign -have.

P er/ eel tense.
Singtdnr.

3. If they have, &c.

CoN.TUGATION OF Tll E

1. '\Ve we re.
2. You we re.
3. TLq were.

3. He was.

l. 1f we have or could have.
2. If you liaYe , &c.

SECT fON

Plural.

l. I was.

Singulm·.

2. If thou ha tlst, &c.
3. If he had , &c.

I' l1u·n/.

I am.
2. Thou art.
3. He is.

I'l1u·n/.

Imperfect tense.

32!)

9o

HA YE.

l'AJ:TI (;fl'L 1':8.

llarn ye.

Have thou.
l)rf!.~:en l

THE VERB -

To hfl'l'c been.

"* Th e ~ uhj 1111 cr iv e l n ode ditrl' r ~ not in th o }(>n !=<. t from th e in dirativ e, nnd to
form it 1 th e le nni e r lrn "- ()Ill.\· tn prdi x 1t P..\g n o f co11dit in11; a ~ , ·1 /, t/1009'1 , tmles.~. &c. , tu th r indil- htivt:, in i t:' ~C' V t~ r:ll t e n ~C M ; with t lli ~ c xc:cpt iou, how e ver,
tlrnL in t he fqtnrt..• 1<·11 . . t• tlt t> aux il iary um y lie , nurt ort r· n i!! , s u1•prP~!ie d. Thus ,
in otcnd of If I clut!l lut:e, &c., authvr~ write, if' I lu0<>, &c. - ll'e~ste r.

~

I

I

\

Plural .•

l. I shall or will be.

l. IYe shall or will he.

2. Thou shalt or wilt be.
3. He shall or will be.

2. You shall or will be.
3. They shall or will be. '

Second Future.
Singular

Sign -

shall have.
I'lural.

l. I shall hav e been .

1. ·\Ve shall hal'C been .

2. Thou shalt or wilt, &c.
He sh all or will, &c.

2. You shall or will have bee n.
S. They shall or will have b(·cn.

3.

•.[be, thou beeM, toe be, &c., i~ an ancient forrr., nnd neiirly ob•oleto.- - -

[§XX.IX.

ETYMOLOGY.

96

§

XXIX.J

THE

'J7

VEnn-TEX ~I:~.

..
l'OTF'.; T! Al.

M01>E.
}'/,,, ·,rl.
Si:.:n~mny .

l . lf 1 lw.'"

PluraL

1. I rna;· h'-.

l . \y,, m:w ht' .

2. Thou mayst be.
3. lfo Dl:t)' lw.

:L . You

in;1y

J.

11"

\\"•'

'"'·

'.! . 1!° f l1(•t 1 lw .

L.

I:

\(11;

Jt' he 1,,..

:l.

It

l11c\ '

:J.

'"'·

I )~ ,.

IJe .

a. TJ,..y 111ay

)i,.,
/' /1· ; ,1(,

1. 11' 1 wa~ .

Si:zi1 - might, could, would, ur st.ouid.

Impc1fecl ter.se.

~.

I'l11-r0-l.

s;nyufor.
1. 1 mi.~lii: ho.

1. ·we might he.

2. Thou mightst be.
3. I'fo might Le.

2. You 111igl1L lie.
8. Th"Y might be.

1. I may have bee n.

1. \VeJUay h<1ve been.

2. Thou mayst have been.
3. lie may ha ve bee n.

2. You mny h<1ve been.

Wi L"L

S /11:;11/,!r· .

1. If I we r e u r w1 ·r« J. • (~~K .)
2. if t!iou wcrt HI' \\'j· n tiiuu.
:>. If lrn were or Wt.; r e ht•.

P/w·a/.

Sin911. lar.

lf thou

3_ 1 !' li e wa.-1.

;s.

]f

tht·~' \\' t·!'1..~

11 f'

\\°1·1·1·

ilH·\·.

NO TE . -C1)J1j11!:!"alc~ thrn1i g:!ic111t l ikf' _tlic in.Jicnti,.,., eXtTpt a ,:, '-l:dcd in ;-: ,) t~
und er t/i l"' ~ uhj1 ;1H'. tiv1 · lfl fldl' Jll the 1..:-JllJU.:.:;ation cf /l £r'---

3. They may have been.

EX:Ll( C ! S E.

Pl11pe1fect tense.

Thr learner
lua·e and be.

Sign - might, could, would, or should have.
1. I might have been.
2. Thou mightst have been.
3. He might have been.

1. ·we might hav e been.
2. You might have been.
H. They might have been.

DIPERATIVE MODE.

Singular.

Plural.

De thou.

Be you.
SUBJ UNCTI VE

MODE .

T0

Plt1ral.

1. lf I am.

l. If we are.

2. If thou art.
S. If he is.

2. If you are.

8. If they are.

t CllH\

numbe r an Ll fio".'f5 (•1l

ti f

llie q~ rb s

HB conRECTED .

You was. Th ey ha ,; been. \Yh en was yon there? There
has l> ce n m r·n wli o tli 5believeJ th e ex is tence of Go<l. Th ere i ~

Present tense.
Singulnr.

rrJint out tho m ode,

I have: had . I k Hl hcc n. T ,;liall In;. ] ,.J,:. 11 l 1a1 , . ),..,."·
c:rn be. Ifo may haY C. H e may lie. J\l:ty Ji ,, 1i,.
.\l:iy he
11 :1\~C? \ Ve 111t1;;t hav e. \\' e mu st lie. \\'e m :iy li:t1·l' ht:""·
\Ve IDU ;<t li:1\' C hce 11. r mi~ ht h e. l mi g ht h:t\' <' . Tilf')" en1ild
h:we. Tlil'y sh u1il,J hav <'. H e wo 1il<l have h""n. 11'; 111i ;.;l 1t
liave IJCe n. Y o u we re . You hav e bee n . Y ou mi ght lJ<'. Y o11
co 11 Id Le. Yon sl1 ou l<l he. They were . TI c wa~. \ \' e ar c.
W e haY e. \ Ve li a<l . You had. They lmvc been.

Plural.

Singular.

tn '.ly

1.l·

~ Tli e form ,_ {f I lu' , :-:n1111·t i1111• :-1 1·: .Jl e d tli t: tJllipti c al fu i-111. fr o n t i t ~ l ~··in~
n ;;;ed :1 8 a .eo11du10n11! furnn· fu1 · .~ f11 1l! 111: , i;-; nftc11 c nipl .. ye d i11 . . ll'a .\ 1> f !lit:: 11111ro
en1 11 :no11 f_11n11 , {(J am, &c. Thi• fdn ll lj ' J ll'l'l't', o r IJ'r.:rc 1, i!'I abv dliptical ,
au~! used !n tJ1 c se:is~ vf '" coul1 J be."

:J

,_)-

98

§ xx.x.J

[ § xxx.

ETn!OLO GY.

some sweet flowers. \Ve was te n <lays on our journ ey. There
was men, women and ch iluren in th e as~ e mbly . I be co nt ent ed.
They be r obbers. \ Ve be true men. "\\'a~;o, you there ?

TIIE VERB -

99

TENS E5 .

·.·;.

Imperfect ten.<e.
1'/u ral.

S i1i,qula r.

'''F(' 10 ,·c d.

1. I loved .

].

2. Thou lovcdst
3. Ile loved.

Y o u lnvt·il.
3. '.fl1ey loYcJ.
~-

CO ~ !t'O S L TJO ;.; .

Pe~fe cl

Let each sentence inclutlc oue of the fol.lowi11g- e xpress ions.

tense.

Sig n - lta'.Y! .
P lu rrzl.
1. \ Ve have lo ved.

Sin9ular.

Have. H as. Am. \Vas. \Ve re. H as been. Have bee n.
Woultl be. Shall be. Was. \Vere. Migh t ha ve. Could have.

I ha ve lo ved.
2. Thou hast loved .
3 . H e has love d.
1.

2. Y ou have loved.

a.

P lup erf ect tense.
SE CTION

33 0:

XXX.

.~ C TIVE

VOI CE .

Jmp eif ect.

L ove.

L oved.

T o love•.

L ornd.

Loving.

P e1f ect.

Loved .

Cu11'JJlf1wd.

Having lovcJ.

.i

J lo,·e.

2. Thnu lon'st.

3. H e loves.

sl1all or v:iil

l1r1 ~r:.

r rr:rrt{

'r1• ~ 1 1:dl

l. r , 1.a 1l han ' lo \'l'< 1.
2. Til1111 , halt or wilt l1 an; 111' ·"1!.

:!. Yo11

3. H e :; hall or will hav e lov .. ,J.

:3 . T hey f hall o r will have lfJ n d .

1.

lia,·1· 111\'1·11.

>k.11 or wi ll li; l\\' lo1-c1i.

l' O 'l'E N TIA.L MODE.

J >res11nl tense.

P resent Tense.
l.

:.l . Y"" , Jia ll or wili h ive.
3. Th' y shall or will Io n ;.

!::ii n.~111[1 1 1 · .

IND IC ATI YE MO D E.

S in:;ula r.

1. l \"e ,!ial l •_•r wiii ]m- ,'.

Sig n -

S econd F uture.
To llfll"e loveu .

l' ARTICIPLE S.

J-»rcse11 t.

sl/(/ll o r ini/I.
J~lu rrd.

T skill o r will lo\'e.
2. T hou shalt or w ilt love.
3. IL; oli all or will love.
1.

I'o f ect P ff rticip/e.

P eif ect.

Sig n -

Fir.< I Futu re.

I NF l N lTIVE MO D E .

Preseut.

Pl111 ·uf~

\ Ve Lad loved .
2. Y uu had lo l'l;U.
3 . Th Py ha il loved.
].

S io.y"11lt1 r .

l' ll l N C Tl'AL l'A H T S.

P resent, or r Ml.

Sign-had.

Sin.1ul·11·.
l. I bad loved.
2. Thou h ad : 1 t love d.
3 . Ifo had lon:!d.

CO NJ UGATIO N OF T flE R E G ULAR VERB LOV E .

T h1 ·y h a1·" l1iverl.

P lural.
1. \Ve lo ve.

2. Y ou love.
3. They love.

- ~ T li i ~ use of 11 w n~ " w ith th o p rn11n11 n yrm, is de fe nded by sorn c ,:(rnm 1n!\n [Hl'< 1 on a ccount of its fn·q 11 c nt occ 11 rr c11 cc in com mon d i si•1 Jil r ;...e 1 11110 its
oc cas ional u.. : e h.v wx1tl wrill'r~ 111H l s p~· ak c r~. F u rtli 1Jrruorc it is said, t hat ns
!/'>n i.-s used in the P: ing ul:lr 11 urn lJc r, t ho verb n utv nl:.: o )J (~ !'i 11 1rnlHr to 11 µ; ree
w ith it. Hut th e co mmo n ru Jc for th e n ~ rcc m e n t. of a ve rt> wi ~h it;; s 11hj ec t110m ina tive, i ~ tirn ~ vioht ed in res pect lo ljo t.h 1111rn be r and pc r:-;on i and

not.hing !Jut unqt1estioua!Jle author ity can j usti fy so palpa bl e

I\

Sig n -

solec ism .

1na!J, can or mttsl.
) '>[ ura l .

Si11!; r1 l•1r .

1. I lll ay l<JY C.
2. T hrn1 nm:·st lo rn.

1. \\7e may low .
2. ) '.'"ou 0 1(ly }1-,vc.

3. U c may lm·c.

3 . T hey m ay love.

J111pe1} 'c/ tense.

S ign -

.'::i11 .r111[n r .

I mi,!! ht. l1J\·e .
2. Th o 11 migld :<t love.
3. H e mig ht loYe.
1.

might, co ttld, 1c() 11 /1l or sli ou/,/.
I'f!L rn!.

J. 'Ye rn i,!.d1 t l<ive.
2. )"1,11 migl1 t l1ive .
:3 . Th ey m ight love.

,:;

100
P erfect tense.

Sign -

vi::nn

1. I may have loved.
2. Thou mayst ha,·e loved.

f1 ' 11~"I!.
J' [llJ'.tl .

1. \Ve

)
1. I was,
}
2. Thou wast,
loving.
2. Y ou were,
loving.
3. Th ey were,
3. Ile was,
So with tho other modes and tenses, which the lcnrne r may be required to
repeat.

might, could, would, or sl1011ld ha ve.

Si.n_r;ula.r.

101

PASSIVE FO ltl l.

Siayular.

1. \Ve may have loved.
2. You may have loved.
3. They may have loved .

3. Ile may have loved. .

-

lmp erjl·ct

1-'Lurnl.

Sign -

THE

may, can or mttst have.

i'it-ngular.

Pl-ttpeif ect tense.

§ xxxr.J

[§ xxxr

ETY:UOLOGY.

Pforal.

Wc'1'c\ ,

Jl

1. I might have loved.
2. Thou might.st have loved.

I. ·we might have loved.

PASSIVE VOI CE.

2. You might have loved.

3. H e might have love<l.

3. They might have loved.

332. A verb in the passive voice i:i conjugated by annexing
the perfect participle to the different forms of the verb Be.

BffERATIVE MODE.

Sirlf/ttlar.

EXAMPLE.

Plural.

Love or love thou.

Present te1ise.

MODE.

Sing .. lar.

If I love or may lo,·e.
2. 1f thou lo,·est, &c.
3. If he loves, &e .

1. If we love o r may love.
2. Ir you Ion,, &c.
3. If the y love, &c .

I

!!'·

2. Thou art,
3. He i3,

2. You arej

} loved.

3. Th ey

} loved.

ani,

I•

1-'lural.

Singular.

Or thus:
If I lovo.
2. lf thou love.
3. IC l ie love.

l. \Ve were,
'2 . ·Ynu Wl'n' ,

1. I was,
\
2. Thon wa.•t, ~ love<L

1. If w e love.

L

1. \Ve are,

1. lam,
PlurHl.

J.

P lu ral.

Singular.

Present tense.

2. If you love.
3. If they love, &c.

j

3. Ifo was,

n. ·n"'Y

} loved.

'"'ert\

The olher forms inny ho recited in a. si milar 1111.umcr.

NoT". - Con,i11 i:1tto tho rcmnininp; forms like the corrospo11di1Jg temes of
the indicative, ex cept tlS meutiuncJ before.

lNTERllOGATIVE FO IDI.

SECTION

333. A verb is conjugat ed i111.,rrogati,•ely l>_v pla1·i11 .Q'. 1l1e
subjeet nominativ e after the \'crb, o r tl1e lir,ot at1xiliary to it,
(when there is more than one,) in ttil; different tenses oC the
ind-icative and polenti"al modes.

XXXI.

l'R0G llE8SlVE

FORM.

331. A verb in this· form is conjugat~d by an nexing tl1e
present participle to the different forms of the verb Be.

EXAMPLES.
EXA~1PLE.

INlHCATlVE

MODI~ .

INDI CAT IVE MODE .

Present tense.

Present len3e.
Si,,gu/m -.
1. I am,
2. Thou art,

s.

He is,

} loving.

1. \ Ve are,
2. You are,

s.

They are,

P lural.

Singular.

Plural.

1. Am I?

} loving.

!

Ii

2. Art thou?
Is he?

s.

9•

"'·:·

·I~
,,.

,,': .
~

INDICATIVE MODE.

Love or love you.

SUIJJUNCTIVE

.

Are we?
2. Are you?
3. Are they ?
1.

102

[§ x.x.xr.

ETYMOLOGY.
~lo.:,i1~!Jtllrt 'f " .

Plural.

1. Do I love '/
2. Do you kne 'I

1. Do we love ?

2. Do you love '?
'" Do they love '?

3. Docs he love'!

s;11:11 . irt r .

~

~

10:3

~ XXXll.J

!q
0

Si11v11!111·.

j"-

k

~

l.

i .Jid 1.,, l '.

I.

\ \ ',. d ;, I Ion•.

''

Thou did.' t lun-.

:.!.

)"n11 d~ d !u\ ' l~ .

:J.

ilc did'"''"

~_).

Tllt'\ - 4!id luvP.

['/,.;·· r!.

1. W as I?
2. \Vast thou?

1. "'ere we'?
'.t. '\Y t ! J'U YOU'(

s. W118 he?

ii.

J 1ltO'tll.

I. DiJ I love?

1. DiJ w" love?

2. Didst thou love ?
8. Did he love?

~-

Did you lorn '(

8. Did they love ?

Singular.

I'lurnl.

1. Ca11 "" b.,?
2. Can yo u hc .,.
!I. Can I la•y be. ?

Sit1:Juf<11·.

I'lu ru l.

1. Can we love?

Can yon love?
3. Cau Uiey luvu 'I
2.

3. Can he lovo 'I

334. In add ition to the ordinary forms of the present and
imperfect, t.cnseR of the indicative and ~ulijunctive modes, there
ls n.nother, called the Rmp!wt/r, form., ma•lc hy pla<'ing do or did
before the principal verb.

rn:tt11kd.

.

~

Plural.
1.

We do love.

2. You do love.
3. They do love.

11

lahon.:d.
lie lias }'fO\·ed.
II" cT•:a t<'<L Th,. ,- •·0111 \\"e li:t\'P t·o1111<1:t11dctl.
It \\iii ra111.
It ha -< r:1i1,..d.

r
i

pli.-dll,d.

it
Ii'

~
Rr·

-~

~

.~

:Yi'

~·

)~

~

:r

"~

Tlne \\'ork 111ic;lit lie an:ompli:d1 e d.
'l'lwy rni~ ld
ac<'O!Hjili."h til e ·\\'ork . l do believe, (E111p!wti1·j(1m1 .) \\-c

----. --~~
, ~:, . 'h
!~ ;
~

~

do a!lirm.

·~·--~

i

i

'..
~
!I

1,

e.
~
w

I

Singular.

1""·"

1

The cl1ilJre n mol'ked. Tl1e ~ulclie1· ,; were 111 :uT l1i11:.-:. (f 'r•·:1r··ssire f-,r111.) lt \Yael rai11ing. '\Ye were l1u1,i11 ;,;. Tl1 •: ti111e i-;
approw:lii11µ:. I l1a\·e 1.een listeuin!-!:. 'Vt~ re yo11 li .. .; tt'uitt:.!'?
( /11/erru!/"li'cc fn·111.)
\\' a.slit) kan1i1.g? i >id lie lt-:t rn ? I J"
yu11 l11·lir•ye? C.t11 yon walk ( \\' e will \\·alk.
\\ ' e .- li: tll :,..
,\·al kin g. Shall we walk!' The world \\·a .-; n •·ated, (f'uss1rr
.f:1r11r.) Tl1c world h:i; bee n rrr:1t 1:ct . The .'ol diPr.' "·rrc <'nrnrnan1le11. They will be co111rnawlcd . Tl 1" \\urk "iii 111 : a1·<'urn-

~

t.t

MODE.

1

1

I'

EXAMPLE .

1. I do love.
2. Thou dost love.
3. He does love.

t

'

F.MPITATTC FORM.

INDICATIVE

Th e v e rh~ us e d in thi s cx c n·i~e nre C<•11.i11,:;ntl d like the n r l• / rc . '/'Ii·"':
h•arn c r is d e~ iri.·d In tell tltc 111od~ , f1:t1:k, 1111111/i, r, and j1 t1".~• 'lt 111" 1:ach, itll'l <1 \ ~q
it s /;'/'/It !\J1•! • l:/ r' !'l'fl/1 11f.

[i

POTENTIAL MODE.

1. Can T love?
2. C,, ns t t hon lrn·" ?

~

\Ver,; Llit:y '/

Si.11y11llu·.

1. Can 1 h(' 7
2. C:i nst thnn hr ?
~L Ca11 ho ho?

.."

.-

Thc-y did maintain .

To bt u•rillr'11

1111.

tlw lfourd or Slnte .

'\Yrit e the common J(,rm of th e verb fur<', in tlw irHli1·aliv e
rnode. ·- '1.'hc progrc:-;:=-: iv(: fu n ns. - fh c pas:-; i \'C fonr1 s . - 'fh c in1

h_~ rr'<)g:-tl ive forrn:-<.
\Vrite tli c conunon i~n·111s uf 1'11 ~ \'e rl1 lurr·~
iu t J1c pOlt·!lHlal Juot1e. - J>rogresSi\ e furJHS. - r·a~:-:ivc fr..r11!:--..1

Jnterrogative forms. Write all the form.~ of the Irnpr:rat.ivo
mode - of the Infinitive mode - of the l':u·tieiple,; - uf ~t J, u
Subjunctive mode.
·
SECTION

XXXIT .

:•

IRREGULAR VERBS.

r

335. Irregular verbs are those which do not form th eir imperfect tense and perfect participle by the addition of ed or d
to the present ; as, go, went, gone.

I
!
il

ilI"
.l

Jl

:'. r.

-n

..··<'-~

104

[§XX.XII,

ETYUOLOGY.

A LIST

IRREGUI.AR VERBS.

OF

Those verbs in the list tbrtt hnve their imperfect tense and perfect participle designated l>y R, have ~oth a regular 1mcl an irregular form.
Present.

Auicle
Am
Arise
Awake
Bear, to bring forth,
Bear, to can-y,
Beat
Begin
B end
Bereave
Beseech
Biel
B ind
Rite
Bl eccl
Blow
Break
Breed
Bring
Build
Burst
Buy
Cast
Catch
Chide
Choose
Cleave•
Cleave, to ~plil
Cling
Clothe
Come
Cost
Creep
Crow

l mpe1:fect.

P":f. Pa,.t.

abode

abocle
been
arisen
a waked
born
borne
beat, beaten
begun
bent
bereft, R.
besought
bid, bidden
]Jound
bitten, bit
Llccl
blown
broken, broke.
bred
brought
built
burst
bought
cast
canght, R.
chidden, chid
chosen

was
arose

awoke, R.
bare
bore
beat
began
bent
bereft, R.
besought
bid, bade
bound
bit
bl eel
blew
broke
bred
brought
built
burst
bought
cast
caught, n.
ch i<l
chose

§ xxxn.J
Present.

Cut
Dare,* to venture
Deal
Din·
0

Do
Draw
Drink
Drive
Dwell
Eat
Fall
Feed
Feel
Fight
Fin cl
Flee
Fling
lcly, as a bird
Forget
Forsak e
Frocze

Get
Gilt I
Gin!
Give
Go
Grave
Grind
Grow

lTang
dove or cleft
dun~

clothed
<A'\ll1C

cost
crept
crew,

R.

cloven, cleft
clung
clad, n.
come
cost
crept
crowed

"' Cleave, to adhere, ia regular.

Hav e
H ear
Hew
Jlicle
Hit
Hold
Hurt
>If

TRREGULAI~

Impc>:fect.

cu t
durst
dealt, n.
dug, It
did
<lrcw
drank
drove
dwelt, u.
ate
foll
fod
fol t
fought
found
ll c1 l
flung
flew
forgot
for,ook
froze
got
gilt, n.

g-irt, R.
gave
went
graved
i:,rrotmcl

105

VERB S.
P erf.

p ,,..c.

cu t
clarcd
<lealt, It
dug, n.
done
<lrawn
d rauk+
Uriv cu

dwelt, R.
eate n, eat
fallen
i~cl

fo lt
fought
fou nd
th;J
flung

flown
1:1rguttcn, forgot
1;irsakcn
frozen
g:()t

gilt, n.
girt, H.
1'1V C ll

"'
"'gra vcn,
11·0 11 e

gre~v

grown

hung, R .
had
heard
h ewed
hid
hit
held
hurt

hung, n.

Dare, to challenge, is reg11lar.

u..

ground

had
h eard
he wn, IL

hidden, hid
l1iL
held
hurt
Drtmk is used cliielly ns an adjective.

. ,t

"

l,

106

[§

ETYMOLOGY.

X.XXII.

§

XXXII.J

107

IRREGULAR VERB S.

'

Present.
K eep

Knit
Know
L ade
Lay
L ead
L eave
L e nd
L et
Lie , to lie clo10ll
Load
Lose

:Make
:Meet
Mow
Pay
Put
R ead
R e nd
Rid
Ride
Ring
R ise
Rive
Run

Saw

Jmpcif ect.

k ept
knit,

R.

knew

laded
laid

P erf. Part.

kept

Shoot

knit, R.
known
laden
lai,I

Sweat

led

le t
lay
loaded
lost
made

let
lain
laden, n.

mowed
paid
put
read

rent
rid
rode
rung, rang
rose
rived
ran
sawed

l inperfeet.

left
lent

S hred
Shrink
Sl 1ut
Sing
Sink
S it
Sla y
Sleep

lost
made
me t
mown, R.

Slide
Sling
Slink

paid
put

Smitc

read
rent
rid, ridden
rode
rung
risen

Speak
Speed
Spend
Spill

shot

Spi n

shut
sun g, sang

shut

sunk, sank
sat
slew
sle pt

sunk

;pt).J
spent
opilt, IL
spu n
spit
sp lit

.

Spread
Spring
Stand

Strike

struek

R.

S t ring

strun~

Mprung
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
stunk
stridden
struck or stricke n
strung

shaven, R.
shorn

Strive

strove

striv en

Strow or strew

strowed or strewed

said

Raid

seen

Steal

Seek

, soug ht

Stick

stuck

Sell

soltl

sold

Sting

stung

Send

se nt
set

se nt
set
shaken

Stink
Stride

strode or strid

Shear

Shed
Shine

shook
shaped

shaved
sheared
shed
shone, R .

shapen,

shed

~ j

.

\

~prcarl

•prung, sprang
stood

saw
sought

Shake

tilain
slept
sli<lde n
::\lung
slunk
slit, R
smitten
I
:sown, n.
sp(1kc o, spoke

spe nt
spi lL, l<.
spun

Say

Shape
Sb ave

sat

sped

See

Set

suug

spit, spat
spli t
8]Head

Spit
Split

...

.i

shown
slu-ed
shrunk

slid
slung
slunk
sli t, n.
smote
sowed
spoke

Slit

d

' J

swea t IL

shrunk

Sow

riven, R .
run
sawn, R.

P<1f I'a ..t

shot
sweat R.
showed
sl1red

Show•

led
left
lent

met

Preswl.

stole

stunk

{

strown, Ftrowed,
strewed

shone, R.

)

.

'i

.."i

I

• This verb is somotime• written she w, shetoed, lheum.
N7

\

..

·',

"I ~

rno

I§

ETY i\lOLOllY.

Present.
Shoe

Fa)~

l mpe-1/F.ct.

sho<l

Fur·t ..

~\\~ :1n1 .

~1-i,--ln g

~>r ung

hmk

tah· 11

Tcaeh
'J',.ar
Tell

1:tll_:!;lit

t;111c:l1t

111 ;..:.

;t 1·n1.-- ...:

t l1•>IJ .:...'l i1

I 1: 1 -..

r 11 1 , i 1

L t :--l

l J J ".. .'.

thn~ c11 1 H.

' i'! j ;·1 1',\'

i

t l 1 r~

'Lhr u ... l

thru~ L

1 \\' 11

tLn1ot

'Tn·ail

(n n1

tr1,..J ,

\\',._\.

\\,!''. t ' J

\\' ;I'\' ' 11,

:-- tr i ·i· t.

'l'I"' old '""" '""' 1:, ;, 1 """ 11 l1is

11 ,

ld

\'tllll'

·:!I I\·!

' : l \\ - !1 ilt l

1JJ , . .·- !r 1· 1' l.

J,.

i

1 1( ,

·rh1· wind l dt1\\ 1·d \

l 1oddl'!l

'l' j

l~ ,

{ \,

d.,1,,

'l'i1•"

' l l I(. ! t 'l l l: I~ ..... :

.

] ,\

I ! 1_-..

\\ ; 1\ · •

t i · 1 11 ~ · 1 1 t

t 1, 1 ' \\I .,! : li1

J:i . . t

i1d 1· 11li\

! 11; j I·! i l 1 '...'.

I('

'l'lll'

d1i11]',

\\ : l

~!w

\·c :--lt'l"\ l a\ ".

\\ ' t1rk

tli( · J'(· ill lli l !lw\·

.- = <• !

:1{

Tl11 ·
l l l\'

lJl' ,!..!.li ! I

\\'~':Lr \".

; !I T

:-- :t i

:-- li!I

ill

.' .'l;I'_'

1 --: tt t lw

:l

cl1 1!t 1!

\\ '.L \ . . . l• ], · ,

\ 11·,

t ~j("1r

1. 111: 1: 1: !! \ .

- :i

i ·1 ,

\\ • •1 1\
1i

1 •;

11 : i

. . ; ; ii, :t .. : l'

\' , • 1· j

".\

•

i

1-..f.

1--,

'\

-

ii~ ·

1t 1 :

•

! i:

11 (

(•\'1•1 tll\ ,:_! .

~

L J, I \\

1 'I

l

11; '

worn

\ YC'ar
\Yr:n-o
\Vr·cp

WO\'(-'.I1 . Wff\'C

'-\'() \ '('

wept

\V i n

\'.-1Jll

\\' ind

\ ',-( Jlllli l

~: ti l 11r t lir11\\- 1·il

; 1\Ya\·

t!i t' lrt•t ·.

lil u''1J!l!"

' f /p ·

Ii i--.

1111)1!1·\.

(1·ll

!1 :1\ · 1_:

'J' l1 1·

W PllJili
\\ ]11 :

\Yri11g

1;.:lit '

\\• 1·1· .... ]1<;..,L

l 1·a ,1·...,

f11 1]11· ~!J'ql !1 1d .
' i'l 11 '

irk

I Lt\ ·~·

'l'l i1 · k:t\

ki ri r

\"<H!

\\ ·; 1-.;

\\"nili·

:-q1

1'111111
1

....

:1ri ·

J .;1-1Jy

lu - 1L 1\

J(.

\\Tl lll .~

,.,,,.

:--1.

wri th- 11

\\ " i" I J!l'

: )i, , ·~:l \' " ,, ( > !1 : 1L~ 1 ,· ·:tr" ;11 1· !
i 11 IH .i ,)., ... , w li :k •·tiwt ~ :1r-• ·
' .i ! "
i i!
: I. I• \ :1 1'• \\
t I I" .. ] , : 1· : I, -; i '. i] ' ], . ~ l i :1 " 11
nrr> n <.: •·<I n n h· :t " :lli r ihnlf'"I , ~t~, f1·n11 .o ht. 1(r11ukt- 11 ,
111 .. /f ... 11 . J., i111!:!.- 11 . .d:,,rn , (1:: 11 :11!1· Jt
' f,,i' il .
J f '-· fu'u 1, ~ LC,_•if t ll, .1 J o_• ((~ 11 , ;_1 1 ·~· l_l1_· n r l _\ < ,) , -

): .. rF ·.:.. -

d(l\\" Jl

l

· J l I J l :! .

,,.i.i
tl.H"u\ t...:, H.•

\\'

~

) i :l\"!~

' l'!t( ' \'
Ill

l Jl:;.:.t!"lll l lt

l

L< ·.:..:.: :u1 .

l 1:L...;

!l ~ 1 l11 ~~ -

(' \

!11'\ " \V

/\. ::- lu11c L1i d ill tl11·

froz 1..; O\·l'r.

Ti1<·y l1aq· wrote to -il av .
lih'.t' ti ilg

~ w11n ~

' l'J 1i1 1k

l 1 ~l:-'

'l"lte s l r e an1

u11rd1·11.
It.

S>Yllrn

~ wun1

] I )~)

XXXT I I _]

I t ltas laid tli l· n ; a 111 0 11111.

'T.1k r

\\' 4

$.

a\\'ay.

"l.wJ
:-::wiilku,

s\\· i111

XXXll.

;\l

1

ii"'

\\.\Ill.

\':· ' r1 ·

H :1,·,, n, n!"• · tt" '': l:t ;il H~ i • i(· · .. :11 ·

11 , 1· 1i

j ,..',

su iu Lo ill l;u l111J w n

0. -

pariaw..;.~ . ---

:::-;u•:h

Ii

;\ 1, 11· .-

·111e •l11-. ·, · t11· 11-.;

r.
ir1··· " 11: ,11·1 ·· 11y i : i f:Lrni 1i:tl'

in !! u ! 1" 1l+1_' 1•r· ·,••11t .

-

lrel1 1rl· : L:: !i: :1 ~: tlll~ 11/.

y1 q · i • ...; :1..: · 11 · "

r • .f

d.1.-!~

11 i .: ;' ••ll f"':- 1' 1 :1n 11 1\-l1i··li
a-n ~ iinp rupt: t' l_\ ;_._-n11it1:1-i.•_·.\ : ..' t 11;-. :. ·:· 1:
~ i , :1" , ·"/If It, l\:l'. u n · :1"! 1 1 1~1 · i" l" d
i n tli<' tRh lA. ~ nmo r.n11trnrtinni:. n f f'd in to l , h o weve r 1 are unex ceptio na.IJ! e ;
:\nil oth e rs, the OrlJ\' e::tabi !::h •..'•l ! " !'Ii i ,;;. o f t' '\J'L·~,._.;,i 1 Ji1 1 lL<\ lTt'f>l 1 l/wdJ., yat , &_u .
N uTE

• ' 1, ·,

1·:11 'l 1 ! 1· 11 - <' .

1

,1/ iffl '<I}j.

.

...

I ho

r ) 11 ' I 1~ :

, ,(

1

.J .

Ill'

f", .,J··

J

l l' T t°1'1 · t

'"T lie hnr ~ r~s dnnYt·1l t1\(' (':u-ri::_:. .: ,._
:.1

~ r ca t dijt~ uwe.

·r111·

l11H · :-d 'S

'J'IH~ ti 1nhPr "· n::; d raw cd

"· ··r,· dro\·e ton f;t....;t. I )rn._,,. a
The uirJ:; lia vc flo_;W

/.n;, . r;;: <t

:-r.-.,

\t~11 ~ \ '

i..: J°.. rlll• ' il

i·1- •i1 11

! i1" )• i" f'..:r>nt i 11 l"l' ;..'.lll.1r yr·:i•"' . ),_,.- :1 · !·~-

i'-ii•·!it r i~ dr •\!'i"" ! \\ !1 ,·11 1l:t • \·1· rl1 •'li•I- \\ i1l1 '. ~ 1 ::! :.- 1·.·1.

1n

irr1 · ~·. 1 1l:t r \ '1 r:,~;

t!1f·.

i11qllTfv, · :, 1·;1n 111: ]t";inwd 11 .. 1; 1

1: :1i - '
1I

11:1r;i1·1i 1:r' :

ti;n ~ ··

i-t

fnr 111 · "~

l ' _\ · i ·;!l< '\l;:f

;!- , ' ' I /1·11·, ' ) 1. \ 1· · !

4. T iil~ /l/: 111uJ ;'if

H : l l.., l' j, i"·1rJ11 "

[ /11.'f'r

l h y J.!

ll H1

n11:xi :1c1 r .\ - /,,,. ., .. I " l•tJ« · 1 ! 11·

'._'. i ll ;'-'.''

11'111. :

/111,/ l1 1·f .. r,• tL1• Jii"•rf·

1

t ;·.ir :,\ i-

1i1,._

gl 11lton luiow \\ li•cll he l1a,; ate cnvu;.;lt;

,

\)

. . ~ i:· .'

f

~;1;;;~

110

F.TYM O LOG Y.

[§ XXXIll.

§

6. The F irst P utttre t-Onse is fo rm ed by phtc ing slwll o r will before the p1·esenl or root ; a~, " I shall or u:ill com m and. "
6. T he Secoml Fullwc ten se is for m ed by placi 11g ::.hall hal:e b efor e the perfecL partic iple i n5: 1 "I sltall /1111,:e gou e."

T ii i,:

3 3 7. An I111pe rso nal V e rb is 011 e whi ch is use<l only iu the
form of th e tl1inl pe rson singular, with the pronoun it ; a s, "It
rains." "It tlm11.ders." "It li ails."

tl11i; h'11 :·· "·

l' OTENT IAL, I N F!NITIY E A NIJ

l ' AltTI C IL " L E~ .

8EcTION

1. T he I'rl'~t nt tf'11 .~ c i11 fn nnu d Uy p lotcing 11111y , cau or 11w13t, be fore t lto
p rc:.:cnt; a~, 11 l ma.'! or nrn ~'' ·"
:! . T h<J ln11n' 1}~d tt· u~e io:. furm o<l by t1l:t ci11g 11u:yhl, cou/1/1 u·uuld or :;/1ould Ue-

forc the p rl..' ~ t.:111 i

111

TnE V E RB-IMP EH SON AL.

lMPEHSON A L V E irns .

.N?· 1:1·:.-Sl1all Tta1:1• n~· w:ll hun~ rnay bC' J1!11ced JJefurc th e partic iple in sccon<l

::\li d tl11rJ p c r ..:ow; ut

xxxtv.J

:L"i 1 11

A ~ ALY S J S

A ND l'All ~ J N(; .

In th e cxerci tH:f' tli ut. follow , tli c learner f-: h t1 Hld g ive pnrt k uln r ntt cntio11 lo
tl10 pnrs ing of t lt o vc rl1 s, aft er c;1re fnll y rL1Ja.l yz il1 g eac h seutc ncc.

I 111.i:1l1 l go."

Tito l'1 1j;·.·l tc11 :.;c i:-; t'!l n lH.: tl Uy plac ii1g may hat:e , aw hu n ·, or 111-11 j t }w1.:e
hcfurc 1111.• p1 ·rf..:cl. p:i r iie i1,lc ; n ~ , I m.o!J, ca u , o r mus t Jwci:. rea d. "
4. Tli c P/111111fed tmhc is fL1n11Nl Uy placi 11 ~ 111 i9 /d, t·uuld, tL·vul<.i or slwuL.i
hn.rr, before tltc p<: rlC:c t p :trli c1p l l~ i us, 11 l m iy lt t, I_)'\ ; . , hu re loved ."
5. T he Prl!#'nl tense o f tile 11!/i?i itire mode !i ns tu lJetU rc t he root i ns, 11 1'v
/.;re. 11

XXXI V.

:L

EX E ll C I S E I.

I(

U. Tli e !'. 'f' < t ton >c ,.f th e fnji11itire m ode h as lo hare befor e the pe r fec t
p:lrtici plo i a ~ , 11 '/'u l1a re r ciad . 11
7. 'l'li e l'n:si 11 t 1,adi1 i11f,· end.-;, in ing.
ri . Th r J','1.f: cf 11urfi ( i11lt: ,,f l'l';.:: u lar verbs t11ds in er/.
u. '!'li e }'. 1.f~t'l j1 l U"(;1 .·,i11' or irrc~u lar Y CrlJ:; 111ny Uo fo und i11 the lis t of
irrc,i.:;u lnr \'C rb :.i. .

10. Th e ( 'u11,J>Hwd pco-liuJ./·· I ~ fc1n11c .J of the prcse11t participle harin9, a nd
a }1crl'cet parfkiplv .
l J. Thu t c 11~1'!-I of t h e S1d~j1111rtii.:e mode uro fon1w.d like t lt c te ns es o f t h o 111Ji ca ti \'tJ u11d J' utcnti al, wi th t he ... ig ns ~/ ~ u11 fr ... s, aJ111 ir. y 1·<wt 1 <
J1·., prc li x1.,; J .
12. 'l'l1 c lm1J1.T al ire rnodo is th e !!! i111pl u fo nH of tl1 e vcrl1, ti llll its ~w l1j cc t
n om inative i$ gene r:dl.Y o rn it l.t~ d ; n~, Oo, do, see; flHW. or yv11, is o tnittuJ .
JH: F E C TJVE

I
I,

INDI C ATIV E

th e e ne my s uffe rcJ se ve rely.
\Ve hav e co mp:ire<l th e vas t r eli cs of <lecaycLl anJ mo uld e rin g lit e rature to animal and vege taul e r emair1 s.
H e has been Jili ge nt. H e will proba bly s ucceed.
Di<l you sec lhe beautiful rninl.Jow a ft e r the showe r to-day ?
They h a ve r esoln,Ll , ex a min eJ. th eir h ea rt:;, a nd made new
plans.
Jii s wo rd ~ of thi ~ day arc pla11t i:Ll in m y m emory, !\11tl will
th e re r e mai n till t.h i: last pulsation o r my heart.
I s hall 8Ce hi ti face and h ea r l1i s \'O icc no mo re.
EX F. ll C 15 E JI .

P O T E NT IAL

MO D E.

It. ma y be e xpected that I should accompany th e r esolution
with so rn i: s11iUtbl c r e mark s.
His intc n ;ou rse with th e livin g world is no w end ed; and
t.l iosc who* would l1 e reaft e r find him, mu st seek him in hi~

1. The au xiliary \·e rh crw , ~ha ll, ma!/t have tw o fo rms only, p resent un d p t.t.!ll;
as, can, co11lrl, ~fc.
2. Ought is dcrcC' li\·(·, a 111l iK used in o ne fun11 onl y . "Hnd on glit. o r coul d

g raYe.
Tho u can st <lo eve ry thing.

ou g-h t 11 is impro per.
3. Quoth is defective , and n HtU.ll }' stnn<ls before its nomirmtive · ns " Quolh
be." ./Jeware is dcfccti Yc, and i~ u ;eJ cl1ic fl y in tb e imperat ive a:1d infinitive
n1odes; l>u t occ·11sio11 tl lly i11 thejUture indicative and th e i mp1:1 ·o tfr e po tc11tiRL
~. Tu wit, " To kno"\ " is now used only in the infinitive, iu tlic sense of
"'nnme1y / ' or " that i:; to ~n.y. ' '

No thou ght can l.Je wi thlioldc n

from tl1ee.
• "'Vlw " i~ a relative p ro noun 1 tLnd tb e subjec t of wouldJiwl.
is th e 6uhj ect of must seek.

I

Ii

MOD E .

Victory pe rches upon our ba nne r - our arm s lriumpl1e<l, ::u:ul

V E HH :,i .

33G. A Dt:fi ·et in ! \ 'c rh i8 o ne wl1i clt wants som e of th e
m odes or tenses. Tl1 c foll owing are vv rbs that belong to this
elass :

n

0

Those "

i

\•

",.

I)

112

ETnl O LO GY.

[§ XXXIV.

§ xxxv.J

ADJ EC TlV ES -

T o meet death a s becomes a man, is a privilege bestow ed on
few. I woukl e nd cm·or to make it mine.
\Ye might have succceLlcd in our ullJ ertak ing.
'E XEHC I SE 1If.

nrrEJ:ATIYE

~ l OD I·:.

C LASSE8.

113

SEcTroN XXXV.
ADJECTIVES.
339. Adjectiv es are ili vide<l into two genera l classes, <k-

script·ive a nd

d~finitive .

(108, 109, 110.)

DESCR lPTIVE AD.JECTlVES .

Incline my heart unt o tl1 y tcs timo11i cs.
Keep my co mma11 tlrnent.; and li ve . Hind th em upo11 thy
fingers, write th em upon the tabl e of thin e li ea rt.
H ear instruction, a nd he wise mid refu se it not.
A 111l Hc ul.ien said unto th em, Shed no l.ilootl, !Jut cast him
into this p it and lay no hand on him.
EXF.RC fSE IV.
J NFl N !TlV E MODE .

RULE

XII.

338. The Infinitiv e mode is generally used to limit a
verb, noun , or adjective.
Jlfodel.
St:~'fENCI!. -

Th ~ lie hol1LJ'

lot•es lo slttdy.

AnnT!Jzcd. - "Scholflf " is tli e s ut~j cc t. " Loves" is the predicate, modified
or lim it efl liy the verb fo .~tudy iu the Infi nitive.
'J'/1e 111ji11itirepnrse<l. - "To Mudy" is a verb, in th e i11fi11iliv e nwdr, :11 Hl

340. A Descriptive Adjective is one that expresses a
quality of an obj ec t; as, "A wftite rose." "Glass is &rittle."
'l'hose derived from proper nouns aro called P ropet·
Adjectives ; as, American, En;;lislt.
341. Those de riv ed from verus, having the form of participles, arc called V erbal Adj ec tiv es; as, "Enduring fr icndsl1ip."
"A bereaved parent."
342. A n adj ective used in the predicate with th e vcru · to
complete a n affirmation, is called a P'redicate Adj ec tive; as,
"The sea is rough." " He is esteemed 1vise."
3!3. An adjective used to modify the me1rning of r1 verb ru1J its sulij cct, is
CllllcJ nu .A dverbilll Adjective ; as, "The moon looks paie." The ndjcct ive
11
u pale" dcscribe8 '' moon
antl nt the snme time modifies "looks; 11 that is,
it does th e oflice of hoth nn adYerb anJ an u.d jcctive, and m:ty properly hn
termed an ..Jrlre~·bial Arljt:dirc.
344. An ndjectivc prcceued by tho 1trticlc "the " i• often u sed as a plural
noun ; ns, " The 'luise ; th e .fJOO<.l; the great."
A NA LY S I S AN D l'AH ;< I/iO .

limi t.; the ,·crli loves . Heu :.
SENTENCES.

B irds love to sing. The yo uth t.ri c~ to learn . The 111 :1n l 1a ~
n des ire to hcnr. I.ea rn to ob.-y. lTc may hope to s11 .-c1·cd.
It i ~ kind to forben r. 1t is pl easant to hea r th e !' wec t. m11,-i c of
birds.
A sk the hero, n~k th e stnt.cs m:111, \I' hose• wistlom you hav e
been accustomed to reve re, a nd he will tell you .
The rnin began to patter do wn in broad a nd scatt ered d ro ps.
In flu enced by a desire to stamp on these ('XJff<'[Sions th e ir
meri ted disgrace, ancl to preserv e di g nity and <lecu rnm in our
deliberations, I fe lt it my duty to call th e ge nt lema n to ord er.
<J/l- "

'Vhose" is a relative pronoun in the possessive case nnJ. liin its wisdom.

Pnrtic ular itltculion sho ulJ Lo g iv e n to the Jill'ore nl cla..'ls<:tt of u.djcc ti vcs.

The olli cc of a g reat general docs not differ wi<l t:ly from th e
office of a g rea t mechanicia n.
Th e Christian benevolence of a private American association
cas ts its eye upon th em.
The closing hour has passed; a monarch li es in hi ~ lon1·ly
state.
In th e deadly stri fe of European amuition, the arm,; of civilization acquired irresistible preponderance.
Gentl e eyes gre w so rrowful and dim.
The bells sound ed soft nutl pensi \·e.
:Magnesia fee ls smooth; calcareo us earths feel dry.

io•

LT i: .,l,)LIJ\_• Y.

nET' l \' TT TVI·'.

Ls

xx.\.1 .

.\ f>.IH'T l\'I·'." .

:l-F >. ]>1:i i11 il in · 1\di• ·di n ".; ar•: s11«li :ts ,/.- /i11c ur h///il tl1c
11 t 1 u11 ~ ;uid _1· r:111 ~1t111~ .
\ 1l ~ . )
T 11\ ., ch,, i1tclwL·~ .\r lil·J,., , \11111 vr;d:; , a1Jd the .L'ruLl'Jl1U-

1nea11i11g uf

11111tJ 1d--- tJ( i ' IJ 1'1· .
~ \· 11 11u'o1(

;):) ! .
(JI/ r' '

r

t i 1·.') /,

1/'11 ,

,.,

_ l1(;.1' r/1.1·1 '.\'

f'i !

11

:1rt;

::-1 w l1

a ...

d1·11ut1·

11 1111dJL· r

~c~,

J.

11:tl :i <l1n· :. 11 ' ''·
U-1G . . ,:iu or a,

<ili<1

ti1t:.

: 1rt _·

l': d l1·d

ill"li .. !•'....:.

'l"lH ' \. Hre 1d:11 ·1·d

llefore nonn :i whic- lt llr<'y t1 C'fi1w. and lll<I)' he l''.' ']'Crly tcn""'I

:~;-,~.

1

1'l1!P ....;L:

d1·fi11ili\·\ · '.)

definiti ve ntl_j,•.r·1.iv Ps.

11·ct 11 c~ .11 1d ;:,• 11u cl 11 11c;,, a~

~

j,·c Li IT~ .

_NoTK 1 . .-. An. f't n n d .:. l.,~ fqrc wo r ds !1('~~\nning- with a 1•u1n:l .-iPwiJ. .I :-tin"!..;
~:::~~.::~ WufdS IJcg rn iiln g Wit h u CfitlS<FIHUtl sr.nmd; .. A bird, n u (' UE!l'/ 1 • • (!yew

1\oTE :.!. - .A is HF ed IJeJure w u rds IJcgi u11iu g w it h vo we ls w h ic h ra n bo
son ~Hled ouly wi t h the : ~ R? i s tance of tht.: consonants y or 1c; a.:;, . I IYI 1111 iu 11,
euiur1.~1.

l'

:).~.:!.

\\ltil·h

al't '

J'l' U ll <J1\ l1 ,

::; 1_l;1 w:i1111_.-.,

, ,11 c L.ti J,

n .. .; (:·1l as

l l 'ru l 1" 1111 11;,\ ,\ 1! -

1

Th t..:.\' ;lrt·f/1/.~. tl111f . tf1u.: <' . f/;u,..; ,' . ( 1k!nun.,traiiY•_'~: ) 1111 /i . , /r ii 1', 1i . ; fi, t.'• ,
1

( di ~ t rl bl\ Ii \' c ...;) : sumc, w1,11 , 0 11r.:, ull. ~!It Ii . ( i 11dl'.!i ll i tt.::-1 ; ) "fh i: r , Wtutlnr , 11unr: , !THi• !1,
1rtall!J . J't:.w, &•tit, ~11 11w, S1:n: r1 d , J iirmtr, /11ffr; r . U11t' a n .\ 11llu r 11ru tlin ·, d ·1.._:lll1• '<1 .
1

,'-.'/n111d11 r.

/' /u rn I

~o · rr.; ;L- ...-Jn. i:-t il ~u d IJuJVre won.lo l1 cgirn1ing wiLl i h. unJ tt.;ecnlcil v 11 lhu
secf!nd ,..;;y lJable; as, " .. Jn lii:-;tor icn.l poe m 11 • • A a heroic a ct " a n1..l be f'o r~ \11or '-1~
begnw mg w i th a sileut It; us, u .A n houo r. 0

.Aunt.
P uss.

U 11e,

ULl1t:I',

l Jt l1cr.-; .

U11 c'> ,

Ot l1 cr's

347. Au from tl1c Snx on 1111 1 n11e 1 n11.\ <-•nr won.] <mt', nre tl 1e same. Hy cU:5tom "one ·· is u:;.c( l in numbe ring , wli il u 11 n 11 11 ig e mp loyed as n dcfi ui tive

ObJ -

On e.

Utl1 t: r .

( )t ltcl'~ ·.
( >ilw r.' .

adje e tivc to d c11o te an iudividual , e ithe r defini te ly vr in d cfi11i to ly .
3 4-8. \ \' he11 w•cd de finit ely, u n.u " or ' ' 11 " tl e1:1 ignates n_u indiv iduaJ object
!l8 kn own , coi-t ain 01· spcc i fled i ns, " I honr tl so un d ; " u I tiCO a'" olepli a n t ; 11 " it

w eig11 s an o u n~e ; " th nt is, mw uunco.
849 . 'Vhcn used ind efini tcl,y , "an" or "n." <lc uot.c:i some indi v idu a l of n
clnss or s pec ies, Out cloos 11 ot spec ify riny p urtic ul ur one; as, " A kin gdo m fo r a
h orse; " H a " s pecifics no pnrtk uhtr ki11gdom or lw rse , a lt h ou g h it dc11utcs IJut
one of onc h k in d.
350. Th e defi n it ive 11 th e " is u sed 11e forc spec ific in divi du n.ls or c lasses of
obj ects, ns dist.i ng u ish cU from othe rs of tfi e surnc kind ; as, " T he Jaw s of m o·
r ality i " " th e hope of th e c1u;stin11 ; ., u the, sun ;11 u th e earth ."
It is nl~o u scU in the sing-u l1tr numbe r to de note Urn whole spcciett or
an in defi nite n umber; a•.:i, " 17rn nlnwnd tree shnJI fl ourish."
"The " is nlso used iu<le finitely ; fL'; 1 " Give so1To w to th e win<ls. "
E X ERCISE.

L e t the foll owing ex pro~~ i ons be correctod · and Jet the reason be given in
each instance for the correction made.
'

The clock is a hou r a nd a n half too fast. , A hor:wst' man sold
Such an one Cl\n 'be a
m e a ox. A Indian is a ha rd maste r.
upright judge. A early pea r will keep but an short t.ime. A

:·l(l -

No n~. - l n parsing, 011 or 11 a nd J/11; rnay li e 1·a ll ed a r li1 ·!t' .", a11 °! llu~ .J l'fi11 i.
t.i vcs, th i.-;, th at, ~fl' . , 111ay be c: d led w!jtdin:s wli cu t lwy sta 11 J l>i.; f1J f C ll•JUu:; ;
a nd pru111,w1.i wheu they : H a n d alon e .

A NA LY ti l S

AN D

l'Al tS l \'(J .

Jl fo del.
Sr-:NTE :"\ CV.. -

.Alla.lyud.

u Th i!'!"

i~

Th i:; ·is tr ue. dinrify .

the i-. 11 l1j•·cl i ' 1 i.~ tru e c h a r ity " 1,.; t l1c m vditicd p rc·li-

c u.tc .

171e pronominal ar?j1it·tice JHtn:.('d. lt Th is'' i:; a p runrm·1i11n l a.\,i1•c ti\'e usc '-l
wi th ,mt n. n ou n . Jt is in th e nom ina t ive ca~c und tli e suUjcct of 11 b ."

Thi s day will b e rem e mLe re J. Th a t eve11t has Lee n recu rd c<l.
On e* is a.pt to love one's self: Some wer·e wi ~(· , oth e rs we re
fooli sh. H e pleases so me; he di ~g u :; ts olb e rs. Mu t: h laLor fius
b ee n bes towed. J\Ia11 y hours hav e liee n wa::< ted . A fe w d:tp
will dete rmin e his destin y. Ot he rs nrny boa~t; I will he silent.
All mu st di e; none can eseape. A tho u,;a11d 6old ic rs were enca mped.
~The nou n , a ft.e r most c)f t he P ro1101 n i11 nl a d_iP i·tivcs ll ."e.l 11lu11c, cm1 ho
en.sily ~ u p p licd i as, &m.e, tha t i~t ~o m e pe rson:; . Otht!rs li ow~ v1 · r, in !lie p lu rul t
is strir.tl.v fL pronoun, as it cauuol L~ usetl IJc fure ll 11uu 11 e n he r expressed or
underatood.

116

§

[§XX.XVI

ETYMOLOGY.

1. Connect two d escriptirn adjectives with each ot'thc following nouns.

lllodd.
-

~·J ays.

-

Blea/..; cold days.

-

glass .

-

-

Sky, cloucl, s11n, tempes t, mountain , lake, wood, ri\·c r, valley,
island, sh ore, cl iff; beach, sa nd, wav e~, lurestA, field;;, cloud, eye,
gardens, ro:;es.

3[i7 . 'l'hc po~itfr c 1le!lotcs tli e simpl e rp1alit.)', without
spcci(y in g the degree of it ; as , 1\lild, g reat.

358. 'l'he comparative denotes a higher state 0f tbe same
(JlW.lity tl1an the positive; as, l\Ii lJer, g reater.

2. Conned th ree descriptiv e adjectives witl1 each of th e following nou11 s.

Model.
A -

-

-

pehLlc .

A -

-

-

Frc11cl1m:m.

350. Th e superlative denote;; a hi gher or lower state of
the same c1uality than that expressed lJy the co111parc1ti1x;
1
as, Mildest, greatest.

A tall, handsome, active Frenchman.
NOUNS.

1. Cat, dog, wolf, fox , h orse, butterfly.
2. American , Indian, Engli :;Junun.
S. llo~c, tree, poppy, li ly, flower.
·1. Serpent, vipe r, snake, frog, li zard.

SECTION

REGULAH

CO~ IPAIU SON.

3GO . A\lject ives of one syllabic are eom 111011l y compare<] hy
an nex in g 10 the positi\'\.: , er fur th e comprn·uticc-, am\ e.st fvr tho
sup erlative.
:JG!. ' Vhen th e posit/,,e e11Js in silent c, it <lru11s th e c 011 re<'l'iving the e1 1d i11g;-; er and est.

XXXVI.

0G:2. The final consonant of ce rtain rulj\ ~ di 1·t·s i;; \loubkd before recci\'ing th e er or est; as, Fit, litter, littest; hot, holler,
liott est.

cmrPAHISON OP AD.JE CTIVES .

354. 'l'he quality in one object is often spoken of in comparison with the same quality in itself, or in some other
object.

3G3. Some adject.i\'es of two sy llables are (·omparetl witl1 rr
:rn\l est when th ey ean be eas il y pronoun ce<]; as, Lofty, ' lofLi er,

F.XAMPLES .

The •11mc quality i11 thn·e <!iffercnt ohjccts may Le compared"' follows:
Iron is hm·d; han.l rwss b H <)llHlily in iron.
Steel is harder than irv11 ; h11rtln css is n c1uality in steel, uut this 'lunlity exists inn. liigher dug:rce i11 Stee l tlt:111 in iron.
Diamond i.i; t.lic ha rdes t of th e three ; hardness is a qunlity in diamond, but
this quolity exists in a hi ghe r tl egreo thnn it doe• either h1 iro11 or steci.
The snme quality in three clitl'crent persons may be compnred as follows .
A wise man ; a wi.sei· man than he ; the wisest man of the th ree, or of all.
A ~·ood man ; a betler man th a n he ; the he-11t man of the three, or of all.

117

3SG. 'l'here arc three prin cipal (lcgrees of comp:lri~on,
called the positiue , the comparative, a11 tl the Sil /H:rfoti ve .

NOUN::l .

A white, smooth , round pelililc.

ADJE CT IVES.

8;)5. Comparison is the va riation of an adjective to denote the same quality in diffe rent degrees.

SCH .

Durk blue sea.

Clear smooth glass.

CO ~IPARATlVE

A .?rt·ai man; n yreato· man than he; tht' y 1· ;:ulei>l 1n:u1 nf the tltrec 1 or
of all.
Tli c boy w c1.'i 111isd1ieruu.s at honw, more 111 i:5c!tiH'OtL...~ it t 6t: liool , but the mo~ t
misdiicnms at c hurch.

COMPOSITION.

-

xxxvr.]

loft ie.st ; hand some, li:rnd som er, handsomest.
3G I. " TJ1 e n :111 mlject.ive e n1h in y after a co11,;onant , this

let te r is dro pp(•d, and i is added before er and est; a", llappy,
h.qopier, lrnppi c.,I.
3G5. Adjective,; of rnore th an one syllable are gr'nerally compared by means of tli e adverbs more an<l most, or less an<l least,·
\

't

,\

118

[§ xxx.vr.

ETnIOLOOY.

as, Skilful, more skilful, most skil fu l ; learn ed, '11/ore or less
l ciu·ned ; 111ost or least lcanH'd .
36G. An imperfect dr:;rce i:i ex prc:;scd by the end ing ish;
us, B lu e-isfi, dark-isli.
II:llFCt;LAlt

CO~ ll ' AHI SON.

§

xxxvn]

ADJE C TIVE S

not fi nd. J\Iy master is more kinder th an lllY mi stress. Summer
is the 1lel ight fu It.: st season of t lie yea r. Tlie pine i ~ more !.all
th an th e cedar. TL e good a rc n1ore happy t lian th e ball.
Socrates was mu ch more wi se r ti tan AJ..:i l>i atles. · Hav e yo u
seen a r ou 11clcr bal l than thi ~ ?

3G7. Tlic foll owin g nJjccti,·es a re irregular iu their compari;on.
l'os.

Om1.

S up .

P oo.

0,111.

GooJ ,
naJ, or ill ,

Lc ttc r1
w orse,

Le;t.

fun11 e r,
t·ld cr,

Li ttle,
Mu c h,

J e s ~,

least.

rn orr,

.i\lnny ,

n1urc1

mos t.
ntost.

Fore ,
Old ,*
LRtc,
Far,
Ncur,

w urs t.

REVIEW.

S11p.
fo r c 1 n o.~ t,

or fi rst.

e ld es t.
1,.tcst. or hc;t.
fortli ci; t.
n c ar e~ t , ur next.

]1\lOl' 1

forl.licr,
ucarcr,

119

- CO~ ll' A IU S():-1 .

368. Some " ·onls :tdd mosl to fo rm tlie superlativ e ; us, Hirn],
l1intlcr-111ost ; in, inner , inne r-most ; up, up per, upper-most, &c.
369 . ALljcc ti ves wl iich e xpress qu a lities that cannot be inc reased or di111ini sli ed, Lio not admit of com parison ; as, Square,
spherical, triangular, &c.
370. Vari ous d('grces of compari son are expressed by m eans
of adverbs, adjuncts, anti by emphasis ; as, Very sick, exceedingly great, in lite highest degree censurable.

l. Into what tw o ge nern.1 c lasses mny ail.iec tives be di\'ided '?
2. \Vlrnt are dc:h !rip tivc adj ec tived 'I J'ruper adjc(.; tivcs ·; Purtic ipinl ad·
j ect ivcs? t:h·c exnmplcs of t·:H.: h .
3. \ Vhitt are d1..·Ji11itive ad.i ed ives 'I \ Vlntt d ue ~ tlii ..; c l:tss in clude ?
4. Xarn e thr iw· tic lc.... \\'hal is tho diffcrell CC lJc twcc n on. :111J a 1
5. \Vhat nrc pronominal tLdj cctiv cs 'i N:t111e th crn.
(}. D c li11 e 0 0 111p:Lri:-;0n . H ow mnny states 't
7. \ Vl rnt J.ues th e po,:,itivc d('note '( Th e com1,a r :1ti ve 'I Th e superl ati \'C ·r

SECTION

xxxvn.

RELATIVE PRONO UNS.

371. A R elative Pronoun is one th at refers to a preceding noun or pronoun, \Yhi ch is call ed the antecedent.•
EXAi\ll'LE:S.

E XEUCISE.

T ile m an ?rho C; happy i

Low.
Small.
Great..

G rateful.
U nmindful.
C heerful.
Altrar- tiYc.

Good.
Littl e.
Happy.
Luf'ly .

who" is th e rrlut i ve ; it rt frr:-; to man;

Ill.
Ge nerou s.
P e nuriou s.
]~ xt ravagant.

NnT1!:. - T ho wnrd 111 fJ r e. ~ l1 rnild uevc.: r he prCflx c d to the cornparati vo
dc .~-rcc of t111 nd jt>c l iv 1•: 111.r tli c wnrd 111 0 s ! tu tlrn !- Uperlative degTee. D onblo
compnnitives 1.u.1d dvu ltlc ~ upcrlnti\· c s should be carefully nvoidcd.

372 . The r elative pronouns are who, whi<'h and that; who
r efe rs to persons or to th ings personifi ed . Whicltt r efers to
irrati onal anim~tls or things.
T fiat r efe rs to persons, animals or things.

TO BE CO IUIECTED.

·who was a more wise r man than Solomon.? It wa s the
beauti ful est sig ht I eve r saw. A more hones ter man yo u can'ff Thus compa red 011ly when applied to persons.
older, oldest, is applied cit.her lo persons or thinb"'·

is

Th e !" ightwliich l :.::lw ; "wliil'h ' 1 i ~ th e rclati\·e ; u ~ i g lit" i :oi tl1 e antc> <·<·tlc 11t.
Th e peopl e 1dw nre 1L.j5ernL lcJ; poi11t out th e rdatu:c a11d th e an fr£e. d e11!.

DECLEK STON OF
E XA"l'L ~~ S

1nfl1t

the n11 teccde11 t.

Gil'e th e compurntivc a nd superlative.

High.

u

Tho rcgul nr fonn old,

Nom.
Poss.
Ol!j·

THE RELATIVES.

Singular and Plural.
Who
Whi ch
"\Vhose
Whose
"\Viii t h
1Yhom

T hat
T hat

•A11lecerlent sign ifi es "going be fore ," or " \lreccrling-. "
.
Sometimes, especially in poetry, tho naturf\ oru.er of the words 1s ch anged,
nn<l t he relnt.ive refers to a nou n or pronoun follow ing it.
t !Vllich in ancien t writings som etimes refers to per, ons.

'l

120

ETYJl!QI.OGY.

[§ xxxnr.

§

.\'

xxxvrr.J

llELATIYE

121

l'HO~O U !'S.

He, w ho prese rv es me, to whom* I o we my beiDg, whose I
am, and 'Wll o1n i I Sl' rvc, i:; e te r11 a l.
•
The city wl11:clt Rom ul us built is call et.l R ome.
Th e boy u·lw reads good books will become intclli~e n t.
The leuer w!.iclt I ham rece iveu, conta ins good ne ws.
The rose wlu'ch. we saw is fading.
The tree th at we passed has with ered.
W!tose book is th i$, wld ch you ga1'e me?

373. The r elatives who a nd which, when used in asking questions, arc called interi·oyatives.
374. Th e nou n to which th e inter ro;:rntiv c r efers is fo und in
t he answei· to the question ; as, Wlto did thi s? Ans. James ;
t hat i ~, it was James who, &c.
EXERC I SE .

Fill the bln.nks with relat ives.

NoTl':. -Th e ohject ive cnse of th e rel11tivc go·:11c rall y stands bef ore th e trans itive verb wh ich go,·crns it, a11d oflcr t.li c pre pvs1t1vu.

T he peopl e - we saw.
The kin g - comm a nd cll, w as ol>ey cJ.
T he l> inls - fly in th e air.
The man - hns 11 0 mu sic in him self.
The cvcnt s -nrc passing.

,1
C O ~!P OUJ\'D

P llO N OU NS.

37G . _'l' li c worcl .~ e~f is_ ol'tcn acldc(l to th e pe rson al pronouns lum, li er, 111;y , tliy, ·11, to express emph~i~ ; as, II imsc{f, it8r(f, &: c.
. I

Si11.111lw "

EXA)ll'L ES T O BE CO ltHEC TEn .

Fit-st pe1·son.

The b inl whom I ca11 g ht has CSL'apet!. T he fri end which I
lo\·cJ is gone. There we re Home citi es who nspi reJ for liberty.
T he rose whom \\' C snw has fad ed. The son in which my
l1opcs were placed was l o~t at sea.

Nom. and Obj.

SecmM l person.

Myselj.

Thyself.

Third person.

Itself.

P[u,.fl l .

.Num . and

Ol~j.

Ou rseli:es.

Yoms elccs.

Thcmscfrcs.

( plllrnl .i..:e l vcs) i.-, tt <..:.t·d al n ~i c ns a noun. \V!J eri pr 0 flxt>.t l to othr r wor I
i t m a k es a part o f a co111po11ntl ad. JeC: ti \' C ; n;; , St-(/-< ·umiiful'f: nl, self-lauyh t. t ~

. .s,,f(

PAR S ING .*

Ruw XIII.
375. The relative pronoun agrees _with its antecedent in

377 . lVlw t is a compound rela tive including both tho
anteced ent and th e relative.
. In the singul ar it represents tltat wlticli, and in the plural
tlwse whfrli, or the things wlticlt.

g ender, 1111mler, and person .
NoT E 1. -

E XA~!PLE S .

T he relatiYc in the d iffe rc11 t. ca.<es is p lU'secl like otl1 er pronouns.
l' nrsc the

The maste r w l1fl t:rn gl1t us " ·ill uc gratefully r emembered.
The trees 1clifrh were planted g row thriftily.
As the rt'l a tin~ i.-, n eonncctivr, th e ~c nt t' ll C<'S i11 w hielt it. ~,ceta·s c nnnot be
1ri)pcrl y analyzed u11til c11mpr,und rsc11tcnc<.·ri lUlvC bee n cx plawtd.
::f!i

1

I hcarJ. 1r lia t. y o u E-:l id i tlint is, thn.l u-li ic:h yo u sai d.
I kno w 1chft1 will please y ou ; tilat is, t!t e 1i, inys 1,./,frh, &c.

rel at i v e~ .

378.

:i

'Vhat" is ::om ct irncs used to rep resent nn e ntire clau:;;.c ; n..<;, 11 1 tell

tli cc 1rlw t , corporal, I c·11 ul1 l k:t r hcr. 11 '' \ ,\'li :1t 11 represen ts tl ic wliole clau.'iC
J co uld tc:1r li c1\" whkh i$ in ap pos ition witJ 1 it.
'

1

'

,. 1Vho111 is go ve rned by th e !11.P p usition to.
Wlunn is in th o objec li vc crc~c Hnd governed Li v serve.

11

.

122

ETY~[QLOGY.

[s xxxyn.

379. " 'Vhat 11 is often use<l ns n defini th·e adjective; n ~ 1 t1 Jt ii;; unknown in
1chat character be nppeared .>' JV/wt is an adj ect ive lim ili 11 g til e me an in g of
c haracter.
3 80. '' \ Vhat, 1 ' is 1nw..:h 11sc1l in :L.:;k in ~ fJH Cs ti ons; a.:3 , u 11"//(/l art Lh ou 7 n

1:

§

xxxvm.l

I

A.DVEUBS

SECTION

u lVh at will you Lio? In th e fir~ t ~cn tc·1u.:c , u-/111t is th e predicate no111i1 iali vc.
In th e second, u·hul i:-1 in tl1c ohj e.ctfre <'ase , n11d li111its c/11. L Yuu \riH do 1chat f 11

- CO ~ll'AltlSON.

123

XXXVIII.

11

38 1. "\\'h ut " is sometimes u~rd in poe try, bc: forc n l1(1 Ull iu tli c ~c n so
of the; as, " J1')1u t time th e 1uo111 n1y:')tcr iou s vi~ion s Urillgs;" U1a t is, th8
ti me.

382. u "\Ylrnt " is likewise sometime:; used cllipticull y , with tlwuf1h, or 1f,
and nl so in exclnm :-ttion:; ; n._c:, 14 IV/wt thoug h, in i;,ole111n silcuce ; 11 tli at is,
tchat import..~ ,it, thouyh? " JV/l{(t ! e ould ye not watch witlt iue one l1 ou r?"
that i51 tr/io t is tJiia r Or '(Chat ULCO:ilS tJ11:s?

38:3. H' l1uccer, 1clwso ever, w hatever, arnl 'tvl11.1lsue1'e r, arc compou n<l wonl ;, used instead of' two pro11ouns ; '"'• " JV/w erer
dreads pu!li slimcnt, dese rv es it;" that is, lw wlw dr('aus, &c.
:38 1. JV!a tlecer, wlullsvever, 10!1/c!t evtJ'r, uutl w !tic fts oever, are
often used a s u<ljccti vcs ; n ~, " IV/w t ever measure."
EXE l< C I SE IN

1-"AH~I!'iG.

ADVERBS.
h!euti ou the ollke uf differen t kinds of at! vcrlJ;;. ( See 136- 45,)
385 . l\•lost nd vcrbs nrc used to ex press the snnw meaning as mi ght be e x.pressed Ly a cvw lJi11ation of other w ords; as, " He n.c ted u~i lJd!J," i.e., be
nctetl with wi:;do111. ; " he stopped here," i. c. , in this plilcc i " u:ht!11. shall I sco
you'( " i. c. , at 1dwt t.ime slmll I see you'( "li e v is it8 me 1{f1•n," i. c., nut11y
time!. " IVh euce art thou 'I" i. c. , fro u1 whut. pince i
IVl1.c1·e urc you'/" i. f'.,
H

iu whnt pl:tce.

38 G. An cidverbial phrase is often fonn cJ by a union of some
other parts of speech ; ns, "By and &y; i n truth; by J ar."
387. Adverbs may be divided into various classes; a.~, Au, -crlis of m::urncr; or time; of pbcQ; of asse nt, deninl, or
doubt; of comparison and quality ; of interrogation ; of fjuautit y, &c.

!\lodcl of P unsiHg: WHAT.
SF; NTP.Nct:. -

I hcii·e he.<ircl what has bee n a/lr9ed.

" \\'hnt" i~ n comprrnnd rol:\tive, !u1d i ~ u ~c d in lite !;C ll SC of th at u·h ich.
"That" is in Ute oUjcctivc cusc, urn l is the object of heard. u \\lhich" is

in the nominntivc cusc, aud is tho subj ect of " hu.s lJcen alleget! ."
Parse what in the following sentences.

I have done what you commanded.
You will kn ow 10/iat I have sn.id.
W hr1t you hav e sai(1 is true.
They "re informed of w hat you did on tb e last night.
Th(;y know wh at is rigl1t.
It i:i uot material w li at uam es are assigned them.
What consc(iuence will follow the adoption of this men.sure I
What news have you heard to-day?

CO ~IPAHI SON .

388. Allv crb,; crn1i11g in ly arc co mmouly comp:lred l1y more
and most, or less and least: as .Tnsl('f, (pos.) more justly, (comp.)
most justly, (sup.); wisely, (pos.) less wisely, (comp.) least
wisely, (sup.)

38U. A few adverbs add e1· for the comparative, and est for
the superlati vc; as, soon, sooner, soouest, often, ofleuer, oftenest.
3UO. A few arc compared irregularly; as,

Little, less, least.
1\[uch, more, most.
lladly or ill, worse, worst.
Far, farther, farthest.
Forth, further, furth est.
\V ell, better, best.
Non:. -Tho arl ve rh• in tlt e li •t, cxceptji>rth nrnl h11dt11.11ro adjccn"M when
they quulify nouns ; as , A .Ji;,,. country; most men; iL 1s well; much money.

124

[§ xxxrx.

ETYMOLOGY .

§xxxrx.

ADVERB -

CO~ ll"O S IT ION.

125

ANA L YSIS AND r AnS IN G.

His features are not a little changed.
All left the world much as they found it.
'Visdom alone is truly fair.
Thin g,; most truly arc most fitly spoken.
He pushed his researches very far into antiquities.
CO'.\Il' 08 1TION.

NoTE:. - Ahvcrus sho nltl be pla ccil nea r the vcrhs which they mod ify. Not
nnd 1u: l' t' 1' shuuld sta nd at'icr the :n1xilinry Vt.ffb :-", 11wy 1 1:fln, 11/w/J, wi ll, w.iyh.l, do,
wvuld, ~lwuLl, t:u11[, f, di.d; a."! 1 ••1will11.cvc:.1· Jbtru ~ t.;" not," l rt.c l:c:.1· will,'' &c.

Compose 'cntc nccs which sh :.11 contain tho fuU ow ing Aclvcr u8.
Anxi o u ~ l y.

Occasionally.
Frequently.
Immediately.

J\[uch.
Too.
V cry.
CI1iefly.
EXA.\ll'I.ES TO

A tljcc ti Y c ~

Often.
Sometimes.
'Vl1cn.
Until.
I.IE COl!RECTED .

a rc somcti rn.cs improperly n.scd

l.lS

ndve rbs ; as, ·•Henry write'

c:irelc::is ; 11 it ~ 1 10ult.l l>c carf fr !j .-< /2.

He did not conduct p roper. H e acts foolish . She behaved
ruder (it should be 111onJ nidely,) than ~lie ought. Ile acted
bolder t.lian was cxpecle<l. I shall never think mean of you.
James rcncb distin ct, writes neat, aud recites correct. Do not
walk so slow.
Sr~·'TION

XXXIX.

EXEll C I SES JN ANALYSIS Ai';O l'AllSJNG.

NoTE:. - T hc•e e xcrci"'"' are desi g11ed to call th e attention of tlie learner to
prin ciples alrcacly cxpl11i ucd .
E XERCISE I.

T he noun and the verb . Th e subject and predicnte.

Simple sen tences.

The king rules. Boys play. Time flies. Crusar commanded. The bird was singing. Trees will grow. The king will
conquer. The day had arrived. The sun had set. The hands

should labor. Scholars should learn. The Americans might
l1ave submitted. The king shoulJ yield.
EXEUClSE II.

Noun.

Veru.

Adverb.

Modified predicate.

The storm rages violently. The sluggard sleeps soundly.
The birds were singing sweetly. The time was passing pl easantly. The hour will soon arrive. The sl1ip sailed yesterday.
The news came to-day. Themist.ocleR could not rest. Friends
will certainly part. The man will never listen. Perhaps th<J
child will recover. Roots grow downward.
EXERCISE III.

Adj ective. Noun.
cnte. Object.

Verb.

Adjunct.

Jlfoilified Suuj oct.

Modified Predi- .

1

Cruel war desolates flourishing cities. A kind fri end rescued me from danger. The hunter killed a ferocio us panther
in the forest.
Grapes hang in clusterR 011 t.h e vine. Prosperous gales waft
the light ship over the sea. Some birds hang their nests on a
slender twig of the highest branch of a tree.
l:XEft CISE JV.

A simple eentonce gradulllly extended by tho uso of adjuncts or modifying
word•.

Tlie storm drove.
A furious stomi drove t.he ship.
A furious storm from the nortlt drove the ship violently against
the rocks.
The wind blew.
The gentle wind blew softly.
The gentie south wind blew softly over the sea.
Knowledge enlarges.
A knowledge of the works of nature enlarges the understanding.
.
,
An extensive knowledge of the works of nature enlarges the·
understanding of men, in a variety of wa:ys.

11•

126

ETYMOLOGY.

(§XL.

EXERCISE Y.

Passive form.

Interrogative fonn.

The debt will undoubtedly be ca ncelled.
The village was shaken violently by th e earthquake.
The store was plundered by a gang of rohbers.
No selL'lon of life should be spent in idlenPss.
\Viii he be persuaded to go ? Art thou he?
May I be permitted t.o go r Is th e rumor confirmed? Can
he succeed in his und ertaking ? \Vhither shall I fl ee? How
could he do the cruel deed ?

§XL.]

The a<lvantages of a gooLl education consist
to your letter whi ch I have lately received
It would atforJ me great satisfaction
in reply to your
acquainted with
a delightful morning
The folli es of youth
in the highest degree valuable.
I'XERClSE II.

1. Let the parts of th e following ol>ject.s be enum erated.

A ship.
EXEllCISE VI.

The contented mind spreads case and cheerfulness around it.
The school of experi ence teaches many useful lessons.
The eyes of fishes, compared with those of terrestrial animals,
exhibit a certain distinctness of structure, adapted to their state
and element.
Birds in general, procure their food by means of their beak.
A nature infinitely wise can hardly be supposed to employ
itself in va in .
The spirit of liberty lmd planted itBelf deeply among the Virginians.
A foragin g party of the colonists, headed by Argall, having
stolen the daughter of Powhattan, demanded of her father a
ransom.

SECTION

A book.
A ho11 se.
A table.

·
duty of the inexperien ced to
'.l;'he traffic in ardent spirits

Perseverance and industry
.will
. -- . ..
....

.

plough.
chair.
tree.
fence.

A clock.
A carriage.
An ear of corn.
A sleigh.

EXERCISE III.
QUALITLES OF OllJECTS.

Every object admit s uf rm a.Llj cctivc or acljnnct, to e xpress it s quality or
con<litiun, it.~ form , i; izc, or co111parntivc cxcdl e11cc : as, A bvvk ; a larg e lJovk,
or, tho Uook is laryc ; u yu(.){J 1;1,vk, or, the book ir:s uMj11 l; a l>0ok uhu1111diug:
in excellent se11timent~.
Express eom e of tli o (1t1nlitic!! or cou<l.itions of tl1 c following olJj octs by tul jectivl!s or modifying 1uljum.:ts.

An apple.
A tree.
A house.

A mun.
A horse.
The sun.

The ocean.
A ship.
Gold.

EXERCISE IV.

The lcamer in this exercise may stnte such ideas nncl facts, us he cnn gain
by refl ect ion or reading on the following subjects.

EXERCISE I.

Compose sentences which shill! contain in ench one the following expressiona.

A
A
A
A

2. Mention the uses of the same ouj ec L~ . A compos itioi1 of severi<l lines
m ay be written ou each, in describing the various use;,, &c.

XL.

COMPOSITION.

127

COMPOSITION.

EXAMPLE.

Subject. - lHoN.

fro1ds the most v>tluabl e of all metal s. fts 1.-e tu some
extent was known flt a. very enrJy period, and hR...'i foll o wed th e pro~rCE!fl of
civilization in the w orld. In itg natural stn.te it i8 found i11 Ueds uf ore, frurn
which, by au inge11io11 :0. proce:'I!!, it ia (~ xi r:wteJ n.ud prepa\·ed for w~e. Thu·
vnlue of this m e tal, '"'liicli abounds in ahno~t every region of tlie earth, cau l>e

6lltimated ouly by reflecting upon the uses l.o which it iii applied.

•.

128
The plough.
A ship.
Silver.

§XL.]

[§XL.

ETYMOLOGY.

LETTER

Glass.
Gunpowder
The compass. The Art of Printing.
The telescope. Books.

uw{(o'.t
Q..('~1\..C~

Hnin.
Wind.
Sun.

nt.o\.e

<gi.,,;.,,;) :

tI'i..a.n.

t.o 'tcl:;.:unut.1t,

lof~Lt JI l.l)U,j ufw<t'j;) j1ond of , OJ ani. rwLt>
u~-'>·;t. tl'w~e.. n o~ ;.LJ' ~e.c1i.e:> mfi..~ cf'L, ciJ u.t uc\..

ct}{!.\.. u..nw;,(l~'Lt]' t-0

e°""~' cuJ uJc;J',, QT 110!1> affto-\,.
r'L~n~J:,. li, Qf ~\, l'-'\·CJfu :..c<l, u>-rl~.d"'L-

c3
L.::i

u::i

'c,C Oll <.l\Ll'.c •o

11tu J Lo a .;.

~ O!C .._.;ti~ c.fC u:.,
cf_{ ctH:..\. ottc.\.la.;tU'.~

('o\, u.n.'J' m.a,n,.

EXERCISE VI.
]~ xnn.nd

® ea.\,

QT a.n~ oG4~,.,~ to 'Jo'" fo-\, '.)'"";" ~,.,;l;(,t;ott, Gu.t Ge;"',)' f"""J'

In tl1is E xerc i•c k t some of t he benefit s wh ich ure derh·ed from the following ol)j ccts nnd provi!;ions, Ue s pc~ c ifi .; tl i11 writing.

Roads.
Hail roads.
Steam Engine.

WIUTI:>/G.

Tho foll owing is n proper example fvr irnit.a ti o11, in res pect to the dati ng,
beginning mid closiug of a letter.

E XER C I S E Y .

The ocean.
Rivers.
l\loun tains.

129

COJIU'O SITION.

,{)

the followiug expressions ticcordin g- tu th e mode l.

Guuice

l'Jfude/.
I wri te.
I wri to t.his letter.
I wri te this fot tcr to i11fonn y o u tlin t your son is w e ll.
I write this letter to i11 fo nn yo u that yo ur son is well a n1l in ex cellent spirits.

~'IJ-G '.!""~ an.~ ~ c1c'w; c{f tfMLll~< ~ "'" f<>\, '.! "'"\, cont_;nlA.<~
m c.1 a1i<l ,fL<l[l'. .wt oc« •c to &., t.l'i.c: ~'c, a11:l 'J °'"..,
Qltv[fca;onu,k, f.F1;cn:l,
0l(1.lfl(Jm, <@owl''""·

um.w\o-

c{

Il.EMARKS.

I write th is Jetter to inform yo u th nt yo ur son is w e ll aud in ex celle nt spirits,
nnd is pe rfec tl y c o nte nt ed in his ne w s ituation.

Letters sh ould be wri tten in an easy 11110 natural sty le, un t with a stric t regard

Non ·: . - Each expression may be expanded to a much grcnter length th1m
in the model.

to neat11 css i11 th e penman ship, u.nd to propriety in tli c complimcntnry ud.dress
and cl o!"C, and nJ :-50 to poin tiug, foldin g 11 nd s up(-~ r~c r i!J i11g.

The learner :;houl tl occas iona.lly write lc ttt ro ttJ be cxamin eJ a ml c0rrccted

I nm contented.
I believe.
Alonzo wns not to blame.
I love to n~ atl.

He went.
They stopped.
The cl1oir sung.
Have you heard?

L>y the teacher.

The lcrrrncr can now w rite sh ort compositions on s ubj ects which nrc easy
and familiar, like the lull owi11g:
SUBJE CTS..*

A Yisit.
The advantages of an education.
The rngacit.y of a dog.
A dialogue on the i;tars.
A sleigh ride.
A story of an elephant.
A dialogue on the study of grammar.
An anecdote about W asbington.
'If The word subject in thia connection sigl).i~s the,,.e., or that about which·
we may write or converse.

r

I

§ XLI.j

131

COMPO U ND 8ENT1':NC£8.

395. An Independeut Olause is one which makes complete sense by itself.

l' ART

IV.

E XA MPL ES .

" God spake, an<l it was done."
This cotnpounu se ntence consist; of t wo imlependont clauses, conllectcd l>y

SYNTAX
SECTION

XLI.

89 1. Pnrt III. wn~ prin c ipally de voted to the s tructure <i f fi impl c propos itioa 5 .
It n ow r ernaiul'.t to com bi nu tb cso so fnr us i.i 11 cccssary fo r cu11tiuued discou rse , n11J to present some prac ti c al rule8 und }H"iuc ip lcs tu aid the learner in

the nrt of composi ng.

COMPOUND SENTENCES.

302. A compound sentence is one which is made up of
two or more simple propositions, connected toge ther.
393. The propositions that make up a compound sentence
are termed clauses.
EXAMPLES.

"The wind subsides and the clouds disperse."
"Th e '" ind sul;s iti es" is one propositi on. 11 The ch)uda di ~ p c rso,, is anothe r µroposilion. \Vlic n unite d by "un<l" they form a compou11d scnt.c 11 co.

'' and. ''
!

I

" Socrates was wise; Plato was also wi se."
Thi s se nte nce li kew ise consists of two iuucpc ndeut clauses , connected by
"n.lso."

"I have Leen young, but now I am old."
How many ind epend ent, clauses docs tlii 3 se ntence consist of (
they connected'(

How are

396 . A Principal Clause is one on which another clause
depends.
Nlrn :. -Th c mod ify ing or depcnJi ng olau se is ~o rn e tim eg connedcd with n
siugle word iu th e princ ipal clause ; 1,s, 11 He ro is the rnau wf.,o b~f1 ·ie ndetl frie."

397. A Subordinate Clause is 0;1e connected with the
principal clause, or with some word in it, to extend or modify its meaning.
EXAM Pl. ES .

"I hope that you are well."
"I hope" i::; tli e principal clause. " You arc well is the subordinate
clause, connec ted with the princ ipa l clause Ly the conj un ction u that."
11

"\Vhen I am old, forsake me not."

"He was travelling towards Home when they met him at
Milan."

'The priuci pal c la use i 8 ii for:m kc m e 11 0 L" Th e sultor<l inn to clau frn denotes time un<l is connec ted by th e aJverl> u whcu. ''

Thi.Ii compo un ..l ~c nt c n ~c consis ts of t wo cl au se s co n11 ec t ~ d Liy "wJi cn."

" God, who made all things, is acquainted with our most secret thoughts."

"Yon will fr eely eo1omuni cate to our young monarch that
kn owledge wltich will Ht him to govern himse lf."
Thi ~ is a cornp ou11d sen tence , oon ~ isting of t\\."O clau sr."i.

'fl1 e 1nst c1uuse
"which wi ll lit him," &c., is connected with the wont ''knowledge 1 1 for the
purpose of Umiting- its mcafJi11g.

The prin cipal clause is, " God is ncquninted ," &c . The subordinate chrnse
"who made nll thin gs," is connected with the word "God ' to extend its
n1ermi11 g.
ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

CLASS IFI CA TI0:-1 0 1.- C LA USI-:$.

Afvd•l of " nalyzing a compound sentence.

394. The clauses of a compound sentence may be divided into three ge neral classes, namely; Independent, Principal, and 8uourdinate.

"In the beginning of this a<l<l resa I said, and
J; ]:lave endeavored to keep my word so far, that I would plead
only for intellectual interests."
SENTENC E. -

132

SYNTAX.

[§

XLII.

F'frst priuci.pal clause. - "I said." "I" is the subject.
" Said is the
predicate.
Second principal clause.-" I have ~ndenvored to keep niy word so for." The
conjunction "and" is the connective. "I" is tlte subjec t-" have endel\vore<l
to keep/' &c., is tho motlifi cJ predicate.
Subm·dinate d ause. - "That l would plead on ly for intell ectuul int erests."
The conjunction "that" counccts the s uUonlinatc clause with tlie first prin-

§ XLII.J

133

SUU::iTANTIVE CLAUSES .

11

cipal clause.
aft.er

u

saiJ, 11

The suUordinatc

Th e substnntivc chtu3e" wliat shall I do'?'' is in nppos itiun with 41 question."
The clause c x1daius the u1ca11iug of" question, '' h1 this connection.

1·
1

" Know thy selt/' was written over the gate of til e Dclpl1i:.m
t ern pie.
Th e s uUsta 11 tive clause
verl; ' 1 was writte n."

clau ~e

is used ns a noun in the obj ective case
aud therefore m:ly be termed u. substuntfre dau.se.

398. Subordin:i.tc Clauses may be divided into 8ubstan·

t-ive, Adjective, Ad1Jerbial and Conditional Clauses.
SECTION

XLII.

SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES.

399. A Snb::;tantive Clause is one used in the office of a
noun in the nominative or objective oase.
A s ubstnntiv o c !au sc rnuy be used,
l. In nppo~itiotl with n nou11.
2. As the s uhj cct nominative of a ve rb.
3. As the pred icate nomi nnt\vc.

4. As the object

or " trnnsitive

verb or preposition.

EXAMPLES.

"The qnestion 'what shall I <lo?' was asked by the trembling

jailer."

know thyself," is tltc s ubjec t no1ninative of tho

"My wish is that you may be happy."
The c lau se'' that y o u

SENTENCES.

I come to you in the spirit of peace, yet you will not receive
me.
:J\Iy wrong was drca<lful, and I cri ed aloud.
Cicero in his youth was covered with glory, but hi~ old age
was disturb ed by the mi sfo rtunes of tl1e republic.
Conjunctions do not merely in a vague mann er 1lcnole a relation; they also determine the nature of the relation.
The drum and fife can sometimes drown the battle's noise,
when there is no way to escape it.
If sturly wer e valuable for not hin g else, yet it would be highly
so for this - that it m:tk cs man his own companion .

11

111:.iy

be ," &c., is tl11., preJicatc J1 fJ1 11i!lat i n.~ .

"vV c believe true reli gion was n e \·e r prnpagateJ by the
sword."

'1

Tlie clause" true re ligion," &c., is the olJjcct o f" Uclicvc."

400. A substantive cbuse is sometimes u sed m the place
of a noun.
EXA)fPLE~.

"The victory of Cyrus OYer the enemy was announced."
A substnntivc clau~e mny be used i11 th e pl:tcc of "victory OYC'r the e ne11
m y; ns , "It wus fl!inmm c c.J 1h1.1t Cy r11s had conqu ered t.l h! enerny ."

" H e showed who had plotted th e conspiracy ; " that is, " th e
author of the consp iracy."
401. Direct a.nd indirect quotations b elong tu tl 1is clas~ of
cla1i:;ea.
40:!. A quotati on is ilired wlic11 tlie words or a }1ersun arc ~ iv c n Ull tilt c n·<l
in tJH, form itt w!iieli tlF')' were stated; a.-;, "Il e would t11r11 alJOUt u11d i; a\' 1
'Han g i:; uc lt a one for di :'.OIJ(•di cnc.c.'"
·

403. A quotation i:-; intfin::d "lien th e wor.._ts of :l pc r~o11 arc quot ed i11 tho
form of IL narrati on; as,•· He sn.i<l that 'the French i11fo ntry wo uld soou l>ccorne tirerl of th t! i r virtue. ' "
Al\ALYSIS AND I'AUSIN"G.
Th e snbstnntive cbn~e:; in tl1 e followi ng st~ ntcnc es may Uc pnrs~Ll, in the

fir:-,l plnl'c, a.s 1J111111 :-i in th e n nin i11nti\' c or objective ca~c .
be par.')c d ~e parat ely, as in <>t lt L· r clau :::.c.s.

Then the w o rd ~ can

H e sc izetl my l1a111l, pre.-secl it, and rcplic1l with stron~ t·rnotion - "You ha ve guessed t.lie truth; you lia\·e •J• ud"cd
me
0
rightly." [Direct quotation .]
'' 0 ! " replied lie," th ere i..; f'ortu11at e ly (lll C tract of literature
whi ch form s a kiml of neutral grn uud." [Direct quotation.]

12

134

[§

SYNTAX.

XLlJI.

§

I am always at a loss to know how much to uelieve of my
own stori es.
"\\There am I ?" murmured she faintly. "All is ~afc ! " excla imed I.
His constan t r equest was that 1 would pe rmi t him to sit by
me in my saloon.
I t is in vain that th eir narn cs arc posted on th e doors of country cl1urcli es.
SECTIO N

Th is compou11d se nte nce co11sists of tlirc c cbu ses,-one priucipnl a11 d twu
s ubordi nate cl 1n1 :;es. " That i t add:; 1nuch, " & c. 1 is ft s ubsta.n th·e cl ause, nnd
is t Lc oUj cct of the verb " kn ow ." The wfrerbiu l du u:;e is, " when its au t hor
has ," & c. lt d e n o tc :5 IJ 0th time and c<w.se.

"Hi s prediction5 we re only to~ tru e, as t.h e e YenL JH"OVe<I."
1
• A ~ tli c c \· e nt pru ve d " i:;
th e aJ.v e 1·lJial d a u:-,f' 1 it i:; ne arly e qui vul c 11l t•J
th e :1d,iunct. 1' a cL.ordi ug t u , or cu rn.::spond ing wi t l1, Ili c t.:V<: 11t. "

407. Ad vc r bi :d cl au.".ic:i ur ~ ve ry n11111 e rv u '<I . 'J'li(·y arc so m e ti me~ merely
n d vc rl 1s or a d_i 1111els rx p n 11d e ~l ill lu c lal hl::\ ln ii m o re g-c nc rally mndif'y tile
v c rU o r a dj ecti ve ill t h e p ri 111..: i1Jal c la u s 0 Uy u. 11 1ur c cx t c rn lc<l CX}Jb1Ja li o11 tlmu
a 8ing lc ad vc rU or adjun c t co uld g ive.

An A<ljccti ve C la use is 011c whi ch is 11sc 1l like an

adje ctive or an adjunct, t o e xpress a quali~y or a ttribute; as,
"Tlie m a n whv is prudent i::; of"tc n s;1.ve Ll from di sappointment."
40.>. .A11 a d.i ec th· c c lnn sc is c o mr11 0 1d y co nn ec te d with so 11 ie 11 0 1111 or pron oun of th e pri11 e ipal cl au :;:c l1y th e n :lati Yc 1cl1u, 'tchfrh, o r ll1al ; Lut sorne timcs
b y the ndvc rb s 11·/1ifr, u·/11,11, U"l1e re, 'lfhy 1 &c . ; u11d it fre quen t ly bC r vcs to de fin e
t h e s t.Lie, qu:dit:· , or cond iti11n o f n11 ul•j cc t, m ore exnc.1ly tli a 11 u s in gle a dj ectiv e , 1ldj u nd ur }Jll r t idplc coul d d1J i 11 !ol 1 H J nm li e , 1clw t e1l fl1 e:s the fr ut!t."

C(JNl>ITIONAL C LA U ::; E,;.

408. A Conuitional C buse is one whid1 expresses something contingent or doubtful.
40~J. Con•1itional cl ause~ arc u11i ted to tile p r inci pal clause l>y some w ord
or p hra.5c tha t i m pl ie~ ~L conditi on or ~ u p p o5 ili on .

C 0 ;11P OS ITI O N".

ol11 mcs, so

ns

not

to ul lrr
EXA~fPL ES .

Jl[odd.

"If he is in h ealth, I am cont ent."

Th ere nre idiomatic ex press ions i11 Engli s h Sltited to th e g rnv e s tyl e.
E xPA~n1~ 0. -Th ere a re c xpre8i; ions in Eng lish whieh ll1'G ·1'.d iomatic, (nndl
tl:hich Ct1'e suitecl to th e !;rare st?1le.

In con ve rsing on .r;rcwe subj ects we ~houl<l not use lively and
familia r form s of ex pression.
\Ve often 11 :;c in cur ra t nnJ obs cur~ expressions i11 conversation.
Some, Jll' <'.S 11111i11y on the good nature of tli e ir fri en<ls, write
th eir lette rs in a l1a sl!J and di scounecled mann e r.
Often th e re is nothin g in tfw obj ec t comp ared, fitted to excite
emotions n.f tli e l11dit.,.o·us.
ADVEHlHAL CLAUSES.

406.

An Adverbial Clause is one used in the office of an

adverb or an adjunct

quence,

~ff'cct,

to denote time, place, manner, conse-

cause, &c,

13.J

E X ..Dll'LIO S.

XLITI.

The lertrner mny expn 11 d the italicised wvrd• iuto
the inco.ning of the ex pression.

ADVl: P.lllAL CLAU S E S.

"\Ve all know that it adds mu ch to th e point of a witty
remark, wh en its author has found eJ it on an expression just
<lroppcd by another."

ADJECTIVE C LA US E S .

40-L

XLITT.]

Th e cond itional cl a u se

i~,

''if he is in h ealth."

"On comlilion tl1at li e come, I will co nse nt to slay."
''Ou cun J it ion that lie Ct)rn c ," is the co11di tion a l c lau se .
ANALYS TS AND PAUSIN G .

Th e diffe reut kinds of claw-:es m a y be p oint e d ou t in thi s e x erc ise.

I

(

Ile drew up a petition in which he too freely r epr'be ntcd liis
own merits.
The measure is so cxcept.ionaLle tha t we cann ot by any
means pe rmit it.
They have all been treatecl by m e with candor, whi ch tli ey
l1ave not Lee n card"ul of ou ~ erving to one anoth er.
"I do uot know," says G ermain, "whether he· was ma ndarin an<l apostle at the .>ame time."

13G

[§

SYNTAX.

§ xuv.J

XI.IV.

CONNI::CTION OF C LA US E S.

Do you believe hi s story, that th ere are forty millions of inh abila nts in P ekin?
Hi.Ji gifl.s wax poor wh en g ive rs prove unkin<l.
l~ e t th e <loor,; be f' hnt up on 11im, that he may play th e fool
nowh er e bu t in 11is own house.
lf one man pn.:fers a li f'e of in<lL1st ry, it is Lecause lie has an
idea of co mfo rt a nd wealth.
lt is ce rtain that Jam inuebte<l to l1im for some flagrant civilities.
S E CTION

41G . 'l'he clauses which make up a compound sentence
are connected as follows :
1. By conjunctions.
2. By adverbs.
3 . By relative words, or phrases .
4. By incorporation.
C LA US F.S C ONNF. CTED fiY CO N,TUNC TI O N S.

He rc review ~ 1 [,3 . Rl' peut tho li st of conj u nc l ion:-o ,
Do couju11ctio11s conuec t words '( Giv e it.11 cxa.11qdc.

XLIV.

C ONNI:: CTJV ES.

1:57

CI..tU SE S .

~

154.
Givo other cxu 101des.

EXEH C l ::lE J.

111

In this e x e rc ise and th e three full ow i11 g , the learner 11rny c xplaiu ho w tho

4.10. A number of wonls is employed to denote ce rtain r elation s or co nn ection in Lli scourse. Th ese words hav e uec n termed by different writers, parl'icles, abbreviations, ligaments, conn ectives, &c.
'111. These word s differ from each otl1e r in th e ir import, but
lu:we one pro perty in co mmon, whi ch is indicated by th e general term , co1111r:ctive. But th ey r eceive particular nam es acconlin g lo lh<:'ir pcculi:u · offi ces.
41 2. S ome of th ese connect words only; as prrp ositions.
'j 13. S ome co nn ec t words with clau se~ ; as relatives.
41 ,1. Some conn ect cla uses, or parts of clauses with one another ; n.3 co11j1111ct£o11 s, adcerbs.
415. Some of tl1i:; last class have a still more general office
in conn ec tin g paragraph:;, scclions, or chapt ers ; .a s th e wor<ls
wli c N'for~, tli r: n:f;H,', th1'11, now, &c.

clauses arc co11111..: cted.

You have de parted from the examp le of oth er n a tion ~ , and
you hav e become an example to t!J c rn.
Is this sc 11 lc uco s imple or compou11d '1 Of ho w m a11y c lauses
posed '( \Vli at won! connects theso c hm ses?

tn1in o f thougli t 1 the course of rc a.~ o nin g , nnJ tli e w hole progress o f the mind
in cont inued discourse o f all kind.-; a re luid open; nnll 0 11 the right use o f these,

per,;picui ty, tl i:tt is, the fi r> t and grotLtest IJetLuty of style principally depends.
-Luwth' s lntrod. p. 138.

com-

You not on! y ex cel modern Europe, but you excel what she
ca n boas t of' ol<l.
The dese rt ~hall r ej oice and the wild erne55 shall ul ossom.
Di sappointment sinks the heart ; uut the renewal of hope
gi ve8 co nsolation .
I complained an<l my ~ pirit was overwhdllletl .
A sk now th e bea sts and they shall tca<: h th ee.
If you woul<l please to employ your th ought s on th a t subj ect,
you would easily conceive our mise rable conJitiori.
r

The cn1111ectivc pHrts of sentences nre of all others the most important,
nnd reqnirn the most care n11d ntle nti on; f'o r it is by th ese chi efly that the
'Ii

i ~ it

(.

Thi s cornpound sentence consists of two clauses or sim ple sentences.
Fron1 if to suldects. 2. From you to coJUJitiori.
Th e conj unction ~/ conn ec ts them.

1.

If he approv e my endeavors, it will be an ampl e r e ward.
If I l1a<l known the distress of my frie nd, it would have bee n
my duty to r elieve him.
I thought that Tit ius was your friend.
That is the cm1junc tio11 1 und coonec t:; the two

I see that you are sad.
I respect him because he is sincere.
12*

cln.us:~s .

.,._,.

138

(§

SYNTAX.

XLIV.

CI,A US ES CO NNECTE D BY ADVElW S.
E XEJ\CIS I; II.

A dve rLs wlii ch connec t cla uses a.re call ed conJunctive adverbs; they generall y de note t ime, place, or qunutit y .
'l'lti s sc n h.' 1 1<~11 co 11 s i ~ t s of two cla n scs.

1. ''He is i11 t ow 11 ." 2. "He lives
Tli ey are cu1rncctcd by th e conjuncti ve ad verb when.

"Whilst I was lamenting this sudden desolation, the whole
scene vanished.
JVh ilsl conn ects the t wo clnuses.

w onos

word in it. A s s uch it
ouj ectiv e case.

i~

139

employ ed eith er in tlie nominative or

N1 J"r· 1~ . - Thi .-; ki11d r1f co 11n ect io n cx i ~ r s i11 fa e t with ('Vl: r y f0n11 of~11h ..:;tnnti.vc a 11 d a d.i1· c l i\'C c l:111 ~ <> .'I . 1:11 t i11 pra d i1 ·e it 111u y be lwt'tc r to rc ~ trid il to
d 1n..'1't. q 11 Jd;1! i11t1."', and to t li <1.;;;c c :1 ses i n w li h·li t.he <'111 11 1t·.._·ti \'c is nut u ... ..:J a~ a

w u rd

11f

rel a tiu11, a nd in w li ic li ll O cou ncc li vc i.s ex p n .:.<;8cd .

Th ere is n o c11n 11 cct ive be t wee n tl1 e~e t wo e lau sus . A nd 011c ca n11 ot lie
Rtq ,p li eU wi t h o u t c li a 1Jgi 11g tl1 c fo rm. Still th e re n re t wo d i.;t i11ct clausel\, ca c it
h av in g its s u!Jj ce t cx prc..;:-:t~d, b nt th e for me r i:-; u11 e.-;~t · 11li al pa r t of the latte r;
1mmely, the oh.Jed of h said ."

"l\Iueh depends upon who th e eommanll er is."
The cla n f;e "wli o tli c co n11n n nd o1· i .~ / ' is t he ol 1j1\ct n f tho prepo~ i ti 0 n
"u po n," nnd toget he r with the prep0s itio11 , i:; a11 adjunc t of the verb i11 the
princ ipal cla use.

"\Vhere I am the re shall ye be.
The rest will I set in order when I com e.
CLA USES C ONNECT E D BY UELATIVE

A l::fl JD C ED CLAl: SES .

" You wi ll dt.:p art with lrnt a Slllall r et iuu e," sail! the Ba ro net.

'Vhen he is in town, he liv es in Soho square.
in Suho s1l uarc."

§xLv.J

OR PHRASES.

l::XER C I SE 111.

417. R elative words arc, who, whose, which, tlw t, wltom,
wlwt, am! th eir compounds ; also, e xpressions that denote comparison ; as, tlie more, the better, m1<l the like.

" S to p ! " said th e Ge rman in a tone of a nge r.
"I do uot mean," said tl1e Antiquary, " t.o intrude upon your
lonbhip."
"Tha t your worsl1ip is right, is perfec tly ma nifes t.."
"You are a tyrant," he answered with a :;ort of sigh.

SECTION

H e came to the Alps, which separate Italy from Gaul.
Tlii ~ coff1. pou11tl fl.C ntr. n cc is composed of two clauses. 1. H Ile c arne to
th e Alps. " 2. " Sepn. rnt.c Hal y from Gnu!." Th e relative w hfrh connects
them, n11U stands in the phteo of Alps, to whi ch it re fers as its antecedent .

I read th e letter wl1ich he r eceived.
It is God whom we worship.
I am lHil tiadcs, wl1 0 conquered the P ersians.
The city whie!t R omulus built is calle<l Rome.
41 8. Conj uncth·c Phrases nre, in order that, in as much as, to lite intent that,

on cQTldit-ion th at, •Jc.
CLA U SE S C ONN EC TED BY INCORPORATION.
EX EU CISE JV.

419. A cl ause is conn ected by incorporation when it is usP.d
as an essential part of a proposition, or as explanatory of some

AUHID G J>l>

XLV.

Oil SU llSTITIJTEll

U l.A\; sics .

·120. Subonliriate C la u,;es fr equ entl y ndr11it of being chnngr <I

to shorter or different forni s of expretision without a lterati on in
th e sense.
421 . An Adj ective Clause is sometimes r eprese nted by an
adjective ; as, "Every work that -is fict£tious," tliat is, " e very
fictitious work, should be fav orable to good morals."
122. A suuonlinat.e clau se is sometimes r epresent.cd by a
ve rb in th e infinitive mode ; as, "I h:we come to P a ris tltnl I
m ay learn th e French language," tliat is, to learn, or in order
to lea.rii. "l hope that I may see you here ; " tl iat is, I hope to
see you, &c.
42 3. Subordinate clauses are often eha ngc<l so as to become
adjuncts of the principal clauses.
;-.i n

HO

SYNTAX.

[§

XLV.

§ XLVI.J

141

l'HRASES .

EXAMPLES.

I h eard yesterday tltat lte is appointed j udge.
Clwnged. I heard yes terday uf Ms bei'll!/ appointed jud;1e.

SECTION

111 :md1 c xnmp1es the whole ~ubordin atc cliurne Uecomes the oUj ect of tbe
tl1 e nonn th at was the predicate
no111i11 ati Ye rcmnins uucl1 a ngcd .

PHRASES.

prcpo~i t iun in the suLsti t ul eLl fonT11 a ud

426. Phrases may be divid ed into th r ee classes, Substantive, Adjective, and Adverbial.

.J :! -J. A ~uborllinat c clau se is sometim es abridged by using a
participle in place of tl1 e vc ru, omitting the conneelive, and
m a king the s ubject in<lqien<lent.

427. A Suustantiv e Phrase is a combination of \\' Or<ls not
forming a clause, used iu the ollice of a u0Ut1 iu tli e 110111i11ati,·e
or objectiv e case.

EXAML'.L l;s .

l. A sub$lnntive ph rru:.c mn y be the s ubj ect o r pre·Jicatc n om i11ativc i n .~ ,
" Tu lire ~ob~ rl!J is r crptircd of all."
2. It may l;c the ol•j cct of 1t lrun s itive ve rU o r pre p():::- it i••ll ; n,, 11 ~ l o ~ t i rn~ n
]ovc to be calll!d g r ea t. 11 ' .Avc rse to the nativn'& inrulci 11:; i.t~r:lf ;'11. uu11flt1.r u·10·.' '
" The crime or bl! ill[J (l, !JUflll!J 'IJW1t."

"Sin ce our work is fini shed, let us de part."
Abridged. "Our wo rk bci11.g j i1l'ishcd, let us J epart."
" \\'hile Ta rqui11ius was rcignin;t, Pythagoras came into
Ital y ."
A bridged. " 1!tr'}uiJ11:us reigning, Pythago ras came into
Ital y ."

1

3. A su bs t a 1Jt ivc plir:1:-:e ma y al so lJc in npp o~ iti u 1,1 with a n o un o r th o pruI s "it" an easy thiuy tu bt cu11w a p ud f

u oun it.

428. An Atlj ectiv e l~ hra~e is an adjunct of a, noun , and con sists of a pre r m, itio n nnd its ouj ert. This k ind of phrase is exl'lain ed iu Part IL S ec 12 1, l~G.

Jn t hc"'t~ exnrnplcs the chang-c hns h ec n mnd e by substitu t ing fo r tho verb
n
nnd
wa s rcig11i11 ~,' ' th e parLi c iplcd "bein g fini sh ed" n.nd
0 r (' ig 11i 11g," and orni ttillg the 1·0111wc tiv c:-i " s ince" n11d "whil e." Tlic suLjcct
is 11ow i11dc pc nd ent 1 that i:- 1 it is 110 longe r used ns th e s u bj ect of the propos ition.
u is fin i:.:!1ed

11

'!:!~). An Aclv e ruial Phrase is an :nl,jun d of :L ve rb o r rttlj eetiv e, and consists al ~o of a pre position and it s object. Thi s is
like wi se ex plai11eLl in l'art 11. See l -l7.

425. Almost every form of expression admits of some change
without alteration in th e sense. That form should be chosen,
which expresses thought in the most na tural arnl forciul e mann er. F or this end the taste a nd intelligence of the writer or
s peaker avails more thnn rules.

,130. The Adj1:ctiv c arnl A1lv c ruial
porumt purpose in sp eec h.

l'lira~cs

-1 31. Tl1e atlj ecti l'e plirn:;e modifi es a

EXERC!S fi:.

11 0 1111

se rv e a mm;t im-

IJy

exp re ~s in g:

u .;\ 11 net 1tfJ1t.Mil'c ."
2. P r(/ perly; a :-:, "Tli t; writin g-: (:f
Ori g-in o r !"1J 1l lT t: ; a ...;," Th e p rn°!n d :s 1~( t/,c :w il." 4. Co11di1iw 1
11
or l·i rt:11 111...;l: 111 cP ; :1..: 1 A p ri:-:.n1ie r i11 choin s.' 1 0. l'l uc<~ ; u.-1 1 "A ~ !tip i11 lh e
h11 r/,,.,·.' 1 ti . ld1..:11ti1y; :i ·\ ' 1 Th e city '!l ..:ltl1t11s ." 7. Ti111 c; a ", "A pe r i 1>d

1.

111 thig cxcrri~c til e learne r mny nlJriLlgc tl1 c s ubord inate c1auscs in the
folk1w i1 1g sc 11t e 11c<·:-i a (:curd iJL~ to Ili c cx umplcs g iven nb ovo.

Since Ji(() i,, short, it becomes us to be diligent,. As the way
was steep anrl diffi cult, we proceeded slowly. vVh en shame is
lost, all virtu e is lost. \\' li en hope fai ls, the mind sinks in discouragement. Since yo u are our leade r, we have nothing to
fear. (See Rule XII, Syntax. ) I am sorry th at I have
offonJell you. I am glad lo 11er•r tha t he is elected senator.
The being who cr eated all things mu st be omnipotent.

XLVI.

Q u n\ i1-y; nr; ,

.f1,/1ns•i11.n

I'

<1./

;3 .

ttn ' 11f.1J '!ran~."

4;12. The aLhe rbi:t! pl1ra sc B1odili cs th e rn ca11i11 g of a vr:rb,

liy ex pres:; in g :
l. Cause; n8, "T he ~n111 ml is wnrm cd hy t/1{'. s1u1." ~ - ~la11n c r; n ~ , "Ire
'1;'ritcs with ca ri.:. 10 3. l 1 la ec ; a s , ''He ha" r es id ed i11 1~11,·is." ·!. Uhj(·c t or
end i as , "Ile se e k ~ j iJI' rtjji ..:c." G. "Acco111p:u1i111e.11t ; a . . . , 11 He t ravelled 'tcit/,

1-12
1'is fmnll!J."
" li e will he

[§ XLVI.

SYNTAX.

G. Like ness ; as,
nU~cntd10 ·i11g

H

Ho secn~ed li ke liis ln·othe·1'." 7. Tiine; ns,
8. Distance; as ," He travelled tlti'l'ty

§

:XLVII.J

H ULES OF SYNTAX .

143

RULES OF :-:; YNTAX.

the .immmer."

m.ili:s in a day.''
NuT1i:. - Th e prcpositio11 is commou ly omitted IJcfore IJoun ~ that denoto
ti1ne , d bt;mee , &c .

·133. ConncctcJ with nn 11 cljcctivo the ndverbial phra'c denotes, 1. Th e
c11tf tu wliich the quality is directed i a s, 11 FitJV1· 11se." ~ - Th o oL.i cc t or cu uso
of ~omc affec ti on or c mo ti ull vf tli o rni11d; a s, "Fond oj ' j 'rail.
riaru s::;eJ.
11'ilh d1:tJt ." 3. The whole, when pret.:cJ cd by :L partiti\'C word ; a~," Th e Lest
11
(~( oll."
Firty of th e sulditr:5." Jt like wi se ex prcs.::cs the d iffercJJce in degree i as," Gre ater b!J Jiu-." 11 Hig her by.fift,11.ft:.et. ,.
J31: . Other con1bi11atiun :; f'rcq uc·ntl y ucc m· 1 whic h hav e no 11uuli f'y i11 g pow er,
U11L ~ 1.! 1·v 1~ ns ~~0 1111 cd ivC's , nnll 111i ~h t be tcnn cd co11j1u1clive plir:Ls t·s, or prepo~i t i o n:d )1hrnses., accor<li11 g to tli cir otliec in a se11tcn<·.e.
11

' '

SE CTION

XL VII.

T1-1K followin g rul es or statements of gr•Hnmati ca l pdndples liaYe Lee n grn.d u nl ly devel o ped in tlie prog re~.:l of th e wurk. Tl.J c learn er is 11vw to v e r ify
th em Uy anal y zing til e sc 11 t.c 11 ces arran ged in cxcrci~e:i u11der th e Hul es r e~pec·

tively. A number of tll ese was g 1ve u i11 Pano U. a11 <l 111. which are furth er
exteu<lecl mid illustrated iu thi " part.

TUE NO ON AND PR O NO UN ~

1

111 th e g e neral mHLiy~i3 of sente nces, ] 1lir11:-o l'."3 111;1.v lnJ t rcatell iu
tl1e same manner as the part s of speech fur which they res pee ti vcly stand.
K(ln::. -

ANALYSIS AND

RULE l.

435. A noun or a pronoun li mit i n~ another noun, and denoting the same pcr3on 01· tliiug, iB put, \.;y apposition, in the
same case ; as, "Cicero, the orator ." See 115.

l'AtlSl~ G .

Purti cubr attention to l>e given to clauses and phmses nncl abridged propositions.

I r ecoll ect h earing a travell er, of poetical temperament, exprc ss in~ the kind of horror which he felt in beholding, on the
lianks of the 1\li8souri, an oak of prodigious size which had
been in a manner overpowered by an enormous wild grape vine.
The vine had clasped its huge folds round th e trnnk, and
from thence had wound about every branch and twig, until the
mighty tree had wi thered in its embrace,
It seemed like Laocoon struggling ineffectually in the hideous
coils oft.he monoter l'ython. It was the lion of trees perishing
in tlic cml.ll'nce of a vegeta\Jle boa.
Ifoppiness is fo 11n tl in th e ann-cliair of J oz ing age, as well as
in the sprightliness of the tlance, or the animation of the chase.

llEi\!ARKS.

1. A noun is somctime:3 in appositio n wi t h a clause ; as, 11 Th e elJcst son Wfl!
always bro ught up to tbu.t ernploy m c ttt> a cu.~luui wliic h 111:;, and my fo lher followed.''
2. A clnnsc or a plirn.se i ~ sometime ~ in app o~ ition with n 1101111 prcce1lin g it;
ns, " I w o u\J Ollly 111c11tion at prese nt one artic le, tha.t of ?1u1.iuli:.11.1trU' e of the
cler!Jy."
3 . .A nou11 i11 upp u:; it.iou i ~ freque ntly co 1111 ccte d with tl1 cn11c th at is li1nitc~ l hy
th e co11junct.ion as; a ~ , " My father it1l(~ 11<l c d to de vote me a1 the tylh.e of
his sons.
NoTr!:. -Th o w ord as uprears to be u sed frcq11(.'11tly in th e scn~c uf tho
La tin prepositi on prv, iu:;t~cu 1if, ir~ plare ttJ ;J'or, o r in th ~ co_pafil!f 1!f.
'

4. 'V!ien two 1J ou11s iu upposition come togethe r in the pusses:;ive case , the
si g n is omitt ed niter the fir:.;t; as, ".Jolm th e Bapti:oit's h ead ."
5. A noun in appos ition v.·ith two or 1norc n o u11.:t, is put iu tlie plurlll.
G. A noun i11 appos ition i8 sometimes used without tli e poss ·l:i ivc s ig u, to limit
a pro1wu11 in tl1 e possess ive case ; n~ 1 "Hi s ollice ns j1u19t mu~t be rer:.por~­
s ihl c.11 In tlii ~ sc ute nce jud ge refers to hi.". ultli ough it nppcars to be in til l' samo
cas e with otlicc. Thi i; construction i:-i nnorna1ous, Unt somethin g 1tnaloho us to
it is fou11U in otlier languages.
7. Tho limiting noun is sometimes used with a. preposition; as, H The city of
Iloston;" "Th e title o.f king ."

ff For Exercises in composition, the lellrner is referred to tho section follow·
ing General Exercise 111. after Syntax.

144

SYNTAX.

§

[§XI.VII.

ANALYSIS AND PAUSING.

Hersclicl, the astronomer, discovered tlie planet Uranus:
vVashington, the co111mander-in-chief of the American army,
was born near the banks of: the Potomac.
Webster, a dramatic poet of the seventeenth century, was
clerk of the parish of St. Andrew.
.
The Tippecanoe, a river of Indiana, is rendered famous for f\
battle between the Americans and Indians.
I dined with him aCour friend Davies's.
I received this reply, " He is better."
You are too humane and considerate; things which few people can be charged with.
I am pleased with your appointment as chaplain.
Repent th e rul e fnr n oun• in nppos1tion.

th e} form togetl1er a subs tantire plir·1s ··
b
·
·
Jn tlie sentcnc " U
.· c , may c cx plarncd ma sirnilar W:l\'.

c to ca. lcar11 ed man. 1t1 no ea-sy attainm c11t," tho wlt 11 fc pJira.~o
. t~ ~-c n.. IenruoJ n1:rn ". js tlw s ubj ec t of i,, u1Hl tlw noun .. 1nan" ma be cous1ducd m the ll Orn1111ttJvc case after " tu be . "~·
y

as 1,.,
,

t;

!

or a propos ition is sometimes used ns t11 e predicate numinativl!
to break the law."

JS

J;ttrani;ilive Ter!,s.
Clement was tlic name of many popes.
A coronation
iti a solemn i11u twura
1ion of a mo n.u<.:
.. ·I 1.
T
.
o
. he <l1mno11d iti the moti t valuable gem.
The yo uth will beco me a poet.
Stc11hen died a martyr to his faith.
Passive fon11.
"\Vashingto n is ca!led tl1 c .fi1tl1cr of Iiia country.
Napol eon Ho11a.parte, an inlmuitant of Cor;ica was s/1l d ti
.E'111pern r of Fra 11 e 1 ~ .
'
!/ e
ic

llUI.E IT.

43G. A noun in tho predicate after an intransitive verb,

In England, a kiH,l of trident is uscil for cate liin "' e~ls cal/eel

an cel~spcar.

0

'

Oir·ero anti A11!01ti11s wcrn called coni;u/s.
I am tired of being an idler.
I cannot bear the thoui,.Lt
of bein o"' •an exiw from my coun try.
o

NoTF.. -Thi s rnlo is cl 1ieOy npplicnble to th o verb; lo be, to become, and
some other i11tran ~itivc vcrh~, 1111 <1 nl.:;.o to so111 c tra11 :; itive verbs iu thepa8.sive
f o1'11lt; s uch ns dl}notc fo 1111111<', to rf!1u.le1·, to 111.ake, and the Ukc.

TO DB CORRECTED.

RE~{AUKS .

2. In cx pressiou s like t.hc fulJ,1wing there is foun<l, perhaps, nn exc'eption to
the remark abo ve ; " He is nngry with me ou account of my bei11v a friend to his
en emy." Th e phra:5c "of in y Ucing n fri end " is an abridged expression
er1uiv11len t to "because ram (t. frien d," in whi ch. " friend" is in th e llOll'linative
cnse; so in th o follow in g, "I nm suspicious of his bein.q a; ro,9ue;" that is,
that he u a 1·09ue.
,
In the abridged form tl1e entire phrnso my bein9 "frie11d, or his being a rogue,

o sen.

ANALYSIS Al\D PAH,;L\' G.

lice l n. St:c t. :XV.

l. This rule applic; 'II" > to the in finitive uud pnrticiplcs of ve,rbs of the same
cfi1ss ; as," I ll csi re to be a poet.11 u I believe liim. to be a knave."

;'1~ plt1n1Js·~

" \.5. l13oth worJs so111oti111es stand Lefore, and ~r11nc tirn eq nfwr Uiu \'Crb . ns
1 rt t1wu he?" u Arn I a t · ·1.u • r" 1 • ·I /
'
'
• 'Cll '
~ uuslt r as lhuu urt, 1 will yel ol>cy tl1..;e.,' '

I

. l

Cnn

is in the same case as the subject when both words refer to
the same person or tl1ing ; as, " It is lie; he has become a
poet."
Sec 105.

145

"

w ords of tliffcr('nt m eani 11~ be i11 appof!i ti o11 '/ Give some e.x t1rnpl es of nouns
in uppo~itivn . Exph1in til t; rul e of apposi ti o11, l,y the expres=' ion:;, George, the
kin.'! ; Jllexo nder, tlte cunqu~n1·. Cnu a 1w11u be i11 apposition with a clause or u.
sc 11t c1H.'t~ 'I Tlii!> rnas a S(l!J;11!/ of Frm1kli11 i 11 Tim t!- ·i.~ 'lltO'Jtcy.''
\Vhat word s nre
in 1t ppu:0i lio11 i11 thi~ sc 1111·11co ~ S11mutl Jvhm;uu . Arc thc:;o wonb in ttpposi-

tio11 '/

PltEDICAT£ NOMINATIVE.

i.s tl~c ~~Jj~~~ o~ _th e proposition, but tlic wort.l s " fric11Ll " HIH l "r<1~ue" rnn
be co1b1tlc1 ct! llJ th e ~amc case ns tli e y wouJJ Uc in tl1" t111·1l11·1·J ··e I 1·
y
3 TJ •
.
...
•
1-. t urt n.
:
ie co11slru ct1on of a nouu ttftcr liJC ,·erbs tu be. , tu beoJ11u!, ifc., wh e n

REVIEW.
Define the word appasitia11.

XLVII.J

Show by ](ule lf. wherein these ex nmplcs arc incorrect.

I that spca~;: u11lo thee am ltim. It was not /,im that said it.
It cannot be lttm. Wh om arc you ? W!iom do men say that I am?
7
1f!10 <lo they reprcse11t me to be ? I do not think it is ltim.
Dul you believe it to I.Jc lze? I clid 11ot t.h"1nlc• of its
· being 11i111. ·
If I were him I would not tolerate it.
R

t

This ex1.1Jornntion accord' with the vi ews vf N. Butler ni d

s s

G

ti ~lel~~~~.cons1clcra the noun or pronoun in such relati vus to ~o i;1· i"1i~ 0 ~j~~':

13

14G

(§

SYNTAX.

XLVIH

§

SUIIJECT

147

NO~IINATIVE.

objective instead of the iwrninat-ive case, nnd takes the funn of th e ti.in/ person

ItEVIE\\' .

Repeat Rnle II.

:uvm.J

instead of the first.

How docs J:ule JI. di il<" r i"rom ll11l e I"?

A11s. C11ses of
Tim e ia 111011c v;" is

ti. As 1·egarcl:;, us cnnce1"1l.$ as 'respects, as appwra. Th ese arc phrasc8 with
out a nomi11ati vc c asiJ exp ressed. Th e pronoun 'it is often nscll l.Jefurc t heso
verlJs , nnd i:3 c;:isi ly s up p lied when w a nting.
7. .As fullu1cs . The nominative case cnn oo suppli ed l,efore this Vl"rb :c•
the conn ec tion req uires. "He addressed the assem bly (tj Ji1llows." Tlt is can Le
nual yzcd tliu s, "He addressed the a~sc rnlJ l y in a. m:1nncr as th is irhfrh.folloic.-;."
lly scve rrtl nutltor s, ns is cons ide red n r ebth·c pr,Jnoun "1o·l1 cn used IH· rurc
th o verL follows; a~," The circu1ns Llnces were as fu ll uw, I thnse 1c!1idt follow . }
8. A vcrL i11 th e Impe rative 1nu1l c 1 an1l tl1 0 t n u i:;i ti Yc v e rb ~ 1Let..d, 'W mtl n11 (l
t· cqui re, som e times appc:u to Le u sed i1uldinitt· ly without a 111Jmi11ativ c; a ~ ,
" Th ere r etp tirt:<l h a:;tc in th e Lusinc.ss;" 11 the re 1ieeds no arg urn u11t ftJr proving i , , u tl1 cre icr11iletl 11 nt n1 c H who would ,11 &c . The Ins t exp rcss io11s have
au act ive fonn with a passiYe sense, n11 d should, pe rhaps, Uc cuus id 4!. rcd elli ptical rntl1 cr t han \Vnntin g n. non1iuuti ve ; us," H ustc is required, "" uo a rgument
is nec1Jed/ &.c.
u. Th e ve rb which agrees with th e 11on1inati ve cn.s c is someti mes omi~tc<l;
ru, "To whom tlie t1w11a1"ch ;" nplied is omitreJ. " \\'hat n bloom in that person! " The verb is is 01nittcd.
4

Rule 11. occ ur whe re a vcrl1 :;;c para~e ::: til e twu 11o u11s; n~,
separn.tes t:·:u.e :~!1 d won e.11; in case::; CJ!' Hu ie 1: 11 0 ,- ~ r l~ ~nt c n·c1tC!-i ; fl!; , ~-l'frcro,
the or atm·.
(1 1Y e ~u m c f':x.a 1n 1ilei; of ll !! lll d 111 appns 111t ;11.
° C it·ero 1 the orat or." 'Vfi ic h Huie i ~ it pp lil'a lJJc to this l'Xpr<::3s iu 11 ( u Cice ro u:as m 1 or n to 1·."
'Vlli ch rul e nppl!c s (
tj iv_c ~011w c1'.'-111njd eH of th e enrn e ease f!/~e1 · as befon~ th e Yerl1. }\'Ji :~t snmc!nnc> ~ ~_11p11_!1t~s t 1c plac- {~ (1 f one of the nvuus? Uive
m1 cxnrnplc. "hy is tllo cxprc::;s1uu ills m c 1 iucuncct '!
11

1

11

SECTION

XL VIII.

Ruu.: III.
437. The su1ject of a finite verb must be m the nominative case.
RULE

1

IV.

438. A vcrL must agree with its subject nominati\'e m
numLcr and person.

ANALYSIS AND PAR SING.

.KoTE. -The n~ rb~ 11eol un<l da'r e, wli t'n i11 trnusitjvc are sonrnUmcs used
in thu plurtLl fo rm with n si tig ular nomiuati\'e .
'
• REMA mm.

1. A substii.ntivc clfluse or phrnse is often lhe snlij ect of a vc ru.
2. Ju Jecla1·atit:e scntcucc:; or cmulili.oual t: lnu ~cs , tli e suhjefl 1tcnninrdi.1:e u~tt·
IH"CCC(lcg th e ,·crb ; hut i11 iut errO,(jfllice and i111p1:1·atfrc sent ences i t comn10nl y foll o ws th e VC'rlJ, or its auxiliary.
EXA1\IPLF. S . - "lit:, r ends." "The 1·airt fall s. " " ] f I go. " h ncJi eves t thou
this '(" 11 \Vh0 nrt th o1t 'I"

nlly

3. The s nLj ec t n ou1iT1nt h ·c also follO"ws the verb wh en n s uppos ition is exprcssctl wi tl1rmt t.li e conj 111u..: tion (l; us, 4l \\'ere it not for tlii : 1 ." 11 Had J !Jecu
th ere ." Al so, wlt r n tl11~ \'f• rb is preced ed 1ry. th ere, her e, then, th ence ; or
by neith ei· or 1w r ; a.o:.:. , u \'1! .-; hall not cu t of it, 11et'.th et· ~hall ye tou ch it."
4. 1\11 i11trnns itivc vurli I.wt wee n two n omi11n.tivcs of differc1 1t numbers or
persons, ah o uld ng n •c with th at whi c h hi rn oro nntu rn lly tlic suiJjec t of the nffirmn tion; a s,'' !J b mc•at Wil S locu s ts nw1 wiltl honey!' "The w1.1ges of sin
is death."

In such cases tho verb more commouly ngrees with the noun that precedes it.
5. .Afethi11ks (imperfect methou.glit,) is called an impersonal verb, compounded of the pronoun me, in the obj ective cnso, and the verb think, which follows
tho analogy of some LiiLin nnd Greek verbs, nnd by custom is used with the

I

I•

Varro wa.s esteemed a learned man, but Aristides was called
just.
Titus has been called the love and dcliglit of the human race .
Sliall a barbarian have these eultivatcJ fie!J s?
At Burlington, I made an acquaintance with many principal
peopl .. of tlic province.
T he first impression made hy tlie proceedings of the Am erican Congress on our people in general, wan grea tly in our favor.
To be natural is to be antiquated.
To use correct and elegant English is to plod.
To be ever acti ve in laudable pursuits, is the distinguishing
characteristic of a man of mer it.
To see the sun is pleasant.
To excel in knowledge is honorable ; but to be ignorant is
base.
That yon may enjoy every felicity, is my fervent prayer.
Promising and not performing, is eviuence of insincerity.
l\Iethinks this single consiJeration will be sulllcient to extinguish all env y.

14.8

SYNTAX.

§

[§ xr.vm.

l\Icthought I was admitted into a long spacious gallery.
I am indifferent as regards my personal security.
A s appears from the evidence, he is guilty of an atrocious
crime.
L et there be no strife betwixt me and thee.
"l\larry," says"' I, "if it be so, I am Yery well rewarded for
all the pains I have Leen at." -Addison.

RULE

T:cpcat rules 111. u11 d I V. nn•l cxpl nin them hycxnmplcs.

"To err is Im·
n1 n11. " - Sil t>W liuw th e n1 !0 :1ppli c~ in thi.-; sc u tP11cc . lf'/wt is Jmman '( w Jrnt
th em is the nu111i11a ti" c ? wliid 1 remark und e r nil c l V. is npplicnLle ? u 'Vli ence
nrt tl1 0 11 '( 11 - "\\' lii c h word is tl 1e 11omina1ivo 'I doP.s the nominative generally
st.and bef<n·c or r~j i,., · tl1 c w rl1 '/ liow ia me t/,i11~·• explained? What is said
of o,'( ,.('yards, <l.$ t'Olll' ~ 1"11il, &c.? Arc any vcrLs used without n u01ninativo

case ?
ill There nre in·e[J1drrr exprcs>io11 s occns io11nlly to h e met with, which u snge
nr c ustom Rfl11ction rathe r than analogy. S uch as , " Bays !," "tlunka /," &c .
These however, ttr~ ungrumnmtical, uud ohouhl not be imitntc<l.

V.

REMARKS.
1. When the nouns are taken sc1iaratdy, or nrc cmphntically <listin l(nishc• I,
they n1ay Le regarded us belong ing to se parate prup<i s ition~; a-=, "l.'1·try ofticer n.ntl eve ry sold ier cf:1ims n superiori ty." "AIU l.J ition ·nod not Urn safety
of the state was concerncd. 11
Tho nouns, in a compound sutject, nre ta ke 11 separately when preceded

::>how by the rule why th ese cxnmpl cs nre incorrec t.

l lE\'IEW.

14.9

4.39. Two or more nominatives singular, connected by
and, expressed 01· understood, generally require a plural
verb ; as, Charlfls, Thomas, and George are brothers.•

TO D E CORRECTED.

The clouds has <li;;pcrse<l. The rivers has overflow ed their
banks. Th ere was tl1rce Inuiaus in the comvany. A va rid.y
of iilcssings has been conferred upon us. In piety and virtue
consist the l1appin ess of' man. \V lrnt names has the planets ?
There goes the ships frei ghted with treasure. There follows
from thence these plain consequences. There is men who never reason. The smiles that encoura ge severity of judgment,
hides mali ce and insincerity. Some foggy days, and about ten
or twch·c <lays in January, was cohl am! icy. How do your
1rnlse heat!' How does your plans succeed? What signifies
good opinions when our practice is bad? There was more impostors than one. The virtue of these men and women are iu<leell exemplary.

.\l'<ALY S IS A ND l'AH S I N t;.

XLVlll.J

I"
I

I

I
1·

1.
111

r

by eve ry, each, no, or not; or some other dis un it ing worJ i as , "i:l'cry adjecti ve
nnJ every ndj cc ti vo pronoun belongs," [n ot licduug:, 1 &c. t
2. If in such cnscs th e 1101rns nro of dillCre 11 t n umbers, the verb should
agree witli th e first; as , " Diligent indUJlry, and not mean savi ngs, produces
lw11oruUle competence."
3. Wh en the nouns connected b y mul refer t o the same pe·rson or thin!J,
the verb Ls singular; as, " \Vhy is du~t nml as/us pt'oud ? "
4. When t.lie !10minatives connected by a11d are of d iRerentpe1·s01,., the verb
ng rccs with th e firs t p erson rather tl1au with the sc.:coud, imd with the second ,

rnthcr than with th e third; us ," My brother and I nre interes ted in the work."
Th e verb n,rP. is in th o fir stporson, because I is of tb e first person; nnd it is in
the plural numbe,. , because " brother" and " l" are connected by and, and
rnak.c a compoun<l suuj ect.

,\

ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

Model.

I\

\

SE.STE.NCE. -

Analyzed.

TrmujtLil/il!Jatid lot·c dwtU l1f!.1·e.

Th e seutcnce is simple, having n compvund subjec t.

"Tranquility and love," is the compound subject ; '' nu<l" is t he connecti ve.
:IA' Th e best J-:ng li sh authors som etimes imitittc the Ureek a nd Homan wr i~
tcrs in 1tsin g n. s i11 ~u lar verb aft.er nonus con nected by and; a..-, "The ir saf'1 ~tv
Rnd welfare is mo:-it concerned." - "~pecta,or. Tl1 0 ina jorit.y of Grammaria.11;
h owever, do no t nppruvc this Hccnse.
·
'
t A nominati ve s ing ular sometim es hn.s an n<ljunct conn ected wi th it bv
t1,,1:tJt , in company ·with, or Uy some othe r cunnedive 1Jh,.a:;e, which g i ve~ , in r~fe r.
? nee. to th e w~1 o l e s 11b.iect 1 the id.ca of ~1urality, and '.w c: l~ io n all/· s uch n .!'11bJect 1s used w1t.h a plural verb ; as, "The angle A. with the u11g cg ll. and C.
comp9se [composes ) the trian gle;" 11 The k ing , w ith th o lordio< and c<mnnous:
con~tdute lconsti tutcsj an e x cellent form of gover11111 cn t." In all ,.nc h example·s,
a $tri9ul<tr verb is m ore stri ctly i11 accordance with tho pri11cipleo of comtruc-

tiru1, !Uld with Uie usnge of the best writers.

13•

•I

150

SYNTAX.

(§

XLYlll.

"Dwell " is the predicate modified by here. Or the sentence mny be concompound, and be resolved into two simple sentences ; ns, "Tranqu ility dwells here, and Jove dweUs here;" in this case "anJ" connects tho
verbs. The fonn c 1· method is pref'ern\Jle.
~i<lcred

R eason and truth constitute intellectual gold.
Ri ches, honors, and pleasures, steal away the heart from religion .
The planetary system, boumll ess space, and the immense
ocean, affect the mind with sensations of astonishment.
Prosperity with humility, renders its possessor tru ly amiable.
The useful art s improved Ly science, and science it self improved by philosophy, confer power on civilized and instructed
man, and enable him to triumph over his follows and over
nature.
TO BE COllimCTED .

The

re n,~o n s

for the con·cction s \1011\d \Jc gi vc n in every instance.

Idleness and ignorance is the parent o!' many vices. Time and
tide waits for no man. Patience and diligence, like faith, removes mountains. The foreh ead, the eyes, and the countenance,
ofien deceives. Castor and Pollux was seen to fight on horseback. The following treatise, wit.Ii those which accompany it,
were written many years ago. His wisdom, not his money,
})roduce esteem. The ~ides A. B. and C. forms the triangle.
:My uncle with his son were in town yesterday. That able
scholar and grmnmarian have been refuted. The dir,comliture
and slaughter was very great. And so was also James and
John. By whose power all good and evil is distributed.
RULE

VI.

440. Two or more nominatives singular, connected by or
or nor, require a singular verb ; as, Ambition or pride con·
trols him.
R E MARRS.

1. If eitl1er of the nom inatives thus connect ed is plural, the verb usually
3grces wi th it; n:-: , "Neith er poverty nor riches were injurions to hiiu." But
in t h is caoe the plum! 110minntivc should be plucc,.l ncxt to the verb.

§ XLYIII.J

151

N01UN"AT!VI':.

2. If the nomiuntives connected Ly or or •wr , arc of different pcr8ons, the
verb ag rees with the pe rson phlct.Hl next tv it ; as , "Ei tll er tlw u or 1 um mis tak c11 .1'
3. Of t wo or th ree pronoun s of different pcr~o n s, th e scco1H.I is usurtll y
pla ce d Uefo rc the third, an (l the firs t s ho uld nlw nys be ti liu:c J I1 1.·ar e::" t to tlio
v e rb ; as," George or I am the person." Suc h e.xprcss io118 ag, u Eith er !fJ U, or I
am in fo ult, 11 " G' eor!Jf.l or J am th o pe r:w n," are ine legant, nnd 111ay Le c:i.s iJy
nv uided. Jt. w o uld Le bc ttc r to s ay, e ithe r I fun to blame , o r !J'lft.L arc ; either
fl eor96 is in fault, or I am.

'
•''

ANALYSIS AND l'All S!NG.
The m e thnil o f ~111 : ll y zin :.; e ~rn m pl cs urn.l cr thi s rule i ~ simil ar to tl 1nt prcse ut utl in 1l1c 111vJc l n11d l: r J: 1il c V.

Ignorance or negligence has causell the mistake.
J ohn, James, or 1\ n1lrcw, intends to accompany you.
D eath or some worse ruis lul"tunc soon divides tli cm.
History or gco;; rapby is a prope r stu<1y for youth .
Extrem e heat or extreme cold is painful.
l\'fan's h:ippiness or misery is in a great measure put into his
own hands.
One or both of the witnesses were present.
~

I

'I

RULE

'i

VIL

441. The nominative of a collective noun rN1uires a verb
in the singular or plural, according as the noun <lcnotes
unity or plurality as, "'l'he class was large ; my p eople
do not consider."

·.!

REMARKS.

I . Th e plu.l'!ll form of the verb is more commonly u sed.
2. \\'hen the definitive this, or that, precedes the n oun, the

·I.
ve r~

inust be

s in gu l~r.

·1.:

ANALYS IS AND PARSIN G .

A part mount the horses and guide the r eins.
A great multitude hurl stone8 and darts.
The court has just ended.
In France the peasantry go barefoot, and the mirl<lle clas6 ·
make use of wooden shoes.

I•

I

152

[§

SYNTAX.

XLL\'..

§

'Vhy do the heath en rage and the people imagine a vain
thing.
The people rejoice in that which shoul<l cause th em sorrow.
The fl eet was seen sailing up th e cliannel.
The noLility are th e pillars to support the throne.
A company of troops was cletach cll.
'l'O llE COlUff CT F.D

BY RUl-ES Vl. A N ll VII.

1

tJ w pnrccl ut Sniit lt '~, th e lH>Ok:;c llc r und htut'io nc r. "
G. Tli c pre pos ition '!/with its ul!j~ctic e cc13tJ, i~ oft.en e ri uindcn t to the pos ~
aessive case; n!:I , '' 'T he adv ice of my faU10r. 11 Or,'' l\l y faU u.: r '~ advicc. 11
7. Th e po s scs~ ivc i5 oftc n u sc J to limi t n parti c ipial 11ou11, or n p11rasc beginning wi th fl prese nt pn.rticip lc; ns, u: ~T u c h will de l)C 11d on th e p 11pil't. cornpo:! in g fref!uentl y. '' P upil's is governed Uy th e parti c ipial noun cc1n11,;,._1;;iu;; .'*
8. The use of tlic posse$si ve case, in composing, is nttc w..l cd bom c tirn cs with
hnri; lrn ess a nd obscurity, whi c h m ay Ue avoide d Ly employ i11g the prcp o~it i o n
of, or the expressions, the p;·operty of, or, belffTlging to; as, '' Th is was my fath e r
and bro th e r's farm ; 11 - l1cttcr thu s, thi s farm bdon:p'tl to, or, wc1s th e prnpcrty

GENEIUL U E VIEW OF TIJic NOMINATIVE CASE .

of, m y father nn ll IJt·othcr. "T hey condemned the prodigul's, :1s he "'"-'
called, c.ottravag:u1 l con<lnct;" - il should be, H they co11d..,'mncJ. the extr:lxn.gn11t conduct of t.h c prodigal ,n ns he was callc J.. "Sh e Lcgu.n to ext1.J the
f.tn ncr' F, ns ~h e ca ll c·l li i1 11, C'xcc lle nt u nde rstandi ng;"- it i,houlll l>e, '' tl1e
cxccll c11t m1J crrs tanding of tlio farmer," ns 1:1 Ji u cu lled ldm.

XLIX.

POSSESSIVE

(

I•

11

~ I

Ii

I

A NA LY S I S AND !"AHS ING .

CASE.

.,

Ruu: VIII.

I

442. A noun or pronoun in the possessive case, limits tho

noun which denotes the obj ect possessed.

'

0

Repent Hules JI!. I V. V. VI. nn<l VII. When mnst the verb be si ngular?
Give exnmplcs . \\" he n must" verb be plurnl ~ Give exnmples. What be&idofl n noun co n be th e e ubj cct o f a v e rb '( \Vh e n n. nominnlive is n verb in
the infi1d tivc, o r a s.cntc ncc, what must Uc the perso n and nmnber of th e verb.?
Ans. Third person, sin g ulnr. Jf two Infinitives nre connected by and, in
wh nt nu mber must the nrb be~ .Ans. Plurnl. When pronouns of di ffe re nt
per•ons Rro connected by mul, in which person must the verl.l be ·1 lf connected by or, iu which pe rson.

THE

153

N>SSES S IVE CASE.

2. \\'h en two or more n ouns i111 ply j.,int possession, the sign('•) is gen erally omitt ed nl'tcr the lir:=i t1 Lut :u11u1xed to Lli c larH; ad,'' Sm1Uvr'' nuU
Carte1·'s book s tore ." 8auborn anti Uurter, j ojnt ow ne rs, are both iu the pos sessi ve ca::;e, nnd arc governed by u book s tore ;" Lut tile s1:yn i ~ iUHH.: x.c<l to
Carter onl y.
3 . \ Vh e n t wo or m ore nouns de note separate ownershi p, each n oun l1:is tbc
sign rumcxcd i :lS, "0Jlt'jJer's, Tho111..;016' s and Coleridue's w orks . .. Hrurks" i:s
uuderstood unn r each possessive.
4. Wh en the possessive is denoted by two or more words so cloecly related
ns n ot to admit a p n.usc between th e m, the las t ~cncrnll y h ns 1l1 c ::i igu; a:-:,
"John (h e Baptist's hCn.d." "The kin g of Grt( lt llrila iu'" prer1lf!ath· ..•." n At
our fri en d S ir l! olJcrt lli11 ck1 ey '~ - " H Th e c aptain o f th e !Jltltrtfs h o u ~e."
6. 111 C1\sc o f possess ives iJ1 nppos ition, if the limi ted wo nl is orni tLC.J tl10
s ig n is generall y a.nnc x e J to th e 1ir::;t 1 especia ll y if it i::i lii nitc J by m ore than
o ne w ord; us," I diu c<l nt \Val ton's, un a111inl>lc and w ort hy man. " "I le ft

Jam es or Charles were i11 fault. N e ither a uthority nor analogy suppor t such an opiuion. Either aLility or inclination were
wan ting. Neithe r tl1c father nor th e son were saveJ. Neithe r
the ge neral nor tl1 e soldiers was charged with cowardice. The
llri1ish parliament arc com posed of king, lord s and commons.
A co un cil wen:! called. The crowd were very g reat. Thi~
so rt of goolls are not fas hi onaule. Tliat party were in an error.
This co mpan y arc handso mely uniformed. The court of Rome
were not without solicitude.

SECTION

XLIX. J

See 120.

ll E>IAHKS.

1. The noun d enoting the thi ng oom.ed or po..e&Se-l is often omitted, when it
cn.n b e en.sily su ppl ied ; ns, " We dined at Peter Gl!rrick's;" house is omitted.
Vital air was n discovery of Priestle y's ; that is, of Pri estley's discoveriea; the
same as to my," Vitnl nir was one of Priestley's discoveries.

'

l'

IIe spoke slightin gly of Dyer's fle ece.
I askcLl for lhrkervillc's ed ition of Ilarclay's Apology.
"l\f y way s are not thy ways.
IT e a cco mpa11icJ me to St. Mary's Church.
II is lady was tl1 e da ught er of Johnson's first schoolmaster.
I ha ve r ecc iY cd your letter.
The ir insolence is intolernl>lc.

.i '
• Th e pnrtieiple ll SC1l ns a. 11 o u11, still retain s its vcrhal propr rties, nnd mily
~ovt' nl tlic ol;,if·cti ve ca.'lf', or be nioJificU Uy an o.H!\'1;tr U ur adj uuct, like the
vcrll from which it is tloriv~1l.

l
-l

'I,
I

("

154

SYN TAX.

[§ XLIX.

OBJECTIVE CASE.

EXERCISE.

My country fats claims, my children have claim~, and my
own cl1 aractcr has claims upon me.
You will ~ec hi :,; sister at J\fr. H ecto r's.
I found Dr ..Johnson at l\Ir. Sc\\'ard'~ .
Sometimes I smoke a pipe at Clii lcl's (coffee house.)
Thi: was a di,CO \' e ry uf Newton's.
There was al so a book of De Foe's, antl another of Dr.
]\ r;tthc1".'·
This ~ouk plaec at our fri end Sir Joshua H.eynold's.
The rnan11 cr of a young lady's employing herself usefully in
readin(!, will Le the suhjecl of another paper.
Ver~· Ji1tle time was ne?cssary for J ohnson's conclutling a
treaty with tl1 c bookseller.
He adtle<l an anecdote of Quin's reli eving Thomson from
prison.
He pathetically described the parent's and the son's misfortune.
Ile rcmintlcd Dr. ,Johnson of 1\Ir. Murphy's hav ing paid him
the highest compliment that ever was paid to a layman.
I dined with 11im at our friend D1wies's.
I gave h im an account of my having examined the chest of
books which he Lad sent to me.

Change the followiug sentences into other fonns which slmll convey the
Bame mcauing.

:Mode).
This wn.~ the king of Eng/a11il's eldest son.
Changed. This was the eldest s&nojthe king q/'Englarnl.
The declaration was published in the am1y'a n!tme.
Changed. The dccltu·ation Wits published in the name of the urmy.

Sentences to be changed.
A mother's tenderness and a father's care, arc nature's gifts
for man's advantage. This was John, RoLert and Charles's
estate. Very little time was necessa ry fo r Johnson's concluding
a treaty with the booksell er.
This property was my father·~,
my brother's, and my uncle's. This was John J ohnoon's eldest
son's estate. This was a discovery of Sir Isaac Newton's. Ho
is if;'norant oft lie country's condition.
REVIEW.
' Yhat is tlie nde for the govcrn1nent of nouns or pronoun;:; in the possess ive
cnso '? \Vhat is the s lg-n of the posse s~ivc cnso 'I 'Vlien two or more JJ O u113
denote the joint O\vncrs of the i::ame thing to which is th e s ig n annexed 'I \Vhcn
can the ll Onn Do omi tt e d w hic h governs the possess ive c!i...;c '( (ii,·c sornc ex.nmples.. ' Vl10n the posscss~ve is governed by n. p a.rtici pih.l c l :llt~e , can the
•ign be properly 01nittccl ? Repeat the rule IUld r emarks for the governrncut
aud use of the possessive case .

SECTION
TO BE CORRECTED llY THE RE)fAUKS UNDE!t HULE VIII.

"Webster or Johnson's Dictionary. ·washington aml Taylor's
courage. Tirtncroft or Prescott's History. Ferdinand's and Isabella's reign . Hyde's, Lor<l's, antl Duren'8 bookstore. Mr.
J\Iurpl1y mentioned Dr. J"ohuson having a design to publish. an
edition of Cowley. I dined with him at Mr. Thrale. Fanciful
people may talk of a mythology being amongst them. Thcl'C is
no danger of tlmt complain t being matle at present. The
bishop's of Landaff excellent works. I will not, for David's
thy father's sake. Much depends on this rule being obscrvetl.

155

L.

OBJECTIVE CASE.
RULE IX.
<

.i

I

443. The object of a transitive verb, or a preposition,
must be in the objective case; as, " The sun imparts warmth
to the ground."
None. -Parti ciples of transitive verbs in the active form, likewise g0vc m
the objective cuse.
REM AUKS.

Ji.J

~

1. Some intrnnsitiYe verh" nrc followed by an oJ,j cctivc of a kimlrc<I Sif,'llifi cation to the ir own ;as, u He dren me(l a drea m, ; " let hin1 di e tli e, death"; "to
rnn the race;" "to sleep tlt e ioleep of death; 11 ulo Ji ve 1t life of (:use j .11 "!Jo
went his 1l"ay.''
N 10

15G

§

[§· L.

SYNTAX.

L.J

OBJECTIVE.

157

without a preposition; as, "He is ten y ears olJ" ; "the rule
is afoot in length."

2. Similar to this idiom nro expressions like the following; "groves whose
trees toept odoroug gun1s." H The crispid Urook 'ran Hcc tttr. 11 u Her lips blushed deeper sweets . . ,,~
3. The objccth·c 11•hmn, which or that should st.rind oeforc the verb that governs it, and except in intcrrogat.i\'e scnt<'uCl!S before tl1e s ubj ect of the verb;
ns, " lVJwm ye !:l eek.'' ~ 1 Tile story whit.:h he tuld."

NoTE. - In un.alyz ing, s u ~h ~wuns ~vi t.h_ tlte ndj ect.ivC's j oined to tli('m tt rc 11 >
~c tn.:atCfl. a~ a ?.1u1i ct1', !1'1od 1fyingor l111J1tIT_1:;-so111e o l~1 er _w ord ...; ii~ tl. h~ ~1·nt{· 111.:t~ .
::-5ume gn111n11a.nans prder to have 11 pre pos.1t10n suppli ed l!1 cx pl :lJJ ll ng t he cnustruct ior~ o_f such word ..,. In sonte instauces this hi ca:;ily duue, iu ut!ter:; it io
uot adu11;s1ule."'

ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

REMAR KS .

Disappointment sinks the heart of man.
Foolish pursuits <lelight some persons.
A variety of pleasing objects charms the eye.
I have read your letter. I commend your diligence.
The President's speech is so important to the public, that I
know you will be anxious to see it as early as possible.
I will resign my office an<l rema: n with you .
That is the fri end whom you must receive cordially, and
whom you cannot esteem too highly.
They whom opulence has made prou<l, aml wl1om luxury has
corrupte<l, can11ot relish the simple pleasures of' nature.

1. The word HOMF. after the verbs come, go, nml rh e like , is gcnern11,v in the
objective case w ithout n. pre position i as , '' M y inte ntio n i ~ tu cum c lrnwi.;, :in-

TO

UE COllltECTED.

'Who diu they send? He that is idle reprove. He and they
we know. He invited my brother and I to examine his library.
Ye hath he quickened. Who shall I call you ? He who committed the offence, you should correct, not I who am innocent.
He who is in fou1t I will chastise. ·who shall I direct this letter
to? ·who will you vote for? He and they we know, but who
arc you.
RULE

-;ir..

Som~ verbs wero formerlv u ~erl ns transitive, which are no longer conshl-

su ch~ ns, u He repe1\ted hfrn ;" "flee tlurn nway.,, C~as~.' ltoweve~·:
is ' "eel ns "trun~itiYo vorb by onr best writers ; us, "Ueuoe thy nnp1ous rage.
flf3

Webster.

c01nmi~s iou

to St.•Tames·s. 11

NOTE. - \Yh c n nn atlject.ivc or nn arti cle is jC1ine'l to t.11 0 wor1..l s !1 ome uorl/1
& c. the preposition is rlseJ; a s, "He In.is go11C to h is l1ome.' '
'
'
l'

2. The wvrd 3 likt> , n ear utH I ni_t;h n rc C~)nm i on l y fo llo wed liy tl w 011.iccti vc
case w ithout a preposition; as, u He i ..; like bi s f11 tlicr ;'' " He li\·c .; 111:,ru· the
rive r."
3. No un s t11:\t de note pnrtic ul ;lr pr)int s of ti me arc gr nerall:• u.">('1l wi th a.
pre posit.io11, hut 110t al ways; a s, "At that lwur ;" 11 Jn t he 11wr11i119 .' '

ANALY S I S AND l'Al:SH:G.

Congress has Leen in session three montlis.
NOTE. - Three m ont h ~ answers to the q uestion liow lung 1 nn(l rn od i(ics 11:e
P.redicate of tlie sen tence ; uwnchs is in the ul.1jt:c ti\·e ca~c witUuut a preposit101J.

He was absent from his native co untry six years.
They excavated a pit twenty feet in depth.
One morning we walked out together.
'Vednesday, Nov. 1st., we left Paris.
The storm burst upon us three leagues from the land.
They travelled north, south, cast an d west.
The people looked this way an Ll tha t way, Lut <liscorer cd
no means of escape.
!lULE XI.

x.

444. Nouns which denote time, quantity, measure, distance, value, or direct·ion, arc often put in the objective case

cred

less I receive a

TWO OB.JE CTIVT: S.

4L15. V crbs signifying to aslc, to teach, to call, to p'ly, to
allow, to give, to malce, to constitute, and some others, fre• Lo.'~tl1, ful!1,we d l1 y t he whol e tl'ib e o r \\Titurs 011 tl1is guhject, alh•g:f',"( ~OIHt~
iw c p o~ 1 t1o n ~ to Uc 11ndc rstoo<l befor e th e:-: e exp rc :i si0 11 ~ ~, f ti111 e.
B11t thi s i"' a.
}>ll lpalile, ~ rro r ari~ing- fron~ precn nccivctl 1101 ~Ull S nf' til e llCC(~~~ity <1f suclt
w ur d ~.
I li e fac t 1s o tli e r w1:-:e ; nil th e:0.c pec 11llnr plir :i~e ..; nre iJiurnntic a11d
nre rc1 naius of th e c~trly :-;tate of our lau gu:i gc.- 11'tb:> t i.:r.
'

14

158

[§ L.

SYNTAX.

quently govern two obj eclive cases;
question;" " and Goel call ed the
" God seems to have made him wltat
or elected Mm clerlc." " 8imvn, he

§ LI.]

as, "Ile askecl me a

159

CASE INDEPENDENT.

He fashioneu it with a graving tool, afte r he hatl made it
molten calf.
He allowe<l his son the third pnrt of !1is inheritan ce.
Ili.~ so11 was allowed the third part of his inheritance.

firmament IIeaven; "
he was." " They chose
surnamed P eter."

a

REMARKS.

SECTION

l. A prepos ition is often used before one of the obj ectives foll owing the
verbs <\sk, teach, pay, allow und promise, urn! can easily be supplied when omit,..

CASE

ted.

LL

INDEPENDE~T.

2. An infinitiYe or an entire clause is often used ns one of the objectives; as,
Th e form of the ind ependent crtsc i• ustllllly that of the uomi1111tice, lm t it>
relations aml office nro quite <lili'cr;:11t.

He asked m e to give hirn money.
3. Til e wrb codt is sometimes follow ed by two objectives; us, •'It cost me
in uch lo bor. 11
4. Verbs which have two obj ccli vcs in the actfoe j 'or m, rc tnin one o f th en1
iu th e pn.ss ivc, nnd the otl1cr becom es th e s ubj ect; as " Ile nsked me 11 ') llt3 tion."
(nctive fo nn.] 11 A qu estiun was nsked me,'' or 11 1 wns n.:sk ed n. qucstionn I pas::;ive
form.] Th e Ins t e"Xprcssion , nam ely," J w:.L~ ask ed a qucs tiou," is anomalous,
but lluthorizcu by goo,[ usnge.
•

1

R ur,E XlI.

4-lG. A noun j oined with a participle, standing unconnected with the subject or prcdit:ate of a sentence , is in tlic
case absolute or indcpcnclcnt; as, " Tl1c oration lw 11ing
been spoken, the assembly was dismi8sed.""

ANALYSIS AND PARS ING .

RE:UARKS.
S E NT E N CE.-

A w i·se

ma1~

will teach h1·s so11sJustic:e .

l.

Th e noun Independent m ny h :tvo nclj cctl vc' nn'l mo•J ifyini; ndj rn 1cts.

2. In mw fyz iu9 , tho c:1.sc absolute or indcpcm1c nt 1 wilh the partic iple nnd
other m od ify ing w ord ~ , is an abri<lgetl e xpression, w hich m ay he fo nncd rnto
n compl e te seute nco, Uy substituting n ve rh f~H" the p :n t i ~ ipl e , and s up ply in g
othe r necessary w or4-ls ; u.s , "Tarqui11ims roig11i11 g,' 1 l• Pytlia guru.~ c nmc in to
Italy." Ta rquinius r eign i11 ,r; 1 is an nbri1.lgc<l exprcs.-; iou, anJ. i.i equi valent to
wltile 1'<L r<jui uiu.s WlLJ 1·ei9 n.i.u9.

ANALYZED .- " A wiso man,;, is tho m odifiod subject.
"Will teaoh his
Eons justice," is the m odifi ed predi cate. Tbe predicate will teach, is modified,
1st, by its direct objec t, sons ; 2d , byJ,,stice, which 11rny be called tho indirect
object of ten.ch ; if tJ10 preposition of, or a/Jou(,, wcro supplied before justice,
the expression ~(j-11.!ficc would be tho adj unc t of will teach.
PAH BED. - lt ~ o ns , ' ' is n. common noun, third person, plural, masculine
gender, objective case , and the obj ect of teuch.
''Justice 11 is n. comm on noun, thi rd perSon, singular, neuter gender, objective case, and the indi rcct object of tench . Teach is followed by two objectives.

ANALYSIS

AND PAR S I.!\G.

llfodel.
SENTEN C E .

-Jfr. W elch's health being impaired, lie was adrised to try the effect
of u. warm, climate.

A.."\"ALYSIS AND PARSING.

the subj ect;" wa.s acl visetl," &c ., i::i th e m otlifieJ.
prcdi cnt c. "b lr. \\' c kh' g licnlth l.JC ing impai red," i ~ an uUridgeJ cx pre:;:;ion,
11
equival ent to, si11cc ?\Jr. \V clch1 s hcnltli was impaired ."
A:s-.ALYZED.-l'He: , 11 i.::;

In long j o urn ey~ , a sk your master leave to give ale to your
horses. - Swift.
God called the light day, and the darkness he called night.
'Vhile they promise themselves liberty, they themselves are
the servants of corruption.

~A

noun hnvi11g 1_10 ~rninmati cal conn c.:ction wil h th e ~u hje ct nr predi cate
sent ence, wlic11. .1<1il1ed with n rmrtkipl e is ll ~ ll ttll y ~a id to he i11 tl tt• (" ll .~tJ
abaufo_te, but wh cu it i ~ th e 11a1n c of an OIJ.Jcct rul~ lr t:.JJlf,, ,/, it is :-aid ti > !,c i 11 rh o
ca50. wflep i:.nde11t. A~ e i~li c r term in<li cntc8 the fu c t that tli e nuu11 i ~ not ~nun
1m1t 1call y conn ec ted with tl w lea.di1w
par t:; of the t.c 11 te 11 c t~ iL is Ut:c mcJ
0
of

j

I

il

imm ~tc r iitl.., which tenn is e mployo LI. .

'

IGO

SYNTAX.

[§LI.

PARSED.-" ~Ir. 'Velch's," is rt complex noun, third person, singular, possessive cn.oc, and govcmed by health. RultJ Vlll.
"llcn lth," is a comrnon noun, thin.I. person, sin gular, and in the onse indepemlc nt, joinc,1 with tho participal &eing impllired. Rule, "A ?Wm• joined
·wilh ~L participle,'' &c.
11
Being: impaired ," is a present 7msj;h·c 7>rrrfidple of the verb lo impair, nnd
b eloni:;• to hen/lit . Tue other word:; rnn y bu parsed according to previollll
m odels.
SENTENUES .

The sun ri sing, t11c tfarlrness disappears.
Jesus haJ conveyed hims elf away, the multitude being in that
place.
·w c being exceedingly tossed, they ligl1tene<l the sh ip.
J~ ,]warJ g walk ctl along with us, I eage rly assisting to keep
up th e eonvcr..;ation.
John:ion appearing to be in a r everi e, l\fr. :Edwards a<lLlresse<l hin1self to me.
The preliminaries I.icing sc ttlcJ, we proeeecle<l on our
businl'ss.
RULE

§ Lil. J

rnoNOt;NS.

ltEMAI:IC

Names, titles, crt.ption.s, anJ signatures, stnn<liug: unconnected, aro nbriJ;z:ed
expressions, to whh.:b, in nnulyzing anU par~ iug, such words can !Jo aJdc<l ~
arc necessary to complete u. BCll tence.
EXAMPLES.

The Spectator; th at is, t his book is entitle,\ tho Spect,tor. Tiule V.;
Chnpter IV.; that is, this is Rule V., &c. Il enry ~ l :crtyn; that is, the memoir
of Hen ry i\!nrtyn. Spectator, Rule V., Urnpl e?' I V., arc 8lrictly parts of scutcnccs, and can be pnrscd as nouns in the n01ninnti vc nrtcr the verbs.
REVIEW.

'Vhnt are tile rules for nonn s in the indcpcnd . :! ot cn.i::c ( Oi\·e some rxurnples und e r eac h . Jn what c a:-;c arc tli c H u un ~ in th e fol l0wi11g rxpre.;sio11s '?
0 lilJcrty ! " H ()my c-ou 11 try J." "O n r work l•e in g fi11i.:he J 1 we wi ll play.n
Re pent tlic. rul e fo r th e obj ec tive case; f<,r twn otij ccti\'c~. l; iv1: C'-.: nrnp\ e~ und er
each . l\ l'pCat th e ru le ~ for tltc 11oini1n1tive CU!it.' : l'vr th e p1iti:->C:S!l i\ \.' c a."\~ ; fur
the ohj l: ctivc ca ~c; for th e i111le pe nJ. c11t c a :-.c. ,\.li 11t rui c i ~ upj.li cal ilc to tho
11c 1ms, in s uc h c x:prr- si; io11it a s t ho fo ll owi 11g i " I am hnsy <'l:ery rfap;" "h o hn.s
bee n abse nt si.c wf!eks; 11 "si.c roda wide;,, '' lt:.n. f eel dee p; " 1 mtt <: h every
way; " "tile book is worth a. dullar;" "it cost trL~ 11wut: y; '' "ho i.; like his
father."
lo

SECTION

X.'11I.

44 7. Nouns and Pronouns denoting persons or things
addressed, and nouns in abrwpt and exclamatory expressions,
arc in tho case independent.
PARSING.

O ligl1t of Trojans nnd su pport of Troy! 0 sacred city!
O valiant heroes! Religion! wlmt lt'Casure divine!
Yom fa the-rs! - wf 1ere are they? an<l the prophets, do they
Ii Ye forever?
The name of a procession! what a g reat mixture of intlepentlent ideas of persons, habits, tap ers, onlcrs, motions, sounds,
docs it contain!
0 k1ppy we! 1\Iiserable they ! l\1c mi t;e rable ! 0 me !
Ah me!

161

LIL

PRONOUNS.
RULE

XIV.

44 8. Pronouns must agree with their :mtccedents n.ncl
words for which they stand, in gender, nu111her, and p erson; as, "T!tou wlw spoakest." "1'ltey went tlteir way .' 1
ne~lA.HKS.

1. Pronouns which refer to t.wo or mote nouns, wl1c 11 tho ohj ects nro
ta.ken t o~c th c r, must b e iu the plural num lJcr i as, 11 George and Thomas excel
in their studi cf' ."
2. Pronouns wlii ch refer to two or inore sinanlw· noun~ 1 conncctc<l Dy n1· or
nor mus t be in the singular number; as," Keitber Jan1cs nor .Jul.in j g Jiligc nt
in hill studies;"

ll (J t

t11 ei1· st.uJies.

3. \Vhe11 tho IIOUl1 S CO nt1 cc t c <l are of diffi:rcnt persons, ti1 e .fir.t4l p er,,01L if
preferred to th e second, 1111d the sC('Oiul to th e tl1ir11.
4. Th e pronoun'" it" often refers to nouns without rr g:lrd to nwnbe1·, ge1ider or p e1'sm; to i.nfin il ivcs, to clauses, nud e1·en to wlrnlc p:ira:;;rnplJ.;.

14"'

·I

I'

162

SYNTAX.

[§

LU.

"It" is frequently rcdnn<lunt, or is used indefinitely; and when so used,
it may bo p<trsed in apposition wiU1 the infinitive or clause following; ns, "It
is the mark of a generous spirit to forgive injuries ; " tho proper subject of tho
verb i.r;, ,u to f or!Jit:C fr~furies,'' nnd "it,, js redundant, 01· unnecessary to tho
sen se ; but su ch a u snge is authorized by t.be Lest writers.
5. The pronoun whaJ:e.ver or whatsoever is sometimes nse<l for the snke of
em pbnsis ; ns , u No ground whate1:e1·;,, when used in this nui1rn or1 it may bo
trcntod as ru1 n.dj cctivc belonging to a noun understood ; as, "No prudence
whatever," that is," no prudence, whatever prudence may exist, can deviate
from th is scheme."
6. The pronouns himself, itself, thernsefo es, &c., arc u sed in the nominative
or vbj cctiv c c ase, nnJ nrc frequcutly n. 1nerc repetition for the sake o f e mphtLsis, atltl in many in ~ tan ccs arc to be parsed iu apposition with some uoun or
in·o noun e xprcssetl or understood; as, "1-J c himsefJ' snid it."
7. " Wlrnt" i• sometimes u sed. nt! varuinlly in the sense of parll!J; a•, " What
with th e war;" "u·}rnt with the swcnt," &c.
8. " What" is often improperly use<l for "tb11t;" os, "They will not believe but 1dw t J h:ive been en tirely to blame.
!l. E very r elative must have nn antecedent to which it refers, either expressed or implied ; as, " W!J o is pal'tial to others, is so to himself." In this
5<\nU:mcc , "who" is used indcfinilcl y , referri ng to soi.no word not expressed ;
as , u The m lm w ho, n or" any p erson w h o, 11 &c.
10. Tue relative that, may r efe r either to persons or things ; but it is gencrnlly u ~ c d in preference to who or ·whfrh, in the follo wing instances :
1. After an adjccti,·e in tho s uperlative degree ; n.s, "Humility is one of
the most o.miaUlc virtueii that we can posirnss. "'Vhicb," in this sentence,
would sounil hllJ'Bh nnd disngroeablo.
11. After the word same bclongingto tho noun which immediately precedes
tho relative; M, 11 They nrc the :wme pe1·son1' that wo B11w yesterday."
nx. Arter" who," used interrogntively ornftcr nn nntcccdentintroducod by
>t; as, " Who that is prudent, would conduct in such a manner ;" " 1t is you that
must bear the respon siuility ; not l."
xv. When the nntcccdent con s ists of two or moro word,, taken conjointly,
one referring to a per"o1i, and the other to a thing ; as, "My memory fondly
clings to th e dear fr iends and coun try th at J have left."
11. Th e rctntivo freq uently refors to a whole clause; as, "You have overcon1c envy wi tli glory , wh fr h is Yery diffic ult.. "
12. Two rel at iv e ~ occurring in d i!Tc re nt. cluuscs of n. eompo1u1d sentence
ehould be the som e ; ns, "It is romnrknblo, that Holland, against which the war
was undertak c11, nnd tlm t in the very b eginni ng was reduced to the brink of

ruin, lost n othin g .'' " \ VJiic h " sh o uld be used ins tead of" thnt."
13. The relati ve 1cbich is ap propriately used to refer llo the words " child"

:ind" children." "Which" refers to persons, when use<l to designate one of
two inclividnalB ; as, " Which of the two?"

§ Lll.]

l ' l tO.t\ O U l\S.

1G3

14. \\Tl1 en the re nrc nntcce J c nL., uf diff~rcut perso n;;; lt> wli id 1 a re lative i11

tJic no1 n i11 nt.i \' D case n :fo rs, it is tl1 c geuc ra l ru le t liat Lli c rd ati'e w ay a ~rc o
with ciLil cr; Ho:) , " I am tlic Lord tl1a t ma ke, or makcth all U1i11M-, · " Jl i:'l IJ1..: tlt: r in
m ust cases to phtcc the rdaLiv e us JJear u..-:; p oss iUI ~ to tli c word to \\ h id1 it refer:-< ; thus, i1 H5t0a.J. 0f t.ll e cx pressiv11, h I u1n U1e Lvrd who cu11111J.:u1J yvu,"

it Ls lJ ettt:: r tu .'\ay "I wh o co11n11n111,I y ou am th e Lo rJ."
1

it re fe r!" , w ith o ut
" Th ere wn:4, tlierc i'orc , 1rliiclt is all w e a~ .-.. e n, a t.: uursO

15 . S om e ti mes the re!ati \'e prece des th e clause to w li kh

am big uity in lh c seusc.

uf

w·e pursucJ

uy them ditl'e rcut frum th a t which they uef0rc lud."
ANALY SIS AND l'AU S l:-i G.

ln p1w:ri11:; th e 1n ·o11iJ 1rn, inquire , what doc s it !-itn.ntl in pl :L rP. o f '! ll •)W de .
clin ed '? how go \' cr11 ed '! "·lint is U1 0 rule fur its ttg rccrn c nt '( w lia t 1'1.H' it ~ go v.
cnun . :: 11t '?

The li1tlc bill mu st lie paid, bul I confe:;~ it abrn1,; me. Tim
expense of my Eon berc, is grC'ater th an I C: \ ' l ' l' im:i~ i11 <· J.
Althou gh his company is almost all th e pl easure ] ha,·c in life,
yet I sl1ould not have brought l1im, if I l1 aJ known ll1c expe11 sc.
The cookery, and the manner of li ving here, whic/, you know
Americans were taugl1t by their masters to <li:;like, arc more
agreeable to me tlian you can imagine.
It is the care of a very g reat pru't of mank inrl to conceal their
indigence from the r est; they support themselves by tempora1·y
expecli cnts, aml every day is lost in contriv ing for the morrow.
TO UE CORltECTED .

R ebecca took good ly raiment, and pul th em upon Jacob.
One should not think too farnrably of th em.sehes.
The multitude eagerly pursue pleasure, as its chi ef good.
The eo un cil wer e divided in its sen timents.
The moon ap pears, but the light is not his own.
The men which seek wisdom will find him.
One cannot be too careful of th eir reputation.
l\Iy brothel' anJ I arc employed in their proper business.
George and Chru·les are diligent in his studies.
N either James nor Jol1n has gained to th emselves much
credit.
Each of the sexes should be kept within their particuLtr
bounds.

'i
'

·\;

164

3YNl'AX.

[§ LIII

Can any one, on their entrance into the world, be fully secure
th.at they shall not be deceived ?
They which seek wisdom will certainly frnd her.
The child whom we have just seen is wholesomely fed.
REVIEW.
\ \lint is the gcnr ral rnl e f,ir th e agreement 1;f prono1111s? Explllin th e mcitn
ing of lliis 111le. \V hen two or m or e 11 0 11n:' a re eonnccted by afld, in what
numbe r 111 u-it th e p r o 1.1 0 1111 iw whieh r ef'cr:, to them ( lf 11 u und are connected
lJy or (II' 1w 1·, wha t rnust be t.he n umlJc·r of t ile pro11 ou11 r e fcning to them?
He peal tlw n1l c:; f(,r ti Le co n s tructio1 1 of tl1 c rdat-ive. \V hat kind of CL JH"Onoun
i8 11.:/uit ? l L()\\' i:-; it trmLt.orl in pars ing ? . An~. Geuerully, a.s u. oompound prou ouu , C'}Ui\'a lcnt to that i~lcich or tlwse which.

§ Lm.J

165

ADJECTIVE S.

Lluc," "n witch hn zel 1nincral roil ," "pale red ." Several n<lj ect i ve~ arc sometimes j oined to :\ sin gle noun; as, "Lfrei1Joo[ J c:.ep blue eartJu:,n pitchers."
5. The adjective is often u sed a lone, th e noun with wlticlt it ngree:; l1cing
untlerstooJ; ns," The bJ•m1e.'' "the r i9hteous," "lit e beautijfJ.[."
6. Tlte rulject ive is sometimes u sed indeliuitcly, without direct r eference
to nny n oun; as, 11 To be wise filH.l good, is to b e great untl twble." A 11o1 m
howe ,·er, cnn generally be supplied in such instances ; ru., " For one to Lo
wise, is for ouc to be 91·t:.al," &c.
i. The ex pressions tuJo fi,·st, first two, are both authorized Ly good usage.•
8. An nJjcctivc i8 sometinu:s used to modify u. 11uuu and auothe r adjecti ve ; ns, 11 A poor otJ. m uu. 11
fl. Adj ect ives arc somctirncs improperly u sed for a dver bs ; u.s , " Af itJt:: r uMo
p()o r," fur 11 mi:H! 1·aUy pour ; 11 " t'Xft·ll t:. nt we ll," f\ il" " 1.::.J.:ff·llc11tly well;" u hti bcha \·cd h imself confurmal>l c to tliat g reat e x ample i it should be conj;1n1wMy tu.
'' ll u a c ted agl'eeable. to 111y nd vice." It .sho uld lJ!j agr eeuJ1ly to, Lt.!ca uso
agn'e•tbly shows th e nunme r of nc ti11g; lJut, -·J9rceabfo to iny promise I 1ww
tcrite, is correct, as will appear l;y aua lyzing: "I uow ln:itt::, th iii i:; ngreeublc to,"
&c.; a9reeable. docs not show the manne r of writing, Out q ual.ifies the clau:s"e,
"J now 'tcr ite ."
!\Iuch care is ncccssnry to avoid crrvrs of this kind. The,
true 111caui11g of the se ntence should Ue soug ht Uy u. ~arcful 1uul rig:iU auaJys is .
11

SECTION

LIU.

ADJECTIVES.
RULE

XV.

449. An adj ectilre belongs to the noWl or pronoun which
it qualifies or defines. (113.)
REMAUKS.
1. Adjectives are frequently sopamted by intervening words from tho
nouns to which they belong; as," The day is pleasant." "(heat is the Lord.''

" A river twenty rods wide."
2. A1lj ccti ves n.re usc<l to modify infinitives, parts of cllluscs, and whole
propositions ; M, " To see the sun is pleasoot ;" " to advance was di,.f!icalt ;"
1
• to retreat hazn:rdous."
3. Adj ectives nre u sed to modify both the acti<Yll of tlte 1Jet·b, and its suiject;
ns, "The wind was blow in g fre~h ;" "ho grew old in the service of his cotin-

try."
The diffe rence between an adverb and 11.n adjective in such a connection,
mny he illustrnte•l by I.he following examples:
fo cls warm. - :ulj ecti vc.
li e feels warm ly th o insul t offered him- adverb.

]re

She looks co«l- nd.i•' Ctivc.
She look s co/,dly on liim - adverb.
Adj ectives of this kind frequently follow those verbs for which tl1e verb
"be " might bo substituted; ns, The rose smells sweet; that is, ia sweet.
"Sweet" in this connection is an adjective. How irweet the hay smells, [is.}
The npple tas tes sour, [is.]
4. Adj ectives are sometimes used to modify other Rdjectives; a.11, "Deep

Comparison of Adjectives.
IO. The comparative degreo generally refers to two oJ,j ects distinct from
each othe r; ns, " the sun is brighter than the moon."
11. 'J'he s uperl ati ve refers to ol.\i ects belonging to the •ame clas•, •ometi mcs to t wo onl y , but m ore common ly to ruoro than two; a.s, "Sirius is t.ho
bri ghtest or the fix ed stars."
It would be iucorrc c t to sny, "Sirius is bri ghter tlUUl a fix ed star ," Lccnu gc it would impl y tliu.t fiiriu.s is not ll fi xcJ s tar. It ~ hu tll d IJu comp:ueJ.
with IL sin gle object of the kinu ui; tiuct f'rulll itsolf, thus ; "Sirius is brighter
thau Arcturus," i.; correct.
H wo uld ubo lJc incorrect to sny, "Sirins is U1e bdghtcst of the planet.s,"
!Jecn urn it would imply that Sirius is a plane t.
l t is inconcct to suy, "Solomon wnB the wisest of th e Roman kin,...s" he111
cau se li e <lid not belong to that c1a.ss of kings. But it is coITect to sa.; , Solomn n was wi ser than n11y Honum killg," for the reason already 1ncntion od.
12 . Comparative nnd snpcrl a.tive degrees are nlso incorrectly used in i nst111ccs li ke the following: " li e i:; of all others, the inos t insensible ;'h it !:ilJOuhl
111.!, "he is th e most in sc 11silJIC (if' all;" ''the vice of covetou ~ ncss enters 1lcC!-p c~ t
iuto th e soul of man of a ny other ;I) it should be, udeep e1· th an any otlt er." 11 TLo
ilf Th e que8ti o11 wheth er tl1 c 11um c ral s lwo, thr i:.e , f11 ttr, s li ould s t.aw.I hrfo rc
the wo rds .ft'.'r:;t or last, or wli ethc_r jir.it or la&l should 8h111d before th e 1111 m c ru l ~ ,
d.nf·! no t .:ippe nr ~o be settled
u sage. Th ere u.re good au t}10rities on Li r1 tl~
8 1tl c.: .~. Grum11Htn.ans ge ne rall y favur the use of ji1·~t untl lflJjl, before t.li o 11111nc r1d. \ \' he u Ob,1ect.s arc spoken (Jf iu Jniir81 trij)l~.tB, &c. , it is lD tt.llife~tJy

b.':

proper to pl!lce the numeral la•t.

IGG

SY NT A:'(.

[§

LIII.

weakest of Uic t ll'o ;" it sh ould be, "the wertke1· of the two." "The e/de,.of tho
three ; " it should be, "the eldest of th e three."
13. Tim supc rla ti\'c, however, is :t<lmiss iblo wl1cro two things nrc compared, if there is no am Uiguity from s uch a use ; H!::I , "The weakest of tho two, or
th o weaker of the two."
14. Double cornparati\·cs nn;l s nperlativcs shoul d be nvoi<lcd ; ns, "A more
se1· e11e r tcrn1w r; " " the

·m o~ t .~frail es t

sect.''
l G. 111 cxprc:$~ i 11 g a cornparison, if l>ot.il nonn s relate to tho sumo thing , the

nr l iclc should nnt uc prefixed to rl1 e latter; if to d ifferent thi ng• it ;houlu not
b e orn it lcd; a.,, 11 He i ~ a ?11uc h bette r gcncrn l than t; tatcsman ."
HL Th e worJ such is ofte n im properl y used for so ; as, '' ll ~ wn s such nn
ext n~va g :mt person ;11 it sli o ul<l Le su extravag:mt.

Position of Adjective.•.
ns ,

17. Adjective< nre usually placed before t he nouns to which they belo ng ;
11
A !Jt'.ne1·ow; mart."
18. Th e fc>llowin:; 1tre exceptions to this general rule :

r. \Vlicn the w ljcc tivc is limited by some word or ndjunct follo wing it, it
stands after its 11 0 1111 ; ns 1 u }i'ood convenient for 1n c. " "A rul e, n foot lun2."
tr.

When the ndjcctivc expresses n titlo; us, "Alcxnnder, the Grcnt," it

follows its nonn.

n r. Sorn et imcs several ndjectivcs belonging to one notm nro placed nrter
it; ns, "A prin ce learned wise, nn d brrive.''
'"· An ndjccti\'CI used cmplmtically to introdu ce n sentence is often sepnrntc<l from iu noun by int.oryouin g words ; ns, "G1· cat is the I.. ord."
' " When nn adject ive is preceded by an adverb, it geoernlly follows its
n oun i ns, '' A mnn truly wise."
vr. The defini tive all, is often sepnrnted from its noun by the ; ns, "All tl10
people." "All," sometimes stands nftcr severnl nouns, to impnrt energy to
tho sentence; ns, "Ambition, interest, honor, a.ll concurred."
v11. All adjectives nre separated from their nouns by" a," when they nro
preceded by " so ,11 or" as ; " ns, n So wise a man." " A.a good a mnn."
1

ANAL YS IS AND PAUS ING.

The youn g lilooL1 of mod ern li.teruture h_as put new life into
lit e li terature of th e J caLl languages.

All th e f'eatures of a g reat heroic age, - from which Europ ean civilization elates, and political ancl domestic order takes its
rise, stanJ fort h in living reality.
The enc11mbcr cd oar scarce leaves the hostile coast,
Through purple billows and a flo ating host.
None \1·crc llanis hcd exce pt the tl1irly tyrants.
I 11a\'c not see n him !11esc ten years.

§ LIII.]

ADJE C TIVF. S.

1G7

That sort of books was a valualile prese nt.
These studies were the delight of !1i s dcdining years.

,•

'·

id

To die for one's country i ~ sweet and becoming. T o restrain
anger is excellent. To excel in knowledge is honornlile. The
flame burns Lright and clear.
K ee n blows tli c wind, and
piercing is th e cold. A g re:-t t many :;tars arc visililc in a dear
night. A light shineth in the path of th e upri ght.

;'i
~

ii

'1

SENTENCES TO llE COR rU-: CTED.

A new b:urel of flour. A clear spring of wa ter. A gree n
load of wood. A ne w pair of boots. I ha\' e l'CL'cived th e m
l1ooks whi ch you se nt me. I ca n nc\·er t lii11)-> so mcr•n of him .
They wander ed auout sol itarily and Ji :; tr e>'~ c d .
Sh e reads
proper, write~ neat, and compo~es accurate. Th ey liv ctl coll- .
was s11d1 an extravaformable to the rules of prudence.
g:-tnt man, that he soon wasted hi s property. I 11 e Yer rnw such
larn-c trees. Such a bad temp er is seldom found. A tree fifty
foo7 high. Twenty ton of hay. Two shilling a pound.

i.r
·~

Ile

'Tis more easier to build two chimneys tl1an to maintain one.
The ton gue is like a race horse, whi ch runs the faster the lcsst 1·
wcigl1t it carries. The ni ghtin gale sings; hers is th e mo., t
sweetes t voi ce in tlic grove. The l\:Iost Iligl1 es t laath created
u s for his glory and our own k1ppincss. The Supreme B c: i11;.:
is the mos t wisest, tl1 e mos t powcrfulest, a nd the m o:> t uest of
beings. Virtue confers th e supremest di g nity on man, am.I
should be l1is chief desire. I~is assertion was. more true tha11
that of his opponent; nay, the words of the latter were rn o.-t
untrue. Hi s work is perf'cet ; hi s 11rother's more perfect; and
his fath er's the most perfect of al l. Eve was th e fair est of all
her danghtcrs. Profane swearing is, of all other vi ces, th e
most in excusable. A tal ent of thi s kind wo11]1], pc rl1:1ps, provo
th e likeli est of nny oilier lo succeed. llc spoke wi th so mu ch
propriety, that I understood him t.he bc;;t of all th e other"
who spoke on the subj ect. Such disting ui shed virtues seldom
occur.

.,

.

1G8

SYNTAX.

SECTION

PRON OMlJ.'l" AL
RULE

[§LIV.

LIV.
ADJECTIVES.•

XVI.

4GO. Pronomird adjectives limit the nouns to which they
belong , or are used alone as pronouns ; as, 1'liis day ,few
men, both men, many people, the latter day, some think, f ew
come, &c .
RE~IAHK S .

J:.(1ch othe1'. O!!e cinotlier.
l. These nrc cllipticnl e xpressions iind mny he cx phin ed ns foll ow• :
"Righteousness an• l peace have kissecl each ut/ij), i'· ; 0 tlin.t is, eal'h has kissed
the 01!ier.
" \Ve ougl1t to Jo,•e one anvther; " tl.tut is, one ought to love, &c.
"When ye come together to ent, tarry onu for another;" it might he, for one
another.
" Ex ho rt one another dnily; " lot ench exhort the other, &c. t
2. Th e adjectives tl1is nnd th ese refer to what is near or present ; but the
ndjootivos that nnd those re fer to what ii more remote or ubsont; as, "This man,"
th nt is, the mnn who is preS-Ont or near; " That mun," that is, tile man who is
at a distn 11ce or a.bsent.
s. The u1lj ec tives each, every, either, require, in constrnct.ion, tho noun,
pronoun or \"erb, to be iu tho singular number; ns, " Every treo is known by
its fru it." This rule is oft.en violntecl, as in tho following examples : ".t.etoaoh
fu lfil tli •fr pnrt; " it sh ould be kiS'.
" E very" is sometimes joi ned ton nonn, p receded by a. numcml ndjective;
ns, u Every six 11w1iths." "EvcrY hundred yea·r s." As tho noun 11nd the
n um erol are together m erely a complex term exp1·essing n definite period , such
cxam11lcs do not in reality mak e nn exception to the rul e~
4. Even when ocvcrnl noons are counectecl l);S the 00111111011 subj ects of o.
verb, if ench one is limit.c•.l by e<tcli or ei·er y1, e xpressed or unders tood , tho
v erb must be Ringular ; ns , ''Every leaf, every twig, nncl every drop of water,
teems w ith li fo. "
5. Tho words ?n.eaw~, news, mnenrl.~, &c., formerly· plurul nouns, are n O\V'

u sed iu the singulnr number, and take adj ectives agreeing with them in the
• Tlii s clas~ o f' word!(, in ncn.rl y eve ry instan ce where U~ ey are.used alone,
n<lmit of hav in g n. noun s111lplied ; but ns it wou ld bo obv10 u ~l y improper to
fn!ppl_v a. noun in some cnscs, it is b et.tor to t rerLt th on1 tlS prono ll n.s w he n they
am nsod alon e.
t The expressions, each otlw·, one a11oth e1-, arc sometimes termed reciprocal

pronouns.

§ T.! V. J

PRO K O )ll NA L

l GD

ADJ ECTlVES.

pl ural ; ns, " Tltis mcrrns ," not these men.us.

" 011 c means or a mca ns,11 not

one mean.

G. The pronorni11nl i oth , is ofteu use<l in tlic pince of two 11 0 1111 • , cn11 ncctcd togctli cr, or of n. plurn.l noun compri si 11 ~ only t.wo indi,·idunJ ;: 1 tl1 ~1
&ul;,i ec t or u!Jj cct in u. sente nce ; as, 0 AUrah:im took shee p n11·1 o.xc ll , :111 1l
ga,·c them tu .A Uirn clcch, !lnd both of th em made fL covenant."
u Hoth" is ~orn c t im cs nscd j n npposit ion witli n. prvnoun to giYc empli :i:, l3
t o tlit.} express ion ; as ," He forg:n c the n\ both." "I will teach y on i id/t .''
1

7. The pronom inal s J1fn1ter and la tte1· ; al so th e une- and tli e r;f/1t r, m:iy
p roric rly rcprese 11t nouus or c lau s e~ in co ntra.E t, wl1 e 11 thl'.Y ar0 llcn r in con~
0

stnt ction :u id occasion 110 ob ~e uri ty . $ti . 0 1te is ~u m e tim r.:.:. n -w d in tl1 c pl 11r:d ; n::i , " Tl: c g r("!lt 1.1ll C.'i cif t he w or ld; "
" t.lic little 011 cs." "' One 11 u sc J w it lt v ut a nut1n i.':I ( 1 ft~.: 11 n ~c d iJ1ddi11 it· ·l.'·,

si g-nify ing persons in general ; as, " Un e ought t.9 pity tlic

di~tre3scs

of man-

kiud."
!J.

J\ run e is n;::ed in both nu :1 11Jcrs; a..;,

1

'

.1.\'(11 tC i;.; 1'

1

or

11

~Yo11c

arc .''

" 1'··Hte

tl1:-i t go unt·o lier ret urn ngain ."

l o. r ·i1/w1· is sumr1i111 es u::H'<l for " ca1.; h;" ns1 " T wo thi c,·cs were cru c i~
fi cd - 0 11 1_ ithu · :3 id c 0111..:. 1 '
11. " Th en1" u::;r d f1_lr " th c~ c " nr 11 tl1 osc 11 is a. vu lg-:nism ; ac1 " Th em.
1Jooks.,, " 'J'l11:1r1,

p cupk~ . p

It shoul ll be , " tl, e~ tJ l>uoks,"

u

tlwoic people.''

A NAL YS J S AND PAH SJN G.
Pronominal Adj cotivos .

O ne thy Al on zo rn m1c i t iJi :icO \'C ry which ~ Ut rt kd l1i m.
A g rea t many peopl e tli ink th:i.t the SaLLatlt e ull s a t w nsct.
The l1oy J1 f\ pe<l he li:u1111 ade so m e irnp rc,;;ion.
You k11 ow ve1·y well tl1at s uch an cx pei.l iti on, wi th s 11cl1 compa11io11 0', \r ill not. Le kee pin g l1 oly tli c :-:iaubnt h day .
Eve ry fee l ing of" grat itude is ol1literat ecl by one sin gle: inl c rfcrence wit h you r wi ekccl tl es ircs.
H e soon lc:u-n ciJ, th at it was one thing to sec tl1 at hi .3 feelin g.,
" ·er e wron g, :i.nd anoth er thi ng to feel rig ht.
Th e "~ om i;sions wer e more fr equ ent l han li e imagin ed.
A1 ul tl1 c eyes or tl1 em Lo1li we1·e opc11 ct!.
l 'r011 0 1ni na l . : \ ilj c1.: 1h·c:; uscJ :B l' rono uns .

And li e we nt af"l e r th e 111a n of I srae l i11to U1 e lent, a nd tl1rn st
L0 th o l" th e m throu g h.
'*- T ho in,\ ud iciou." 11 :-c 11f' .f11·1111 , . :n 1d lofl•-1· nwl 01l w r ~ 1 1 h .~ titut c~ arc n ;:.,.,·ca t
Ulcrni -s h in Ca1 r1 pi;cll 's l 1lii !•hopli,v i_,f' l:li 1.: tjiric. - 11 ·,1,6(( r.

] .'i

170

SYNTAX.

[§

nlay he

•

I:.D.IAUKS.
l. Arti c le, , wl1 cn usctl, s ho ul1 l be npplicd nccordi.ng to their sign ification,
nnd ns the scn'c rc•1ui rcs. T hey nrc oft e n properl y omitted .
2. When the sense of worJs is s uilic icntly certain by t.he cons truction, the
n.rticlc mny lie om itted.

3. 'Vhcn fl1 c s ig11i t1un.t io 11 of the noun is general, und requires no limitation, th o ru"Liclc is omitted; us, "Jlonor to whom h onor is du e." "Man is
mortal.''

...

I.;

1 t" t hl' .. , \till' p~ ·1-11n orl
·, . \\' I t•.' '' tl 1c· t wo nn111 1.., afte r ll c111_11p.n il!\1 r t , i
_,.,,,,.\ , :l'", " 11 1 , ... l 1.. 1111 .. "_
'
. 1 I1011
- \ \ l • ( 1 LII i tt \°\ l IJl' I 0/ 1·,~ t Il • ' '•
•
tl 1i11'.:!, th1~ al'l ll' u :i
'1.;
l ! ,, ,, 1 ,ul· I • li.111 "' l ilt~
. . (,
. . .
. . I· . " Th u 11 ..:. l! or t \11~ :1r ll rl e 111.;lt1 11 ' ~ . !CJ 11 I
. .
d 1t.: r 1h .1n ~t l Hi .l1 .
" ll · . _ 'l Ui.: lti.: r ~ul .\ 11,; 1 Lh .w 11.
l11;__·: w i11;..:: l'llti rc ly ; it tli c n ' ' uuld lll t ' <lll,
l· i.., •

d wl'l liJL::.-"·L

~c h 11l: u· i ~ . "

.
.
.
.;;c i:; <.:.ometim\·::-i rn :\.\ •• l iy th·~ u.:c nr ot 11 i..;7. A ni ce tl h=tmct1•m Ill tlic SC'JL.
.
.
1• J\ • h ·t.... ·\ litt\1"' n·\ 1'r~
t i , -<. r l ~httlc" J 1d/ d1' ::1 .. ,
. ''
b
~ i Oll ur t.li•! :1nkl0 e " rt.! IC \ J ' .
_ ...
. ' . o..\',.·J l \t- •'.1'l'.•._- ,
.: 1l 0 h:t..-i \ittll!
cncc ." T hi~ 111e:ul:=; t hat he has rcrc n.·11t c l!l . i , ' n l (. ,.,
.. ,... ,.,, ,,c·•'· ·,, Tl 1i ::. 1111 11 \i e;.; •t ilo ul >L wh o._·; tli i.: r lie li _:\:o; :111.' ·.
·r· .
l v ._ ~
f
J I t'(e 1'!} ; :l..:.;1 H W H.:C ri
B. An or a i:; som c tirn c5 used in th e sense o cttl t o

..L1y."
l
rr. tl if• m enn in·rof f\11 mljecliYC ; a..;i; , II A
. U. Tli c ar ti d~ is uftt' 11 n s('( to J11 Vl I ) · " ;, '\. ~" u t17i11 ~~· ,,
li u-n. lrv l m r n ;"" a la r9c 11111nbcr uf111 t,;.11,
. j
· . , . - n;;:; "The m ore
10. "The " i:; used \Jc furc cu mz1rt:rat,~ cCJ3 n111l_ :;11~:td11ttu:.:i , • _,
. . ,,, " An ei;; t11 tc th e ltir gest in th e e ll y.
u 1·1
- lli~ Uctt u '
'
l t f r • triclh·c c1 a use..<:;,; as ,
It;
1 L u The" i:; n :=cd lJ c fur u t he a ntcl~ C 1_ Uli u c:-,.

These ki nd of indul gences. Those sor t of favors. I have
Lee n wa iting this two liours. Do yo u see those Looks lying on
thi s talil c: ? Th ese m e n that stan•l yonder are so kli ers. That
Lrcczc is ref'n:;;hi11 g. "\ Vhcrc are tli cse Looks whi ch you took
from th o desk ? lloth th e sun, moon, nml plan ets, turn on their
axis. Do you see them people walking in the park ?

451. The article an or a, is used before nouns m the
singular num ber only , individually or collectively.
Tlte
is used before nonns in both nurebers; as, " A man;"
" a. thousand;" " the houses ;" " the sea."

,

1

TO DE CORRECTED.

XVII.

171

ADJE C Tl V I·'.~ .

4. \ Vh cu t wo fJl m 0r c 11o un g tlcc nr i 11 th e sanH~ ctm::.tn 1ction 1 t l1c :1rtir lc
•d " ith tl1c i 1;;:, t ; a:;, ' · ·1 b.-t·1! w~n: 111a11y
tt'"c~ l with the lu ot allll o rn1tlc
l t i.:, o ft i.: 11 u~cJ , h1)\\'CYl: I" , itl
h tmb L<Jlh vf tlic n i ~)1t ltn<l d .1y ,11 or l11t:- d.ty
.
!'· . til e c.:. a k C uf C111 plHL':l lS.
. .
f
such 11t:: . taw..:e~ u1
·- ~ _ . ..
scU to cxprl!:;::3 d i ff~rc 11 t q u :1lttH'S o
[,. \\' li e n t wo n r m o r e ad.icc ll\C:-:1 ,u c lu. ·· tl Ll • lirs t ·rn J o 111 iL t c d witli t l1c
. - - t l c ·u· t iclc m·ty lJ e u ~Cl \ \ I i ie
. ''
.
th e ~ :llll C u I1.1..:t.:t , l '
' .
l · '"'Ir i r,, r ~ fe rrii w lq n. ~ i nµ,le d ,n·ll111g.
II \I
' "' a n l c on YC llh.! ll t {. \\ C l llol
n
I
r c:-t ; a s, .: aq.,o..; ' '
l" .. . f li ffc r c u l v\•j...:cb tl1e ;u·th;\i,; 111 ~1 ~· 10
H ut i f it is iu h~ u d t:c"l t u c ~ p ress qu :t l U CS u l . . • l ,, ··ltiu ..'. ,, n ·f·..:rr itl'' t v l \\" U
u sed lJe f1 1rc e; t...: h; a~ , n ~i large an•l . a cu ll\ c n ie111. i ' · l
..,,
b

The same is eftually true of tlt e past.
In the evenin g lie was occupi etl with so me one of these enj oyments, and the n ex t day h e was planning anoth er.
Thi s l ie co uld not !Jut strongly sl1rink from.
L et otl1c rs se rv e whom tl1ey will ; a s f0r m e al1ll my house,
we \viii se rve tl1e L orcl.
The •lialogue betwee n conscience and his h eart was go in g on
all th e tim e ; th e latter finall y prevail eu.
l\fa ny shall come in my name, saying, I am C hrist, and sk1.ll
clecc ivc many.
Ju La l was th e father of such as dwell in tents.
I ca nn ot go beyond the wonl of the Lord my Gotl, lo Llo less
or more.
J, ~ t each fulfil his part.

H.ULE

r·Ro ~o~nNAL

§ I.I V.]

J,IV.

si ,rh t td iidt tre suu·.' '
.
· . . •l ma.n _v ,11 ru n1 n. sin·
r- J·l II ,\11 or:t " somc limcsoeeurs h c twc l' ll th~a 1 l.\t:l'l l\'~
-· , . a ~ , , , F ull man y a g"m ;" '"many a y1 >1ttli .
r; ubr nutrn;

.

T O 11 £ C( >HltE CT\•: 1> .
:-:;ho w li n w Lh c a rti dcs nrc mi 8n pplic1 I

·

ll\

1

f llO\\ i 11cY

I w \1

~

se ntence ~ .

. . n ton. man to control Iii ,; passions. A man
Ueason was g n c · '
. _
1 l t , · writer
i~ th e nolJ\cst work of creation. lfc is a m.u c i _)e ~ cl .
.
1 . T he 1-in" h·1s co nfc r re u on liun a tJtlc of·' t1ul, c.

tlianarcaLC l.
'"'
.
Atu 'sll 1is
"\Vi ; cst an•1 b est men sometim es cornn11t errors. . . .. '-·
. w as lJut n. poo1. ofl"el:in ".
"
H e haa Lee n censured 101 gi,·ing
.-qft
~- little attention to l1is business.
REVIEW.
.
.
f ·111' cct i v c~? \\' hat i ~ nn n1\jecti,·c ?
\ Vh:it i:; tl1 c ru le ivr tl1 c 11:.!l CCmcnt <>.• .I· ·1.I A . • l'11'c tives t·vt:r l'\c \11lratc•l
1t , H•
~
~
. -·
· ·
· -I Jc tile urtll' c
U oc:; t.l rn t c 1111 nd,JC\.)ttv.c lllc u
. - l
'cuu ·Hljc~'t i vos quali fy l 11.fi11r1,ti v~,,
from tll cir no unti '? U1ve iomo cxtun p es.
•

N 11

172

SYNTAX.

[§

IN.

§

LV.J

I N ~TNT TIYE M0D 1·:.

173

5. " ' hen the Infi.nitivc denotes 1m17x;;;e or dai.l fn, it is frequently preceded
by the phrase in ordcr, Lut tl1is phrase is often 01nittcJ.
6. The phrase to be su1·e is often usctl adverbiilily, in the sense of mrely,
or certainly.
SPECIAL RULE.

453 . The Infinitive mode has sometimes a subjec t in
the obj ective case; as , "I believe t!t e sun to be tho centre of the solar system; " " I know !tim to be a man of
veraci ty."
SECTION

Jt EMJ..RK S.

LV.

l. This fo nn of e xpress ion, f;Lr lcs:o:; comnwn in our b ngnagc tlt a u in t he
L at in a11d Urcck, is e1pliv nlent to a su1ordiuatc c la u se i1 1troJ. uc~J by tlw,t ;

VElrnS.

' ' 1 LcLic ve /,,im to be J i.., Jt o11 ci:; t ,11 tl 1at i ~ , I 11l:li cve tlutl li ~ i:-i fli~ h n n c~ t.
2. The Li1l1Utivc w ith it8 s ulijcct i5 svu w tim e:'i ii:t r11Jucc1 l IJy .f.rr; Hf' ,
•i J·~)r liirn to We was gai11 . 11
Jn s u c h c xpre .sr- io us th e inti11i t in! :u H.l tit~.: words
conuectL~J. wi t h it, funn t h e suUj ect of the v~rlJ lu th u . sc ulcllcc, "'For li i1u

THE lNl' lNlTIVE M ODE.

to di e" b tile s ubj e.c t uf ·wa..;.

RuLE XVIII.

NoTE. -The w;c of t lt e Infi n it i\'C as t he ~ltl~jei..:t, 1)f~jc d, n.rnl Jlf'fdica te nnm inlltive h343 l)cen explained uml er the Hules relating to these s u l1jects. F or tllo
n.aturc and proper ties of tile Infinitive , sec Sec. x x i, 2ii5, 250 .

. ~!i~ . A verl: in the Infinitive m ode is ge nerally used to
J1m1t the rnc:u11ng of a i•erb, noun , or adJective ; as, " I
h ope to 81tcceed ; " " a d esire to 'improve;" " anxious tu
ltear."

ANA L YS IS AN D FAH S J:'\C .

Ji e was willin g lo risk all, fur the excitement of a new revoluti o11.
Ile J.e:livcreu l1is LrotJ1e r Alfonzo iutu th eir h::i.nds, t.o be r ecogn ized n.s the lawful heir of th e crown.
Not fm· from the city of Avila, th ey cau$ed a sca!fulll to be
erected, of sufficient elevation to be easily seen from the surrounding country.
A manifes to was then read, exhibiting in glowing colors the
tyrannical conduct of the king, and the consequent determination

REMATIKS.

A verb in the I nfi nilivo may also limit tho m eaning or
. 1. As or II.rm; ns "lie is so conceited as to disdain to have nny thing to do
'l\'1t h Uooks ;" "he desired uothing m ore tha n to k·now his iinperfections .":lff
2 . .Adce1·bs; ns u The r ope is. 8troug enou9h to :m. sp eml a ton;" u I know not
llow to adJrc ~s yo n. ''
~l . J >1'('1wsiti.011s; :1.'5 1 H '\' liat went ye ou t jU;· to .1.Ce ; "t "1ny Ji·ionU is nUout
t o take hi s d o..~ pnrt nre ."
4. The l1~fi 11itir~ is al~o u sed indcpend e ut ly; ns, " To say the least 110 has
erred bi judg rn c nL ;" 11 I.Ju t tu p1·vcntl w ilh our argument. "

,, ~ T h ~ Infinite _nft cr rrs or th an, n10rc properly li111i ts n. verb und erstootl; ns
li e dus1red uo tlun g m ore than lie df~ire<i to k now," &c .
'

. t Thi s form. of cxpres;iuH is
lll

ll vW

ousolctc ; iL occurs in the Scriptures nrnl

nuc1cut wntwgs.

r

I

to dc·pose him.
It would be an unprofitable ta~k to attempt lo unravel all th e
fin e-spun intrigues, uy which the 1Ianp1is Villena cont.rived to
defeat every attempt. at an ultimate accommodation.
The abj ect mind of H enry wa11 content to pm·chase repose,
even by the most humiliating sacrifice.

17 4.

SYNTAX.

[~ LV.

§

LY.]

Ile not so grce,Jy or pop uhl' a1'J'lat1,;L', as to forget that tlie
'3fU1tc Lrt: a Lh wh ich Lluw' up a Jil'e may l1luw il <iut agaill.
I und cr:;tand l1im li1_;1ter, tl1a11 to Sllj•po'e lte will rclim1ui,Ji
Lis dc: s i.~n .

L\LTJ U l 'LL-,;.
H1 1.1:

HuLJ.> XIX.
'1CL The vc rlJS which folivw Did, da1·e, dant, !tear , fe cL ,
l.:t, 'lil akv , neeJ, 15ee, auJ Ll1eir p~~rtici plos, aru uaell lit the
Infinitive \vitl1ollt tl1c si.!.',n fo ;·as" Ile biJ rnc gu.''
~o r 1~ . - Tli u Yc r l•s ·n•atch 1 ~_t k v/rl, /.·n ow , ohserve, /l(n:c, c;._;-m,ma>t d 1.Ji11rt, and
50111 (; vtln;r:;, a.re Ot;l..'.il biv11a lly ful lu\'n:d J,i t.li e jllfit1 it.i v v wit1 1uut th e ~l~lt to.

1

I':lrtici]>kS 1J c·l01 1 ~ (,, J1(•1111 s ur i·1·,,11 u u 1 1~, 11liic:l1 tlt l'Y
li11,iL <! l' csihin .
I' rcc: cnt an•l componn rl p:1rti ci1·1·· ' ;'•J 1· 1·1·:1 \], .· ·-· 1\:i•; c:\~G
as tl1e ye d1:4 from wl1iclt they :11·c du·i1l d.

Ij

1: L \ J .\

A~D

l'AJ; sn• .;.

The nnme of Henry m akes them leave me desolate.
lVTy followers' )Jase a n<l ignomin ious t reasons m:..kc me Lduku
to my l1eels.
D a rn a ny man be so boJ,1 to so und r etreat or parley, when I
command thc111 kill ?- Sl1akspcare.
Hark ! l l11:ar th e hcrnlc1 a11 gels say.
And the multitude wondcrcJ when they saw the lame walk
:rntl the blind sec.
He had dared to think for himself. - Coleridge.
The haughty priests of learning banished from the schools
all who ha<l dared draw water from the living fountain. - Coler£dge.
I found my fri eu<l express much satisfaction for the bargains
lie had made. - ::ftecle.

but

\\li i:' IL . . Cl 11-.e,J

t Ji~ 1.Jlic._:1;

fc1 r l!J i

Y••i 1r

i ..

11:1rtil'i )' k·

tli c

or

;l

,, J°·1,·11

n-t··l

l~h

.'- .

:1- ;1 1~·r1 111 . · · ii

}il"t_>.:::.1 · t:t. ,,i· C11 t l) j ,,'l ll 1d

\'(t" [J iL!ld a

! IHll l l :1 t

!i· ·r \\ 1111
11:irfi ,· i11k ,,(

\ /w

:- : ll !l•;

t ! !ll "

' 1· ·.1

i' )1,, 11 r

'li-;

' " 1:, ,,:1\ e \,I~ ·
j

'' ! ~ 1

l•'l\l!'il

i"

I

!° .. ·

i,,,·; ti , ;~t 11.•·. "

-·

\ \ Ji, · 11 l ' l' l'l.· 1· ·k .\

IH! 1i,l l11\\'l'd 11.v

l1y t ll" :1rti,:l 1', l lio.: t •l"<.' .. l' l 1t 1·: 1ni .. i ; il ·· 111 111 "r ··:1-- 1·-- 1 1111 1--i.

" (Jf ;" a :-: • .:

\\":\!Jl!-i . "

l ·:xp1·c~.:-io11.~

an C't! j"

" 'J' /":. 1rriti11y an

' \Ii· ~ ~:d11i11 ;:

l ik e tip.: fu]J 1. \\

4:( \\ i.. , .!1 °111 :"

" 'I J,.. "" ll!•f •I.• i r1:._' •/• li lt'

i11;~ :ire i111.: utTl"t'!: •·

1
' '!1t 11r, 11, /,i11:1 !"·I •'11!
lil' l h 1; i\ 11i'!tT "J·l'·· ;1C·l 1111 .! ! ,' 1 ,\.. -. .~·
loc r,), .. ,. n ·1 · !, 11:1r11vl_, ; lh<!l !]1,. ' · ,, ( "

c ~~ ; 1 y . 1 1 H(Jf" ' ~ I H o1dd

:L T he r ; •\" t• r :-:1• ,,f th is r uk

~ li 0 1 lld 11 1:--o

0

~ li 11tli, l

not he t.: 111 p lt•yc·d :i!"i t_ T th e pat"til' i j ili •1 wlll'll i t i...; 11 ul 1• rn ·1· kd !. 1y 1 !1 1 ~
urt id01 n,_; 1 "Hy lllY':tdtinc; , ,f' n· 11,: 11t a 11n.: .' 1 Jt ~hould In_', " I'·'· 11 1° • l.\•">t<'L i:J;..·,
vf r f''. J•Cll! :\lh.:e ,11 i 1r, "by pr· ·~ u.:l i ing rq wt d:ttl l' \~ . " I ll ;.: •·111·ral 1 L .i! i t l1 1.' a r 11 .·I·:
a 11 .\ tlr 1· 1n· · · p •1-..iti • n 1 ~ 1 11.11!• l1,. ~ ti ··· .! , " r l i(•tlt i- 111 111! .\ \,, . "111 iti ··· I, ,.,_, ... it ·.·. !11 ·1•:
till' ellip~, j~ ,,f t !H: ph·111 1:--i 1i,, 11 i:) , ,\,\'i .. 11.. , qf w!11 ·r• ; :u1• ol !w r , ·., 11 ~ !rtt l.· l 1 ·'1 1 i-, 11 ·0

1

You ought not walk too hastily. I need not to solicit him to
do a kind action. I 11:1\'C seen some very young persons to conduct themselves very incliscl'Ce tly. Ancl the multitude wondered when they saw the lame to walk, and the blind to see.

quircd Uy th e ~\ ' IL..:.c i n~ , ' ' Til e 1 t.!ri .~ i11y 1•1" 11!h w 1 ri 11 :1 tr , J •i"" C lll' " :1 11 i11 ··t l lT" Ct iun .11 111 1Ji i.-; ~ 1·11 te n ce tl1 i,; i1ifi 11 iti\• : i:-; 1i--1•d <11'tt·I' 1!11 : 1•:1r 1i1·i p i.tl i1•1t:r1 .
.J. l' rr,r1 1t n1 1'11 ·1.1 11 pi111 11d , •. 1rtici 1ih:."1 j1t"k11 J•\ rf,•rt 11 t!w ·.rl i·· " 1·f' :\ \ •·,·!· ·1 r1 ·I
1101111 at tli u :.:: 1ll H! ti 111 e ; a .. , '' li e wa-., d i-., p k:1 .. 1., \ w ith t !1· · Li11;·' -.. /1o1 1,'11_.; l., ,,.-.,,., ·erl t h•; oflicc tlj H) !1 a w or tlil c~s 11 t;U1." 111 !h i... i-t't1t" r11· r·, t!w l' •• Hlf"·1111· l i·: 11~i­
cipJe is u sed a .'\ a n o un :rnd gove r n:; "ki11 g ·:; .· 1 I t :tbu , iH t hl" Loil l1.· c 11!' a r l·rl 1 1
guY l.: fl l:":i tli e 111 11111 1'uflic..:c,· i iu ll 1e lol•jc..:utive c.;; 1 ~t.:tJ.
Pnr1i ci pl c :-:1 o ru ~ 11 lir-lo 11 ~ lo a Clil.ll Se Ol' :l part
:l ;;e 11 k 1w r; :L" 1 II () 1cl11.'1
t o t ho 1Ja1 I dtak ur th o ro ad ~ , h e \\'il 'i .\f· t ni 11 rr1 a d:1 y \ JC _\"Oll d tli 1: t i111 c 1 t' Iii -- :q .p0illtlll Cl1t.11
In this sente nce," uwiu g " a g ree:; wirli 1l 1c wltulc H: 11ll'11ce , .: !10
wa -.i,n &c. Th e word:; c1111C£ r 11 i119 , urt'unli11v re.~Jl! 1 fi11:; 1 f11111/ri11:; 1 ~\: e ., :trc
gc 111~ rall y c o n~ i dere d pre 1 ·o~ it iun s .
'J'lh~ Y are, 110\\'e \·e r, 1h·r i ,~: d fru111 v e rL ~ ,
nutl in m o:-: t in ~ tan c c s r e t~ r to som e statem e nt in th e i:i t'nt c n t('.
G. Participle:; are snn ieti mc:i u seJ irnl e li11itc1y , wit\ 111ul r e l'.; rc nce to nny

'" The sil!n lo is rctamc<l nfl cr thc<e vcrLs when used in the passive form.
The sig n is ulso sometime; rct aiucd ufter make_aud dwre.

:~ Thi ~ r11l c jg nfle n vicJ\atecl Jo y onr lic ~ t writt· r f"., :111d tu 111ak e i~ n 11i\' c r . : :il ii
to a ssume nn nut !J ori ty 111 11 ch t1,0 di c t:1t'iw ia l. T he e :--qin.: :5::- iv 11, ' ' l li c u1aki 11h

TO B E COirnECTED.

1

,,r

1

1

a wil l,"

jg

perfectly good EH gli, li. -

IVc~stcr.

,_;, ~

,_,,._.

·~·~

fl:~' 1

:\..\ .

• J ;~,;-,.

J. T li..:·

,\_,\A L · ·::;is

175

r .\I:T l <_ l\'1 . i- .-; .

i,

'·

17()

SYNTAX.

(§LY.

§ LVI.J

nout1 or pronou n cxp rrsscU ; nf', " It i5 not pos~ i blc to net olhcrwi:::c, cu11side riu.1 tli e wea kness o r o ur n ature. " " Ucne-ra,lly Bpcaking, his couduc t was ve ry

MOD E S AND 'LEN S E S.

S ECTION

l1011oralJ!c. 11

F ur othe r H!-1.Cs of the p ~ r t i c ipl e 1 sec Sec . x x iv.
7. Atl,icct in•8 <lcriYcd i'n 11 11 n·r! •~ , a1nl lia vi nci tJ1 c form of pnrticijilcs, uro
en li ed t'trlml or 1mrtfr1/1i11l :uljcd i rt·s.

MODES.
R ULE

177

L VI.

TENl:iES.

XXL

A NALY S I S ,\:\I I> l'Al :S I N G.

45(). In the use of modes and tenses, n. proper rcgrml
should be paid to their forms and co11ncctions.

AnJ th ey , contin u illg Ja il y with one :1ct·orll in tl1 e templ e,
:lll!l Lreaki11 g brcatl f'r01u liou:;e to l1011 se, ditl eat th eir mea t witl1
g latl 11 c:'B 1111tl single ness of heart, prai sing Goll, untl l1aving
fa yo r ' r ith all th e peo1ilc.
H e lias left tow11 fu 1· fre~ a nJ witho ut ta kin g leay e of either

M O DES.
I. Th e indi cntivc inoclc mu::.t Le 11sc1l nft C'r con,i nnctions which nrr po~i­
t ive nntl uncondi tional in the ir uaturc; as, " He id cst~c w eJ, &ecuu..se he is gcu-

of us.

crous.''

2. T he snl 1j 11 nctiY e mutlO is uscJ afte r c011j11ndiu11 s wliich imply drn tl 1t 1

IIaYing n li ttle tim e upo n my Lantls, I co ultl not think of bcs towi11g it bette r tku1 iu writin g an e pis tl e to th e S pec ta tor.
I cann ot fo rbe:l!' troubl ing y ou witl1 a letter upon that subj ect.
1
"\Y c co nsidered rnan as belong ing to societies ; socie ti es as
forme d of <li lfore nt rnnk s ; lU1cl diffe rent rank s distinguished by
habit,;.

contin~c1:ey u1: condit ion; ns, ~t If he is expert h1 lJu;,iucss, lt c will H11J

l Ia vin::; bee n v ery well cntert.ain ec1 by your specimen of clubs,
I sliall take tli o liberty lo furnish you with a brief a ccount of
such a one as you have not seen.

l.!1111 1luy-

m cnt." u b npposc we rtd rn il tli i:; frlct."
3 . Jn ge ne ra l, the fo rm oi' the vc rL in t11 c sul 1j 1111ct i vc 1 i:i the s:u 11e a~ that
of the indkn.t ivc ; but nn ellip tica l form in th e s econd a11J tli ird }•Cr5on si 11 g-ufar, sho uld be usc J. in tJ 1e follow ing ins t:tn ccs. :
4. Futu re t ontint;enc.'J is C Xjil'CS~ct.l IJy th o om isBio11 of the in<li cn ti \·c tcn11i1mtiun; as , 11 I f he go ," fur "if he :;hall go." 11 T hough li e slay rn c ,· ' i. c.
"t !i. 1ug h li e shuald ~l:.iy n10 ." " I f thou injure :1. nothcr, th ou wilt 1lllrt tliy•oll'."
;., f .P ..:.l nnd t/1f/l :u 111C' xe d to a rm 11 111a111 l, a rc fullu\\'Cd i~ y tli e e lliptica l i 1 •nn
o f th e irn l•j une ti vc i :1 ~ , 11 f. 11\'<: 11 1;l :- ll> 1· 11 ll-~t. thou co 1nc lo !i<>YlTty ."
U. !(, '" itli /mt full0w i11 ~ it, wh en f'ut urily i!-\ Ur 11otcd , n:qu ires the c·ll ipl"i1.: al
11
f tir1 11 ; : 1:->, " II' llc tf,, li11 l touch tli o liil ls lii cy ~ h all k11 1okc.
7. l ~ut "iil'IL f'n turc c1111t i11ge 11cy i ~ 110t d.:111,tcd hy 1h c Btil 1j 11 11diye cla u ~r ,
th0 indiclllive J'vrrn i;; used ; as, " Jf ~ h o iiJ Liu t siuccrc 1 a 111 ha ppy."
0

I

TO IlE COUREC1'ED.

By the observing truth. I~y the
scn<ling prope r inform ation. vYitJ1out t!J e taking pains. "\Vithout takin g of' pa in s. Tli c elianging time:'! antl seasons, the removing and se t ling up kin gs, belong to Providence alon e. Poverty turn s on e's th ought s too much upon the supplying one's
wants. In tracing of his history, we discover little that is worthy of imitation.

Tiy observing of tru th.

,I

1f

~·

11
I

i

I

TO HE CORRE CTED.

rr lie acquires ri ch es, th ey will corrupt. his miud, anll be usclc;os to otlt c r:;. Thou gh Le urges me yet mor e c am e ~ fly, I sh:-dl
nu t co mpl y, unl ess he utlv:uiccs more forcible reasons. I sl1all
" ·alk in tl1 c li chl s to-day, unless it rain s. A s th e gove rn ess
were pre:;c11t, tli o cl1ildren beh aved prope rly . D es pi se not a ny
co ntlili on, lest it happ ens to Le your ow11 . Let l1im that i ~ sa ng uin e tak e hcc1l l e~ t. Le rni scn rri es. Tak e c: u·c tlta t. tl1 ou J, reakcst not uny of' tLc estalilishetl ruk s. If li e dues but intim ate I ii~

178

[§ L\'I.

SYNTAX.

des ire, it will Le suffi cie nt lo proJu cc obedie11ce. At tli e tim e
of' !ti:; r etu rn , if' li e i:.: L11 t exp e rt in ti"' L11 .- i11 c:<:<, lie ll'ill tind •! l llJ.I oy m1·11t. Jf' lie: 110 but, >' J><'ak to di :< play Iii.-; n!.iliti t·o, li e i,; 1111 •
\\' or 1hy <11' :ttt c111io11. ] J' lie l•c l•11t i11 l1c;i llli, I a111 cu nti·n t. j f
tl1 ou li a\'I.! pro111i :.: eLl, be f'a ili1f'11 I to 1l 1y c11 ,'. !;:1gl·111l·11t. Tli otwlt
h e l1av e pro \'\:d l1i s ri;;lit to s ub r11i :<o io11, li e: i.-. too g1·n c ro t1 .-; ~ 0
cx:i ct it. T ~n l css It o l1a,·o im pr oved, li e i.-; rnilit l'u r tl 1e ofl ke.
I f t!tou !tn,,] 5uecccdetl , 1•crl1aps thou \\'Ot ild 11ot J,e tli e ha pp ier
for ii.. Tliou g lt th ou did inju re !tim, lie lmrL or,; 11 0 n· ,;e ntm 1·nt.
' Vas li e c ,·e r ,:o g reat an11 opu le nt, ll1is u111d u ct \\' 01 il d d e l,:t:>e
l1i111. " ' a,; l to c 1111 mcrale a ll li e r virt11 cs, it. \\·01il,J lnuk like
Jlattery.
Thoug h I was pe rfec t, y e t l wo uld no t p res 11 11 1e.
l 7ul ess 1lio 11 can fa irl y support th e can sc, g ive it up l1uno rably .
Tho ugh tl1 ou mi g ht li :.wc fore se e n tl1 e dan ge r, tlt o u co uld not
l1ave avo itl c1l it.
TE NS f. ::J .

No vrry <ld inil.e nt h'~ c:in he .~ i H·n fo r f1 10 pr<• prr u ~c of tho te nses in nll
Crt !'CS , <'XCl·pt !" Heh :1 :; uru fou11d iu the ddi11iti o11s already g iv en i n Pmt ll L
The IJ c ~ L r11l c 1 whi ch j., a ve ry :,:C' 11crn l onc 1 i ~ , tu uL ::; crvc 8trictly '''ha t form 3
o f tliu Vl' rb tho sfm :-o require.~ .
It may IJe usr fnl, liowcvc r, to giyc n, few examples of the mn 11 nc r in w liich
Ilic tcu, cs llrc improperl y empl oyed.

E rrors in F orms.
I come is very improperly uset..1 fo r I came.
I done is very imprope rl y uscJ fo r I d;d.
I bt',11m, is Ycry improperl y used for l bcf;mt.
1Jn11 e nntl l1<'!J lto,, arc perfec t participles, '\'h k h arc improperly use d for Uto
~

iinper f"e ct tcn:-: c.

Th e rh·c· r !tosfroz. 1! V \" CI" ; it sho uld be. has /rozen.
Th e !'1.: hool li os l11·:;m1; it shuuld Le /111s bP9 un.
Th e li ll r~c was drorc. ha rd; it shoulJ be was dl'ii·eu .
T he tlticf has slulc my watch; it HhonJ,J be has stolen.
F1·0::.e, l e9n11 1 dn1u 1 .·:.!(Ile, nrc furm~ of th o impe rfec t ten se , which nrc irnpropcrly 11 :.:cd fu r th e pc: rJCc t p:u tic iplcs , ;·,.uzl.it , ln·91m , ddven, &c.

T lic rx pn:'-:·:ions "li ad rntli e r, " nnd " li ncl !Je tt er," though :rnnmalo11 s, nro
w<'ll a11 thn ri zt:d . J;11 L " li :ul <1 ugl1t ,' vr 0 liad nut uucilil/' crn 111no 11ly co ntmete \! into" li :1 d 11't 011 g ht, i.s :L g rv.~3 vu lgn risrn . Uu9ltt is a dcfoi.:: ti vc verh,
U ~l' d ~ n il y i11 th e prl':-l.'.' 11t :111d inipcrrect te nses.
1

§ LVI.]

TENSE S.

Sit, set, lie, lu y.

i

The Ycrbs sit nnd lie nrc ufl cn co11l~> ltJ111cd with sd nnd lay .
T lio v erb tu sit , sig nifies '' to re pose on a sent." Its princ ipal parl..3 :ire,
rin:~ . sit; j ~ll 'EI<. sat; PEHF. PAHT . sat.
T he vc riJ tv .~ et , wltc n tran ~ i tivc, sig11ili cs "to pince. " The princ ip:ll parts
nre, l' HES. se lj bu·. se t; l )E l:F. P AHT. set. Th is vcrl>is abo uscd j11 Lr a1 1s1t iv c..: ly ; as , a Tl.tc sun sets." " Til e moon has set."
Th e verb lo lie signi fies" to repose," 11 to li e down." lts pri11cip:"ll p~u·t s ~re ,
r1rn:s. lic ; lM r. lay; PEHF. PART. lain . Tltc ro is also n regular verb /icl,
whi c h sig nifies to utter a fal sc hoou.
Th e \·crb to lay, signifi es "to place." I ts princ ipal 1mrts <1rc, PnEs. fay;
hu·. lahl; PElU'. PAH.T". lai d.

I\

Errors ·i11 Connection.
t'Of: RF. CTED .

l N'CO l WEl "I'.

I shou!J be glad if he '"ill write.
1 hare comp lct rll tli c task two days ngo.
Th ey har e re(;:idctl i11 Ita ly till t wo muntJ1s ago.
H is sty le has .fiwmerl!J '11.en admired.
Next ne w year' s d;t y , l lihHll be at sc hool si:<. m onLhs.
After w e i·i.;ited L oiu.h in we re turned, cout.:: ut a111..l
tlin nkfu l, t.o 011r ret ired linb itation .

n ;,a/,I write.
I crm1pLd t:d.
Tl ic:· rcsid.:d.
11·11,; ,1;1r11ic1·1,11 w fa, irr:d.
l ..:./,qi[ lllll't' ln:ui.
.Af't<·r tl'c lw•l ri.~ih · l
Lo11du11 , &c .

I

T l ·:N ~ES

OF TI CE INFJN [T! VE J\f ODE.

4.'J7. A s a Vl!rb in th e infinitive m olle is strictly notl1in g mo1·e
th an a v e rb al n oun , that is, Lite name of som e action , it wil l b e
easy to l1 etermin e wliich te nse of t l1 c i nlinitiv e sli c1ulcl he c mpl oycJ, by inqniri11 g w h ctl1 e r th e action expr esse d liy th e
infin itiv e r e fe 1·s to p ast, prese nt, or future time; for e xampl e :
"I intended to write ;" i. e . I int e nded writin g; not, l int ended to !tave wrilten, or, h avin g writ ten, for thi s e:x 111·L:ss io11
would r efer the act to a time b efo re t h er e was a n i'ntention to

a ct.

" I h oped to sec you ; " not to !i ave seen yo u.
"I co rnmamle1l l1im to do it; " not, to !wee done it, i. c. tl1e
doin,q would not l1e before the commaml. IIence, in r egard to
verbs of this class th e following rule may he obse rn Ll fo r th e
u se of th e infi n iti ve.

11

S l' EC !AL H1 i LE.

458. Af'ter verbs sign ifying to hop e, to i"ntcwl, to 1/esire, to

180

tiYN'fAX.

[~ LVII

§ LVII.]

181

ADVERBS.

com mand, nnd the lik0, the present tense of th e infinitive slioulcl
he used; as, "I hopeJ to see you." .. I des ired to /1ear from my
friend."

This rule is too gcncrnl to be of much service, siJ1ce the exception8 to it arc
v ery numerous. The good sense tu1d taste of llte \\Tit e r !lrc gr m:rally the safest
guide in the appropriate n se of this c la.55 uf' wurds. Ill t.!ic f0ll <1w i11g e xample,
tho position of tile ndverh depends upon the se nse iutc udcJ i " \\'c al1niy1

. Aftc: rverbs .of oth e r !'i~ nili cn tion~ , a ~ tri c t rcga r 1_l shvu lil he p:ii. I to tlie
tune of th e uc f1 ou d e11o!cd l.iy the infinith·c, conqm reJ wi lh the ton:-;c or t iwo
of tL c vcriJ on wh ic h it dep e n d;.

:finU them r eady;

TO HE COllHECTED.

\Ve find th em atway;j ready."
1

2. Adve rbs :u-e so1nctimes useLl for adjectives i a s, " Tlle tlt eu r:n ini::;try;"
11
11
1'v-11w1~1·ow m onUug ;
•' The me n unly.

They laid do\\'n to rest. A Lcggar was settin"
Ly the way0
s1'd e. A s tone was laying in tli e street. The tree h as laid
tl1 crc SC YCral days. Let us set Jown. It is injurious to health
to set up late nights. He se t up, and Legan to speak. Sin
layeth at the door.
It will g i ve our pare nts mucl1 pain to liave l1curd of y~ur misconduct. Tiley (Jcsi rc11 to !1 acc seen you r es pected :ind cs tec mcll,
lrnt al:t.; ! tl1cir hopes l11tce been un cx pcctctlly eut of!'. T!i cy inte nd ed lo !w ee J c,,,d cd you to the se rvi ce of your cou nt ry rrn<l
m:-lnkiml; Lut wh e n th e sntl intelligence reurl1 cs th e m, J1ow
would ~h ry ~ ink under th e burden of their disappointment, all<l
how " ·ill '.!i cy 11·cep bitter tears, wl1cn th ey /,ave reflected upon
the hnppm ess they lwi·e ant'icipatcd, from your a<l vancement
to n11 ho11oraLle condition in life. I expec ted to !tave seen them
before th e news s!tould !tave reached them but urgent duties
will !tave prei:ented.
'

Sr::cTION L VII.

ADvmms ..

XXII.

11

NOTE. - \Vll cn " only" r efe rs to n. nouu, it ::;lwuld I.Jc ph1cull near it, to
avoid ambiguity.

3. Adv c rlJ 3 are somc tirne::; used as 110tms ; us , u Until now;" '' Yet a littlo
whik.''
4. F1·om is sometimes uwt1!,('e;;sr1.1~ity u se d Lefore wltcm·c!, tli. uu·e , hence; as
"F'1·on1,, whence art tl 10u?" fur" 1.L 'ltt 1t.ce, 11 &c.
G.

Th e o.dvcrlJ lh t! r e ofte n s t;1wJ;; at tl1 c Legi nni11µ; <Jf a scnlc t1C(\ witJir,ut

particular rcfercucc to any otJ1 c r worLl i a.c.: , "'J'lu:. r~ :u·D many who Lt: lievc," &c.
{i . The w ord m odif-i c. <l by the mlvcrl1 i.-:; s11111e li111 cs 011 dttcd; a.s , ' ' I 'll /i e-w.:e
to l .. onLl vn. 11
7. Two negatives i11 tli e snmo cla use rn·c cqnivalcn l to rui n.ilinnn.th·c; as,
"Nm· di ll tl1 cy 1wt pcreci vc,1 ' thut is, th ey di.rlpcra:ive.

8. An adverb somctU11 ca 1uollifies the worJ. a., used in the sense of orie ; as ,
"Almo5t a. y ear;" "not a dolbr."
0. Th e wm··J but iu the se nse uf un f.11 is u ~r~ ,J n..s an fltl v'2r1J i fL'\ 1 l• AU ru·o &ut
parts o f' one st upc11d r1 us whole;" " l hav e but <> UC r c1 1u c::i l tv lilake ."
JO. As in th e sense

or dt.1

1

is an :uJvcrL; "As wdl;

<f.d

mui.;h."

11. Th e adverlJ n1 1w freq u c 11U y s tn1hl : :1 at th e b c~i nn i 1 1g ot' pnmgrn.ph ~ , in
n.rg mnenta t ivo :u1d farnilittr t.li sc11 111~c , Ma f!e"IM!, t·(tl ( :u1111tt:t'lii;e , witho ut u1uJifyin~ HllY particubu· worll; ns, "Nuw, it id cvidt~nt," &c .•
12. A prcpmiition with its object is sometimes equivalent to nu aJvcrb i :Lr; ,
"In tl'·uth," for truly, &c.
13. Adver!Js rrre not unfrcquently absolut.c; that i•, they qualify no pnrtic nlnr word, Lut usually rcfor to t11 e whole prccc<ling sentence; ns, "Yes, ""·
tJ1 er<fore, th en, howe-cer, 11 &c. n11d n o t unfro<1ucu tly tlwy w·e Wt plc tives, that
is, qualify n othin g: i as, •1 JVhy, well, th e1·e," &c .
1·1. A 1l vcrlis so1netimo:; modify 1:n·eposilfo11s, ru.!juntlg, 11lH·rrneR , an1l <'11tire
dau.se3 ; u.8, 11 Just below the surface ; 7i,ead:1 ronn<l tliu worlJ; l h oar alnwist
in vain ; irulep erulentl!J of th ese con8idern.tions."
1

45!). Adverbs generally modify verbs , participles, ad;jectives, and other adverl1s.
HEJ\L\Rl\:S.
. l. Adv e rb s ,J1ou lol f:'' nernlly uc plnccd IJefnro 1Hljectivc8, nft c r v c l'lis in the

81mplc fonn, an• l frcqllc ntly iJc twec n th e auxiliary nncl the v e rb· ns
t'O"!J 11nx10us;" "He spoke kindly;" "He i5 /J usily empl oyed .It'
'

"

" Th'3 alxJVe J.iscoursc ; " "*"

I.c t the r en8on Uc given for the cmTecti oll m ade in enc h instan ce.

RULE

11

The p osit ion of th e atlverb is rig ht in bo th iust.ulCcs; Lut tl1 c rnelU1i11g con.
veycJ is Jiffcrcut. From tbc first it i:; not ce rtain that they ftrC ala a,y:; ready ,
as it is asserted in the scco1H.l expression, but that we a/wa'!JS fw ~l them so.

"Ho

~Su c h expression~, though n ot. <l e5 titut.c o f nntJ1ority, nrc cxcccJi.ugly in ~
clegnnt and irrcconc il al.J lu with auth ority. - Oronihic.

is

16

182

SYNTAX.

(§

LVIU

15. The adverbs he,.e, the•·e, !Ulll where , nre frequently used iu Urn sense of
/tither, ihithe1·, whither.
SENTENCE;; TO HE ANALYZED AND l'AH oE D.

There,* there,* now "·e have l1atl enougl1 fu r one lecture.
'Veil,* Fir, said I, how did you like littl e Miss? I hope she
was fine enough.
Alas ! rna<lam, said he one day, how few books a re there, of
which one ever can pos::>ibly arrive at the last pnge. - Johnson.
w·ell, he brought him home, and reare<l liim at the then Lord
Valdez's cost. - Coleridge.
The wall tottered, :md had well-nigh fallen right on their
heads.-Id.
And not. a i· vanity is given in vain.
The women and children only were saved from the conflagration.
Little children, yet a little while I am wit.Ii you.
Stoop down, my thou ghts that used to rise,
Converse a while with death.
Ho then, having received the sop, went immediately out.

§

2. Th an jg somd iincs foll (l wcd hy t.lic ohjcct!ve.:: u:li um an1l u:hid1 i a~, ''.Al ·
frcil , tit an wh~11i 1 " &c. '' U...:c lzcl1ui.J, tit an wlt u111 111 &c .
3. The nrtidt} n is in a few i11sla!lces employcJ i11 ti1 c Sl! tb C vf a p rq 1 ··~ 1 d nu ;
I go a. [to] lisliing." It i::; :dsv u ..,c( l fv r 11t.

HS, "Si111on P ete r sa iJ,

4. T wo or moro ,.,.·or<l.i comlJincd 1 nrc ~ometirnes tre:1t ctl as n c11111J 1')litP L
a .13 Accv;·di11.c; to, i ii rt sped to, £n. re,r;rrrd. tu, f 1·u11i. at1.x:~ ,fn 111 " Oeluw, m.; tu, asfu1·, Ot'C r 09ai11:;t, insteud 1if, CH.Lt <if, cJ'c .
5. Th e words rill01ci.ny, cunside1"iufj, concerui11:;, <.litl'in9, 9'ef..J){:.cl i119, BllJ1J'11 ;Si 11 .r;.
pre po~itiun,;

1

t~otlcithst•uuling) e:r:ce11~ing , pa~t, are sometim es ti.:rmctl t.'cr/Jtil pn:pvj il. i.uu.~/~- awl
also save and e.i.:ccpl.

LVIII.

PREPOSITIONS.

RuLE XXIII.

4GO. Preposi tions connect words a.n J show the relation
between them. The object of a preposition must be in the
objective case. Sec 123.

In poetr y lh c pre positi on is scmctimes phccd nftcr it s olij cd; . U' , " Th·~
:\nd in fam il ia r sty le so11H.: tinLc S al ~o it. :itand .s ultcr it-"i vlJ -

c.

j(· C: t, :\S ' : lf ?Ull j ~ Jic aiming a(~

11

7. Two pre position;-;, en...:h in a lliffcrcnt cbn."c , so1ndi rnes have r~ft.."rl!11:e t11
the same nuuu ; as, 11 l nm in tercstc~l i1, 1 . a11d la.l10r fur , tlic prou1 ut1v11 vt liu1na11 ha ppiness .'' Exprc::.s io ns o f thb ki rnl iu~ \'cry y o~nm ~ n, 1Jt.1 t . ~1u1nfJt ht.!
con'$idcreJ clc~<' nt. A better form can Uc f!1t.::ll y sul.4t.t1 t ul c11; a.... , 1 nm inrcrestcJ in the.. promoti+m of itulll :1.ll )rnpJJillCSS1 i\ IHi JalJur tn jl fOffi ut..:! it.."
8. The following are correct exampl es o f the use of prepositions :

Aband oned to - alJhorrcnce of from - uegu il e of -

Careful of- careless aJ,out encouragemeut to - .

nuouud in -

absent from -

.

careless of- di ffer from- di sco ur;i~c from
inflnc11ce 011- impatient at- inspec-

Prrjnd icc n ,!? ni11 ~ t - prov id e for - snitalJlO to t;C ious of - cnr rc:-: pori~l to - correspond wit h -

l >c rflg rtt (' from -

1. flnt, in tl 1e sense of except, appears sometimes to be used na a preposition ; ns, "AJl l>ut one."
'ii

Tbese adverbs are used i11rl opendently.

t Not modifies

o., which

is used in the sense of 011t.

,,

o.J,sL1111

p3.rlicipato in -

dt:.rogatiou to - co nt i guou~ to - bcrea,·c vf -

cou-

Uifli culty

in- diffe r w ith -

Disappointed of flucn ce v,dth -

discourngcme,nt to -

exper t in -

influence ove r -

iu-

councct with -

Impatient for - inspect.ion over - partiality fur- proviJo with- proviJe
a gai nst - suitable for- peculi ar to-

REVIEW .
IllDL\RK S .

!·

w oods am1111g.n

F um ilinr with - intcrf\!rc witl1 tion iuto - pttrliali ty toSECTON

183

PllEl'OS ITlO :\S.

LYJll.]

Hcpent the

~en0,ra l

rnl e for n•lvcrlJs.

With

wh~t

p arls of speech can nd-

he comi ect.c J '! \Vlia t 1s lh ~ uo;;e of ad ve rbs t l> o th ey ~u v 1: rn •: a;-,C!i !
Vo they coum~c t clauses ·t Do adverbs ever modi fy prc pos itious ·r l\uu11s '!

v c r li .~

~

Some g-r:tmmarians pr<'fcr to treat tlii s <'\a <:.s nf words

a~ part.i e ipl c~ , 1111·

. j,'r ;t11 c ir c um s ta1JC't~ 'Z. , a ~ rc0in g- wi 1l1 th e whul c :-; 1•nt1•1 1r· c, ti !' ~V lll e W<Jr.\ t1 11 1.kr-

stuod i aut..l &ace and e.ctipl as \'CrlJ::; iu tlic imperative mode.

.
r:" '

184

SYNTAX.

[§ LVUI,

§

CONJUNCTION S.

LIX.J

SECTION

Articles'? Wh at ad verbs nrc sometimes u sed in,lependentl y? Rul e for p rer,ositions? H emnr k~ . In what sense is /J ut used as a. p re p ositi o 11 '( A8 au
ndve r l>? h but. eve r nn adj ective 'I A co11j un c ti t) n ? \Vl rnt parti c ipl es nud
ve rlJs a.r e somctim cg cousi<lcr cU us prepositio11;, 'I U1u1 tJ1ey I.Jc lJa r::;cJ vtli erw is c
tlrn11 tl'I prepos itions '/

LIX.

CONJUNCTIONS.
R ULE

XXIV.

4G2. Conjunctions connect words, phrases, adjunc ts, or
sentences ; as, " He reads or writes." "'l'o do wrong and
to suffer wrong." "In the morning and in the evening."
" I sought the Lord and he b.canl me."

4Gl. Pre positions are not 1J11frcq11 cntly unit.ell wilh other
wonl:;, formin g a compo und e xpresti i<Jll, equivalent in meaning
to a ingle worJ; as, "I looked on Virgil as a mnj estk writer."
Looked 01• is f\ com pound trm1... iti r B ve r b, cq ni vuJcnt in m cnn i11 ~ to 11 r cgarde<l," or " consi1leroJ." lt ha.-; , like other tnl.li ti ilive verbs 1 u1m~urii1e form; as,
"Virg il was looked on , 11 & c.

No1'1.~. - 'fl ie list of t h e pri11c 1p rll co11.1un c l 11.) 1H Huy Le finmd in P n.rt IL
The ir A"c n c ral u se hu.s boc u u.lr c aLl v illustru.tcJ 111 the unu.IJ 01a of cumpoum.l
6c1 1te uc cs.

REMARKS .

ltEMAHKS.
1. Co njuncti on s uni te tho w or d..3 1 or p h r ll,:)cs, whi c h form the compound

1. P repositions nre sometimes connected w ith c ertain verbal adjectives,
formin g wllat 1nay be tenncd comp<nm<i a.dj el'ffres . The e ven t was w1 lookW
j "or: the mensurc was n11ca.Ued.fo1· : ltc li Ye•l 11eglectc<l a nd 11.11cc1rr.dj"vr.
2. Prepositions nrc often inse parably united with n ouns, adjecti ves , ' 'e rbs
ndverb• , nnu with other prepos itions ; ns, "Afternoon, imprudent, to·day , to-

subjects of a prepo~ i ti on; ul.:;o t\\' O or ru·u re uUjcd.:i of a tran sitivu vcrlJ ur u prcp os itio11. \Vord~ un ited in such relutiuus ruu ~t, tilcrt:fvrc, Lu iu the s ;rn1 c c.n.-;0.
It wouh.l Uc imprope r to sny, "He {U1d me a rc Urutlwr:i ; " Uecall.bc ., me"
cannot Ue u part of the cv mpountl subject. u r uµ ag u:dl a~ hiu' a.re accouu table." "Yo u" and u L im" arc in differeut cases, and still Uoth are iutcw..icU tD
be tbe subj ec ts of tile same verl•. It sh ould be, "Y ou us well as he."
2. The rnle g ive n by Murray and copied ~ y many others, " that co11j ll uctions n1ust connect s imilar mode.a and tenses of vcrLs," ia erryucous, a.s may
Lo soo n fr01 n a fow e~nmples. 4 ' He neitlie t r ecei veg nor cau give dclight. " Jvlrn.so1i. "The re 11wy '1t:. and us uull y id u.n t..:llit1::ii:\ of th e vc riJ. " - ~VtJJjte r.
1
11
' Fur tltuu 1cu.st !-: lain tunl /i a~l redee med 11 3." - J lu'. V.
So tJm t. n eithe r 1u1gc1 ,
1wm 1 11 v r w urld, nmltl ti limd, or t:im ~ l i rntl .
3. \ Vr itcri; liavc aumutimos full c 11 iutv c rru1'ti IJy ulJst.: r\' ing lhiti ru le too sh·ictJy . 11 11' I olwitf;l a~k a ny ouc wlicth e.r ice u11d w a tc1' '(lJc 1·e twu di st i11t; L ~pcc i os
of llii11 g.-1 . 11 " \V e re 11 is i11 th 0_; imp e ,:f"ct:l 1w~jau <:lit·c, tu C01T\!!>t j •OLH1 witJ1
11h<Jt,ltl a;J}.·, i11 th0 Ji r"'t clu usc. Hut tlic inqui ry iii not i11 tc11Jcd to Uc wbe ll icr
u ice anJ. wa te r were, " but ' ' whether they are," &c. Tlw pre, t:.ul ten.!e is
usoU iu cx pl·e:;s i1ig facts " whi c h e xis t at ull ti111 l·•,'' or " g c uc ral tru th s.n
"The ul chemists s upposed tlutt uodies were cvD".posed of s.a lt, s ul phur urn!
n1crcury." 1t sh ou ld be ar e com,1wsecl "They said th a t man w as uu nnimal.'1 It sh oulJ Le, is an cini11ial.
4. After titan, there is usu1tlly an ellipsis of some wvrd or 11.ljnnct necessary to a complete sentence ; ns, "He tha t cometh afte r me is mightier tlta11
I;" thaL is, than I ant. "He loves h is m on e y more than his honor; 11 tha t id,
m ore th" n he l<roes his houor. Sometimes this conjunction appears to ussurne
the office of a preposition, and to govern an ol>jcct.i vo case. This lli!e WM
mentioned under prepositious. See 460.
5. There is often rm ellipsis of some word, phrase, or clRuse afte r the conjunctions, yet, though, if, nnd as; a.•, "Falso fl e w the shnft, thutt9h pointed
well;" that is, though it wa.. pointed, &o. "He w tUI treated as a son. "

morrow."

Annlpc tho sentences ond pnrso t he compoaud verbs.

\\' e mu3t look out f or words as beautiful us can be foun<l . -

Ji'e/t on.

1 1

'Vonls mu st be lool.:ed out for as beuutiful us can Le found.
P oliteness of munn ·r~ , and knowl edge of the world, bl1 oulJ
principally be looked after in a tutor. - Locke.
NOTJi:. - Somo int nrns itivc vcrl1g admit o f n. pnssivc form, wl1icl.i luc lud es Lbe
preposition th:tt followt.: J. tho Yer ti U1 tl1c ut;L i vc furm ; us ,

Ile r cj cl"rccl to the ciYil war in hi s r 9m:uk s. [A ctive form.]
The ci Yil war was r~/c r red to in his renU\rks. [ l'a8sive form.]
lie sin cerely r epe11.lcd vf his sins. [ Active form .]
His sius were sin cerely r epented of. [Passive form.]
He disposed of his property. [Active.]
His property was disposed of

185

[Passive.]

16*

1/

186

Sl'N'l'AX.

[§ LIX.

6. The word as, h as various offices nnd uses.
I. "As." is u sed as un adverb in tho sense of equally; as," As goo<l."
"'As great." ".As well." Jn such instnnccs it U.fHlfllly corresponds with
uuothcr as, in the same c!:lusc ; us," I ha ve see n it as ,vcn a:i you."
n . '' A.s. 111 is u sed as a con nec tive, - J, to uni le clnn~es or words expressing ccimpariso n, equn.lit.y , or co11trast; ns, "1 Ue lie ,•e it i.~ as you represent."
- 2, to connect w ords in a ppos ition; a s , 11 Tli c go vcrnmc11t sent him as c01n-

l

please him. 11

In th e fir ..,t instance

lC

ns," is the ol1.f1!.1;t of" posse.5s. "

should be nlwuys employed to refer to only two penions, things or •tatements.
The senten ce, ' ' lloth men, wo-m.en nnd child1ren ran out to meet him," is faulty,
bocnuse "both" is u sed to refer to tlwee di!fern11t obj ect•.
11. That is u sccl in t he oflice of a cor1Ju11ctian, r elat.iue pronoun, or adjective ;
ns, "I learn that he is better." "It is the snmc man that l met yesterday."
" That man is not worthy of regard."

L:NC'l'lO~~.

187

allhvu[;h-vet, still, flt. t:e rlh tlcss ; us," 1'/wtt:Jh Ile ~lay nh~, yt.t will

l trus t iu li i 1n."
JVht:ihc r -

or; as," Jr'l1ctlw r h e w ill go, or not, is uu ccrtai11. 11

2.

Cu11Ju11clio11> corre,po1u/ing 1ci1/, ,•ldcerbs .

.As-su ; (c xpressi1 1g eq ullliLy) tL<; , •1 ..d s the !:!ta rs , sv :, hall th y seed !Jc.' '
&-as; ns, "H e .b 11ot so wis e as h e tliiuk s himself t.o De.ll ·• Liv e sv as to
Le huppy." '' P omµ ey was uot so g rua t u llhlll tll:i Ca.:s:tr.''
.SU - tlrnt ; (ex p ress ing a consequcuce) a s 1 11 Ilu was so fatig neJ , that ho
co u ld scan.:cly mo\·c."
N ut u11 l!1- lwl alsu; ns , " H e was uol 011{!1 rid1 1 &ut ftlso gc n e ro 11 ~. "

Tn the

11

T.~ouyh,

CO :-o;J

As- as; (c xpressi 11g equ:tli t.y) n.s, ' 'SI.Jc is as amialJ k as h er siste r."

n1i:-;s ioner. " - 3, to join aUj ec tiY c~ or participl es to th e wo rd ::; which tltey
tnodify; n.s. , 11 I r egurd lii1n a~ ruine Ll m11.1 Jos t lJcyo11d r ecove ry." As appears
to l;c u sed ns n relat ive pro n oun in th e nominative or o bjec tiv e case ; a.s,
"Gh·c me such informrtti on ltS you possess." " The bouk s are s uc h as will
sceoud, it is the snbjcct of 11 w ill plensc. 11 In su c h instances, ho wever, t.hcil
tt•hir li , o r lh ose 1rhfrh, can gcncrul ly I.J c s upp l ied, and" as" ma y IJ e tre ated us
u. conjuncti on. :::iornc prefer this method of :1nul.~/z i11 g sc11 tcnceo of thi s kin<l.
"As" is so m eti m es co1n1Jinc<l w ith prepos iti on:;; a s, u As to." "As for." lu
this as in some ot11cr use it is Ci fli cult to explain the office of tliis word .
7. "AB ," is also sometim es co rniJin ed with th e co njunctions ij~ tlum9h,
nncl likew ise with what; a s , .A.~ ·tJ," "as tlwuglt/' "what if," •' u·lial t!tuu-r1h."
8. After e x p ression s which d c uote duuiit,ji::ar, or d enial, th e conjun c ti on
that should be employed; n.~," I do not doubt th at h e is hones t."
It i; a very
c ommon fault to u se lest, or but that, i ns tead o f th at in s u ch n conn ec ti on ;
~,"I d o not do n!J t but th at he will imcceed ." "I fea r lC'.$Lhe will nut recover."
0. Tho corrncction o f w ord s , phrnses or clau&cs, is som et imes rend ered
n1ore emphatic by etnploying tw o or more con nec ti ve~, whicl1 iu·c n sunll y ~ er­
nra.tc<l by so me interve ning word or phrase; a.~, "Both yo u muJ l. '' "Soc rn.tcs wn.s wise , cmd l..,luto wns also wise. 11 He was not only forgiven, bu..t he wu.s
even rewo.rdcd ."
10. Tho word both is u sed us a conJm1ctum, adjective, or pronoun, nnd

§ LlX.]

J.

l

Cunju1trliu11s currc ...p u 11di119 with .ildjeclives.

8urh-ns: n.:-, " 're lia\·c s eldo m had swh a sc:l!>Vll as the prc:;cnt."
:iutlt - tld d: a ~ , "Sudt i ~ tli c ditl ic ulty att e11 <li11g tl1 c t 11te rpri ~c, tli a l I a lll
conqiclled to rc lin(1ui t h i t."
Th e cu nj 11n c ti o n th fl n is used afte r th e ndverb r ather, anJ after ndjccti ves
nnd adverbs in th e com11 arntivc d egree .
The e x prc:ssim1s, The mure - the mon~ , Th e better - th e bdkr, The le~s - th~
less, &c ., lllll Y Le C011si d croti a.s COl"l'tlativt!.s, s cr vi 11g t h e purpo.s~ of uui ti 11g tlie
clau ses of a compound sQ11t e11cc in au e rn1Jhati c mau11er.
There arc so me a bridged ex prc&s ions , wliic lt iL is convenien t to ca ll comJ)()Ull fl co1wectires: such ns , . A.s well as, ,i·1wsmud1. as, fri ord.:r that, but that , ,.\:l!. ;
th c."'e , h owever, cau gc 11crally Uc nnnlyzc d i11tc lli g:i 1Jly , n11d each inay be p iLr! eJ se parately , Ly :mppl y iug s uch wo rd:; a.:; ll1 u ~cu~c will uUu w.
AN --1.LYS IS AND PAUSIN G .

All tl1is is Jon e, anrl all tl1is expenditure is incu rred.
In order to produee it now, we Jimi11i~h the proJu c 1ivc11 cs~
of all other labor. And the only effect is to postpone it to a
still more distant period.
lle re arc two Jistinc t se ntences, the general truin of thought liolng conn ec ted hy and, stanJi11 g n.t th e beginning of th o second, after th e peri od.

CORilESPO~D IN G

CONJ UNCTIONS.

4.63. Some conjunctions and adverbs must be followed by
certain corresponding co11junctions. In composing they should
follow each other in the order given in the list below.
1.

Co11Junctions co1Tespo11di11g with Conjunctions.

Eitlw· - or; ns, " I will tither •end it or bring it."
Ntitl1er- 1wr; ns ," He will neither listen nor obey."

Different men arc constituted by the Creator with diffcreu t
nptitudcs for different pursuits, and with different dispositions
towards those pursuits.
A great public as well as private advantage, arises from every one's devoting l1imsclf to that occupation which he prefers,
and fo1· which lie is specially fitted.
It ii also evident t!tat, by each nation'ii devot.ini it-ielf to that
NI~

188

(§

SYNTAX.

§ r,x.J

LIX.

lmlllch of production for which it has the greatest facilities,
either original or acquired, its own happiness will be better promoteJ, anJ a greate r amount of proJuetion created, titan in any
other man ner.
Thi :; cotnpou tHl sentence co 11 :; i ~ t :; of fvur m embers or clauses. "TJ1ut"
connec ts the clnu :::c , u it is also ev id c 11t, 11 &c., w ith th e c hn1se, " its own lutppin c::;s w ill be pru111otcll i" of wlti c h th e ph ra..;;t• , " by Ca\.:h," &c ., is un adj unct;
' ' nnd" conncd s th e clause follow iu ~ it witll tl w one Uc forc ; "tllitn" co nnects
11 will be c rcnted ," nnd u will be prrnnote d," und er!:l tood, to tile eame won.I ~ e xpresscll i u for which ," &c. , is n 1'elaii-ve clnusc , mH.l refers to u produc twu."
"E ith er" - 11 or," urc corresponding co11j u11ctiuns, ru1d conucct "ori ginal"

l·
I

I KTEHJECTJO!!; S.

18~

11ation, 11 '' Oh sm:e me ;q or Liley m ay Uc trea ted u..s the cnsc inJ cpenJcot, whi ch
is not necessarily con fin ed to th e 11t,mi11ativc form.
3. Certain vcrl>s are u sed in cxdamati v11s; 11 :; , ' · Bt.:l1 old ~ !J ow ~ 1 tl>d ru1 ~L
how pleasan t it is for brethren to dw e ll together iu unit y ! " b o iu lik e nm11Hcr, "]lu sh! 11 ' ' Jlark ! 11 ' ' 8 cc ! "
4. Tho w ord 1chat is som e times u sed to dc11oto surprise or rcMulc: r : n!-i ,
1
' \\·lntt ! could y e uot w ntc h with m e one ho ur'(''
Tho plira::;c, " H ·1wt lw .'"
may Uc }JUrsc tl a lsv as an in te rj ection.
NoTE . - lt L~ not n ecess ary to con;-;i dcr th e vcriJ s mcnlioI1e1l aL v vc nnd 1ho
prouou11 wha t n~ i11ter:j ectio11s ; for in nil such lm1k c11 cxprc:o.sio11s 1 govcr11i11~
w or,l• can be s up plieJ; us, What! [say you'/ j m· what [ Joes this mcuu 'i j

Hark! [ye. ] Sec ! [thou.)

an1J 11 acquired."

T O DE CORRECTED.

There is no man o miserable, who does not enjoy something.
N eith er he or I am able to Jo it. I kn ow not if it was James
or l1is brother th:\t pc rt'orm eJ th e work. Ile a;;ked me if I
woulJ cull :mJ sec his brother; it ~houlLl be whctli er. l asked
lie knew me. The judge asked the foreman if tlic prishim
mwr wns g uilty or not guilty.
I have tranllcd Lo tl1 in Europe, in France, and in America.

u·

SECTION

LX.

INTERJECTIONS.
RULE

XXV.

•16-±. Intmj cctious h:we no governiug powe r, and have
no dependence on other wor<lB.
REMARKS.

1. Interjections often s t1rnu before nouns independent, and before whole
clauses ; 1 ~, u O virtu e !" 11 0 for a lodge in some vast wilderness I " S~~e
words must be supplied be(ore such clauses, to complete the. sentence; as, 0
how I long for o. lo•.lge ," &c.
2 "Ah m e !" lt Ah s i11ful nati on ! " "They hnve f9rsaken tho Lord I"
"Oh me !" Such expressions may be consider<>d elliptical, und words cun be
aupplied to make a complete sentence; rui, "JIJ1pily m e,' ' "JIJ1 tlti• ii! n sinful

SECTION

LXI.

GENERAL EXERCISES ON THE RULES OF SYNTA X.
EXERC I S E T.

Instan ces in whi ch tho sam e w onld nrc usud in dif1Crc11t offi...:es, or ns
fercnt pnrts of speech.

Calm was the day, and tlte scene <lclightful. "\Yc may cxp ect a calm after a storm. To prevent passion is easier tl1an to
calm it.
B etter is a little, with content, than a great J eal, with anxiety. Th e gay a11<l 1lis:;olut c think l i llfe of th e rni sc rie ~ which arc
stcnling so ftly after tl1 em. A little at.lcntioa will reelity some
errors.
T l1 011 gh he is out of dan ge r, li e is still afraid. 1Tc laLorc1! to
still th e tumult. Slill walcrs are commo11ly tl1 e J cc pest.
D amp ai1· is unwholesome. Guilt often casts a damp ove r
our spright licst how·s. Soft IJodies damp the so u11<l mucl1 more
than hard ones.
Thou gh s he is ri ch an<l fair, vet she is not anih ble. They
ar e v et you ng, arnl must suspenJ th eir judgment v et a while.
JJiw1y pe rsons a rc better than we suppose th em to be. The
f ew and the 111a11y have their prepossession:;. F ew Jay:; pa.>~
without som e <:loullci.
The !tail was ,·cry des tructive. llail ! vir tue! thou 8ourcc
of every gootl. v\T e !tail you as friends.

[§

SYNTAX.

l!lO

LXI.

Have you seen the lJook th at I purcliased yesterday? Give
m e t/1 at lJook. I study t!tat I may improve.
A new IJroom sweeps bett er than a n olJ one. The IJoatm nu
labored at. tl1 c sweeps all ,by.
"\Vc had bee n to the j(tir, a 11J seen a jitir lady: His lut is
liard 11111 ji1ir.
Think u1w1t am1 speak liLLle.
11.liu:!t woncy is co rru pt in g.
Il e h:b s1.: cn much of Lhe 'rnrld, and bce11 111uclt c:are,;scd.
His years ar e mo1'e than hers; bul he has not 11w1·e lmowledcre.
T he 1/ i (Jl' C \\' C arc ul e:;:;ed, th e '/1t1Jr e gn11<:ful we ~ho ulll
0
lJc. Th e tl eoirc or gctti11g 11101'8 is rare ly sa tici li ell.
IIc has e'lual kno1d eJge, l>ut ·i nferior jllllgment. S he is hi~
iujdrior iu sense, but his er1ual in prudence.
Eve ry lJeing 101·e$ its lil~c. "\Ve must rn ak e a li'ke space betw ee n th e lines. B ehave yo urselves li/;c men. "\Vcare too apt
to Zike pernicious company. He may go or stay as lie lil:es.
Tl1ey stri 1·c tv learn . Ile goes Iv anll fro. T o his wisdom
we owe our privilege. Tl1 c prnport.ion is ten to one.
Il e l1as se rved th em with l1is u tmost abili ty. "\Vhcn we do
our utm ost, no more is required.t.\<I.
H e is esteemed botlt on his o\tn account, a nJ on tl1at of Iii~
parcut:;. Buth of tl1cm Je:;crve praise.
Yesterday was a fi ne llay. I rod e out y esterday. I shall
write to-m01'row.
1'o-11101"l·ow may be brighter tl1a11 lo-day.
·w e sl1all arri YC lo-day.
You must either go or stay, arnl you ma y <lo either, as you
please.
llelwld ! how pleasant it is to sec th e 11u11. I be/told men as
trees, walking.
EXERCISE 11.

A coll ection .if itliomnti c or pccnlinr exprcss ious, difficult to nnnlyze nnJ.
parse, tak en from writers of stn11J urJ nuthority.

As.

As if.

So as.

In singi ng as in piping you excel. -

Dryden.
I live as I diJ, I think as I did, I love you as I did. -

Swift.

§ LXI.J

EXERC I S E::; IN l'AH ;; t NG .

191

Mau as I was, I could nut liear his fote with silen t grief. Dryden .
Darest th ou be as good as thy word now? - Sliakspeare .
.As thou ar t n prince I fea r thee. - Id.
The obj ec tions that are caused against it as a tragedy, are as
follow:
The noise pursues me wheresoc'er I go,
.As fate soug ht only me. - D ryden.
At ei th er e nd it whistled as it fl e w - Id.
H e answere d thei r queHtions as '1f it were a matter that needed it. - L od e.
Each man's mind has som e peculiarity as w ell as his face. - Jd.
These should be gently treated, as thouglt we e xpected to be
in their condition. - Sharp.
Sem proniu s is as 1rave a man as Cato.
As for th e rest of tl1ose who have written against me, they
deserve not th e least notice. - Dryden .
I s it not every man's inte res t, that th ere should be such a
government of th e world as designs our happiness ? - Tillotson.
A bottle swinging at each side, as h ath been said or sung. Cowper.
They prctenJ, in general, to great refinements, as to what regards ch ristianity. - Add-ison .
What.

Whatever.

Whatsoe ver.

In these cases we examine the why, the what, and th e how
of things.
Let them say what they will, she will do wltat she lists. Drayton.
J\fark what it is, his mind aims at in this question, a nd not
w ltat words he expresses. - Locke.
W hat ! canst not thou bear with me half an hour ? - Sltarp.
Wlwt if I advan ce an invention of my own to supply the defect of our new wri ters? - Dryden.
What tltough none live my ·innocence to tell?

1!)2

(§

SYNTAX.

Then balmy sleep had charmed my eye to rest
WliClt time the morn mysterious visions brings. - Pope.
The enemy having his country wasted, what by himself and
tvlwt by the soldiers, findeth succor in no places. - Spense·r.
Wl1al ernr is rem!, differs from wl1at is repeatell. - Swift.
1Vliatsoel' er is firti t in the invention, i~ last in the execution.
-

llumm ond.

What ho! t11 ou genius of the clime, what Ito! Himself.

Itself.

§~XI.]

LXI.

Dryden.

So, &c.

He himself r eturncLl again. David l1id himself in the field.
\Vith sh:irne he remembe rs while himself was one of the same
herd, himself the same liad done. - D enham.
I viewed in my mind, so far as I was able, th e beginning and

J

I

I 'II know your business, that I will.- S /,aksp etti'C.
Treat it killllly tl<iil it may
\Visit at lea;;t with us to stay. - Cu1rley.
0 thClt tl10sc Ii ps lia1l language ! - Cowper.
Anll th e next day, both* morning a nd afte rnoon, he
by our p:irty.
Ltd1 otli cr.

Then.

When.

Kings may take their advantage wh en and how they list.
I was adopted heir by l1is conse nt,
Since when his oath is broke. - S hakspeare.
Pausing a wkilc thu s to herself she mused. - 11/ilton.
One wliilc we thought him innocent. - Ren Jonson.
Use your memory_; you will se nsll)ly experi e nce a gradual
improvement, while yo u take care not to overload it.
The then \ii ,;hop of Lomlon, Dr. L a ud, attended on his maj esty
throughout that whole journey. - C1Clrendon.
Thee theii a boy within my arms I laid. -Dryden.
Till then who knew the force of those dire dreams ?- lllilton.
That.

Both.

He wins me by tltat means I tolJ you. - ShakspeClre.
What is tliClt to us ? See thou to tha!.. - Jlfallhew.

wa~

kept

011e nnot licr.

I,oveliest of women ! l1 ea vcn is in tl•y ~0 11!, beauty and ,·irtu e shine forever about th ee, bright'ning 1·udt other. Thou a rt
all llivin e. - Addis"11.
The storm Leals the trees ngainst one w1.ull1er. - .lo/111 son.
This is th e message tl1at ye hca rtl from th e Lcginning, that
we shoulll love one wwt/1 u . - J dlll.
Bdo ,·etl, let us love one wwtlu:r. - I d.

progress of a rising world.
\Ve think our fathers fools, so wi ;;e we 're grown,
Onr wi ser sons no lloubt will ll1i11k us so.
D eliver us from the nauseo us repetition of A s and So, wl1ich
some so so writers, I may call them so, arc contiuually so umling
in our ears. - Felton.
0, so, and had you n counsel of ladi es loo ?

193

EXERCI S ES IN PA ftS I~ G .

S:l\'C

Bu t. J

All the COIE'pir:itoro saoe only li e,
Did that th ey <lit! in envy of great C; .. ;;ar. -

S l1ulspeare.

Ni ght sh:l.lles tl1 c gro \·cs, and all in sil ence li e,
All save th e rn out·1d'ul l'liilomcl and I . - Yu1111g.
Ir e tl1at is \\'a>' hc11 nce Lletli not, sure to wasl1 hi ~ fee t.
Anti all <J e5 i,;tci1 , a ll s11 1·c !ti111 alum!. - IVi uf.rn.'u l'lh.
'\Vit o can it he, y<: p(·1jun.:d (~oil ,;, 011 1 L y<·<> n (
F or wl10 !Jilt li e ll'lio arc1H.: t1 tli c ski i:.-< ,
Coultl rai se tl1 c daisy'ti purple l>ud !'

*

}{nt/1 i11 thi.s sc nt c 11 ~c .'~·o uld h e cons id_crcd a c01Tt' ." P1 ) 1H li11 g co11.i11n('ti on h v
m ()5t. ~ n~1 11111:u·1 :rns; bu t ti t li c ~ 1~ 11 te 11 ce i s an:d\·zc d t: al'e fullv it. wil l Le- !->l'• ·;i

re 1~ r:-; t1) tll (~ pt' ri ot!s u t' ti rne. ~·1~11n e l y, jtc wa:s kept "t_,;r o ur Jiarr\<
Ln~h p:1r1:-. <1! lli e lb y , mor1u11 .1/ :111d fljl t r1wu1i. l/c1lh, tli cn:: fon ·, i:; s tri c tl·v an
n d_] Cd1\' ('.
rt nrn :v 11 \Jt \ lh)WCVC r, lie worth while t o dev iutc frout th e Us ual
nic1li• >d uf t.1i ~ p osi 11g c.if i t.
. t,}':H' wonls :'Ht t'i' nn ol /..ul 1 wh~n, i.n tl1 0 scn;:;. c o f' "C'X CC Jit ," o r" not incl w llll.f!.,. 1hr,Y ;uc ~ 111!,1w e d hy ;111 .<,b.1 cr. t1ve cnsc, arc con s iJ cn~ d prepo:--it i(11 1.:. .
\\.ht'!! ll 5(·d lll the s .. 11 ... 1: lil 1·.rn ·pt, tlie:r arc m ure c o1 11111t..11ily (1Jl\o w1·d 11 .\· a
n rn 1111 1:1~1n!, or hy :111 l'lll tr •'. l'l:t11:-:1 ·. ~ a nd in tlib c a s e tli l'y do tli1: c1Jlh.: c 11t' a.
co1rnccr 1ve, n11 <l an..~ f(• n11 t: d 11111j11nrli·111:J.
T_li e word s11r:- i ~ Ji _,. sci 111 r: ;. 1 111 ~ i dcre(l a yrr!) i11 tli e l mp•'rfltlvc in nit cn n11N; t10 1 n ~ . Bu t tli 1:4 w_nrd 1_a:1il 1h.: :1rl .v all t.hc <·1 o1 1.i 11111 :t io n ..; and \)ri.' J1 (J,.;;i ti 0 1 1~, apJiear t.o illt YC lost t·hc1r '•rl .'. .!,' lllal t'f'J'lml po we r, a11r\ nn~ 11 11\\' 11... c 1 as colllH: c l i\'e~
t u. sh ow _th e r elatio n5 nf wo rd " 1,r Fc rl tC' nc c .;; , ratli r·r th a n to l' Xpress th e ac tio u

j;,

t ha t both.

v i a :-iu l1.1ed.

17

~-i'~

[§

SYNTAX.

11

LXJI

§ r.xrr.J

\\re nccLl our ".V "•]'ail1y. [ wru11g.J
Nu TE . - T l ;r' \ "L' rl \:-' 11 1 t' 1/ a11d tf,,,.,., :ire \t' (· d
::i!i\·v :--i: ri--l' .

wit lt
Ill.

4G5 . False Syntax, or examples to be correcteJ accur<ling to previous ]lulcs of Syntax.
I admire il1 e generous sympath y of JJafuy e tte, lie who befri ended America.

The tou1b we vi~it ed, was \ Vasl1 in g lon 's. tl w man who; , tl 1c
boast arnl pride of Am eri ca.
They sle w Yarn s, he that was mentioned befo re.
llim it is wltom tlt ey persec uted.
"Wh om do yo u t hink it is ?
'\\'Lio <lo you think i;, to iJc !
It wa:; 11im that sai<l it , not I .
\Yas it l1im of wli um you spake ?
l\lan, tb o uµ:J1 li e !11t,; n ~ rent va ri ety of 1linugl1t ", y e t tl"' Y nrc
all wiLhi11 hi s own l.irea;;t..
Trouble, t110u gli i t may be lon g d elayed, yet it will surely
come.
T here is a g r eat many differe nt ways of accumu lati ng_ wcaltJ 1•
Nothing but vain and fool ish pursuits delight so m e perso ns.
\ Vhat avails the uest sentim ents, if p er:;ons do not Jive s uitably to th em?
Thou who art tl1e A ul hor of life t· an r e,; tore it.
Th e re is m:rny occa,; iu11s in li fe in wl1i cli si le nce a nd s impli city
is tru e wi sdom.

[This is

. NoT1i:. -Accon lin,g_ t o tli c l1e~t 11 s. a~e,. tt_1 e word p!lin:-; in th e srn~ e 11flalior
tu~ u iJ l e, &c. , tli ougli ol :1 plum! lo r111 1 1:; .10111od w it 11 a. s ing u lar VL· rl 1 ; n~ Tli~
p n u 1s th ey hud t:1 k_c11 :w116 very grea t. - Cl1t1·twdv 11 • No t iu iu ~ i:; ta lu.: n.- ./>u it:
See 'Vorcester's lJ1ct1v11nry.
'l •

He need n ot procee d In s u ch l1asto.

[ri gid.

J

'

fr i,'.!11t]

111-1u11:, ill

f t

a fr; tJl:·dtiYe ar1 ·l i11lr~u 1

th \._' :--! 11:..::ul:ir.

I~ ;
'

~--\/
l':

!

·~

'

"

~-"1

Tdknr·:;:; :11111 ignorn 11"" i ..; ll"~

i;

h tli e \\'( \:'; 11' t '

[>:ll'Clll.

ui"

ll1:1 11 y

a11+\ . . . l "( · : i1 · i 1\

t•!

>ne or l1u th nl· tlH: :. :.< ·!1(/Jar ..- wa .. .; pn· ....:c111 :H 1!1<

~~

~.

Yi1 '' "'·

~~

co1 · 11 · :\ · ,

~

tr;11 1.-.:tction.

ci r' ri cl1f·-.:, c)J" tiH· 1·;1 l' i ':--: «d. ' l.1· , li;l:-- i·Lu k c·d
lll:'lll)' :t prn111i.; i:1 6 rni11d .
The l"""'l'lc r r·joic1:,; in tl1:1t 11·Li .. !1 ,J.u1ild ~i\'<'. ti1t·11 1 "'rr111\'.
Tl1e Hriti ..;Jt parli:11ne 11t an • <'0111po«1«! uf' k i1"c::, lurd .' :rnd ""m' l'l1t~

I

i 11

t,:

tl1< )

1

:
l1o t l1

' J'11 ]j\'t' ,''1> i1t•J'J:· :'l!i! pi,lt1 • J.I" :'.l'L' J'' ' ljll il""j ,,( ' :iii.
\Viint sign ifi es th e cuunsd :u11l care ul' \(':u"li c r:; (
(~n ·:·, :1dtl c:1l to ni n c t c<' n , n 1 ~d~ e L\\·c11t.y .

t

H

;

~

',

\ \'lw 11 !l i··y ;1r ....: in~ran :-: ltivt · 1 i.; ul HJ u~:1:. ~•: :11lll1 11 fi/.c.-; tli l · pl11rai (11n1 1

J1 1 111 1it\· ('111\ .. .:. i-

Great pains was tak en to r econcile th o par ties.
right.]

L

1!)5

r.\HSL\C: .

He dare ll Ot to1wh n hair of r:1tilin r' .
Ile d:1rl' l1i111 to th ~ n·i:il. [1n"w~. -J

LXII.

EXU<C!SE

I ~

~:

The boy stood on th e burning deck,
1Yhence all but him lia.1 Jle<l. - llmnnns.

SECTION

EXEl~CrsE;;

th·(' c·it t'11 1r 1t •:: _..:,

!'

;01.,ecls o t' virtu e in

','1,,
·~

~

se:lt'-in tc:re~t.
N'11 T1 ~ . - Th e word m erws in the ~e n sc of" ta ll "'<·, ·· iu1.J ! li e word a1t1 t'l1·l1111 11 J
f. l!Y<.·rnl ot.li..:r~,. a ~ 1 n/n1:; , lltll'." 1 ri jln ·6, &l' ., ha\'c 01Jly t'1 0 p lur:il, l 'v n~ 1and 111ay
be u sed ell hcr Jll tli e ::i i1 1g ular ur plura l 1 1 u 111 IJt~ r.

f:,
'

d

,•j

•:
r

s

,•

·~

I,

!~

1'.'•

f:

·-:

! \

] re

Jam not rcco111m cndi11 g th ese ki111l of' :i11fferi 11gs.
Dy thi s m e an, h e h:lll 1lt e m m or e at Yanta ge.
Th e re i,; no mean of esca ping th e persecution.
And with tl1 i,; ame 111! he was con le nL
l'e a cc of mi nd is a11 11 onoraLle amend ti1r t Ii (: cac rit icc:; of

~ ~·

~·~

n1u1b.

Th e tim e of " Tilliam makin g tl1e expe rim e nt.
S 1wh w ill eve r be th e e ilect of youth :J.:i:iociating with v1 (;1ous
eornprrnion3 .
\\'liu l1a vc'. I n·a:-:.on to l'. ;-; t1. ·cn1 .--n lii::lily ;1 :-1 \ "1111 ·.;
Y c wl1u a re 1l<::t<l liatlt lie qui \:keue<l.
.An<! li e tlt at was ,] ,•ad set up a nJ u cgan to ·' J•l' ak.
1\'e li:t\·e <lon e no mure tl 1:111 it l\':h () 1J1· d111y 10 lia1·c '1011 0.
I alirnys iul cn1k<l to 11:\\'c r c wa rde< l my so 11.
appenre<l lo li :n·e lJeen :t man of h:lt<or,;.
It was a pleas ure to have rcce ivl't! tliis appro ba tio n.
T hey wl1om h e 11ad most injure,], h e l1ad tlw g ri)a lcst reason
to lo\·c. " rho shall I call yu 11 'I

t~

\

'

"

"
(

r

~

'

1%

SYNT AX.

[§

LXlI.

Some men tl1ink exceeding clearly, and reason exceeding
forcilily.
He acted in thi s bu siness bolder tlmn was expected.
They wer e see11 wamlcri11g a\Jout ~o litarily and distressed.
Evci·y leaf, eyc ry t \\' i ~~, ('\'< ·ry Jrnp of waler, teem with life.
E\·cry man nnJ cn·r y wo111au we re 11u1JJL1cre<l.
J\lan',; l1appin e~s or mi ;c 1·y nrc in a great measure pu t into
l1is liands.
\ Vhat black despair, wh at J. urro r fill ,; hi s rni111l.
Virtu e tonl 'c r:< tl ii.: ,; uprCll H.':il di g nit y un man.
l l is work is i·u·l"ecl ; !mt Iii ,; lirotlicr,; i; 1110re tl1au perfect.
\\' hi ch of th em tw o pcr oo11s \l' HS in fault ?
\ Ve h a ve a g reat 1J1any u!" them !low er:; in :he gard ell.
Each of' th em in tl11:ir t11rn r eceive fa\·o r".
Eve ry per,;on, wl 1a tevcr be th eir stati on, arc bound liy the
duti e:; of momlity a11Ll r cli gio11.
Humility aml l1n·e co11 stitut t'5 th e c,scncc of r eli gion.
If one man prefe r a life of i11clu;; try all il economy, it i:; becau ,;e he has an idea of comfor t anLl wealth.
Though the J c,;ign
laut1ablc, it will iuvolvc mu ch anxit:ly
and labor.
A large number of vcsseb is being built , th e pre se nt season.
The army is IJ ein g concentrated to invade the capital.
I intend ed to hav e called o n my way !1omc.
I had liopetl to have seen the atfair ami cably sett.l ed.
It was said by somclJULl y, I know n <1t \\'ho, that C harles wa:;
the person who th ey irnpute,J th e crime to .
Neither dc:< pi sc th f' poor or Cll\' )' th e ri ch ..
I should b e ubligci l to him ii" he will g rntity m e.
The rclaliun:; arc so u11ccrtai11, as that th c·y r equire much ex-

ue

amination.
They arrived ·/11 Boston at~ o'doek A. 1\J. [at.]
The old m an was sitting upon the gruund on the sillC of tho
r oad.

§ LXII.J

LXET:CI S ES IN l ' AI: S I:'> <;.

197

I diffe r entirely wit!t you in this particular. [from.]
He 'rn.s rcsoh·ed of go ing to the P e rsian co urt..
Ile was cage r of r eco mm cnJing it to hi s fe llo w-citi zens.
He accused the miuisters j ar lietraying the Dutch.
The hi story uf Pet er is agreeable wit/, the sacred text,
It is a use that p erhaps I should have thought on.
He was made mu ch on at Argu s.
N either of them shall make rn e s werv e out of my path.
Ye blind guides which strain at a g nat anJ swallow a camel.

[out.]
4GG.

PUNCTUATION.*

N<n·i:: .- Th e ge neral princ ipl es w li k h g(J YCn1 tlle u se of the point :, or
wi ll be eas ily J e~1r11 e J Ly ond i11str u di41 11 1 ur lJy w riting e.e11te 11ces
mark ~ . on t lt e IJlack l;oarJ, a11J pu n c tuat iug th em :H.:curJ ing t o the
general rules g iven below.
m ark~,

w ilii(J ll t

TH E USE 01' T!I E COMMA.

The conunn [,] which is th e m ark most frcqucutiy u sed in punctul\tion,
may be inser ted accorcling to tbe following rules.

RULE

I.

'l'he comma should be used to separate the clauses of a
compound sentence.
EXA Ml'L~:S .

A wi ;;e so n mak cth a gl:ul fat.h e r, but a !'oolioh man Jcspiseth
his moth er.
Thi s is n compound se nte nce, con sisting of t wo cla uses, wliicli arc bCparat c1 l
IJy a c ommtt.
EXEilCISE.

Analyze tl1 c followin g sentences anti ex plain the use of tLe comma.

A stone is h eavy, and tl1e sand [is J weighty . A s cold wale r
to a thirsty so ul , ou .is good ne ws fro111 a f'ar country.
The sun haJ ri se n bright and hi gh,
Ami clo111lless tiho nc a lonp; th e sky.

*

\Vri te rs diff1..~ r 1 ~u11..: lt in regard to. pun d u ati un ; su 1nc u ~e . fowl' r marks
than others ; some <h ~ p e n ~c e 11 t 1rc l y with tilt.~ r ul •l rt [ : ] ; 5(Jff! O u ~e th e c 0 m1inL
wh ere others would u ~e the scn1i colon I ; ]. Th ere i ~ , i11d ecd 1 a g rea t want of
nui f"onn it y in pu uctn nliu n, th P, princ ipal o hje~ : t uf w hi c h i ..i., t o separ~ te t he
part::1 of a. sentence , th u.L 1 he ir relalious may nl)t be mi:3 uudc r.-;tooJ .

17*

108

[§ LX!l.

S\':\ TA X.

In se rt, commas in the proper places i11 th e following compound sentences.
ca.ch ECnte:ucc by analyzed before i11:cni11;::c the comma.

l~ct

\Vl1cn tl1t gi·a1_·c.;:;, c1C IHJv1J:y are \\ (,rn cif'f ~uiri-1 1rat.ion is sn r:cee,lccl by indiili ~ rc ncc. Tlie ox knowetli J.i~ owner the ass his
ma;ter "; crib l:iracl t1otli 1iot know my people <lo not cunoi<lcr.
Ile who pn;sc rY cs me to whom I owe my Lei11g whose .l am
a11d ,,. ho1n l " · rve ;, cl•· rnal.
1\uTE:.- \\'h L' ll tli o com pot1111l scutt•ncc co n s is ts of two clnuse.s 0 1d y, wh ich
nrc c lo;-;c ly co1111cctt•ll, the comm:\ nia_,, be ouaitte.J ; 1l.."l u Tli c s luggard is
wiser iu ltis uw a conceit tll!lll ::se\'l:H 111 c11 that cau rcn<lcr u. rca.:;u11."
1

lluLE II.
The comma should be used to mark tho omission of some
word or words, necessary to a complete grammatical construction.
l ' X,\)IPLF..

S elf conceit, pres umption, aml obstinacy blast the prospects
of many a youth.
EX EltCISl·1.

Analyze the following: sen t e n cu~, n11Ll 8up ply some word or words whose
omi ssion is indi cated hy the com rn:t.

We hear nothing of causing the Llind to see, the lame to walk,
the <leaf to hear, th e lepers to Le cleansed. Th e miseries of
poverty, of sickness, of captivity, would without hope be insupportable. To err is human; to forgive, divine. His wisdom,
not his talent s, altrackll attention.
Jusc rt tho co111mn t.0 mark tho ellipsis in the foll ow i11,S sentenc es.

The earth th e sea the rain the snow tlie night th e day summer and winter sec<l time and harvest show forth the wisdom
and goodness of th e Creator. llc was gigantic in knowledge
in virtue in health.

§

nsc <1 i11 fkpcn 1l f' 11L1y, nr
~l1uu l 0J

l'.J'.J

I T '-CIT \ 1111'- .

I:\: 11.J

t i > !l11'

rt•f,· rri11 ;,;

\\ 11 11]1)

s 1·11\ t' l tCt"

lJc .:'.'-' l ·a1\tlt:1l lJ,.) c_· 1 _1 lll lll~LS; a.~ ,

,; \\.'l1 y , ~lr. Pl• ;t r:". n11/' s aid slir., " yn 11 n r·~ ju s t li ke l>r . .Jcd1n ·mn, [ tl 1ir1 k."
}'t"tff::.1J n. i."'- i11 th e C"a.s c indt·pc nd cnt.; th e ad v" rll , u·h,11i is n ~ td rn d1·1n·11-

_,1/r.

c1~·11tl _\·, nr

it n..: f1'l'"' !11 the \\ !t,.Jc

lt' li,11, .1{,._
n1!c.

.1'<! 111 ·..;~111 ,

a11d

/5! i i1l

<il1 e ,

~1..-nl<• t11't':

<J· 1i1!

,• l1l' ,

an ; ~tq1nrak.l J,y

i ... a u'1 f. 1( /,, 1! a-. . . ( · ~ ! ; , · 11.
:1c.·.. 1rJi11g tu llu;

1'.0 111111,1..;,

:\1>Tl!: .-- Tl1 e \\'< •J'!l", 7;1·s 1 un , ·11•111·, l,1111·•·n ·1·, i 11,/, ·i1l 1 p · rf,.., j! -~. ".'/'! i ll , .rl111i/!_'I .
nnd the phra:-:('!3 1 in sh11rl, ({f /01 .r;th, a l h ·1t;jl 1 in r t /111·11 1 a1 td tho.• lil,", an~ g i:n L· r nlly to IJ C sc 1iar:ttcd Liy c u111m a.-, t'rvm t lu..: wu c.J ~ ..:uuti g tl\Ju:; to tli-..:1 u.

lV.
A comma is sometimes use11 to separate \1·orcl::; aml
expressing contrast or opposition; as,
H VLll

c l ause~,

L ibe ral, 11ot la ,·i:;; !i 1 i:-1 kinJ 11 at11re's li:111d.
Th ough dee p, yet clear; tho 11 g h ge nt! ('., yet n ot J u li.

R ULE

v.

·when three or more nouns, aujectives, \'orbs, or adver!Jil
occur in succession, they should be sepn.ratccl by commas ; as
A wom:111 1 ge ntl e, f:C nsiLlc'i ·w e ll i11f,>rm c<l and reli g io u s. Th e liusl)and ,
Jn a ldter 1 we wa y aLlVi:!-c, exhvrt,
1
1

wif'c n.111l d 1ildre11 s uffe re d ex tremely.
c01ufort, request, au<l disc uss.

Huu : VI.
Clauses and phrases, which occur between \\·orcls connected in construction, and words in apposition, when accompanied
with adjuncts, are generally separated by cowruas ; as,
J ohnson had r epented a psnlrn wlii cl 1 h e had trrmslatcd, durin:; his rutt/cti.011,
into Latin verses. Cow pe r, th e yifted puet, Jicd in lli e ycrtr 1Suu. 1'1iltiadc8,
the svn. uj' Ci11wn 1 the Athenian .
NoTE.- lf the '\'Or<l in nppos itiou

i~

nut li mited IJy a11 nd,i nnd , or rprnli fi cd
a~, u ~lilt 11 u the puet.''

by u.11 adjective, the comma :;h o ul ll not Uc i11 scrteJ;

RULE III.
The case ind ependent, with its modifying words, n.ll detached assertions and phrases, direct quotations, and adverbs

RULE VII.

rf;
,,

. ,;

:ii

i!

I

~ ;;
¥ii

••~ l, 1

h

ilil
II

I:
li
Ji

The parts of a simple sentence are not generally separated,

:1
I
I.

llilil ---

200

SYNTAX.

[§

except when they are long or interrupted by phrases or expla,natory words ; as,

LXUI.J

§

LXII.

·:

SECTION

r------

Th e eyes of the mind !ll'C like tl1 c eyes of tl1 c \Jody.
T u he ve ry uctiv..:: i11 la11d a1Jlu p urs uits, is th o di s tin g: uisliing ch arac teristic
of a 11wn of m cr H.

LXIII.

4G7 COJ\fPOS lTTON.•

DESCHIJ'TION. -

Result of Perception.

F.XEnC I SE T.

The iu:- l' rli0n of :\comma Uctwcf' 11 conti g uou s words, c losely connectod in
co11strnction, shuul<l Uc a \·ui<led, unl ess s uch wonl:i arc particula rly c1 uph atic
o r i111p ort ant.

Nvr E.-1t is impn~silJlc to g;iYc ,~c ry d efinite r u les fur llie n sc o f the semicol o11. It:; u ~t·, like that uf otlil~ r J1:lll '\t:$ , mus t be lca n1cd in n. great m easure
by ol.Jsc rvi 11g h ow it is e mpl oyetl by 1ilc most correct w riter s.

S !Glf'L

DIHE CTI O ~ . -·Place nu

ol•j cct Ucl'urc yvll. ·i.:xnminc it carefully Ly your
f=<'ns c of sight. You mu::;t neither to uc h , taste i1or s n1elJ it. T hen write ''hat
y ou h;l\-c Jearnc,l by s ight.

Jl!otlel.

S E:l!I COLOX , CO LON, AN D l'EIUOD.

T l1 c ~c 111i co l on [;] is placed between th e clauses of a p eriod,•
wlii ch are ]t;,s close ly conuccted t!Jau ouch as arc se parated by
com mas.

201

C0 )JP OS ITI 01'.

A pii:cc of scali ng -wax.

Tli ii:; pi ece 0f s;caling- wnx is n !,m1t fuu r i11 c l ie~ long-, half nn inch 1>rO~ll1,
and a C]lla r tc r o f a 11 i11d1 in tliickn t" ss . Jt i:-; (, (a ve r y hr iMlit red , aud s tamf )ed
with tlic nam e of tlt e m:muf:1 e tun•r. I t~ ~ 11rfa1 :c ~ldnP-, lik(' gl a ~ c: 1 sq tliat I
H.1ppo:::c i t is s111 ooth 1 thou g h l c:111 u ot. be s11r0 of t !ti -; \\·ithont tu111.; li in)! it. On e
Cll<l is l'Ollg ii a:; if broken, :lllJ the othe r iii SJnr JkCJ t'rom Ji:n·ing l; cCll ill tlJc
flnrn c of a candl e.
D cscri lJc in a s imilar manne r tl1 c foll o win g objects.

The colon [:] is used wl1 cu t here is sti ll less conn ection in the
parts of a pc ri o,I, than tl iaL wh ich is intlicntcd by the semicolon.
Sec note aho\·e.
The peri oLl [.] is used after a se ntence whi ch is complete and
.indepcmleu t.
A pcriucl is also used af'tcr abbrev iations; as N. S., P. S., N. ll.
The 1lash [ - J de note;; a n abrnpt turn in th e se nt ence; or,
tl1 nt a si;,; nifi canl pansc is required; as," H erc li es t he g rcatfals c marulc.'' It is al so used to deno te tl1 e omission of letters
in a word , nncl of wonh iu a ~e nl e u cc; as, K - g, fu1· kin g.
The lll :1rk nf inl c rrognti on [i'J is use•J to lleu(Jtc that a questiun i ~ a ~ k cLl.
Tl1 e mark of cxdnm ation [! ] denotes wonder or surp ri se.
T l1 e parcntl1 cscs () arc 11 scd to incl ud e an ex planatory clause,
no t connect ed in construd ion with the r e:;t oft he sentence.
The lJrnc k c t ~, [ J or hook s, arc uscJ t.u inclose an expla uatory
not e or word. i"
~ A p~ri o•l i ~ :L ~(·.11t.:1H: e c1•.111/, leh: , niak ! 11~ pc rkct ~c u sc , a11d u ut counccLed in co11~tr u L11011 with w hat lul uw~ . - II t·/1;5/t:,I' .

t The Uj>.C or ot he r rn ;i rk ~, ~ rn: !i n8 th o npostropli c {'), tll1,; llo u lilc comma
( " "), C•U\:t (, ), &c., can lie h.:arllCd frvrn ~pclli1q; 1Jv1Jk•.

A hook.
A p en-kni fe.

An inksta!lLl.
A sheet of paper.
II.

EXERC ISE

A chair.

A look ing-glass.

TASTE .

D11< EC1' 10:>. - T ;1stc the oJ,jcc t nn<l write th e l'e sult .

] lfodc!.

A cup of lea.

in th " c· 11p i ~ c: dl i·d t«; 11 tla11n ;.:;li, pr111wrl.v !"p('a l~in~, it j..; only :u1
i nfn -.:i 1111 uf th e J.._· :\\'j""" u l' liiat pl:t11t. I t ~ t:i -. !1.: i-t pl·1·1 d ini-, l1ut )1 !1•11.-ti11J!.
It i-'
rntt11ral l.v so in c whnt h itte r, hut th e s 11 grtr pn· \'C' llt~ it frurn !Jci11g: unp h.::1.:m11tly
T \1c

so .

~ ul1 ~l1111c1~

Th e flaYOr is a roma tic 1111d

ugn:~c al,h.: .

Olijccts to

Ou ion.
P otato.
T.cmon.

*

oe tl csc rib c,L

H oney.

Cin nam on.
Strawber ri es .

Si11 C•' the fil'>t 1·d i1 i,-,,, nf' thi s w"rk " "" p 11J,l1 ched, li1< · 11u1Ji, , r li:L' 1'Pce i1·-

rrl, tl 1 rot1 ~ h tlio ki11 d 1i1... ..i. ,,f i\ fril·nd, a -.111.d l \\ <H k 1111(·0111p11 ... 1l1on, 111dil1'- l1ed
in l·:di1dJUrid1 1 183V, f•di tt·.ol J, y \\'. & I\. Cl1a1 11l;c r::- 1 tu wh it.: b li t:i is 111uinly in -

d clit cd fo r some of the fvllvwing pn;;cs.

"

§

[~ l.X ll l.
0

LXl l I.j

Yr-T T

l 111 ,J _1 J' l,, :.. .

I•_~ t1i t.

'. '.!' ,

>- I

,)/,,,/, !.
t'i ul d C,1.._ h f •t°u CC;:..: .; :t nl fJ:-.'. ! • ! :.: : ~ ! : ~ ft'.! •_:.J:::·.
;'

·r·:-- ·

·'

- •

~

i~ ~~:_ !..J:t: 1.:! !!•: f ;: -: r ! U'.'.:•: : ~ i!"!..1!!1
....., ...i. · -'· ; _.. · -· •:··· -" " '' ,-,.,... ....1

tJ1•.=

'"<·

11 ,•

j : !11 .~iL

I
L'

"\ i ~,

f_

.

,--.r

'1 ;1 i ~~ ,..h

\\'H!
\ l · ; : t 'i-..: ! '

t v.

I· 1· 1· t t '""< i

~ ,.· ~.·.<l

!:,.

'·

.!li ocLei.

1 t1J rec iYe b v

' -• •·,c'f .. . ... ~

.

v!

l'.11 !

'

j·

j-

.,. ,I; ..

......

:

:i L Ul Ldf:"J Ji u 1'1u it!Hl.

Objects tc1 be descl'ilie:J .

F-

A !,;,.,.,,
_,r\n

rd·

r1r:1n :_-rr •.

mo nf' , .:\n :11')' !1-.
.-\ c-f! •' ll.
A l1·rnon .

:\ t hi - I Ir·
.-\ r11-- n
1\ ],,\]]

;\ !_a_1ok .

J

':1 1H'\'.

,-..:, ) Ii

!~ I

1- 1 ! :-,;. ·--

:-;-;._! -- - : I

..-'..dock.

' (' t ;1 tt i r.

:-;u:q'.

!11 1·1 • 11''"....

1:•: I • ·i

(•

~

);'

'

11 : ' ~ h. ' · • · •

l \ I l ; t ·1
P i!:

!·II

111 1

· 1:; .. . ;! 1'

~

is 111.>uut ten iucli es long, s ix 1Jroad, awl

:-; i1 :..

•1• .. ot- ~ .__r

' :< "

IH\l,. 1"'' L

.

A lwll.

:l

1·

_t\n octavu vuiu1ue.

fc~ling. tha t this Look

~lL ·-·~. L 1-l'. '..: ~.:.n.. ~~ :.;.:. · '""~·h · :.:.: ..l

I •!!

tr:.;. :;; : ..

l

l .::

•

1'

1·

I I. t r i -.. i 1~ • r 11.

i~

:n ti .~ , + ~ ... ~ <'."

II.

'
1'i1 w :tj

J fl.J i l l

!

j • '-

I~ii:1c.

\'.

wli:ll _\" •! LI lia Yl; J l· :tru ~· , I

'• t.

.J /,,J. !.

-

'1 I! ,

/\

i i1 1 ' ~" ·

\\J:'.·

,\ :i ::

rd' IJ 1•!1'1-ni!.!1t·r.

1"iw! ~ !.

i

Last ni ght I J i•tc ned to th e wind. Some ti111es i t whined · lik e a Jog, then
it ~nvc a ~o rt of n. shrill wlii:->tle. Thnt wn~ followc tl by n h ollow .moauing,
nml t he n ti re wns a loud rus h like a wat e rfall. This ccu.sed , und ufler wu.nla
th e re w n.s a mix.tu rn of whbt!i11 g nnd hiss i11 g. At last, it diod u.wu.y i u gontlo

A fife.
A violin.

The sea.

J~ rrun1pe t~

I"i1uut1t.:r.
Thi!

:\ 1l1·urn .

1\·e~s.

l
I'"

()1 ,jccts to uc tle•c rilJcJ.

Singing of bin:!$.
/\. ~hoi r.
l~ '="t :~ .

S 011n•h

111

1

''

.. !:: ~!: ..q:".! 1 !!. ~ -.:!!. -.:!

~-.:.:•.:. u !.: : u :.i .

!:.:- .,,, ;.... ;:_: ;;:_:;~:·: ·.·

· ~· ·-·<>. '

with wliilish or grayish pnrt8 in the middle, wh ile some port.ions of it see m
som e'.vhat Lrown. Jt:; smell is strong nnd so~cwln~t di~agf~_? l ~- ft li as no
pec ulia r taste, tho ugh some boys are fond ol che wmg 1{ I J hall n ow nrnko
some e.rperi11Mnls wi th i t. ' Vhilc 1 llold one end, you must-rfullou t t li c oilier.
n Jn..: 11 _, Vu h·:t ::!:C·. itr-=.tiirri;;; t.:. ~ L; f.:.nn er eli J.fiC·. TL ;::n 1 firid it. ic! o_ .',-;~:i·.-. ~~·: :it
T rini :l ~ mall pic e'-.! int o the flam e of :t L arnl!e~ :~rnd 1 pe rce ive: it Ltk t:~ lh..; vc r _Y
r eadily, lJt1rning with l1 r illia11t li gllt, white n.t. th e \Joth1rn n11d n •J at tt11· to p,
e mitting :1. co11 s idc r ~l1'l c q11:-t11tity vr IJl:1 ck ~mokc . l l bcrc i'1Jl"C U::H.:C rta i r1 tii a l it.
i.:.: 1r.·ff : r.-:: r .·.' ~'! '·lr•
T~·.' ::-·Hlf;!":"" ir ~1·:r,-, "'.':":1!.:>·r ! r"~ 1··~n!vp i; fi1;01i " . ..:n j1 ._, ... r wi· :f; r.
1

a ~ir f' e!.
'\ i

:f_

...

t<i. ~~- ._
:~ ·:~

-: ~
....,..~

22~~

204

§ LXIIJ. J

[§Lxm.

SYNTAX.

iufu11neJ, however, th:tt tar will dissolve it. l lmvc fuuuJ ii very useful 111 ruli·
biIJg out pencil marks.

2. A

QUALITIES,

I!tU"dncss.

1

Small piece of glass.

as pi-oi•ed by the senses. Size. Shape.

Smell.

0. Sugar.
Color.

Weight.

Sug,r;eB-tfon..~. Groct>r, mcrcliru1t, !'.hip, 1'< 1il r)r:=:, OYt·11; \\' t' .. t l1idii' _.. , i'lnu littiou., 11~gr0 c:; , suga.r-cane; n: 1!1iing. ~,J1: l1 1c 1 l°lJiur 1 :--~1.t:, :-.111el li t<t -..tl ·1 \_\1 '.

He><t.

T11"lo.

By Urcakin:.; iuarkiu:.;, &e.

Expe1·iments.

1

2.

-1. I'.lpcr.

Coal.

Suggestions. Station e rs, pnpcr-mak e r':-; mi ll, w~lt er or ste ~t lH, Lig5, l11:iilin:::=-.
Kiz.i11g, &.c. ; rag-uum. :h:uit, li111.~11, ilax lJia ul, 111utlt.~ uf pn.: puratiu11, &...:. Shupe,
fiizr: 1 color, rin:-i.lity.

ns prat•cd by the st:ns e.~. Si:r.e. Rhnpe. Color. Weiight..
Expel'imenls. 'Vith wate r, with tlrc, with a hrunmer.

QUALI'rtl!S,

;1.

l::XEnCISE IX.

A sh eet of paper.
Size.

Q,_;ALLTU:S.

F..xperimenls.

QuALITI>:s.

Shape, &c.

1

EXEllCISE

11Iudel.

Sealing-wax.

Sha.,c.

Size.

Color.

Weigut., &c.

VIII .

i30Uf:GF.8 Olo'

Tll I NB~.

D 1nEC1'IftN. Pl:wf": :m nliic~ct. licf'ore vo n. Thi11k uf its origin, or fron11\·hat
F.ource it e n.me. - H -yon tlo" not know: n·• k your teacher or consu it n book.
'I h1•n l111t tln\\.ll all th. it YO~l h,t\' ? h<·nr•l ~Y?n _ mny the~ nd <l n11. account
of 1t"' nppNu·ancc, quallt1e~, &c. ) onr de:;criptwn mu. y couclude w1Lh sonie

experin1cnts.

lJIIodel.

A piece of len.d.

ftrc: t.:a:;.I..

lrn t i t. becom es dull am\ dim after it lrns been int.he 1tir for some time. lt has
no tn:-.tn, but. if you rub it, yo u will perceive ft slight smel l. It is very sot\ a11tl
n 1 n,r ho hnmm crc d into tliin plates . lt is easily melte<l, as you may prove by
pultiug u. piece into the ilrc.
Objects to Le described.

1. A piece of bread.
Su.gge.>:.tions.

.ll11ke1· 1 0Ycn, flour; miller, n 1ill 1 stream, horses, water; farm t 1·, ground, plough, hn.rrow, h orse~ , m e n, sun, ru.iu, hu.rvest, thrashing, winnowing; soft., white, sweet, ·wholesome, nutritiou~.

<:"Id.

Iron and "' c·c· I.
l\' ood.

,
ti

The •nh<tnnce before me is a mct:il cn.Jled lc11,d ; 1 procured this piece at
thf' pl111nhf•r'-... ·tnd lH--' \, .. ;p~ \it. it . .. t" ! lw nwnc~ r,,f tilt~ \l'.~!..d w1.rk;:.. L1·_:u! i.-;. ol~­
til irwd h\· nH·11in~ th<' nw· . which i~ dn!l'. nntot' rnine~ tl\~ n1(•n empln:n•.d. for
thnt puri·1osc. Lend i"' l.Jni:-.h whit c 1 ve r y bri g ht when cut or n e wly melted,

A piece of Jca,1.

Thi g inetn.l is of very g reat u se. \\'at cr pipes , ci ste rns, a!lcl roofs of 1io11se!I
ar~ made of it.
Chemi s ts form tw o st1!.i :;.t:1:1e es uut of H, c u!! e :J. rc J and v..-liito
le ad, butli o f wliieii a rc i1ui :, 1,111 1 1 u ~. H \\-c 111;~ ir \\ l1J1 Li1 1, tlit.: n-.') 1!1 t i . . :!wt.
u ~c i'ul compound c:.dkd jH~ n·t c r, ,,f ,rJ1 l(:!i .-.: 1,111l: 1:i! 1k -p.Hi11-.. :trc 111;1,k.
\\'Ll ·!I
l1! f'111!hl wi:IJ ar1timo11y, it. ntl""rol-. a c•i11tl"'~!t! • JJ1 fn•1u \·:liicl1 11ri11kr:J' tyjJ ('s

' Vith flame, wilh water, &c.

F.:r.pr.ri.menJ.i.

USES OJ< TH l;>; G S .

J)JBECTION.-Pl:w e tl 1e (d1.J1·1·I lwi'··rt~ :-·,11, H:li\ thir1k t"· ·r whd 1•11rr··· ~ I' it
~~); \;~11.d ly employed. H you du 11 u l k1ww, a~ k yoar tt:a...:il c r, o r co1.~u.it fi.

"lVith water, with fire, ·with paint, with pencil, with ink.

'~"

t:uat.

Su:;ger,tiuns . Tui!i,r, cluth, men·!i:i11t, 111:1 11nf;1d1ir··r , W• l•d, i!y i 11 ;. ,.. :,in11i11~,
W-Ollvi11gi wool-grower, s1i eep-wnsld11g- :·d1t':Hi1!;..;-. b!1:1;• .. ,1.·~il··r , (11u !i ty, &.c.

Things to be described.

1.

20.J

CO) JPO SI TT O~ .

Slw•·p.
Si I I •: r.

J ,, ·;ii !11·1·.

J\foliuga 11y.

C'u11u11

Gla,;~.

C'u\\' ~.
:EXFHCl !'E X.

C l,,1!1.

P :\HT~

\\'.,1.: 1-.

Stc:un-enginc.
OF' TTII:\"0-=!.

Pun·,CTlON. - PhH ~•: !ltl--\ ~·l 1j ... 1·t ii. •(,,r·e )'!Hl. I11q11in · hrn•.- it C.'1.P.1(~ rhcre,
~ny wh e re you ho_1~g~t_1t •.whcnce the rn e rcha1 _
1.t proo t1red it. 1 &c. 'J\'!ll whethl)r
JI.

1.,

11at11r1tl

1•r <ll"tJ!Jcf;\l 1 r.11111'1~ u!' 1··11111111L.111.J 1 l.\:1...'.

,Vodd.

A pen-knife..

nie(~ght

cutler'~.

Tli c- rc is :1. pcn-knifo on the table Lefore
it n.t the
ll e either mndll it 11in1 :-.t.: ll", nr prr.c:n r1.<l it of Iii·~ J1~ ntrr.;('l 1irer. Tt r•.-)1t~i;;r,, ~.f
two part ~ , e acl1 formed vf a diff~1\: 11 t su!Jsta11c~. Tbe lnu1dlc is <•f Ji,1rn, pruliubly that <Jf a !ilng. It i.::i uf u. Liruwn co1o r, rvuµ:h and l1;~rJ. It. bas oe\.·c ral
smu.11 rive ts in it for tlh.! purpo:;e of holdillg its siJes toget her. Oo 0110 siJd
th c ru is a small plate on whi c h th e owner's name inuy l> e eug- ravon.

ond mustancc is steel, of which the blade is composed.

18

The sec-

Steel is an artificiol

' .~

20G

[S LXlII.

SYNTAX.

metal, the rc:::nlt of iron prcparetl wiU1 clwrcoul. lt is very luu_·<l aud s1w1oth.
\V lieu pn:_i!Jtrly te1n1_,ereU, iL m~kt:::s very slrn.rp Uluties.

Prtldicc

acc vn.1iu ~

L _\. LJ:i l." L

.\. IJ.

tv the Dircctiuu miJ AfuUcl.

1. A room.
F1vor-LonrJ:'> 1 caqn ~ l-rnakcr, pa.tten1 , color, texture, size, ~h1,pe,
wnlls 1 pln~ter 1 l1Hper, color) f1guri\ riunlity.

S u.ggeslions.

Bcn c; n,k11ce.
of t:OllSt:it:Jit:l:.
11itegrity.
Tlie obserYanec of tlie ;-.;;d.1l1nt Ji.
A f'rctf"ul temper.

Ind11,1 ry .
Tl1e lu\·c uf prai.,c.

l'O\\'Cl"

2. A book.
Suggestions. Leaves, pages, margins, title-pages, edges, plates, wood cuts,
binding, author, printer, book-binder, book-seller.

J.

1'

3. A house.

At"1 1· r t !1c

111 .:.: , \1n·\._·1i .. 11 . .:

S112.r;estio11 .~.

F ound n_ ti n11 1 w:-tl l~ , l'•) of, fl oors, Ll otil':-< 1 \ri11d1 ) W S , st uir:-; 1 cltim noys, woorl-work, plr1~tl'.ri11 g·, pa.int.in g , papering. \Vhnt. nre the tradesmen employed in mnking n hnn ~e 'I

1. A fire-place.

t• .i, a 11·! i11• ·tl1 ., d!1 · ··l

· >1 ·

of

kll i 1\\'l~· 1 J g ,._

1·: \!1!1• · · 1, t ll' · !

•\ ',

11 1;1y ] ,, , .,),..,.:·\· ·

;1. An~r tl1u c :-: ..-.ay t•r cornp•i.':'iti1i1t lt:t:".I iH·1·11 41J:c1~ \\'ri!tf'n , lw~ in nr ww :111' !
r c-·writ e e \7 Cry sc nt c 1:r:e , 1u 11 l inq n ire at eac!i 1 w l1c tll e r ~o m c di rl i: rl·JJt rx prt' ~ .3io 113
w o u ld 11o t Uc m o re dear nn tl fo rc i l , lc~ k ce pin~ in uliu<l t!ia.t alaws t C\' t.:rv
tiio11 r.. ht mny he e x p r c~<::.(' d in :l \.';tr!c ty CJ !" wa y fi.
4. Attend carl'fttlly to the spelliiig, pointing, aucl capit a. I :; .~

EXE:RCIS I<:.

Subject. - Children should render obedience and love t.o tl1eir
parents.

xnr.

VAHfETY

OF

EX.l'HE 8 8H)N.

The same id ea may li e <:x11n~.~s ecl i11 diffe re nt wu y s i aud it will Le Loth
U!c ful and c nh:rtaiuiug .for th e lem11cr to pra~th:.e tirn.:h ex C! J\: b cts ti! t!Je
foJlow iug.

lcXAMPLE.

1

J.fodel .

•

The soul is immortal.

Because they arc under obligations to their parents for benefits received
them.
Because in this way the y seen re their own happii.10ss.
Becau se God hns comm:mdcu them to honor their parents.

The same iclea ruoy be expressed in differcut ways.

The soul
The soul
The soul
The soul

Sometimes merely tl1 c h eads of an essay or subject are presented as a skeleton of the whole ; ns foll ows :

will never die.
will never cease to exist.
will live forever.
is destined to a n endless exi:;tel)ce.

Sentences for Practice.

Subject. - Independence.

A wise son maketh a glad father. A foolish son is the heaviness of (cause of sorrow to) his mother.

1.
2.
3.
4.

The me:miug of independ ence.
Its effect upon tl1 c charncter.
Its effect upon 'ociet.y.
The differe nt kinds of independence.
f>. Tlic difle re nce hetween independence

i••' t ·11 ... ,·\.- c

tt,.·1: ,· e 1-.i ;.:. r:rn: 11 1 :~! :c:1il y l"(_Jr :T ct.

xi.

The following direc t ions may afford some aid to the le nrner in liis efforts nt
composition.
J. A rnh_i ec t eho nl•l he selccte<l ''n which the 'niter l1a s some definite
kn o wledge 1 und whic.li i ~ not bcy on(l Iii ~ po wer of comprehen.s ion.
2. Th e writer shonltl tlt ink long :111<1 Jmtfrntly on his sulijcct before nttempti ng to compo~c.
3. Wh en tho snbjcct admits of it, he sh ould form n plan and make such
divisions >Ls will enable him to exumine every part separately, something like
tho following example.

1.
from
2.
3.

h:·1..;

Eil111 ·:tt1,111.
'l'IH~ lj1\·1·

L Examin e th• ~ di\·i:- iuns ..... ··1 ·:1rat1· :y 1 :-n id ]' Lll_' •! ;:-, !i. · ~t tli " u:-ci tb 11 1; ,J··r t·:1• J t
1..i i\i:-i u 11 1 U!Jd 110 u tl1 '-·r..:, :t:-: p !·111 1t"'J'l _\· l 1elqn::· i'' ii.
:.!. Can.:lu ll _\· a11a ly 1.c e \· c ry s t · 1!l i.: 11 c 1~ al lt T i t l1a ~ li n •11 \\T i~t.' 1 1, 1. ·, ~ ···· wi1di1 l' r a11 y irni ir1 1pl:r o r 11n1H;C~'.~ . . . a ry ~~· vr ~b l1an; L·...:...:11 u~...:·..! ~ i.Ul.J '' l1 dl !c i' Ll :~ :::: ~ n~

[;. An iuk-staml
Ex1.:: 1~ c 1se

~11l1 i 1·,·t

111lt" lll!ll:l':tlll"l".

nnll

obstinacy.

~'

Xc w::nan's llhetoric. See al so Parker's Aid s to Eng li sh Compo:;ition.

''

208

PROSODY.

[§

LXIV.

When we have finisheu our work, we will play.
Aft er dinn er we will walk in the field.
Intemperance is ruin ous to the mind as well as to the body.
A wolf let into the shecp-fo!J, will lle rnur the sheep.
True r elig ion teaches us to be gentle and affable.
M y rie~ die:J bs_~_!::_iEht, withou t a s t1~ggl e or a groan.

§ LXIV.J

YERSH'I CATION.

209

4. A stanza consists of several lines, and is sometimes improperly call cll a verse.
5. A couplet, or disti ch, consis ts of two poetical lines which
make complete sense.
6. Afoot is a division of a verse consisting of two or three

t

I .\

!\ llII

!

11

I
'1,

sy llabl e~ .

7. Scanning is dividing a line into the feet of which it is
composed.
The principal feet in English verse are the following:

PART V.

1·
l

I

I•I

l<'.EF.:T.

1. An Iambu s, u 2. A Troc hee, - 1,,;
8. An Ana prest, ...., ...., -

PROSODY.
SECTION

LXIV.

4G 8. Prosody treats of accent, quantity, and the laws

of

v ersification.
]. Accent is the laying of a particular stress of voice on a
certuiu sy lla ble in a word; as, the syllable ban in abandon.
2. A ccent ~houlu not be confounded with Emphasis. Emphasis is a stress of voice on a word in a sentence, to mark its
importauce. .Accent is a stress of voice on a syllable in a word.
:3. The quant-ity of a syllable is the time wl1ich is required to
pronounce it. A short syllable requires half the time of a long
one.

8. An Iambus has the first syllable unaccented, and th e last
accented; as, B etray, co ns'1st.
!>. A Troch ee has the first syllable accented, and the last unaccented; as, Hateful p6ttish.
10. An Anapa~st has the first two syllables unaccented, and
the la.st accented; as, Contrnv611c, acquiesce.
IAMBIC VERSE.

470: Iambic verses may be divided into several species,
according to the number of feet or syllab ics of which they
arc composetl.

VERSJFICATION.

1. The shortes t form of th e Enrdish Iambic consists of an
Iambus, with an additional short syllable; as,

4G0. Verszfication is a measured afrangement of words
into poe tical lines or verses .

Di sdn.ining,
Complaining,
Consenti11g,

I. A verse consists of a ce rtain number of accented and unaccented syllables, arranged according to certain rules.
2. IU.ym e is th e corrcspornlence of the last sound of one lino
to the last sound of another.
3. Blank verse is the name given to a kind of poetry written
without rltyme.

Repenting.
Non:.-

etanzas.

We hnve no poem of this measure but it may be met wiU1 in
'

2. The second form of our Iambic is also too sh ort to be continu ed througl.i any great number of lines. It consists of two
Iambuses.

18•

j

I'
IIf'

I

21iJ

[ § .L XXV.

PllO o OT>Y.

Xo:r.r.::.-- l u rea.Jiug l:uuLic verse, lLc ucc.cnt is

t'a....:11 1 ~ 1 "t ; 1,r

u 11 t l1e t:\-1._' Jl ~.y l hl1 : e,-.;;

' [\1 llH'.

1

j

~-- (·nr·:"I

cou~itilS

!

O( ' l' '1 -

l app<-ar !

j a n-zmlnt

uf llu·ce

IL :Jul.rn.;Li1n c.i a J :11it.:. uf ~;,.1 1 aliJnJ u!.:; ~l .::.l~vf l

J

nin

I no 16n

J

~ · !~

T".

2. The seco nd En!Tlish form of the Trorli:1 ir rnn 'in.' of t 1rri
w bri e f, th a t it i' rnrPly n°P•l for a ny vPry
seriv u.s J1u rpose.
fee t; a n d is likc wi;: e

;;J·llu.Llc ;

ger Mn

J

Ori' il 1(·.

.::is!

guieh.

F: y lh1h11~

i

11 ~ 1

!l r ~l ~_vii~-t. ·

6. The sixth form of our Iambic is commonly called .AlexanIt consists of six Iambuses.

I blc :ind I be wise.

7. The seventh and last form of our Iambic measure is made
up of sei·en J:imh11 s<'~ .
The L6rd J dcscen J ded from J ab6ve I and b6w'd I the heav J ens
high.
Tbi.s wn.s ancicn t! y \·; ri t~ c n in one 1ir.c ; b ut it is no1Y broken into two ; the
first containi11g four feet, nnd the second three; 11s,

I my

G6d !

471. TROCHAIC VEI',,.SE.

fn' 1!H'

! d :i y ~

F4lbl e ~

pb.inly tv!d.

l\'bcn our
Or nf tln·P.P.

tl'nclw e~ ,

of

i n!i_i

J

hearts are

J

m6 urning.

with nn :u lditinnnl lo n.z- s_
, ·llah!e:

rr,>,t](',~

Ilhss iu

n~ ,

I mo rtJ1ls ! toil for ! IlUU!!ht:
I .-.tii1 from I can.Ii i, \ so ught.

4. The fourth Trochai c species con.>i:>ts of } nir ti:ochecs ; as,
ROun<l us

I roars the I tt!111pcst I louder.

This fonn 1na.y take nn a UJiti vnal long s.y ll alJ lc, as ft,J! uw!:! :

1111!e \ :H't.,~ r J dl n nf' r l in lii ~ ! clu ir,
Sat a I farmer, I ruddy, / lilt and / fair.

5. The fifth Trochaic species is likewise uncommon.
culllpo;ed ofjive trucl1ceci,
All' that
All' that

I w;llk

l ll wcil

I foot or I ride in ! cldri
in j pula I ces or I gtirret~.

on

It is

I ots,

G. The sixth form of the English Trochaic co n~bti! of si:c troehcm:S ; .as,
01_t' a j 1wi,11nl.aiu.

1. The shortest Trochaic verse in our language consists of
oue T rochee and a lon g syllabi('.

l i-111~1nn 't;-t ; ll.

3. The thirJ species consists of tltree trod 1ces; as,

drine measure.

When nil I thy mfr ! cies 0'
My ris I ing soul I surveys.

i:; plal'.c.: d oa U: c

It somet imes conta ins two fe et, or trochees, with an a<lJi tional long

Th.is i5 ca.llc<l the IIcroic mc ~..!:.1•rc. In its ~ implcst fonn it eon~i~t~ of five
InmLuses ; but by the admission of oth er feet, it is oapablo of many varieties.

be hllm

~ f.1i 11,

l \ \()1111

1 ·~ 1l Ut ; L o.11.1.

~ o T E . · -In r r. :Hiing Troc h:ti c \'l '. l"." <\ lli i..: acl: t.: al
fi}c·t ~ or •Jn th ~ odd ':' _
Y\ hll.d···-1; ni:: ,

fi. The fifth spe<'ie~ of Rnglish Iambic consists of fa•t Iambuses.
How 16.-'d, i bmv v:il : u'd once l :lY:iils J thee n6t,
~fo \\.' l101u r eL~tell, 6r lJ;; \\·h6n1 LegUt.

J

I

I ~ ); ;_ i,

ble ur e:"tch

AuJ w:..y i a l Jfu, t i rny wea l ry ape,
Find out i the pei ce i ful her j nutlige.

I art but ! of dust;

il 11 ' :

<l11'

luwuuoe~.

4. The fourth fom1 is maJe up of four Iambuses.

For th6u

:!ll

l .\ ,

r:,, 1- ....

i ~ tn~r c:

In ph1 I ccs f:ir J or near,
O r f;\. ! rnnns 6r ! ob~ ure.
Onr he:frt.<J

l t ' .\TI'

t)n•. n ;:-: t'.

lk:.s1d ,"1 a fr>u nt;Un.

J. Tlie tliirJ fo rm

F

'.l'! i111ult ! Cl:a"l' ~
~I nJ... 11 1 i [""(\• -\ '.

..

It sometimes takes, or may take rut 11tlditionnl •hort syllable; u,

l l Tp<Sn

Y I·: J ~:"'!I

t.L.o scuouJ. svUALlu of

:v-,

"\\' ii; i.I. }1L~c:c~

\Vhat

011

~ L '.: [\'. ]

Lay a

i f-lil't ~i.1:l1''1

111 ~

i :;heplienl i :; w:iiu, a utl i

l n1~a t h a. I _11v.ir_v I w11l l! w·
new'ci tht: : n:lliH<:; J l_,,Jl •..w .

212

PROSODY.

[LXV. :

472. ANAP.iESTIC VEHSE.
1. The first and simplest form of our genuine Anaprestic
verse is made up of two Anapmsts; as,
But his c0tir I age 'gan fall,
:For no :\rts I could av:\il.
This form aJmits of an ad<litioual short oyllable.

LXV

.J

218

l'OCTIO LICENSE .

figurative expressions, in contractions and transpositions, iu
exclamations , antiquated words, and phrases, and other
pee ulia ri tics.
Sndi li cens es may be cxplaine<l umlcr what is u ~ u a lly term c<l
Figures of .b'i!Jllwloyy, Figures of S!J1tlax, anJ Figures of
H!tetoric.
1. A fi gure of Etymology is tl1 c intentional <leviation in tl1e
u5ual form of a word.

Then his c0tir I age 'gan fai l j lilin,
For no arts I could avail I him.

2. The second species consists of tltree Anaprests.

o ye woods, I sprcatl your br11nch I eft 11pncc;
To your deepest recesses I fly;
I would hide with the be,\sts of the chase ;
· I would vani~h from cvery ey6.

:J. A figure of Syntax is the intentional llev iation in the usual
construc tion of a word.

3. A figure in IU.ieto ric is a departure from th e usual application of a word.

FIGURES OF ETYMOLOGY.

This is a very pleasing measure , and much useJ, boU1 in solemn and

chee rful subjects.

3. The third kind of the English Anapmstic, consists of four
Annpoostd.
May I g6v I ern my p:is I sions with ab I solute swny ;
And gro wi I ser and bet I ter as life I wears away .
This mct1sure will liumit of a short 8yllable at the end;

rui,

On the Wlfrm I check of youth, I smiles and r6 I ses a.re blend I iug.
NoTE. - ln reading Anaprestic verso, U10 accent ia placeJ on the third
syllnble of each fuot; as,

I woulu hide I with the beasts I of the chase.

47-±. The principal F igures of Etymology arc E lision,
Synceresis, Diceres'i'.s , Paragoge, Prosthesis and 1'mesis.
1. Eus10N is the ornissiou uf' a pa.rt of a word.
Thi s figure inclndcs S!Jncu1u·, or au 0111\ ~s ion in tl1 e mir\Jlc of a. won]; a ~ ,
Li ~t' 11i11 g, lov'd; Ap(J<·u1>c , or the el is ion of fl final vowe l or s yllaUJe ; Aplwuesis,
or tl1 0 cli~ion of 1L lette r or syllable frutn th e Ueg iu11i11 g of 1L wurd; u ~ , 'i;aiu ~ t,
fo r ug ui11 .'-' L; :;.quir c , !'fir csqniru.

:!. Sn;,1·:1a:s 1;:; i.> th e c;o ntrne1io11 of two sy llablos into one;

LXV.

LICENSE .

I'Ho~T111·:sr s

T~11-:s1s

I

is the atlllitiou uf a letler or syllable to tlie end

i; th e prcfixingof an cxplctiY c letter;
locerl fu r !uad; u-dow1i for duw1i ; y-clad for clud.
G.

4 73. roctry owes much of its effect to the peculiar style
in which it is dressed. It indulges more freely than prose in

P 1\1:AGOC:E

I

of a word ; as, lf''itliuut-en for without; bound-en for boun<l.

5.

POETIC

:I

I

ns, S ecst, for see-est; droum cd, for drown-ed.
3. D r :ERESIS is the se paration of two vowels that might form
a tliphtl1ong; as niiria1, not cen'al; coi.iperate, not coopcmtc.
'1.

SECTION

I

I"

1

a~,

Be-

i,; th e se pnrntion of a cornpoun<l 'rnnl, liy an inter-

vening word; as, To-us-ward for toward

u~.

I
I

21·1

l'l10SODY.

[§

§

LXV.

LXV.J

POETI C LICENSE.

215

FIGUitES OF RHETORIC.
FIGUllES OF SYNTAX.

4 76. The principal figures of Rh e toric are Simile, JJietaplwr, P ersonification, Alfrgory, ])fetonymy, Vision, Apostrophe, Hyperbole, Syneedoehe, Irony, Antithesis and C li-

475. 'l'hc principal figures of Syntax are Ellipaia, PlC!l>nasm, Enallaye, IIyperbaton.
1. ELLIPs1 ;; is the omi ssion of some wor<l or words nece&sary to complete the constru ction of the sentence, but uot essential to ex press the meanin g.

rn.ax.

1. A SIMILE is an express and formal compari~on.

Almos t all cumpounu sentences nro more or le"s elliptical, some oumploa
of whi ch may Le seen under the different p:u-ts of speech.

EXAMPLES.

1. The clli p, is of the article ; a 8, A mun, woman, and cWld. The article o
is omitted , by ell ipsis, before \roma n and child .
·
2. The elli p> isofthe noun; ns, The laws of God Rn<l man; that t., tho la"9
or God nn<I the law • of mnn.
3. The ellipsis of tbe af!jectivc ; ns, A deli ghtful garden and orohlU'd ; that
is, !l del ightful gar<len and fl deli[;J.1f11l orchnn l.
4. The ellipsis of the p rononn ; us, I love and four him ; tlmt is, I Jove him,
&c. This is the man they Jove ; that is, which they Jove.
5. The ellipsis or the verb ; as , The m nu was oltl tmd crafty ; that is, the
man " ""old, and the mau was crafty. She was young and beautiful and
g ood; that, is, she w us young, she was bea utiful, nnd she was good. I went
t o see a11d hem· him; that is, to see him, and to hear him.
6. Tho ellipsis of the mlvei·b; '"• He spoke and acted wisely; that is, llo
Rpok n w i ~c l y, and ho nctcd wisely.
7. Th o ellipsis or tho p reposilio11 ; llS, Ho wont in to tho 1tbboye, hallo, and
public IJuildin <~• ; into is omitted beforo !tall•, nnd puMiv l;ui/din91.
s. Tho ellipsis of tho c01ijr111 clion; u•, They confess the power, wisdom,
gooJn css, nnd love of the Creator; and is omitted, by ellipsis, before wildom
nod _goodn ess.
9. The ellipsis of the ·intcij ection; ns, 0 pity nnd sha.mo ! tl11\t is, 0 pity!
0 shame!

The actions of princes rtro like thnse g reat ri ve rs, the course of which every
one beholda, but their springs ha ve been seen by fow.
A s fr01n the win g no SC fll' the sk y retains,
The parted w ~n'"e no furrow fr u111 tl1 !3 keel,
So dies in human heart; the t hought of tlcath.

2. A METAPHOR is a comparison implied in a single word.
EXAMPLES.
I will \Je unto her n wall of lire round about.
Tho u art 1ny 1·ock n.nJ. n1y furtres::i .
Thy worJ is "lmn1' to m y fee t nnll lL light to m y pnth.

3. P1msoNJFJCATlON 01t P1to::1 01·01·0·: 1A is that figure by
which we attriuute life and action to iuanimatc oLj ec ts,

EXAMPLES.
Jordan was driven buck ! The mountains skippc<l like rams, nncl the little
hills like Jambs.
Rom e for cmpiro far r enowned,
T1·am.plcs on a thous:.ind Sta les ;
Soon li er pddc shall kiss tlie ground 1111.rk ! the Gaul is at h er g:tles .

2. Pr.EONASM is the use of more words than are necessary
to express the meaning; as,
P eace, 0 virtue ! P eace is all thy own.

3. ENALLAGE is the use of.one partofspeechforanother; as,
The fe<1rful hare limps awkward.
They fall successive and successive rise.

4. HYPERBATON is the transposition of words ; as,
The mnses fair , these peaceful shades aincm9.
He wander s earth ar ound.

j
.J

t1

4. An ALLEGORY is a continued metaphor; for examples
sec Ezekiel xvu. 22 - 2,1. and P salms LXxx. 8-17.
5. McnoNntY is suustituting the name of one thing for that
of another.

216

217

[§ LXV.

l'RO SO DY.

EXAMPLE.

They crown the wine [cnr•J. They r eRd Cowper; t!tat ~.The
<Jowper. Gray hair& should be rcopeded.

j)QCUJ' of

11. ANTITHESIS is the placing of different or opposite words
in contrast; as,
If you wi:J1 to cr.u1cU a 1i1.:rt-•J !1, ::tudy
JHi ii i oll !iis

6. V1sION is a tigure by which something imaginary is repr esented as real, and present to the senses.

\<1

i111...·r1..· a -: •.' Ii i:; :;.t1Jr,,; .:< , J,til t 1) ·li-

Though poor, luxuri<fU8; though s1Wm,i:Ji;;foe, i·aiu.
ThougL deep, yet dea r; though gentle, y et not dull.

12. CLIMAX is a figur e in which the se ntiment ri ses or sinks
in regular gradation; as,

EXAMPLE .

I seem to m yself to behold this city, tbe ornnment or tho enrth, nnd the
c apital of all nu t i u u ~ , sud1.!e 1ily i11\·uh·ed i11 0 11 e vont1t1 g ratiou. j tiW 1.te.fu.re wo
the slaugl1tercd lic:tps of citizen s lyin g- m1hurie1l in tl1 0 mi1l ~ t of t.L~(r niin('d

country. The furi ous coun tc nnnco of Cethegus rise& tvmy ~i.iw,
a. savage joy, he is triumphiug in your miseries.

111Jl

J~;,.in.:.:1 .

Add to y our Ld th Yirtuc; and to virtu~ k110~\· l r ·lg,.. i nn•i to kn 0w i erlg~ tern
~ l:1.: '.! l't..· t. l; r) -7.

i1 crnnLe ;& c.

while, with

7. APOSTROPHE is turning off from the rPg11lar courge of the
1rnbjcct, to :u.ldrcss some p cr.,nn nr tliing.
E X:\

~t

l'LI·: .

:-)oul of the Just! Companion of the Uood.
0 sun! thy cver!P.sti ng light.

8. I-IYr1.mBOLE consists in magn ifying or dimini Rhing a thing
beyond the truth.
EXAMPLE.

I sn.w I.heir chief, tnll ns n. rock of ice; his spear the blasted fir; his shield
the rising moon; he snt on the shore Li ken cloucl of mist on the hill.

9. S YNECDOC U E is putting tl1 e name of the whole of any
thing for a part, or a part for the whole; as-the waves for the
sea, the roof for th e house, the ltead for the person, the heart
for the emotio us, &c.

10. InONY is th e intentional use of words in a sense contrar y to that whi ch the writer or speaker intend s to convey; as,
Th e prophet :Elijah, when ho c hall ongod the priests of BM.I, "mocked them
nnd sn.i<l, Cry oloud, fur Lo is a god 1 either he is talking, or he is pursuing, or
ill on a journey , or pemdventure he s lcepeth, and must be nwaked."

::
H

~

219

APPE1'DIX.

APPENDIX.

l>ElU VA'l'lO.N.

ABO CT ::?8,000, or fire eighths, of the word13 in tho .Engli!lh
L:rnguage arc uf Ani:;lo-;)axon origiu ; the rcrnuiuiug iia.rt
are derivod from the Latin, Geek, French, autl Soll.lo other
languages.

A 111 .iuiitii · ~ " ·orrl is one wl 1i 1·lt i:; Hot d1•rivl'•l fo)m any
nl11cr won! in the l:ln,:;u:l::;c.

Th e fu1 lo v:ing i:-; n. l:i !Jecirnt~ n of tlie or thog rn phy of t!ie IiHg l it;l1 Lu.ugnag e
nb un t tlH: f•ot1r!(· c 11tl1 cvr1tury:

A c/,;1·/c,1/i t·c i:; one idtil·h
norJ or 1rnnb.

Tn tl1e rhys of J.:ruutlc, Ly llg or JuJe •., tl1 c r WllS u prcst,
Zacarye by nanrn ; of ~he so rt of A!Jia, and l1is wyf was oJ' the

doughtirs of Aaron ; and hir name was Elizabeth.
Widlijj'e's Versiun, wr itten l3C50.

'\ \ur1
' ! ::; arc ,,•.1tl i"' l' 11ri1uitin: ur dni \·atin·_

The following exlraclo arc frc,m sv111e of the cnrli ost 1tutl1om:

m v::triu1u wayH ;

].

'.!.

v,.rlb are ,],·ri1•' •1 f rnrn

t<t1?llt:ti1 1u·:; frulll a1!\

.•· iilJ,;tant i v«s, wlj-el'li1cs,

ll11•l

l·rl'·' ·

3. Adverbs arc dc ri1·cd from suusta ntiv es.

Nowc for to speak of the commune,
It is to dread of that fortune,
Which hath befall c in sondryo lontlcs. __:_ Guwer.
Alas, alas ! with how defo an ere deth cruell turnetl.1 awaie
fro wretches, and nai.eth for to cloBe weepyng eyess, - O!taucr:r.
A knight ther was, and that a worthy mii.n,
That fro the time that he first began
To ridin out, lie lovid chevalrie,
Trouth and honour, fred ome and curtesy. - fd,

Oll o "~, tl•Jllicr

'\\'onls arc d cri1'oll fr\)lll
namely :

Luke I. -

furrn c•l fr .,11 1 :i<> tll•' 1·ri1111 t 1r 0

J::i

4 . Subs tantives a re de rived from adject ives.

fi . Adi-crbs arc deri1cd from :1rlj cc tivc s.
.
.
I l '.1\' (' , " C••ll\ E'S" l 0 Yer ,''
1. S.11/J;jf1rn f;C 1:6 iu·e d, rit",d.fn1111
rt1l'..~;
a:--, f-i nn1 _l l ",,
\! <.: ,t OI ,, ft u lll u! O'-'U t\!\ t 1Slll\l\'\J l '
&(.
from" to vi.;:; it,
.
tl .. it is (liflk ii\ t tu
In tlu fvllowinb i 11=-t:_u1ee~ , :u id rn m:;1 1y o . ie1~~r tl 1e IHill!I fr111 11 tlll' r~·rl,;

~ltch··rrn1111J

wh ethe r the \' Pr\) \\'; 1;.; d . .,d uc·cd fr v m

name ly: Li,vc ,

11)

Verbso re h'nt'til }rom

11d

"

~r

• ,,,

from Ille 11uH 11

ie.

l t1\'t: i lw tc, to li '. Lt e ; le a1,

walk i rid e, t o r ide ; a ct , tu ac:t i &c.
.
. . 111
( 1 /'
1
'1
-·

~

'(l l l\PS

1 t

"u's, '

' I In :--: tit
,

') t: '

l~Ollf'.1.'.lr
u

l_;,

t u skc· p i wa lk , t i'

.... tCl'.J!
'

•

'

.
,·,.d
aHd
1

rr~ ·lll tlH~

~ 4 ,lll l°f i i ni · ~

.,

j ,,
.

.

from the ad r crh .fonra rd . to f11n\a1 t1.
N 11

,,

·

·

a·l.11·1·t1v1 •

t) llH: lirncs

•u

. .
tr01 r1
•

ru frerb.~ ;

•

11 01/H

11

nq,
to wnrm ·''
•

'

'

the y arc lunntH1 Uy

2:20

A Pl'E"i I>JX.

\l'l'\.'\\IJ.\

1.~ r1. .:! ~j(')Ji1; g 11 11• \!!\\' ••l, •·r ~· · f't{'JJ in;; t!1t' (''ill "0!1 :t1Jt; a .«1 frilll l !!''"~, "to urn:t.c ;' '
,..,-,rn i·Hine:!' by !H.1d ing 4~ n; n .~ 1 fri_•lH lr::.d!t . i ; Lu lcn~thcn;" A;;.pi0-f11n :ty fV thljt-\l ti ·; 1..~ ~ ; i.i.S 1 1i.·vm ~i11J1 ·l " Lu l.'51wrten i
l.w~::Jh !, •· to br?ghien. "
1

!\oun:: en•\iog ill .~l;; 1 ,, an... 1h(, ., j'. t.lt :.i. ~l; :1 1i t".Y t,di •.: ·-' , 0111pl·_>y1nc·1 1t, c;t:d t'.'. 11r
~L"-~ Lvl"J.::L i!-' 7 .~t ·_· ·'. ,: - '. 111 ., T":li"i n ·-· r .~ hif'.' . . .~(· " :"" •· TTF' :nnu ~:-1 •·i:· 1:11e;:

,., ,:.cli;_i" :1 ;

_!)

in ship, arc dcr iv cJ from :1.dJ CC 11v c~ i u.5 , Hard , llanb111 p , \.\:.(·.

Ar~j.. r1:n!Y: :t:·e dc. ~·i·:·td .f•D•r'- n•n.;;~ 1 l! 1 tl!c fuiluwi:ig m ~rn m::r; A djec.th ·Oi
<1ew:: •t in~ p l cn ~y :1r;:: d .; 1; >t.:d L·u111 I n t iH1~ l_,_v ndd!!J /.(' y; as frnm h~Jthi healthy;
1

R

..

', ·,1 ·,1 : :i.

_..·~ 11. Jt'1 ~1\l':!)
f:

• •I ll ; ;< 1,111 . ) 1,.1·

dt · n,'1 11 1!! iii •: 11 1:ii!t• r

: 1 ·i · l. ~.r-'.,

t

II;

:1 ~,

; ~\

out o r' 1~ hi··l1

,

-

l

en-'~';1.'." '~il.'. ·,,i, '. ~::::, ::: '.]; !~:;'': '.'.,)r ·~~'.~~~' t~~;,a~~~~c~~;.;~';• ·;,~':;;; ,'.~'. '.;::'~;,.'~'~,' ~~

1

.-.

.

~"...._: ~
any

thin ~ i-.. mn•l(',

llrt'

dt· rh' Pfl

\ ,, 1111 .:

cn,\ : ri.:

i!l , 1.;,

~ i t i" li; : 1.; 1 l::~)i"jlri.'k ,

l°l • >\11I 1, 1i, ,' •: 1k··11 ; \\ (l')•l , \\" u uill'll i wu1d, ""VHl) IJ;

J.-, ,.;( k, ~ 111 ,!
l,111;1!<> ! Jl,

, /. ,. 1J , ,]" 11 · ,\· · .i ., 11 1i ! 1: • .i1 . ju r '. .-< lt,:t

, \ 11 1

•Ill, i l " " " j.,~11, ,\:,

""~::.~·:.::: '.~;: it .;;~·L"~;:.~1'.'-,,'.:~~ i'.:·~:,~,;~':'..~~";:'.;:. c'.~~..; ~;:.~""'}'..';,"~' t~,~
1

A J,iect ives 1l r. no t ing n-h11n1ff!p_·::- ~ ar~ dcr:·:cd from nouns , by adJJug ,/al;•:
J oy , j1.)y fu l ; s iu; ~ i nfol i fruit, fruitful; &c.

F .r N1(·li1 n;n d c-n mrn o nly s ig niry th e ne t o r h ;Lhit; a s , Co mma11Um c 11 L,
1 11

di"'·

. :::; ..

~

• . . . :__ __

•. 4. - ... -. ., •• tJ

-

-----'-'-

--

~------

--

-

-

--

~

~~~ ·~~~~- == :_;_-=;_~_·

. )0

/ ,·',

i·

\ ',;

r.u: :._-,n , ,~t}' l<:.:: .::1..:1 .i 110 ~ :. i...: itu .• :: Ly j a.:i , \rl1iL;.;, i'lhiLi ~L j ll1il. L j 1' , 8VUIOWimt white.
\ \'hen nddetl to n ouns , it Eig-nifics .similitude or tcmdm1r.y t.n n fi htti'lt1•h~i·; M"~
Chi!\;, d1ii li i ~l1 ; li.1 ld~ li1i~vi s i1..

PREFIXES AND SUFFJXES-

-1 ol" ~1e
l E' ug r'"i • iai1ellagre
ard
Il·1ost of th e J erivativ e_ wurus
~
fnrm "d hy th" :-i.ic1 of pre_tixes antl s-1~[!1 .ce s .
' i:-: :l -\1·!!1·r, ~y 11 :l 11> <'. .,r
\\ t11" 1 \, j' ulJ1t"1l lu tli c \ 1 1·ginnin~
~
1\ jl1·1:f1J"

S om e adject ive~ nre formPd fr0m n ounB or verbs, by :.i.dtling U1e te rmina.tion
a~:L ~ r1-: .0. tL v~u utl,ic1..:L; 1; t~ ~ i ~ 11it~v t'.aµucity; n~ 1 .An~wt•r, f\tt ~ werRb l~; to

uf u \,·.__:..n.1;

4. ;\~-;w;s at'G d!'rln.:d fnnn a.djectiues sometim es by nd tling tho termination
n es.'i : a~, \ \' lli tc, w lii tc11css ; sw ift, sw iftness i som otimes by C\dding tA or t,
a11tl 1na k i11 g n s rnnll c ilau ge in ROmR nf tl1 f'\ lnttf> rc.; H':! , Ll)u~, lenoth i hi.;h,
l ic ig lit.

•

:

-

i,.c_

-

_

-

--

--

-1- ~

c

-:'i_;

(•niling in hood or hcnd, arc snch a.s sigu ifw\ chnJflctcr
lic~ ; u:;, i\Ianltood , k11igluho0Ll, fa lsehood, &c .
Sul1l"ia1d iv1·!"

~:::~~·~::;:~:~:-:;,~;,~~,1;1~'.;i'.~ '~l~;~~~~:·:·i~;,~'i:~,':'.7.<'.::.~:::~h

Dl' ljUuli-

fl

- -~

11.

A s ignific3 01:., in, or at; ns 1 H£ h o r~, a.fnr 1 (1.s.leep.
n1~ , upDn, Ly, .f'ar, &c .; a~, !1 "-'~ : · (\~d·-: , /, ,; tid~. Jip.;i., prinklPJ hel". f\11 .~ P..
F oR, fmin or again st; n~, jol'bear, f orbid.
F oHE before ; as, j ul'ele ll,j1:n·eknow.
M i ...i, :Cron,q, en·oneo-us, or dt!fedii·i:. ; ns, m-iscon(~uct, nii~ru.lc.
O u T, beyond, nwre, or eJ:terior; a s , CJutrun 1 O'i.lllive, ou.ls1do.

=~

,. --- ....,,., "':

Lt t_1rc, rd tH

l . '<AXON PREFIXES.

Some n ouns nro derived from oth<> r n 1•1111c:, l'y n•l<lill,6 tft r t <'11Ti i nnti (m s lt nrd

......... ,..

0 6

A sujfix. is a le tter or ~y ll alJ I C ann cx:c<l to tli e end of u word;

Ti1t:n.: urc !SO m nny othe r wnys of deriving words from one anoth er, that it
w ou!t! be ex trem ely diflkult, nnd licarly impossiU ie, to cnrnnerntA th~m. 111e
primitive word:i uf any lang uage nrc very few ; the derivatives form much tho
g rcn te r numbe r. A few m ore in stauc C's o nly ca n be g iven h orc.

-.~

a~~,

11s, surcl!J, contentment.

5. Ailcn1.1s v_f 'J·mdil!J ure dafretl j '1·om. adJet·tivrs , by ndding ly, or chang in g
le into l._;j: iilid dt; iiot e t hi.! ::om ne 'i1i;li ily a :-i Lii1;; udjcd ives fro.m which th oy nro
J eri vt:d ; ns, fro m lmsc co1ncs I.J ustly : fro m slow, sluwly: from able, ably.

~ ---~-~-"--"-'

.

l' ·· LJ\ •..: .::

{'h:t11.:..:· ·, . :J1: 1J J:_'\' ;\1.J ,,.

-i,...........,...,..t... ,,

u~u.~t-

;1.1:,.,·r_jy .·-ct , '.1!i ' l .r·-·n·-·t·1

Tf0rt!:!

1! .•
'>:.~""Ji~"l<"~~~~.ll;'.::4'M

\o'll ' "' <ll'

Ui.; 11u~ i 1~i-;; ·:.- :1io 1, ; 1 r.~ !j._.r i 1r··~'·J fr •_•!ll !1'...'ttu~, l;;y udtl.mg 'GJI; "5 irmn
1
'.v ·:::·?'!.L!cee ; f:·;~ :n c.:-~;·r:.) Ci:ir--.: ~-..:~~ ; .i\:J, .i11.r h..:~~ ; &c.
AJj\,;divU8 dem;iing 1ik ene::~, !!re <lcri\reti rrmn nouns! by adding ly1 u
1
fr u•• • ... . 111 ) jjj ;,,,;.,v ; ··· nril ,, t·:trt!!iy ; c :.n:r: , co:.:.rt!y; ~0 \

-'- ------~ ..

----------

r 1 .. 111

i. · 1·\

··l

, .."?.~--" _ ___,_

i \ •'•l

lJp deuoleo elevation, or subt·er:;icm. ; n.s, uplu111.l_, u1m\jt.
\V'ITil signifies /rum, or l·a.t.k; u.5 , -et.:-ithstand. u~it.hho!d.

1

IHli

j

\Hl llll

.

ILill -

: :: :. !!!!

;1
I ..
Fl

··1
hi

t \HI
l

lild•

'111: i~

,\ l'I' I . " I 1 l \ . .

ArTr:xnrx.
;, _ Pr.\ , t/, r,_ ·u_.,I, :

'.!.

l. ATJ;>; l'lcLF!XL S.

A, .AD, or J\ IlS, siiti d f.\' front: nc:. rivflf~, 1 ah~ tr ~d- .
Au, A, A(], Al", AU, AU , AN, AP, An, AS, or AT, sig uify
allvL, au111.:x , urn,~ :;.L 1 11h;:i.1,,ra d ,, a.J .1lx.

:1_.:

1

/1., 1 ~_·, . 1 1 al)

t:ir1 1fl_'. _'., !. 1

t ~I" t._.1, i"l H_'r ~ i d 1 1 1 . w ~··r,

t l:.-. t! l t~ a ~ ur..::

tlir•itt;.·li .

to, at; M, accede,

AN T1i: 1 ~ignirir~ b~j"r1 N: as , lrnlLccdcnt.
C 11tCU M 1 sign ifies rowul : its, circumnav ign tc.
CoN, co, coo, CO L , CO :\f 1 0 1· con, ~i g nify either 1 fngP f/ier: M, folier<\ ('('l/JC'<'t,

c<>m1iress , corr elative.

fi .

l'.i·i , l~t·ir, , 11 ,0 11

7.

Jl1·'.'lil,

t< .

1r 'i 1· 1·: H,

~'.

JI \T u , widt:r :

:

a~, l~ui•lcn 1 iP 1 l1 J1<1Jl tlw 1w111,l t'; trln_· 1111 ·..:;1 1 lljl' •il

H.

·hy .

!: cr(( : nQ, 11~111i:- plh're, hnlf n. FplH' JT .
(!/"(

r: (\ ...: , 11:;111 1'\' l· i ! ica I, ( ,y(·j'-c riric:l !.
:t ..: 1 11,r//'"lhc..: io:., !' lq•j10." 'itiu11, l• !" a

j1bci r1; u r. ,_k !".

10. "\l l ~ TA, ln!;"ml, t•rt·t": (1:.: 1 J f, tm11 o r1ilH ,:--1 · , t(> cL :rn ;..;•_; t u a1 1,•t! 1c r .:-~1 ;11 1 e .
11. p ,\J : .\, tiyaiasl; a."'.I, .I'aoi.t•.ix, ~id11t·~l1ii1g c"11'.L1 1 ~· t ' l L'1111n:1 :11 (•1·i1i1<Jtl.
1

CoNTH A s ig11 j ti cs a.r;aiust : as, cor1t-1·a dict.
to r1 )-n-nlr:_ r : as.. t·~ :ui t ::r·!tt: t.
1>1-: ~i;:.-:ni li e~Jiwn, l"J t" rfPtc n : :i i: , rftd 11 C\' .

This prefix is someti10cs cbnngQd

1::!.

!'EH i ,

CT n.Jwtd : ~L-; , I \ :ripllcry, tlii,; cir~u nii'cn·w···: vr

11w.t:-UrP.

r vt \l ,' !.

1>1 ~ go11c rall y implie~ Mp11rrdi.u1r- 1 or riisuni1 111: as in di~asolve.
ti nw~ a llC',!!:ltive 1F(' :
in iiivn rg"'! .-/•~(fn ;;;.•~.

ft :-1

in r//;;:1p1•n_•\T .

1 ~; or ex ~ igni!ie.3 C•ul ~·r ur .From:
'fld:::: prdix tuk c~ al :-io foe form;::; er:

i:8

h hna 5t1) fl't6Dis tnkes al so th u form di nm} tlif: a.A

ej ect. to cas t out ; evade. to twlap.D ttt'illi..

itnrl

ff:

R.M , t ff'(•!:H"f if\

rJl'ttc-e.

F. xT1<A sig ni tles beyond pr rnrwe r/1 (m : u~ , e~·traordiu::i.ry.
lN, Hi, .E.N, i u, IL, and 1n, befo re :idj ect ives, lrn.ve £L negative 1igni.iiealluo;
as, inactive, not acti ve. llcJOre a verb, they sPsri1ify &1i 1 iulu 1 or u!/u.i.fl#.1..
1NTEil signifies between or mnon9: as, intcrvelle, in.tersperoe, to sontt-er
nmong.
Ou, oc, OF', 01 ·, fo1', in. th e wny of: fl R1 nhsb,1 c t , ncr.Hr.
l'EH, tln·ou.9h, or by: ns, z;ervade, to paBs through ; p erchanco 1 hy c ht\!lCQ.
Pul! or P JL1!, befurc : ns, }Jl'Cccdc , to go Lefore.
Pno,for,forlh , orfu1·ward : ns, l'l'Oll uuu, for u. nou n ; provoke, to cnll fort!~;

promote, to move furwurd.
1~ E, again, or back : ns, 1·eentc r , 1·ecnl l.
RETRO, bac!.ioai·d: ns, ?'etroccssion.
Sx, aside : ns, secede.
S1~1!: 1 without: as, sinP.cure, without ca.re.
Sue, sue, SUF , suo, su r nnd sus, signify wu.ler: ns, &ubscribe, to write under.
8uPEU. s i gnifi e.~ beyond, above, or m;e,. : as, su11c1'"nnturnl, beyond nature; auv ervisc, to oversee.
TRA NS signifi es ove1·, or beyond: a s , transfer, to carry over.

3.

GREEK l'REFIXES.

1. A and A N, in Greek, <lenot e p ri vation; ns , Anomalous, wanting rule;
arion ymous, wanting name; minrchy want of governmen t.

2. AM r m , boili or two: ns, Amphib ious, living in two elements.
3. A NTI, a!Jainst: ns, Antiacid, ogn inst acidity ; aritifebrile, against fenr;
antithesis, a placing ngainst.
4. A Po, Arn, from : as, Apostrophe a turning from; aphreresis, a t aking

from.

L.j

i'1 .
11 .

·1

'i

I..1:

i \\
I

225

A BBHE\'!ATI 0 :\ 5 .

Citron. Chronicles.

Dwt. Pennywe igh t.

Co. Company; co uni y.

JfJ.

Cot. Colonel.

B&en. El.1e 1H~ zr1·.
E ccl. E<:c:k,iaslt.:,;.

Coll. College.
Co m.

.ABBREVIATIONS.

Com llli ~sioucl'.

J~a.-. t.

Ed.

Ed ilur; ecl ilio11 .

Cu11j. Conju nction.

R. ];;. Erro1·,; t:Xl"<'[>k<L
8. g. For c·x:llll[ •l".

Ounst. Co ns taulc.

]~11g. 1~11gli s h, ur

Cur. Cori11tl1ia11s.

Ep . .E piot le .

Cun. On the otlieL" l1and .

A. or A ns. Answer.
.A . .A. S . Fdlow of the .A.meriea11 Academy.

Anon. Anonymous.
Apr. April.
.Ark. Arkansas.

L'. / '.

.A. JJ. or 1J. A. l:achelor ol'

Art. Article.
.Atty. Attorney.

Clo . C c 11tc;,
Ciel. llundr ~ cl weigh t.

.A. U. 0 . Jn the year of the
city [Rome.]

j J. A prnny, or p c rH" t'.

J~'.rr.

Acct. Account.

JJan . D:rni cl.

H.rr.i:.

.A. C~ Before Christ.

.Aug. August.

./). L'. lJi,tricl vi' Cu lurn!_1ia .

Art~.

.Altp. Arcl1bi ~ hop .

.A. D . In the year of our
Lord.

A,?f.

Adj ed ive.

.Admr. Administrator.
.Adv. Adverb.

.Aet. Of age.
Agt. Agent.

C()}ll'l

l!I° Probate.

H11!1 . E1,J1,.,;,m.,.

( !,-. Cn·dit: or (•rc1litnr.

.lc".'IJ· l·:,;1l11i1·1· .

Ct. or t'o1rn. Conn•·ctic'.ll!.

lc'ti:.

!'!

cl'ia11.

"\n,] utlic·h ;

J~. J:. ]~xu1lu ~ ; c>: a1J1i11('.

E'<Tt1!1Jr.

Exf:'t "ut1·ix.

Bart. Baronet.

JJ . iJ. Uoctor ul· Dt1i11i1 y .

1~/!f ·

Bbl. or bd. IliuTel.
B. G~ Ileforc Christ.
B. D . Bachelor of Divinity.
B enj. Benjamin.

/J,·d. ]),.,"'""·

l"fu. Fl1>1·id:1.

/J . •. . J) " ,· c: 111 !J\' r .

}".,/. l·',,!il).

Bp. Bishop.

Fi~:;ur\_: .

iJ.-p. lk1'1n y.

I h·.'i· I J,·.,-rec'.

/J!'I. IJc:i:lwarc.

F . It'. S. l: cl lvw of the Huyal
S/Jl'ic-ty .

U. or cent. A hundred.

J),"ll . Tkutcronom y.

Pllr. Fu rl on;;.

Ala. Alabama.

Capt. Captain.

])ft. J),.f,,ndant.

C:a. Ucorgia.

Alt. Altitude.
.Am. American.

Cash. Cashier.

JJo. or di/lo. The sam e.

Gal. Gabtian5.

a. a.

Dr. Doctor.
J),,fls. or $. D ollars.
Doz. Doze n.

C11ll. Gallon .

C!tap. Chapte r.

D. J>. Doctor of Philosophy.

Geo. G eo rg<!.

Cltas. Charleg.

Dr. Debtor ; doctor.

Gov. Governor.

.A. M. Before noon ; or in
the year of the world.

A. M. or Af. A. l\:[aster of
Arts.

County Court.
0. 0. P. Court of Common
Pleas.

Eugb.11.d.

])i}l"t . O I'

C:en. G enesis ; ge nt'ral.

Gent. Gentle men.

22G

A BB!tr:VL\ TTO N.'L

(;,., Grai u.

(,', J:.

Geo rge i lie .Kiug.

IL or lu·. 1Iot1t'.

ii. if. J f. l f j,; ,,,. lw1· Hr ilannic

_\

!lBltLVL\Tl()'.;~.

L. or Lib. A book.
±. or lb. Pound.

JV. : I. J\"rt!t Anw ri<':l.

i'n·s. l' r <>HknL

Lam. Lame ntations.

N. B. Take par ticulor noti ce.

Prob. Problem.

l,a'. T.:11itu1lc.

N . North ; note.

n

~y

"Xc11· Tirnn owick.

l'p. l':t:;c.".

Pn:( T'rofr"OJ'.

L. C. Loll'cr Cn tl!\da .

1\: C. Korth Caroli1u .

1 fd.J . Ildi 1·e wB.

Lev. J_,e viticus.

N. R . .!\c w E ngland ; north-

H ltd. Hogshead.

Lieut. Lieut enant.

H. AL Ilis or Iler Majesty.
l!un. Honorable.
1!. ,':,' . E . IIere lies buried.

LL.D. Doctor of Lawa.
L on. Longitude.

Nem . con. N o one opposing.

Q. or Qu. Question.

.l{. H. New Hampshire.

Q. E. D . \Vhi ch was to be

Ii.1 . or Ind. Indiana.

Lond. London.
L. S. The place of the seal.
1lf.' Marqu is.

J.V. J N ew J er sey.
No. Number .
N. 0. N ew Orleans.

Ib. or ibid. In the same place.

}fL A thou sand.

id. The same.

ilL A. l\fasler of Arts.

i. e. Tlmt is.
iii. 111 i no is.

1VfaJ. Major.
11lar. .J\Iarch.

Q. 1>. l\' hich set> .
N . S. .:\ova Scotia; new style . Ra. H c· \·crc lld ; l~t>vt>lcttion.
1V. 1'. N cw Tcstmnent.
R. I. rnwtlc hbnd.

lUajcs ty.

l funcl. Hundred.

Ltcog. Unknown.
llfass. Massachusetts.
Inst. J nstant, i. e. presc ut, or ..Matt. ::\Iattlacw.

a

I'r(lp. l'rupusit iun .

l's. l

'..; ;i

1w :-<.

P. S. Postscript.

east.

d cmon<tnitcd .

Qr. Quarte r.

Qt. Quart.

]'1r;J1'. November.

l~uyal

_,_\'ulll. N urnuers.

B. i.V.

N. JV: North-west.
},', J': N<ew Yurk .
0 . 01 .i ...

Robt. Robert.
l?un1. f\111n:\11 t-'.
.Tt. ]/. l{ailro;ul.

Rt.

Navy.

ll ai ~ IUOll Lli.

1II.

I.saiah.

Jl!il. J\fary lnn<l.

f//,t. 01 '"dicnt.

J its. or .la. James.

,ff. D. Doctor of l\foiieine.
11Ie. l\fain e.

(le!.

U. ,')'. Old Style.

Ji iu . .Julan .

Jlcssrs . 1\frssie11 r., .

0.Tnrl . Oxford.

S. C'. South C'nrcili11a.

Jona . Jonathan.
Jus. Jusi;pl1.

,iri:. or .11liss. ]\fississip pi.

ti::. Ounce

,C,'f1'.

;l firh. Michi;::::rn.

P. Pnp;I'.
l'a . or l'clli1 .

of'
]~(_{.

Jan.. January.

Jus/1 .

Ju ~ hua.

.fr. or J,,n, Junior.

l\lemb"r of Congress.

;Jj(,. :\ fi,; ,.;,.11 ,. i.
J.lf.

P. l\lcmbcr of Parliament.

(

lctubcr.

S.

or oun ces.

ff,. 11 .

l:i .c;l1 1 If, _,,,,,r:thl••.

S rrnl J,; , J,il!in~ ur ,o l1illin~.

,','. A . ,...;uuth Arn"rif':t.
Sec retary.

,','Pr-t. S 0r· ti nn.
I'cnn ~ yhania.

s. L'. s .. 111.11-<:'"'t..

Per cent. By the hundred.

Sern. t::ieminary.

J ust . .J u~t ice.

J1.lr . l\fi"ler.

Pct. P eter.

Sen. Sen ior.

X t. Kn ighr.

~Mrs. Mis tre,;;; (pron. rnissis.)

Pl. Plnrnl.

,'.f-pt.

.A!S. J\Ian uscri pt.

P.

Servt. Se rvant .

J1fSS. J\Ianuscripts.

P . U. Post Uliice.

Ky. K entu cky.
La. Louisiana.

]lf.

Afternoon ; Postmaster.

s'i.

s .. pli:m lwr.

b<jll<tfe.

I!

228

ABBREVIATIONS.

Ss. To wit; namely.
St. Saint ; street.
S. T. D. Doctor of Theology.
S. 1'. P. Professor of Divinity.

S . rv. South-west.
Tenn. Tennessee.
Tlieo. Theological.
Tliess. Thessalonians.
Tlws. Thomas.

Tim. Timothy.
Tit. Titus.

Tr. Translator ; treasurer.
U. 0. Upper Canada.
Ult. The h st month.
U. S. U nited Stales.
U. S. M. Unitc<l States Mail.
U.S. N. United States Navy.
V. or vid. See.

Va. Virginia.
Viz. To wit, namely.
Vol. Volume.
Vols. Volumes.
Vs. A gainst.
Vt. Vermont.

W. West.
1V. L West Indies.
Wk. Week.
Wm. William.
Wt. Weight.
Yd. Yard.
Yds. Yards.
&. And.
&c. And others ; anll so forth.
4to. Quarto.
8vo. Octavo.
12mo. Duodecimo.
18mo. Octodecimo.

.SY\'OP.SIS OF GRA.1iilL\TIC.\J, RELATI O::\S.

SD!PLJ; SEN TEt\CES.
MODIFIED

sur,.TJ

.Subject.

J.~ .i 1/ .:r~~
1

r .:l\l i;:Jnd,
ff :~·. ,

'f ,, die

·1. b~t you have 1vronged m e

of the S u-'!··/~ct~

l'redicate.

the kt"''·
the rlii····u 11 i.' of Ca1liz.
in. 71ea cr.::
onlJf,

A u,
Th!2

call ed

I
1

1 :'01i, 1l~

by .your

}.Y f f~'TiJ2;:t 5

w 1i 1 '11: l

: t?!

1, ·.1
1., :J('J l
i;; t liP p ri \r]ege

.

l ;\.~·~:~: ~·; l,'L~'. :;;11~~·' ,";t~~~,- r iJ ·: ;: ·.•
I

i...; t: r i•k rit

tlu· t ret1S,

l<)·- ~ k

:1 r: icle 1

j-: de'riVC'· t
rn :i y ·s j:'.: cr and

so fa.1~·1 · s 11 ·1 _IJ ·i!'utiJU.Z tc-/l ny :·
wh·) a:·,_, d .Jb'1 ng,

r .j.3i:?,

T h ( 1SC

CT S.

1
~ .:.' ' 1 .11 t._" !"i' t ·< I' 1.
'
0
J ." LI: • yi .ur c,. y, n ru!nn-;s ·~ (. . ,,.
f · , r ,/ .;rt i.•. M
.i •1 .;,i·~· r.
a .';1:.,:.1)11 1n1n l.

fndt:

1

---NO

"! 111

"'ll-"">'>11~111•"

! ·· ~

'i!JIMl"l:I

'''"'~'·

MODIFTC ATl O ~ \l F \ \'C)lWS .

r .rlJ

.Y'. :m er P:·o;,o;m.
A

.i; 1 r

p r(' ll o·::

L

,\ ·;1~ rb : l"

mny he rnocl-

mm in q1 position; as,
, t 1jf~ },·; ,rj , .
1 i.i '·r:' ' c ; ;,, l\ l flil ma~L
.; . ·11u:-: l:i m ·,r 1_t h i t::.oq~c,. t '
;J(;. ,

...

] · :~rti·~ pl•.'.

1' ::

1..,
: \

l't : )

. rl>
;"

, 1..,,.

~~,

j 11

tu u ii~ .

·;.iilmi: :

Li,

y~~'~. r n

i1

,: · • •

An n('.i (•.: li' .J

I_\ lJC 11 1

\(' 1

BY nn

. ( :I

a1>:e1'i

i.i \"C

~

: ' :,

\I ' '

n.~;'.

J, icho .opwl:

lYerb; n:: , >~o:

:r•

,,J -,•. :

i·
. .t

brhulcl.
[) y a. pre1 (i ~ . : i · ·
object : :l! ' 'i :·
ture.
·1. B,·anotl1 ·r 111
.;.,, ·
Detp t·m·: ;' I
deepbl11 ·:,,.>rt !.
crs .

l nc sun

:l
~

D_\· .

i·ic h.
Cv a v i::") ::11

I

] .1 1 '." 1

\ ll • ii:

modili-L· .,

j !fo '{, ~~(!/..,,

tL infinitive ;

1

" ,3

;·: ··iii .-

j ,... ~.
c-·;.ir·~ '
I , ~ ·. \· :i. ti nn !1 :1." u!
. f t ii c · · l · r 1• : ~ i ··: . l! ~ · · "" :· i ri~ , '

!

ii!

( 11 °

r :ir :· ··11k

; ,J

8-

].

[

. .,,,.

\

1..1· . .

:cci e>:•1 r!'·
-.:: :=====::: : :: . ::
, f •, ';11is '!/ ...... • '

( {1;1/})1.1 11d Scu f( ' /1CC3

·v,r;,:. 1 ot ·it·: ncc is mode
.: l i--

''

; 1,.· ,_.

:1!"1' .

"

]1• r··\ hvt c,;.int lf1
1. I ~ ]Ii /;?I ('( /LJ11,~ ; '2

'.'.t 1(1tirl' 1'"0nlr .
,r <u inp011ml ~ 1c:1 ·
Hl"
1
tllf , Pt·i r ·i 1 11tf1 :ll1 l ~l/ JU:
lin: .i: \,. ~ 11 :c:: ure, Su~ :ii!,
i"l1;1 ; , ,

. ·· A ·. i'1Ll'i

1•

:I.

')

: )

's~
(

T .

_,(:-

I

A
: in ··

n,
~

I

-~ i l 1
1.
·:ti I'
:- u1 1. •
.:\ ti.! .

. : ~.

I

I

'2 .

r tJiLt
m.sf.

['

t·:
Lr1' 1

t'

r. 1...-

"i" t' ,-: ,

I bl' <li "i 'i'

j ..

:,,;·,_\}

, !1tt1i10A•li .: :

r C''. :.·
•!

1·:

;

I

i ':'r2!.' i:
t'!ie
0

t~

${ ! 1"

•.

. ,, ·,

I.

t v;n

or

~c

~I o.!

·11!i fi ed

:l·

( ·

rj

cI

r('Jatio·ns, :··1 1 ~
t)

)1

~

11

}'i-.• !. -

··:•w ord lYLt.:L
L.:.; _;·.•:·.•..

::f1:::

~~1 ~ ~ . : ;:i 1J~

·'·

·- . I .,, .

;:·i

i

:•.•.

IND EX.

PHEl•l{',\TI·. )

(_; J·. '.'\l1LH, '2~ 1 , i; .J.

_jcct, ·1U -

GHA'.\1:0-1 .. \TTl'.·\I.

~yr:r::1p-

,"l\ULJI:

- ntax uf1
sy

-

11~,

J'i:!, l'i·L

A DRREVIATION$1 224, 2251 220, 227, 'CLA88IFIOA'l'J01' 228.
of clnll8es, 180.

Of

IODt4Jlcta lf
1

AnJ EOTIVEs, 37 - desc ri ptive, 37,
CLAUSES - independent, 131 - sub
118 - de finitive, 38, 114 - cllU!ses
sta11tive, 182 - adjectives, 18' of, 11 3 - pronominal, 115 - syn
adverb ia l, 135 - conditional, 136 tnx of, 164 - comparison of, 123,
abridged, 139.
1 65 - position of, 166.
ADJUNCT, 43 - of tho subject, 42 of the predicate, 50.

COMPARISON - of a djectivca,
117, 118 - of adverbs, 128.

116,

COlIPOUND SENTENCES, 180,
Anv l':Ims, 48, 123 - comparison of,
li3 - synta..x of, 180.
CONJUNCTIONS 54, 65, 185 - syntax
of, 185 - corresponding with conANALYSIS OF SENTENCF.S, 23-modjunctions, 186 - with adverbs, 187,
els of, 21, 25, 26, etc.
- with adj ectives, 187.
APrJ~NDrx, 21 8.
CONJUGATION OF vmms, 87 - of
APPOSITION, 40, 143.
have, 92 - of bo, 04 - of love, 98
- in the pa ssive voice, 101 - in
ARTICLES, 38, 114 - syntax of, 170.
the interrogntive form, 101 - in tho
ATTJ<IJJUTE, 24 • .
emphatic form, 102.

! NT~HJ ECTIONS,

57 -

synt.n.x of, 188.

VJ~HBB,

INTHA::-; s 1Tn'E

71 -

uscU in

the passi vo form, 72.
Irrn EGULAn v r:n n s, 103 -

list of, 104.

n"turo of,

Cm11·os 1T10N - exercises in, 201, 202,
203, 204 I 205 1 206, 207 > 208,

129.

syntax of, 177.

CAI'ITAL LETTxns, u se of, 20.

CoNNJ.:CTIV:Es, 136.

No'.\llNATIVE.S -

connected by and,.

l 1~) _c onn ected b y 01', l f..O n o u n~,

ot

151 .

:Nuu:'\s, 2 8 - d ec lension of, 68 - ~ro p­
crti cs of, GO - cmnmon, 28, < u!J proper, 28, 58 - syntax of, 143, lH.

of no uns n11U. pronouns,
GO _ of verb;, 85 .

CAsro, 20 - n om inative, 67, 140, 150
- pos.5essive, 67, 152 - oldcct i vC',
G7, l 5u, 157 - indcpeud~ut, 159,
100.

CONNECTION 01' CLAUSES, 137 - by
c0njunctio11s, 137 - by ndvcrUs,
138 - uy r elative words or phrases,
138 - uy incorporatiou, 138.

01 1, JE CTI\' E

(',\SE -

sy ntnx of, l fi5 ,

l :JG _tw o olijcctivcs, lf.7.

P AHTICI I'LES - iire5cnt, perfect, nnd
crnnpound, 8~ - prr ~c nt u se~ passiv e ly, S3 - pnr:3 in ~ uf, Ei 4, J7 ;:i .
r AHT l C ll'JAL .?\OU:'\81 8 3.

CJ..ASSi:s - of n ouns, 58 70 - of adjectives, 11 3.

of verbs,

CONSONANT S, 1 5.

DERIVATION -

of words, 210-20-21.

r ..iHTs

oF s rEi::c11 ,

J' EHSON -

SG.

Pu.i::F1XESAZ'i1'S U l· F1XE5,

on , 221 -

Latin, 22 2 -

~:21-~ :i x­
lhct.:k, '2:ll .

list of,

43 -

E-yn .

tax of, '1 83.

PROf'OSlTIONS,

!Ir om FY, 37 _m od ifi ed •ubject., 37 modificJ pre<lic atc, 46.

~!J,

:t •IJ UIJl.;t,

d cclc n ~ i 11 11

of, CH -

properties of, liO - n'lntiY1", 1 J ~; compound, 12 1 - syntax of, JGJ.

Nt i l\ll!Eit -

A uxn. IAHY VERBS, 87 88, 89, 90.

!·:· H!l 1•l'.-

;ill

1 1.,,,,.-_ ,,,,:ATJ: >liJ.\IJSATI\"E) ;;::, -1.irs -

Pn.oNoU:NS, 2Q -

L E1'"1.'£R- WR1TINO ,

cullcc tivc

!i(i . _.. 1

1l1 udit i c,_i l1y a cbU:'l'1 ,, 1.

PREPOSITI01' S, 42 -

J.Hrl'EB 8 1 14.

Monr:s, 75 -

LO -

lll• I

i: ; l.

1-i:; '-'fl ] ;J "1

L"'1·1:-.1riYL

HELATr o.:-;s -

:2.J ---

l1l<1d :ti1'd l·y

27.

of nouns, 2D, GO - of vrrbs,

33 .

PnosonY, 208.

th.c cr.mma, 1 ~7 l
scmiculuo , cvlvn , a11 L

PUNCTUATION', Ht 7 -

] !18, lDD -

p cri v• l, 200.
REGULA n. Vl1.: HB S, f.;,;L

H EL ATIYE i ·ttu:s c1c:-o~ , l l G -

1 1nr~ i11t;

of, 121).
S F ST.ENC.E S - th•clnrath·c , rx cb mn.
. ~~ry, impcrntin:, 27 - ~i1111d e, 27
_ compouuJ, 130.
SrE l.LI NG -

rules

ur,

22.

~L: 1 1J ECT,

23, 33 , G4 - in o•lified lJy fd l
adjective, 37 - m odill1•,1 liy i 1o u11
or' prououn, •1'..! - rn vtli li eJ by an
nJj u11ct, 42.

SuB.Jl!. CT 1\vl\11:-.;.\Tt\· c , a5, l..J.G.
Su i: s TtTUT ES

vu wel , 10.

_

CVll SOIHlllt ,

18

INDEX.
130 - general exercises on
the rules of, 189, lDO, 101 1 lU~, 103,

SYNTAX,

lD·J, 195 , 196, 107.
'fEN S F 1

7?,

77.

TE NSES OF TIIE

l ~J)JC.\ TI\ .E MODE,

prcsc11t, 78 - i 111pc r ft~ct , 78 perli.:ct, 79 - pluperfoc:t, 70 - first
future , SO - second futu re, 80.
-

T EKSJ.:S 0 1'" THE POTI!;.NTlAL MODE,

81.
TEN SES Ok" TU E SU BJUNC1.'lVE ~CODE,

81, S2.
V ARLATION S1 58.

V1mus,

at,

70 - t.rnnsi tlvo, 31, 70-

i11tnu1•itive , 311 70- coujugntiou of,

87 - auxiliul'y, 67 -i1cpcrsonal, 111.

defootlyo, 110

inmbio v cn10, 200
trochaic verse, 210 - n11n1•11:1tlo

V1rn s 1FTCATI ON -

-

v erse, 212.

Vow •~ Ls, 14 - sonn<ls of, 10.

Vo1cE 1 native nnd p!l!lsive, 71.
WHAT, 121 -

pnn1lug or, 1:12.

Wo una, 20 - modltloation
derivation ot, 219.

or, 63 -

TOvVN'S REVISED SERIES
OF SCHOOL BOOKS,
P UB LISHED BY SANBORN & CARTER, PORTLAND, MAINE .

This series of school books is designed for the use of Common Schools, I li g h Sc hools, und Ac;udemies. It furnish es uppropriate matter iu rending urnl spelling for all grades of leu rners, from th e al.Jecedurian to the wost ad vunced c lasse~ ; and is
comprised in six numl.Jers, as follows:-

1'0WN'S FIRS1' READER,
TOWN'S SECOND READER,
TOWN'S THIRD REA.DER,

TOWN'S FOURTH llEADER,
TOWN'S SPELLER AND DEFINER,
TOWN'S ANALYSIS OF DERIVATIVE WORDS.
The publishers respectfully invite Superintending School
Committees, T euchers, and the friends of Education generally,
to a careful examiuation of th e above Books, having full confid ence thut they are among the most popular works of the
kind now offered to the public. The following are regarded.
ai; some of their excellencies and peculiur featur es.
1. Their mechani cal execution is neat und attractive. The
print is clear and open, th e paper of an cxcelleut quulity, an!I
the binding strong aud durul.Jle.
2. Their arrangement is natural and practical. The lessons
in each are progressive, and well ntl.aptcd to rhe capacity of
pupils for whom they are designed.
3. In the Series of Readers, th e elements of the language,
nrnl the principle:! of reading, are jitlly a11<l clearllj prese nted, hut
urc not so di.JJU.Se. us to become tedious and uni11tereslh1K to the
learner. The selec tions are mode with taste, di sc rimination,
und judgment, nnd are unexce ptionable iu respect to language,
sentiment, and vari ety of style, being happily atl.upted to improve botl1 the heart and the intellect.

2

TOWN 'S REVISED SERIE~

4, The First Reader contnins 64 pn geR, Hl mo., nnrl ron• i•ta
of n seri es of progre~si ve lesso ns, con11ne11cing witl1 ''"' Al!'hnbet, and advancing to w orrls of two syll11uks.
All tlte
words composing tlie R ea ding L essons, ure first pre1SC11ted in
Spelling colun111s, in orde r that tli e cltil.J rnny l<:nrn tlt eir pronunciatio11, before he mee ts with tl1en1 in °se11teneeM. h i11
printed in large type, and orname nted with uppropri11t" and
nt tractive e ngrnvin gs.
It is d es ign ed u~ n11 i11trod11 c tion to
T ow11 's Spelle r and Definer, nntl 'l'ow11's Second R en der.
5. The Second Reader contains lD2 pages, 18 nJO., 11n1I is
nrlapted to tli e uttainmems of th e leu rn e r, niter li e l111s beco me
familiar witl1 the "First Read e r." It is arranged on th e llll111e
progressive pla11, nnd contains lessons chnrncterizerl l>0tlt for
JH1rity of la11 g un/!e a11d sc11tinie11t, nnd for a s prightly nnd
;it tractive style. Each lesso n i8 preceded hy words for Apc ll i11g, or for S p elling nnci D efini11g, und n fo w of tl1 c 111081
co1111no11 Errors in pron11neiutio11, und followed liy q11 eKt ion M
Oil tJie Sllbject rnatte r of th o pi ece.
Jt is priuted Willi ll C W
type, and co11tui11s nurnero uti e ngravings.
6. The Third Reader contai11s 288 pages, 12 rno., u11d iM
i.d:ipted to the n1it!dlc class of pupils i11 co111111011 sc hools. lt
•! Ill hrnces liill nnd important exe rcises in Artic ulntion, untl a
fe w of th e most simpl e rul es relating to other promi11 e 11t princ iples of Elocution; thus rn:iking a co mpl e te intro(luction to
tl1 c sys te m of Rules i11 the Fourth Reade r. Th e Spelling and
De fi11in g lessons, tire Errors aud Questions, are 111Tn11ged in
the sa me rnmm er us in the "Second Ueuder." Tiie character
of tl1e se lec tions is also equnlly chaste and nttractive, but ot
11 higher ord e r, p-rnd11nlly :icivuncing both in l1lltg11ugo und
~P.11ti111ent. 1t folly prepnres the learner for tlie Fourth aud
last book of the I?cading Series.
7, The Fourth Reader contains 408 pages, Royu l 12 mo.,
n11 d is desi;!l1ed for th e higher classes in Common Schools,
I J i;..:li Schools, nnd A cnde mi es. It i:s nrrnnged in two Parts.
Pnrt I. e mbr:i f'es u clear and pliilosopl1ical nrrnnge m e11t of the
Eln<·11tio11ary Rul es, pe rtaining Loth to Prose and Poe try, with
copi1111s ili118trntive examples and exercises. Pnrt II. is cornJIORed ol' .l\I isce llunco us Selections both from A111e ricu11 and
l':11ropcan writers, and not only furui slres appropriate speciJ1H!11~ for reudi11g aud ~peuki11g, hut, also, suclr us nre, i11 the
J. i_;: l1est <l cp- n•c i11tcresti11g 1111d it1strnctive. For the purpose
sccuri11g a critical knowledge of reading, and the constant
applicntion of tl1 e principles of e loc utio11, an occasional ref:
• rc 11ce is mudu to the Rules as illustrated in Part I. Numerous c}l:11lunalory note1:1 of the Lidtoricul facts and cluS!lie><I

,.r

1

l

or SCllOOL nooKS.

3

,
. tla~ re-ttlin•f .~xen · i~e~. are l1l.~o i11 sertt·ll ii~ tl 1f! hot-__
nllus1011s
. 11page:-:, •tog• ·t'"i ie1
'" . \\JI
. 1_1 ti H.:. c·uiT•·<'.t
,,.u 111wi;1t 1•111 ul
to
r11 of the1
_,
1 11
tile llHJll('S or' l"'I""'""· ,.i, ... ., .. , ,,.,..
.
Ir . f

finer lta. s l1ee11
before tlie p11 ' ic or
8. The Speller an d. D e
1
1 kno\\'n and used i11 ull
i;everal yi:ars, 1rnd is now ei~t~:~~ ; ~ ~ a ffords all tl 1e adrn11tnges
p fa rts ho ftl1 e U111ted S tates.
.
d ·I.·t.011 "ivcs ''"' cn1T<'"t "'>
·
.
. s II' " hooks b11t 111 a ' 1 1 , "
,,,
' 1.cce11
.. . ti", been rev i~cd a11d . D
e no" ·o·t e1 ,f pc
ti · 111word
s 'i t ItUS
1rn1t1011 o
1e
: f< .• 11 , to tire revi~etl edition o l r.
lnrgc d . ant! made con o1D111<1 '. e . ' witlt hi s key for pronun,V e hste r'ti Royal Quarto u: t1~!1UI)',
· I ..
· ·
It i~ introductory to lowu s An:J ysis.
CllltlOIJ.
'
al . o f derivative \\' On ls .int I ae 1··~ n g rI ~' 1i h11••t1:1"e
(
:- , ~.'
9. Th e An ys1s
. Cornrnon Schools and Acais u sed Ly tlte l11gl1 er cllasses me Awd)'ti c tl t>li 11itio11 of words
It iQ ·i k ev tot 1e prcc 1s
'
·
·
I ·
t e1111es.
·: '
:· . ,
1 nalJl es tlt e sc ltolar to acqwre a
by prefixes u11tJ St~ff~xes'. nnt.,ee of rh e E11g-li slt language, Ill a
greater amount ol kno'' led,,,I
.
be obt·tined iu us m a ny
I
tl 11111 cou 1r1 ot 1c rw1 se
'
·
few mom is,
•
•
f II that hav e usec1 11.
yea rs. This is tli e united tesltmony 0 11
. , fow An1f!ricnn
'l'he Speller anti Analys is ure n111011g tl1e ver) ti Sci1ools of
School book8, thut ltUve found th ell" wny rnto ic •
Europe.

11

1

f T o wn's Seri"s of S c ltool books,

thi~fb 1~:=tl~~;~ts~1~b~f ;~~ ~rnbl~c ~~~~ve :~~e:~~f:!1~nt:~~'J'~~ \~~~
. I· .·

ti111ony in th e

foe~

1

11llt1

~ 1~~1 eYork

a;id in other

section~ of

~c~r~;°~~t~{i ~.~t~s, :Vf1~ ~'1;tire satisfac t\01~ ; ~111~ 1 ~ia8~;~;oi~e1 :~~~
300 000 copies of th e m hnvo bee n JIU 1 ' is
ie

the 'last eighteen mouth s.

RECOMMENDATIONS.
\Ve l1 avc rece iv ed cn 111m rn ld a to ry not1(· ~e!i <J f . ti ie .n l H)\'C books,
frorn tlie S ecret..try o f ti i e Board of EJ ucati o n in tl 11~ Stnlo, nnct

m os t of the m embers of th a t Lady, Lut i nsert .011ly "few,
rom embody, in substan ee , th e statements ma d " I1y all , rn re ·
which
gnrd to th e ir r es p ec tive counties.
f

. 1 \ . • l\f ., JIJembei·or
From H ORACE P IP J:.H,
'J .th e Board of Educ ation fur
the County of York, Mal1le, l 'l·lD.

'

'

.

l, ensid
vtSed
tlntn 1• co
er
I have ex._unin c1l ,'\Yith mu c h cure a n l1 p 1elns u r c.' T ow
I B 0 k and I urn pleasc1 to say
S I
'
Ser ies of c 100
s, '
f
b lic S c l.ools than
. J· t d to tlie wants o o ur pu
'
thern b e tte r a d p e
c.l
servation
l n o1H c hee r·
1
any other! that ha ve come un er my o)
·,ed in1 u<lvuncing
fully recommend tliom to the attention of all engag

°

-l

4

t he cause of Education. They aro th o books in genernl u 0., in
my own co unty, and, so far as my lrnowledgc extend• , throu ghout tlie several co u nties of this State.

From

·w.i.

R. P oH'rnn , Esq., Jffc111ba nf the llnnrd of }~'duca·
tionjor lh c couuLy of Cilm.l1n·l,nul J~lu i 11t'J J:-..-1;1

~. nnnin l ~ of the ~•tpP1·ior mcrthe "real !llllt1l>Pr '' f tc. tll
.
.
.
I .
e
I
I· .. u·cu reCCl\'ed lru111nl1Cl
1
it~ of this Series of Honk~, iat ""c "
..
:\i ·w En~tl1c .J"itf. :rc11t Stnt1·e, ordy afew l1tl111 ' .
individual~ i11
111111 1 arc here i11trmlt1cc<I as specimen:; of the \\'l1ol c.

F.

10111

1

In vi siting from t O \V'll to to'\\·11 1 throubh tlJt~couuty, I lrnv., httd
opportunity to acquarnt rnyself with ull tl1 e text l1 00kR fif)\\' 1n
u se in th e school~, and f au1 h appy tn state th a t T n\~' 11 : d Ho vik .t
S er ies of H. eRding B ooks, and T ow 11 1s SpL'll e rund J)cf iner, nrc th i~
Looks alrnust universally u sed, in ti1 e rPading and sr e llt rtg d t purt m cn ts; and a rc fouud ern in cntly ndapte-d to Ll1e pluce tlw y ll(' •:U/'Y·
'!'h ey ar e fll~o ge nerally introduced in ul! th e countie s n ftlH· Stoll'.
I consider Ll1etn Ut:cidcdly pr efe rable, both in plun r11-; d mnttPr,

to any other books of sirni lur kiutl with wl1ich I am ncq uaintcd.
l::sti. 1 Jl/emher of rh t }Ju1trd u/ J-.'d tua·
tion f or tlte Cou nty of Su·m croct, 1Hainc 1 l.'.) ·i"._J ,
1
Town s S1~ries of ll en clin g noo\,g \\'(A H~· i11trodtwt·d 111to tho
Sc hools 01· this County 011 t !ie H.. 'co11l111t-:! 11d1-1.t1(1t1 of tl co1111 11 1ltl'o
chose n liy the co11ve111ion of S. S. Commitr c es. Tl.1ey aru t1u\.v
ll!St:d 111 11c ;,uly a !l liie Sc\1olJl:> iu fln: (.'01111ty, a11d !!, l\'l\ u1.tvl·1~ml
satisfac tion.
I a111 11nt awa re tl111t :111y ut lit:r lJUul.~, tl t<ll cn11 1-

Frum

S-n..: L'Hl::N

CoHUlU''1" 1

pcte with th e m, nrc sold

in

th e coun ty.

From REv. SA"IJEL AuLAM, flfcmb er of the Board of Ed11.cution fur the Coun t y of Pisca taquis, Maine, 1 ~-l~l.
Town's Se ri es of R e~uers , and hi s Spe ller, are oXle nsive ly used
in tli c scl11Jols of tliis county ; au<l \.\.·her o a<lopte<l, a.re lidd i11 tlie
highest estimation.

From A. l". DRINKWATER, Esq., Membci- of the Board of Edu·
cation for the Couttty of Hancock, .Uaine, JS-I'.).
Within th o past year, Town ' s R e vised Series of Heading Books
have u ce n in1roduccd into e very town in this County excep t one,
and are n ow in ge ne ral use in all the Schools. Thus far they
have given un iversal satisfaction.
Th e Teacher~ universally
speak in hi g h te rms of th e m .
Town's Speller nnd Detiner has not been so generally introduccu, I.Jut w here used, it io well likeu.

F. TALL >i.<N , Esq., 111ember nf the Board of Educati on for the Conn ty of Lincoln, .Maine , 1840.
It gives m e pl e a s ure to s ta te th a t Town's Revised Se ries of
Schoo l Ilooks is uow in use in 1nost o f th e towns ju thi s county, anU
that, where th e y m e intr oduccu, they give univer sal satisfaction.
Indeed th ey arc conside red by for the best books eve r introduced
into our sch(}ol s.
From

BE NJ.

5

or srHOOL HOOKS.

TOWN'S REVISED SERIES

f 'rom

PntNt:~"'-.~

-.

.

C/itiir11utn of

:<11peri.nfcniling

thr:

Ht ~~ 1 :;;,'H~;1 '.~., J'orlfaiul, Jiu in t:, l~ ·l '.' .
1

'
.
·_ ~
- ' l \ \ ' ll a" Town's n.1 -:li \ i n ~ !~0111.: ~ ,
.. ;- l : ~ . t>' \i;t\'t: L• ·t.'n
\ 11. . ; 1-..;_ ~ ; 111l11 • rr1 ,"-. ( : 1 r t 1·r t11 t J 1-; 1 i - '
. .
)ill t..i\1::.\1c d l1y •
:I
_r
_ J· · \ f r rn·:tl\)' tW<> y1 ·:1\._ \u"t,
u ::1ed in t he 11u\1\1c ~t : l1i)ol:i of v1l ,\IH - o
.
\,
t\11' yq~e o( tlit~
, {_ 11_w_.

Ti 1~ S L'r ic·s nt :-; r:! 11'1:1l Bo11 k-.i l.i . u,
.

.

)1av 1ng- \1i't'11

!

y

. ·1l ·u11l
r1'1 "1 11111.c11tlc1l
,

intro• \H c

S
.·
\ in( • Si·li11ol
•....dqll~lllllL:tl<
r.'
.

The se hnnl;:s we1e
.

-

('01111111u 1- 1'. -· t
\irOLl''bt

.

.

,

p .tr

'

S( ·1i oul

tn tlw 11 otwt~ t•l l!w
I ,
, t1 ·1l l\' i11tro -

111=:~
\ l'
rf"rio1~
Hiid

\.Vt.:l'C

l

It

ll

•

.

Coinrn illCC at an ~rn i r
', - .: , f R e m.lt:l-=' was suUJ~Lted
. .. - -1- tll P wh0le ~..._ , , P.~ 0
____1.. ,.
cl 11{ · ,·1\..
r\ f t1.. r \\ .l rL :::i
1
- . l ( • l tf' r rt "\ i1 i n :- •<, 1 -·
ton \.-crv tlior uu l-'. 11

..

p1·r :-;nn~, ,.,,c\l
10 1111 ,

t lw y

l-

rL·\'1:<1(1111 \1~- tLt~ :1ut in~ ._u11l - h t l 1·-,ir tniprt'"'"l
t0
t he ( on 11111ll•.._ 1 ~1 .u. u Ul
~
.
"
-, rnd1H1·,\ i11 t o :d\ t\p · :-1·)11111\--. :111 i\ {' • '1 \t 11 1u 1,

.-

.rw\\ 1.1

\Y<'r~·

tl\t.ll'

i •. d!

"

!~ 1 , .. :, . .,

tu \Jc t l1e pr1u C1l1·d Lx . u .i 1t::i
lH :V t· ll tl) Le a1·1 ''pt:di\1'. l" t l i e

the intere~t and

iinprO'.."t:lll.t.:llt

. ,,.,,.!,
l ~r·,
•

.

•. .

t.1-.tL iU:'.l,

oi

T l1'" Y <tr,· \,,•.

to tl11"' t 111H' .
·\

t\11·

·111d e..,.:idl. ·t1t ly

111u1t1 Ul t'

1'

lilll!l ~.

(if tl11' l r111r d.s al1.sl
l
Chun:h , l )ortl11wl1 Jll1t111t') 1....,- "'· .
.
u] " nirts in the cxan11nallcdl of the
1 hnvo "\p~rf·{l no rcasona t: l 'I I Ii .
iue1u1~ rt..' t ' •)t1111.~1..' lld '-1.
-. ·1- I \\"tlll l )) llU
'
.
b ook:; n o w IJ cJcHl! i11 t: , '~
~
I
\· c. for \\·l1 ic'.1 it i::: in·
hnvlt , witliout !.:1wtci11i; its ti t nc s ~ 1or ti e p ,\ c
From l~i:: \·.

S1 · 1t1-:c1· 1:1:,

P 11 .\ {r.:1-

leJ~l.lcd.--. -

i
yJi '" d1•r bv Sak1n T own , A il-1 : rti;i.snl e1l1 l l1c Cll1ltl s irst '\. t:t ~ i d
l t the c11ds Jcst ''tt e 1..l
far a~ l can sec , perfect ly a aptet
o
o

ti oni is1 ~o

Ly tl1 c ",ud1.or.
l
T wn i ~ Thir<l ll ei-ul cr, unil T o \'\'n·~
Towu s S1:cond R r. ~t er,_. o
. "11·011 "i y co ntr ivc tl nn 1l
- d d l omi: nre 1ngc 1
.--.
Fourth R ('rt. Uer, re v ise e l l
1'- . LI adapted to tl11~ 5,; ..,·crn.l
l
I
•·u to be at m JTau y
k
arrangec' ant nppe,
-.
l 'O.J
'l'l e selections in eacl 1 Uoo
cbses~ for \Vh1 c h th e y are int e nt c ·. . 11· ,.,-o uQ and the u~cenrlrng
l
.,
en t of tl1 e m is JUl Jt.;l ~,
arc good1 tie arrn.~gen1 ll , .
the lar crer, is natural n ud easy;
gra Llntio n fr o m th e smu " to lb
cf l in every fumily, ns well
an•l the la st or th e se ries woulc e us u
l

r

l

-

as in all o ur sc hools.
.
vised and enlarged, is decidedly
Town's Spe ll ~ r a nd D e finer, re
,
It is in • omc
which
I
hav e eve r seen.
'
.
d
I c Ion '
the \Jes t book o f ti
f I
o ""'inal and 1)ecu lia r in
l ·
l
the 1nos t use n Tlo
r espec ts ,- arn 111 t iose
. 'dvertise it above its real
its design . lt woulil be d11f1c ult to a
inerits.
th a t as n1y recollection now is, an
In conclu s ion, I would say
u for difforent classes, baa
eriuu l number of schoo l books, e s1gn e

rl '.

OF SCHOO L BOOKS

TOWN'S REVISED SEHn:s

6
n ever cnmp
r eC'1H nt1t e nit

l'rom

und1 ~r
to

G£on GE

my ol>-wrva1inn, w!1i1·! 1 [ ('01ild
;.;-eneral pat r ,11 ia ~ c· :1r1 jl 11 ~1·.

G.

1n ort~ t' <Hlll' "' ! ly

Pre1.eptor of liehron
..Uu.i.11 ~ , 1.:::.-lv.

PAIRHANKS,

~dcadnny,

Th e Revi3ed 8 er i~ s oi Rt· Cldin~ Hnnk~. hy R.,1,~rn T nwn. pit'""'"
Tha tnl1 ks
rule~, \\'l 11i.;h
u.ru pi.;\,;uli< u ly a J ~ qHCLi to tb e pupil.:i ad ~·•t 11 t:1.; 1H1;11t, ait,l idJu•tt.!
al l, th e lu ;jh ·1no ral lone which p Cl'Vat.le :3 eac!l IJOO I<, a nd 11e.arly ~I/­
c r y sv lcetion , tnll" t. , I t\ 1l11k ! r c~n,l. · r [it t~ 111 :l v :tl n ,dl\1• :l 11l to t '-·,i 1· L
n1 e LH ~ tt er th a n anv oth er wh ich t havo e xamin c J.
o( eie1 n c nui ry so u 11d:3 , th e el ear a ntl cu 1n11 r ei1 c 11~1ve

er~~

aud pl etHUrctlJle cotnp anion 5 to !; tthl ~ 11t 9, w l ii le tl1r1r -;plen d 1d

1Hth; luui 1;.al cxc. cntion
~F'rom

L. D.

111115. t

STLJ 'II t·:Ns, n/

recommcntl th e 111 t o

plH(:.l1a jc rl'l.

tl· e Sd1.1Jol Gvm11ilttte, Cvn (urd . 1'{.

JI.

1848.
After examini ng a ll th e R ead ing Books now in u se in the public
schoo ls, I a m decidedly of th e opinion tha t T o wn '• R e vioed Se ri~ •
is th e best now pu blished. I co n•id e r tl1e rn best calc ul 11 te1l to
inlt""re~l rtnd i1np : ove th e pnpil in thi; impo1t;1nt hrn.nd1 nf l•:dn.• a t ion. T l1eso books have been introduced into our sc!1ool• du ring
th e pag t y ear, anti have fully answe red o ur expectatio1u.
Repurl of lhe CouNTX Cv :vI 1i U 'fT ~£ , 01i. T t:: .d Buuks, i~" .1.1l~r rima c:k
Cv1wly , X. II., 15-JS.

. -::s

Your committee. und erst and ing the oUj cct of this appo in tment
tn r~nn1i:- mp! :q {' a C o unty 11ni iorrn1ty oC snlion l lrno k1', afte1 t11<"11itli -,
of studv a11 1l de!1IJer :u i o n 1 lia.\'e co m e to t! i t~ 1~1)11d11 sl~ 111 that or r 110
m :u i y ;i.:1ies uC ri-•:t<ling b o o];: ::i i ll O\\r 1 1L· !-;Jf (~ Ll1u l ·or1 111 11r 11ityi t l10
one prc p:ired by Salc 111 Town) n ..: v1 :w d l!ditiu11, 1s tl i i. .: 1u o:;t Jt· ..;er\' in~ o!'intrnd11ctio11 ;-uul u s1~ i n ou r public sclwol~.
\ V11l 1ou l goingjnt o Hfl e:<lC!Hi et l Jet <.t ll O f wJiat WC re g a r\l tl1 c ir [ H~t::lll l<t f !i i t ' fll::I, \\ t:.l
won Id si mp ly s pe ak oftli ei r adttptednes~ Lo th u wants ol.our s cho ol~,
tli u b u auty an d [lllr ity nftl1t~ r i'~ acli11 g lc s.., Ot1;;\, tl11' 11\arl~1·d 1.'ll.' ar t1('~'i
of til e r11l es and e x e rc iges.t h c int ri nsic n1e rit or th e w o rk as a wh o \e 1
tlrn i11 tl!rest wlii c h it u11i Vtj f:; <.d ly t~ Xcit u ::i a 1u u ug- :jd1ular:;, a n Ll tlu='
1

t aste, beauty, and dura\Jility ofi t:s rnec haniea l exec ution.

I n th ese

s e \• e ial respeCli, we tiii11k tl1is Serie~ can ~ ; dt:l~r gru un d its c laim:!
to s np c ri o rity. You r co mmittt~e are happy i-n s ta t in g tli tH the

above views a re also en tertai ned by tho5e t eac he rs we hav e see n ,
who liave exam in ed a11Ll used it. Owing t o t he ea rl y con1 1n ence m e nt o ( o u1· \V inwr Sc hoob, a n d tlt e soli c itati o ns of inany
teac hers and committe e s, w e take this ea rly op portunity of !(iVing
publicity to o ur re por t.
HALL R onE nTs , of Conco rd ,
} C
C
·
C AL EB B. T RAC Y, o f Bosca w e n,
ounty
omm illet .

:s;;;
~

ii
••
."
·~

~

i~
:~

.!

.

!!
! ;;

~

' ''1

8

UI-' SCl!O(J l. BOOl\.S.

TOW:\'S RF.VISED SETIJES

The selections arc chaste-the n1ecl1tuiil·.11l r~XtTution tinC'. A II
iu all, tliey are, in our opinion, the best serie~ that w e l1ave seen 1
a uJ. witl1 tllf'Hl wu are sacisJieJ.

From the Rt:v. E.

From /Jr. J u.~JAH

\Vn.L1A;n:s,

E .\ST>H'>",

:s1t·u1/,

Jlleml.icr t ~/ .\\·houl Cum"1illa l!u111p
~v . 11., l>lb .
1

ili1fr·rcnt p'.1per~, woul\l St~t·1tt tu r e nd er any _sL· 11t 11 \\cnt

f1 n 1n 11.
rr~lr in t\11:- ir he>l~:1Jf1 at t!1is tinw) <pn tc st1pt'rtluu11s . l ,..,.111 s11111, 1y
May, ltuwever, tliat t\1eir ll:lL' i11 tills .s\;C Li 0 11 li:t-; bl \" cll VL'ry gt·r 1· ·1.al s~tishction 1 and donf' rnucl 1, I tl11nk, to a\\'ake11a11 e w111ll'Jl' ....,t
in nur puL\ 11: ~cliuol" .
F ro111 t!ic h ig h c o cn1nt·11,Ltt1 o n~ . l'r 1: ,» 11t
gi ven by Ollr mo s t l'XJit~rl L'n L·ed lt:<.H : l1ers, a11d tl1_~·1r 1tql1d 111tr v , ! 1:. ·
tiu n in differt'nt parts ur tlii~ Stall\ lLjj, Wl'll as !t~•lll Ill)' OWll ("(/ / (·

Jul

t'Xillllill:'l.tion or

the ahovr ! ioo k~J I ;i.m ~n.t1 ~ l1ed tln1l i ·tr ! HI"
tl1v111 tlil' palrn rJt ~ 1qn-r 1 ority 1 '~ L:, l.

!wntirn("nt rs fast Hl' l ·ordi11:; to
<1s a

Govt.nwr of

f 1it· till 10 uu r c1">111111nt1 s1·~100!~ 1 1

From tltt· Rl.'r . E . IL

S.\11 rH,

1ile ;1 s1·d to ~1 · L·.

J>rt"sid c;,it

CoNC01:.n 1 N. H. 1 ])cc, 6 1 18.Jb.
Dear Si r: I thank you for the pleasure 1 have derived from :in
cxaminn rion of the revised series uf l\Ladiug B0uk~ Jl1r ( '011111t11n
School~, liy Salen1 Town 1 which you plnccd in iny J1a11tls u kw
days ogo. Th e y arc,_ in my vpi11io11, JtciJtJJy trnpcnor t o uny
~cliool l1ooks of tt si n11lnr rlrnracter "'ith which l nn1 acqun.1n1ed.

I ll:.i\"e t.•Xa111in e d witl1 ca.rt ~ tl1c
vioi.t•d t'd ition) pn·11are(l l1y S;1lt'm

I ci1ee1 i'uil Y recutri:nt.:nc..l them to tho fa vnrnbl e consirti'J 11 lit"• 11 of
tli~ S 11pt•rintt•t11ling :--:t:1100! Co nimirt 1·1~.~ of NL·w Jla111 p.:,/ 1irt; , t1u~t­

u se in o ur several

di~triet ~clioob.

Frum ffi,, n•' I'. J.

:'-1 11.'li• "

llaYing pf'rUSt: il tlie :::i.L1uvc books 1 it gives
cur in th e for r;;oin:; rcr omrnc ndntion .

n1e

JAJllW

From th e Hon.

:1111

u(

the ,\"e ll'

.:J((ufn iL!j a11d 'J'lif11lr1~ical h u.,11!11tiu 11 1 ~"·

ing that they will soon be found in every "clioo l in the Stntc .
lle~pectf~lly yours,
s . . . i\l)L lJ. Av£n.
plt:a~nire tu cou-

V{. 'Vtr.T.IAM~.

tJ

'fl 1c ado ption of ·ro w1L 1s Hevi~cd ltcn di ng Boo k s , in ~o .s 11oit i t
spnce of time, in so many or tl1c n1ost important t~J\\"l"l~ 111 t!ii.-;
~lrttt.> ;i nd tlie very lla ttL" ri ng 11 otic 1 ~s l liave seen ol t! ~t'. Ilt 111 (· ••1
1

1~r u m tl1t' llu11. S . Jf . AYut, Sj!cakcr uf the llu1ui e (Jf l1'r11rt' H 11fa -

VV.

1

IHTIJ.

. T li c S1 1pl'ri'.1tt'1hli11g Scl100! Co111111ittet.~ 11f i\ortldit·ld, c·11n:,iRt·
ln g oJ Hun. Richard S. H.nst, Principal of N. H. f'o nf1·1c·1w1• ~t ' t li
111 tu y , auti Cornmissioner ot" .PubJic !:)clinols in tlais Stuw, .JonH·~
l\I. Forrest, .E :;q., and t>. (J. D earborn, ufter a canfu l ("X11n1inuti n n
of Town's Hcadi~g _Books, {revised editio n , ) liav e unla·sl 1n1in ~ly
rccorn:rwntle<l their introUuct1on into the schools of thi s town
considering tben1 better adapte d to their want& and co•ultlrntt. tJnu:
1
any !;itn ilar series plll.Jli~} 1 eJ.
Having wi1n e:::- ~ed the 11a-;ipy effect of tl1f•ir intrD1l1Jnio 11 nnd
11s.c in tlw pu Llic bd1ools of Llii::J cou11Ly 1 nml trnv1n ~ )1111d~ t\ tri td
o~- ll_1e1u i~1 ::JclivuJ:; taught by n1ysell'i 1 c:un-11Jt \.vlthl1old 111 y t.:un v H..:t iv11s tt1at tl1t:.i.r puUJad1~rs are doiug much for the causo of w p 1
ula r education.

JAltED

N. II., l~·l';i.

/\-t,W l la111ptv1 1

r<..';.,;ard 1! 1e 1n as supt·rior to nn_y o( u. !l ~Jular cl1;1racter that l }1 ,\\

.Frnm S. G. J)E..u:now...-, filonlicr 1~( tl1e ,'-,',)io(il C'um11111tcc,i\' 111 th jit:ld, N. 11., lb.JS.

1ives, wnd 111.s .l!.:.ucllenL"y
Aew Hamµ.,/1ire.

1Ju1H..;i.: 1

linvr, examincll T o, ..·n's Tieading Uoo k si (rev1:3f'Ll L·dit1on, ) ;11 1·l

Si'llt':-i

or

JI. ,

llm ri1 ·f 1,11

1~ - 1'"'.

l\i·aJJ!lb

'l'o\\'11 ) an1! 1 ai"ti·r

H o u ~~

I i '

c o 111p~t111 1.~

tlit·in \\' ltli ~1;\' 1.•ral ot hers of :..;r1 ·:Lt 11writ, 1tJ ,, 11 u t lit:::>1tatt~

tu .-.:1_\·

t in t r \ 11.;\' !Ht": i11 111\' 011rnio11, IJL'tlt·r a Lqit1 · d l•J tlll' wan! :3 t .( (1\ 11
1

sc ! 1oo!9 , . tlian nny n~!wr:; witi1 wl1ich l arn i\('. i1ua111tt~ 1 \.
\\' e ~ l 1i! l l
tlwo 1 j 11 our lo :•d:tu111n1 1 auJ .sl1:..i. ll Lt.! 11;.q ; 11:; t iJ ~et~ tl1 e111
0

11 se

.

a

c .. J\l"I:"-;,

/-I n n

!\·fn ~r~ ~ nl'.H l <-1,

li. Fi~ENCU, :SchoaJ _C(1mm 11tr,, P1u~_1;r.Ld 1

1\" ..

'11. ,

f?Tt•i

\\

l b·l b .

Amon;::- th e ,·arious .He-ttd1ng }-)(1(1k!'I t>Xtt11111lf"•I i •...,. us, lAo Ji;,~; ·
tnunrt nn~1c "·liicli in ottr op 11 1idlt e•111nl, i11 _11 1t• c l1a .n i('.~d (!X~~c 1 i t.1•'.:;
correc tness ot" prun:rp!t:·~ 1 H.nd ·'l rft~i.P1H·~~ (d

1

1;1i: 5 u.1e:1: J

1Lu IL~

:.:o:... . •

series by i\lr. Salem 'l'oWtl . \\"e ham cltcerlully urdcreJ tiw:a
to be ll:-! t~ tl in llie scllool5 of tl iiS to\.vn.

Hrnn.rno, Pt·esidettl vf the Smale of .1.Ycw
ilumjlshin:> lb4~.

Frnm Ei•Jlli..-'.l.\l }\-..11;llT, P1 ·r~ ('"~ s1ir of 1'fathr;JJntirs in tht: l n :<! ifutiMr ar !\'en• Hampton. ;\'. 1-1 .. n1td ti1,~ n;hn· o/ th e l'ornn ~- 1 ·f! 1..1d

l l111vt-: •~xH111l11ed th~ n·vi"'t>rl series of School Boo}cg compiled
by Salem Town , A. M. They seem exceedingly well adapted to
the purpose for which they wer e designed,aml I cannot but think
that tlwir gPnernl introduction into our schools would be productive fl f ext PnsiV<' benefit.

Comm itt ee .
Having thoroughly examined and te5ted th~ n1Arits of Tt 1:\·11 ' 1
Revised Rending Books, tliu illst t~rm , I give 1hcm my dec•.!rd
preference O\'er all otl1cr~ 1 a.nJ can recon1rnPn1l thc·n11 \Vl!l ! thf"

HARRY

fnllr· ~t

ro11tidet1 ef· 1 to nll tPR.rhPr~ of r Padinv

1•

F1·om

r:.n·.

\\' ,\1.

JZ.

rJ the ,')r'iwul Cu111m 1 (( (1',
Plp1w/!th, ~v. /l . 1 !'-.J~'.

J1:w1·:1·r, t'hll i r1111n1

T ha\'t'. exarnint •d, with r·u11s !dt ·r:tlil t· ('. · tr! .' a1nl at teii:i1:q t) it~ r ··vi ~ed :w rws of l~t->nding- Boni.:s prrpn rc- d L.•.' ~ : 1l1·n1 T,,'o\.-11 , t1!~1I :.1m
rcttd)' tu !:Xprcss the opi ni1)11 tl1;it t!tey an~ hnrrr n.tn p !t· {! t1 • u11r·

corn1uon :-lc!wofs, thun any other seril's with wllicl1 1 al!l ac1prni11ted .
As l.'.hair:n~n of tlic Sel1ool <'urrnnittce, f h a v e uilvi:wd tlit·1r
.illtruciul..'.li011 into the sel1ools of thi~ town.
Not a ~111ail r n :o111 nw11datio11 of these JJook ..,, js tl1eir neat nnd nttrnctivo rq1pt»1n11w1·.
l arn g1al i lied to karn of their gen eral intrnd11ctio11 11J t(J 1lt11 l'<'lr1a10n Sl:hools, as l a1u HCIJll<t inted wirlt no si·rws lit1tter nd11p1t ·d 111
inu~rcs~ and in:Stnu:t tiie scl:tilar.

1~..t:lrartfrom a frll£T written by
l fr

t:/

tJ11'

Rn•. J. Z.

f~roni

the

n i :\·

II

\\'.,

'

Ju/l/"1/ ,' 1 / 1

·r ,,',\. . . .
11

l ~ J: " l',!

"

'- 1

,,,,

/,'!.

"'''

( ., 1·

,, ,,/, ,\'

If

........ l!;

·1 1::--.

1 n iir <'O ! !l!llf'fl ;- , ! 1nni.-: l! ' \-:i 111 :1. l •

•l•·1t1(tl1· l

il

·r t l r•'

, .; ,. \.,tl

t i!

1
:tnd
V Xi)~'.il
. o 1· 1:1~trUt'.tll) tl .
tl i ·_· e i t• riieiitary IJ O Oi~s
:i '•' l~' '- C
. '__ t ·· t ';" 1lr_·.' . .
. ''"'I~~,
,'
rr; r· 1 • h:l\'(' )11•e 11 ca i lr ~ d upon t o 1111~1·t tl 1,::J d1 n1 .t1i -i , ,.l-, cl il. r
1..

\\'li:cli ililkrf'nt atitlio~- .., !uve 1"'1'i lll'•"i
l J'lll :tii.\ 11111 ,:di.

oC
!.'irst

tl 1 u..:;,~ \\·e 11 :1\T

It

1 ~ r lt l -'>• t -;

H t·adc r)

Tin~

Lu11J.:"i ..

tlw

, · \r· ,_: l l1 ·11t a : !:q,t:1

:t1 1:\

:q 1j 11·:1r tu u-.
~ 1 i l'JJ:.t1c i !

lL·1\ r1"r.

co11~ 1 :--llll:..'. (,;

:--:,t'r.:1 nid

T\ 1,•

r

i~'\<t11111H"' •.I l!()t\t'

~Cl l 1.«JJ::. a~ t'.1c

c1d rn i t t aIJC1' i!ltO (; U f

iJ\ ','ll.

(' i 11ld:..;

( )f

Tl: l! ,!

l\ r ;1.\ r· r , a i t:~t l

"·J '

T 11, ·
,l"Y

1, :·

M1·(\,1.1 .•n1, mn11

the ,"J' chuul Comn1itfet!, L'r l'ILl F1ill:J 1 f(

JI.: 1..., I"'.

To\Y"n·s revi3cJ series of ~c!10ol Buok::l in 111y npl! 1101 1 1~ vt·1 y
gV\hl.
As a w liol \' 1 Letter tl 1a11 a11y ot!n.~r !:IL'riL'S I !rnve Jtn·t w1tl; .

Fnmi Col. F . H. C1u~1: 1 (' fer/: rif tl1e C,,uri~ in ( 'nn ull ('u . ,
4
JV. 11., awl me111!1rr o_/ thl' .'Su1Jcri'ntcwiing Scltu(d ('utn1111U,·I',
Corucay 1 l.'S-h.
I take pi e a s urc in rxprcssing to teachers, scl1onl ('orn111itlt_•1~ s ,
and tl1(~ lri1_ •111!~ oC e duca1i un 1 tl1e liig!J op iniu n \V!1ir!1 I c11t1: 1 ta in
of Town's revised series of l{cadiug Books. Aftt:r hll t:Xtt:uded
nnd ettrf-f11l examinat io n of t!1 c ni an y :;er ks 1lf si11 11iar IH"!ks 1iuw
puUli.':!hL·d, 01Jr Scl1oul Corn111ittt•e ir1trud1it·t.> d tlicm 11do Ll ie 11!ll>l1l'
!H.:hools of this town, as, in their opinion, inost d eserving a plani
in the school room; nn<l 1 <.:nn happy to state that tl1ey l1<t\'e rnort~
than met our cxpeetatio1i::J)and that their use in the p1d1!ic 5chr10!:1
of this county has given very gene rn.l Mati~fnction, nn,1 i11 111y
1
opinion, hae done much to elevate t heir character. They linvn

boen very generally recomm ende d by tl 1e School Cou1111ittccs uf
t his county.
From A, Z. Hn.DnETn, Member of t he Schoo l Committee, Derry,
N. Jf,, awl Chairman of the Committee on Education, i1I the
House of Representatives, 1848.

The School Committee of Derry, having examined tho revised
series of Books, uy S:i lern Town, hnve unanimously decided to
recommend their introduc tion into the •chools under their supervision, n s being better :5nited to tho wants and condition of com.

mon schools, than any ot h e r series of Reudin;; Books with which
they urc ac~uainted.

Frnn/

the

}J11{i'/' t'n 1! c nl

/) 1·111nr rnt

1n11l

JIf/ 111 1,s/111 · (

.Frcn1'911,

('.i11 1 11 n/ 1

,Y ew

.

J'.i\I/',.\; l~i : Al•I."\\; Br1<1I\~
.\ 1t'U'!lt t'X;lrllJil:lt!·lll 1, 1 t \ 1, :-; :-il 'l 11·--;
Scli uol i)!)ok:'I, revJ.;;.(;• l c t!iti tn 1 , kl::i ~;tt i -'!t"d 11 ::-i tl1;it tl 11·y .:i r; ·
\\.' t' ll worthy of tlto 111 1 1 vl·r~ ;1l 1.1vur wl1_i1·!1 tl11·~' l1,:1V1· r1· ~. · 1·t\ 1 "··
Tlic 51 . 111 . ~ ~'nti:-: l :it:3 (Jr :t Fir ... t, '.---i ·(· 1H11l, 'l l1 1r.!, <ti1 1! I· 1H1r'.l1 ..l~ i_· ;Hl 1 _· .~,
-, :-i11,! :1 ( ·q1i1r1·1:1 1 · 11h 1ol :--.· ,1 <> i. 1,r-; .
11 , !: t plc \I to t!iu vari(ill :3 l ap ac 1111 ·_

n(

..\iHI lor ('art'lu!i1t·s:; n( :tna iig l' 11i cHr, a111i ~~()ud t;i st( · :1 11<! Jll\l~1lllt1t

tlic s c keti o n s, we t!uril.: t! 1is s1:rit•s 11r1riv;t1,·d. \\' , :_ :lr t• gl~d. t~l
l(· ;irn that th es e. bO l Jk..; arc fa5t s npcr.s:cd111~ all (ltl1 l '!::i lfl the·- LttL .
'fil e Superintt'!Hling Committ ~ c of tl1is town adopted the.in several months since.
l\Inre rcce r1tly th e y l1av e lieen adopted 1n most
of our other large t owns, as w e ll as in severa l of our !J es t Acatl·

111

emie~.

From the New If1rn11,shir e Patriot, Cu11cord, N, JI.
B unii::-; . Fro 1n a careful cxa111i1rntion uf To 11: 11's Ret 1iKcd Series of Reud i ng 1Jook 3 , we w~tdll rcl~ Ottltn~· tlll them .to t!1~
Tuw.~·~

fa.vorttlJ le notice of th osl! inter e sted 111 the elt~ vat1tJ 11 o l 0111 cont
1non scl10ols.
\V~ be liev e the1n cntin.: ly st1pl·ri 11 r t<~ niiy n~w l~c­
fore the public 1 b et ter in point of in ec hr\nical c.:'\c c ut1on :i11Ll rnrnn-

T O W .\i' S lCEV l S l·:l> S IC: IU l·: s
sic m erit.

As

\ \.'C

tlF S('Jl<H)L

BtlUKS.

ha pp ened to know of .t lieir ve r y .r e ady und

P x te n ~ i\•c n d optio n lu tlH...: scl iuol:; in t he .S t:itc of 1\l 1ti11 c: , an ti of

th e ir p o p u b rity \Vi t h th e t f• acl 1 c r ~ w lio liad used d1 e u1, Wd' e x .
pected mu c h of them, and w e are free to say that our expec tntion9 }mve been more th an rn et.

Fr om the Belknap Ga zett e, JJfer,rlith TJ ridr;r, N. If.
\V'o nre pl e as r-<l to lea r n tl rnt t! i1· S c hlit il C'u1u1i1 ittc o ul
:"llered1lli , cunsi.s ~i og o f Re v . .._\les s rs . r o un g , Lc a c l1 a nd Pit 1ii a 11 ,
hu ·:e decided to rec.0 1n nie 11J fo r a do pti o n iu Ll1(:) Ji~tric t school!\ in
t o w n , t bc !'u llo v,:i n g lis t of Lo oks, na.1n c ly

t V \\' I J.

1

To\v 11'::1 f' ritn c r,
::?d TI. e;ulc r ,

J l'Y

J (;

'Ith
Town 's H eading Book s , (R e vised EJition,) we n o ti ce J a few
'-''ee ks sin c e in o ur p rt pe r, and upon a furth i.; r C);.iuni1nHi u 11 o f
th e ir m e rits, w e are rn ore nnd m o re c on v i11 ced they rif e d t: t;id c dly
th e be s t se rie s eve r p rese nt P.d to th o public. l\_.. e lJelie v~ ll1ey arn
g e n e rally use d in nil th e t o wn ~ in Nf crr i inac k e (J1 111ty, and tl 11o u g '1out thi s county, n s WP. II a s in rr1a n y ot l1 e r tow u::1 ill Llw ~t<.1Lc.

From the Cvvs lJcrnocrat.
To w ,~·s lfoo KS liave uoe n in trodu ced into all lit e sc hools or
Co nc <'>rd , by orJ e r of tlt o Supe rint c ndin;; S c hool Co tnmittcc .
Th ey co ul d scar~e ly r ece iv e a b e tte r recomrn e ntla tion .
llS ll

whol e o r in part,

l

l ike T own's R ev ised S e ri e s o f R e a de rs much li>r co mm o n
a11 d lia ve u se d tl1rnn so m e what in my !e s ! adv anc1al
c la sses in tl1 c Se minar y. l •'or co mm o n sc liool s, I <l o n o t kn ow a
se ri es wlii c li I s li o uld pre fe r to hi s.

s c hoo l ~,

Fr om S. E \'A,;s , 1'ea,h er, and m emb er of the S chool Cumuiillee,
S rd is lJlO"y , A.1ass ., Hn .s.
I liav c e xan1i nt~ d T o w11 's
found tli e rn to c ontain r e al ,
tli e m , so rn11 c li th e 1nor c a 111
l;l cs of c l t~ rn e ntary sound s ,

ll e vi sc d Se r ie s of Sc li oo l Books und
g e nuin e m e rit.
Tb lj m o re l p e ru se
l co nvin c e d of th e ir v a lu e. 'I' l1e t n s111Js rit11t cs , a11d combin a tion of le t ..
t crs o f d i lli c u lt nrti c ula tio11 1 :i n~ inv n lu n lil c t o th e hmrn l' r.
Tlw
rul e::i un d d i rec tion s fo r re ading u re we ll ntra n ged, c ou c: i8c n11d
• FtH add itional recommendati ons from New Harnpehire, &ei puge 3J.

L 11 TI1 F H.

.,

s.\1 JTU,

·l -"' 1 1··...; \- ·
. 'rl11tl :1f. ·s,·

E :HF!{'- o .'1 , f!Jl ( l

, ,

l

.'; ,·11 00 .s ,

If

,ll,

°J'cac hlT nf ( ,'ram11111 r ,..;.', cfw•1l.

,
,\11.

'

~!)

:-:;, _'11 1 .
i111

' , I.

I

hr " ' J.J1" r

I
I

Si ·r 1t:S (I[,
fai rly t e~tcd th e: in c ri b n i' 'I' u\\, it ' -:-1 I \' v\'
, •' "1·d
.
our sc hools, \\'C ta ke p lea~rn r e i i i p r 011du1w 1 11 ~ it . t lic:
I\. ' " . . f R e :J.d t·r s t hat ha ~ t•vc r e o111e llrHl e. r o nr f) lJse 1 vatt r> 11.
JC St s e ri es o
~
.
t l )' trl.' ·tt::; u l
.
.
' ['I e <· l n·tr n n d i ntt.:lli!!en t m a n ne r 111 w 11ic 11 t 1w au H 1
' l
J ·
.... ,
'
.
.
f . ·1 ·· p h yt·(
l fl
th e c le m e nl s of r c adrn ~ , tli e d1 sc 1111Hnatin g l:L 5 .e.; t~ , ·. ( I i'
tl 1e lite r;l ry sdectiuns i a 1t l l d ie lwa u ty a1Hl \!u r ,l iJ!t l; u
\::
.
i. t i(• "'t'!" l t:.:'i t: l ! ll!i'" ! Jlh: ;1d.1pl 1·.\ [ 11 t t,
!"1111

1n cc l1an i~.::d e x c cuti n r; ) iu\ 1~ 1 L \\~ 1 , t .l1 ~ ret"u r ~ cl1L·(• rr";il lv tL·cu111u i t'nd
w an ts o l co rn rnon sc ioo ~
. e
. .
\ v . l . , • a!~w
c i. t \i.;
ti , I oo! ·. a s \\'O rtl1\· t\1 e co 111id en cc o f tl 1•; p 1d.1!1 c .
· ' lit d ,'Ht•~ !Jf1W
.. l t..: •rJ lly"'::> exrt rri in ed· T o wn 's Sp el l e r <t rH [ j) L' !'11 1cr',
Crl
- ~ uc ccss in o ur sc !i oo 1s , un i l a rc 1ia1'l'Y" lo pron o u nee
u siren •'11it with
i t a ~ork o f s uperio r e xce ll e n ce .
"
BowF 1< S Prin cipa l nf G ram ma r Schoo l Ku .
F r om C, . '"
. '
.
'> I l l\"o

I,

P rino'pn.l cV Gra11w1.a r ' c l. ~o , J .l '.! , an d
.fl/o. .-1,
C 11.. \R l. ES
H A ru~o \\' S , P1·111 ctpal of Urammat :) clto o
Spi·ingfl e/J , Jlfa ss. JS.I !"! .

P. B.

fro'.Tl th e com111ittee -m e n o f whi c h, eq ually strong r e comm e n<la-

Fr om R cu. J o l!N P. Co wu: s , Pn'nc ip al of Ipswi ch Femal e Semi ·
nm·y, Ma ss., 1848 .

Jr

lla v in '. '

P eadc r ~

a re als o u se<l in more than 50 otli e r to wns in New Hamps hire ,
ti o n s , us th e fOre g o ing, have Uee n rece ive d .*

,

. _, ftOW ELL, '

'J 'otc.IH!"S u( the t ,'r1 t m111 r' r

.i .- 1i .

::cl

T o wn 's R e vi•l Se ri es or Sciio ol B ooks ,

.

1-r n m

STn oNG'

>'*

\Ve take pl e a 8ur c in b ea ring t e s t1· ~101.1y t o . tli e l11 g hR v.du
, l ~c ,incl
u se ful cliara c le r o f u T o wn 1~ R ev ised Se n es o l Sc h oo l
r ~, l
wl1i e il durin g th e p a-s t Sl'. a s on hav e b ee n appr ?ved l1 y t llH: :o:;c ioo
C oi urnitt ce of thi s tow n, a n d t o so m e ext e nt HHr odu cc_1 i_ nt ~ Ol'.~
sc !1nolQ
Fro m an cx a 111i n·.it io n o f thi s se ri es an ~ l a l111 11 IL' 1 ~1:i e
.
"'~ ·" F
tl1 Boo k n W t! ft!e l u u Jiesiu.:t tio 11 HI c...v nnn e n d1 11g
o.tf toth tlt
~ e favo ur
' ti o n o (. th e puu
i. ·
o rabl e ntten
1i c. Tl i e . •lc si ~·' " o f ti• <>
is t o prese nt clea rl y a nd co n cisely
n_n d
fuud a JJ'.l e nt u l pri nc ipl es o f e loc ution, avo1J _ing- th :_ 1~'. pro."X>l~
wl1i c li O\' Cr whc lms a nd J isco urag es , tlrnL phi\ o:;o pl 1 1ea ~ 1t: 1n u.te f
ll ( . , ,
wh ic lt tli s trae l s th e learn c r1 n1Hl l 1y C f:p1 o t1~ ~c l ecl· t 1<f1· n s ·01
· " o p rinte c:Ht111p lcs , to r l! ll dLH tl1 c 1r
· ~ pp 1·ie all o 11 ')
:1pp1
i ~•r l ec t y
. 1111 1 -

t:·:l ',

~utlwr

t l 1 ~ ~JOs t i mpurtan ~

<t S w <· ll n ~ to d t?c p1 ~ 11 t!J c ir impress io n o n tin~ liJ111 ~l. .
h e el e ;\.n iniro rtant IL-a t u re, e spec_ia ll y o f tl> e '' .'-", Boo~ , i s·l~c t 1ons
g an Ce Hl1 t l purity Of Sl)'liJ W\llcl l Clltl~a C t C rtz e t\1 c SC
'
iar

*

I t he & hol) I Cv11 1111itl ee
T owu 'o S pell1: r a nd n ufi ncr 1.1a:J : tll!ll) l ~en ap pr~\' C,l 11.,'Y
of this lO W R, anti is nv w In 11.'!t! 111 ""'wo rnl o( th~ s cl\0 1 ·

14

WRLD'S ENGLISH GRA'IDIAR,

\\·h1ch, toge ther ·with tbe great vnrie~y unbraced in th f'rn, give
tl1is work a clain1 of rnent, possesseJ Ly few only, of the mtt n y
Jl' :tdi11 g iw ok:; that lia\·t : con1u u11der our l dist~rvutiu n.

IL ;1ppe ars ad n!iru lily adapted t o cultivalu a11d /,,. f,, g <ml rt.
proper eJ~p-rt'$Sion of the sentiment, \vhi e h jg nhanlotely t:"~5rrninl
for imparting beau ty and force to this highly important exerci~e,
and i3 the on ly means by whi c h the pupil can derive from it per ·
rnanenl good, or secure to hjrnself its greatc!t bcnctit!ll.

From the School Committee of Pit1sfleld, ftfoss. H:MR, 0. E. Hnxw·
STER, Secretary.
The School Comn1ittee h:ive f'.:1refnlly {'Xamined Tow n !s Revised S e ri es o f S c hool Books, anti unht-!.'4itatingly rf'commeud
tl1eir introduction into all tho sc hools of this town, Rs_fast a• n e w
books ure needed.
I

WELD'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR,
AND

WELD'S ANALn:urn AND PAR8ING .BUOK,
PUUL I::;HED m.·

~Ai'illOlli'I &

CAltTEll, PuHrLANJJ, ii-JAINE.

The following may be stated us some of tl1c pccuGarities ul'
th e Grnmrnnr : 1. Inste ad of beg inning with formal definitiuus, u rn c tliotl
is adopted like tiial wl1icl1 il'.4 11all1rnlly pnr~ned in l<>11r11ing tli<>
Junguage Ly one who is entirely iguoraut of it. 'l'ltc learner
i~ tun"ltl ltuw lettern urn cuml.ii11ed to form words, nnd how
word~ arc co11 1Lincd to iOn11 .st..:ute1a:cs.
2. l'rogressive exerc ises in composition nre int.rorlnr.P.d P.nrlv,
atlll co11ti11u1;d tliruugliuut tl1e bouk, Tlieoe uid llllH! h iu illu~­
U'M ing grummntical lwiuciples, a11d i11 fixi11g them perrnrmently iu tlte n1ind . They ulso serve to show the use of Grain mar
at every ste p of th e lea rner's pro~ress .
Exert:ises in analyzi11g nccompany those for composition in
every part of tho book. Iu composing, the learner sees li ow
words a re comb in ed to express id eas, Ly uualyziug tl1e eotu p osition of othe rs, h e cuu see wl1ether his own work is rightly
don e.
These pnrnllcl series of exerc ises in composition ancl nnaly-

- l

l

l

"·l ·1rnrt1 '''t" s n t.

tic
work,
'·

818, co11Ftitutc onP ot t ie t·a< 111~11~ t~·11c can apprcciat•~ so \\Tll
nlld impa rt to it a val 11 c "l11cl.

as

tl1t~ 111artH·.t! tl'nc~1f1_ .
.. I
. ·k ·, tl1tlt t1t·lir1iti1i11~:1r1· T\1\l
tJt tit ? \\UI L
I
I .
3 • A u11_"ti i t'r 1wc_-. t1ll'lr11v
.~ 1~has1H'l'll cll'arly t·xpla11w1 or1 t .'•' i111

.

•

1,1v1'11 uuul tl_ic pt 1111 I]'' · I . I - -,, 1.ttt1 ·1 1111t at 1111v1·ltj· 111 tl11_'
,..Jucti,·e rnct 110<.
1 Tl
- H~ I ·c ns
'· l '"''"
· 11I • iit irn"ll pain:-: l1:1s
•
t . ns or IH' \V p ira :seo Of!'\, 1i
n ,
.
11·
use u t llCW c11
-·. I . ... , 'C11enllv ••111plovNI rnt1· ,_
11
l
to rernkr -ttc l "~ • t,
l
hc1:11 tu \en,
·
· ·
.J· . ·~plauatio 11 s b11t hy ~""I'''

l

gilile t~> the learner, uot iy

r. ' .

tt; wu~

.

e.

.

.

i111l t1ct 1?n.. .
~· rr Hl nnulyzin~ take prf'r1·(1t·1'.ce t)I
111 tl11s \\Olk, compo. 1n.,. at
.
P·11··0111" '11•l\V.-\' Pr is not
··
.. 1 \l'lr-.;.111 r
•
·
r"
l
wliat is tcrme< .:-iy 111akc 11\c .1 .. · '1 ..~;1ed i11J11orta11t, o11i1·, i11 .d···'
<l
.
tl
1s
"·or
nit
1"
i
i
c
I .
.
1
1
l l tscaruc 111
l · in th e St>JJt•· nt·•· u11d i11 "l'I') Illg'
· _ j'
. -·u·11" ilie 1iart~ o 'l'"c"'
. ..
,
. I . .· .
i;ct' ' "'
.
l . . I .. rl•' been n:rd1ed bv a11.t: ,1,.
ti c Hnlcs wlnd1 1a' e ·• "''' .'
l
. l
n1or1· P.11t:ournarmf'nt t 1in n
Tliis grnmmar hns met wit 'even - c ·v,,·rl the Jt:cide<I apthe publish e rs auticipnte<l. It liati rec l .. . I <' ~in N,.w F.nirr ti ie mo "·t cumpetcnt
k,tr l r.
'
.
provul o f many 0
. ~u oOO cop ies l1are been
"lnnd nn<l .,IRe\vhere. .More t 11 ~ 11 J '
":-;oJd .Juno~
' .
l l · t ei"11tt:<'ll
inc.nth~.
l
t_ IC a:::i
r
~
}
.t Ji·t~ )lnt n11\V prn\·1~1
\I S<'• ' l
' .
.
I
Jn sc l iou"1s w I IL-I- .el.l I i a.~ llf'c'll1 ..
, . , -· l to render tt1e :-;tlll y
acceptaulc to tlie teacher, \Jii l 1<1s. se1 't:', tu tlic -cl111lar.
f C'1.. 1t1irnnr interc~ting- :ind eHpt1vnt.1H~
. l
<J
' '
J
.
U k i:1 <ltsi,, 11 c<l tu Le u ,;c d 1Y
The. .;Jnal.>r;;inp; and 1 ars11l1g l ool_l Ji .in~ tllr i':n'..'li,h iRn. , -~ . ' \. llld 1Ut U b U J ·11 " ren <ler •mteresung•
•
nJvnneecl l cm11et.
1 "''
•gu11ge
· 19
· <l eveI Opt;:.l
, l 1' n this
hook
.
1
.
.. • t rnt
.. 1 ·,..; 1,rilina rilY piTl11rrrw1,
• LI·
X('l"l' l ""'t' w 1114 1l ll~l I.
.
and lffo tit~> e un t' ,
· ' ~~J ~ '
'Ihe l\Hit-:-i nf ~~· ntux. tu
i~ rnechamcal alJll 1: e1,t lo u_oc ~s~.1 clv of tire work, 1!1r. lllO.t10
wliidt the re nrc references 111 1 i1. , :: ., ·ind thf' hint~ wid1
.
\ ·
rslll'' ·uic\ trnnspo:--1n'"'~ •
el~ tor nna yz1t1g, pn . ; ~ .'
. . I·
n1 rr will \w 1;11111d 1·1111 .
I ~ "-=.flt F11r11rntl\I'. .11 q.: 11 ,.... '
I
rck.rcncc to l lC 11 . c
I r tllf' 1·xtr.. 1t·t..; !'W l ~·1·li'. t
·
\ · luuult: aiJ:; tu till.; ~l w J' "
' ·· ·
' :f'n 1ent Htr• ol~11Ll1e· in o!"-:t cn1 iTll'r1t nntl ttccnlllj di:-.l1cd \\ ntcr:=-;.
t rom some
'
1

-f

RECOMMENDATIONS.
iJu u ks fi 0111

tl1cir rt'. '."l""cti ve

crn111ln~s .

.
. .. .. .. E ftfcin l•n· of 1/,, Tl nu rd u( Ed iKflt ion
}rom 0. L. C1 · holl·.l. 1 ~l] .,
.
•j . .
l ti l'J
for th e Co1mly of Frrrnk/111,,. a111e, ·- · .
.
.
.,
.
B ok have lw c 11 in1rotlu ced in to
\V ehl's Grammar and l a~s1n~. o
.tV ;-\~d whcr£\·~r tl ie y
ail or nearly all tbc :::Lli0(1l:3 111 t l H r·otl t1 .
ha~e be e n u sed , t hry nn.: well }il\ (·•L
i

'

lG

WELD'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR,

A"ID PATISJ'\'G ROOK.

l"rom HoN. R. H. VosE, Membe» of the Board of E'ducatio11 for
the County of Kennebec, 111aiue, 1i'< 49.
I \ \"Ort!d ~ta l c~ , tii~ t !)0 fru u s m y k 11 0 ~1 , ·lnJ gc e x rnuJ3, \'r'"cld 's
Gramma r is pre tty genern lly u sed in tlii• county.
It• 111eri1s
have lre'luently been discu sse d in 1uy l1e arin;;, and ulwa yo wi t h
1he Saille result, - to wit - that it is a book peculinrly a<lnpt e<l
to th e purpose for which j1 w a s designed, - the ve ry book so long
need ed in our Schools. In this opinion I am happy 10 concur,
and would add , thnt I rPg nrd it as a boo k hli innztly titt ed for t li o
Uiie o f those \\.'ho are a bout to c orn rn c u ce Llw study uf our In n·

gua ge .
Fr om

HA YT>li N, E sg., 1ricmber of tl:e B oard of Rducation
f ar the CurmU1 of J-Vash ingtu11, 1'tiui,.e, l t>4 \I.

AAR O:>

V{ t·!d'.': ! G ran1111a r a 11d Pa rsi ng B ook We rt: rt·co 1111 11,~111l1·d i11 t!11~
the C o mrn 1tll'c on tex t \Jlwk~, <1p1)ui11ted a L th e A1 uw 1tl
Conv e ntion of School Con1m ittees in 1R47. T'hc y a rn U£4ed tlt 1it•·
t:'.' Xtl'n s1vc Jy iu t l1js co11nty nn d s o far as rn y kr tuw!1 ·,Jgl' t'Xt1·11 .1.,
L'01Hll)' !Jy

1

are :d1 in.1st Hlli\'ersa/Jy ;ul o pt 1._• d iu tl1 . ~ d i:;tr 1v t tiL:lwul.:. \\" l1e11' llto

r esis ta~1 cc to n e w Loo ks,

o vcrco rnc.

P ra m

conse 'lu e nt on t1 1c e x pe u s1 ~ /i;t ~ l11.•t•1i
I Lt:lieve they give very gen e ral sntisfa~tiu11.

1

.A . ,\.[., Membe r of th e lloard of r.'du catin11
fur the County vf l 'ork, .lliaine , 1fl 4!J .

Irvll AU: I' Jt•irn ,

Havi n g- exn m inrrl, \ Vi lh co 11 s id v r u lJJ0 care\ \ Vcld'8 ( ~1tt1t1111ur
and 1-'tt r ! in g Book 1 nnd lu-tving' seen Lliti i r !li t.: rit.; l t.; ti lc J j u t i.i t..:
sc hool-roo m, I ca n cbc C' rfu lly say tl1at I regard them nniong ti"'
very Oe st te xt Uook9, n o w h e forn th e p1i1il ic , f~ J r impan111 g u p l1 1lo~o pt1icai and t l1o rou ~ li l.:nowl od g e of ll1t ~ En g ! i~:d1 1ung:trngt;. tl u
far a s

111y

kno w ledge

tl1rou g l10ut thi~ Stntf'.

From

rxt c nd~,

tlrny t-t re in ve ry g:ent:rul us u

A . .M., M em1,.,. of L/ie Board of Edu cation for the Cnunly of Penobsco t, llfai-n e, 18-JG.

lJA v ro >V oHC EST E " •

\V e ld's

P ;tr s i r1 :~ n,_iok and G ra 111mar, I Lilli to!d , H r e ll ::.i CJ
tow n ~ in th is C ou nty, t () tli e e x1,; !lJ :) JOn

a!Jout t wc rHy 0 1 th A

jll

o1

rill rival l>0oks; antl they compete very sticc cssfully i11 •om c
n th cr t Ow 1i g \.V itl! od1 e r l_iooks, tbough as y e t tli e y ~ire not t"' Xd nsi Ye!y a do pt cJ. I a1n in10rn1ed that , gene rnlly in th is c ontH )»
w l1ere the y hnv c Uet u at.loptc<l, th e y give sa tisfaction .
1

From t lte numerou s rcc o1JJrn e 11t.latiun5 of these works f10111
v l lJer suur 0(·~, and fron1 <liffe re.nt parts of New Englnn d , w e se.
loc t tlie 1;,11o wing :

17

19

WELI>S E:\C;[,ISII GHA;\L\!Alt,

From Pi:or,EssoR

UPHAJ\I,

of Bowdoin College, Brunswick, ,,[aitit,

!\fn. ,.\ , ll. \\1EL t•)-Doar :':ii' :-Takin g \'\'fiat ti1H 0 f r·1·1nl.! r o "' 'l'\'U i'i"n111 i irc·~.-;i11.:: r··Lll.-i, I !1: l\'1 ' i1iok 1_·,1 i t 11•:er witl1 S •) ltl .. ( '. \ I"• '
r..:i.11 as :; 1tr0 vo11 1 that lam 1n11cl1 pi1-; asr;d \.Vitli lt.
Aq ff1y :'llU·li~·:"\
Jta.ve iJet u ;;vH1t:.\.'\·J.i.at i11 auut!1er Jire~Liu11 1 1 i'td .iu<...v1upott 11L Lu

pronot1n ce upon such work• with m11ch confidence,- but still I
C:-lnnnt h·· ~if 1l t1c:; to :O RV, th::\t f ri"t f! Ri'd. V•-111( hook A" ft Vid 1l Fd)]i< 1·,"Jntribution to grammati~al science~ It. is especially calculated to
facilitat~

tin.,

progre~~

or

Ut:g i11uer~.

I re main very respectfully yours,
Tuu;.1A:::>

Frum

SAJ\lfjJ::L

\V. 1-f1·n..:HJH.L.,

.Jl.

B.,

C. l1 ruA:-.1.

.Jl:J:st:11tanl Teacher iri J.Yorth

l"anrwtd!t ,J]1_'tt demy, JS J-3.
0

The second edition o f Yir. \Vc!:..r~ '" ta o~ t phil oso phical trcat;so
on En gii~h Gran11nar/~ I have exarnineJ, with real sati~faction.
It is tltP. fir.t edition llwrnughly fini.<hrd.
It •P.ern• to rnl) that
those T eac hers who lrn.ve so long groane<l in spirit over tho deft.
ci e ncies of our old text-books, will fiml in this treatise that" congumm.alion d evo utly wished ."
The first edition was introduced into the Academy here, a9
soon as it was published. T l1e result was in tlie highest degree
plef\sing. Old mechanical habits were broken up ; scholars bet:)·-"'• lu Uti1<.i..;, ;,_uod. Ll!v d Ll'U1;.tuav uf vur la1.15ua5u \.\.'Ui'O au. u.lh>6tj·
th e r new aspect.

From

P.

Principal of Gorham /lcadamy
Jtfaine, ltl48.
'
I have just completed a so mewhat careful examination of
vV~IJ'• Eugli•h Gnrnnuar. I am plea•ed with the book. for several very g-ood reasons.
!st. It is systematic. Every thing scorns to be in its proper
place.
2d. Besides the careful analysis tn11;.(l•t, it has more of the
synthetic process, or tho 1nakint; of sentences, than 1nost Gnunnutrs that I liav e see n.
3d. Wloilc it is concise, it is re marlmhly full. Most of the peculiaritie~ of the b.n;.{u a g-e sec rr1 to be brought ur for explanation.
4th. It is not too positi-ve. \Vh e re th ere is d oub t in the exp lanotion of a peculiar construction, the 1nost promin e nt opinious are
given and th e choice of tl1c m le ft 10 tlie le arn e r.
As a whole I believe that no b e tter hook of the kind has been
puhlisheu.
From

EowARD

WEsT011,

'V'HEELOCK CRAIG,

text book anrl ~ompared it~ lnerits thor0u~l1iy' \~ith t1;1_uso of rival
1 1
ti n 'J -1 . i ;-1\Tl r r r11·1rr ·d hJ :_:!Vf:' lt a d:•f'-t:!t~!i p!t:!'.:!0:!~ ~ ~
T
1

l S·!S.

Principal of Portland Academy, Maine
184g_
t

Having adopted Weld's English Grammar for a long time as a

(r1nn •1 1n-,'""l""" ; f .ct i1! ;_. :••

;1r.•-....-1n1 p l: sh
1n0 re w·-,1 H. w.;i , it: .ii a.
t'. i~l!I \\-"i t1 1 ;i
n t l1•· r L 1 , 1i l~ w '1t h wi; wl i I '."ll fl ~F'·l 1 P, "'.~­
lt'> ~rr: 1 n·~i · mt""itt 1 .; J H'~~n!i.n, h11t \V!1e11 Ut:idt..1 rs;:;,:d ;111•! :-..••~~·­

:..! ,_., . 11 f l '\\•· ,
1

;d

hllly IJ"-i:'d, 1t will lw ~ur~ to l..10 Li~ l~ (t.

Front

\-VfLT, i4.M

B. s~ELL, Pri..ncif)a.l <!f Jfoa:1nout!t / lcndrmy,

Jfoine, 1847.
h;iv e r ecent Iv n~r.r~ived a t:Ul'Y u!' \V e ld~s truly v:dtmLie G1 'lrn n1;'lr; and mu s t ~o nfe.:ot~ that notwithsta111li11 E the tieh.l ha 3. i_; ~i:":n
ui"t u :i ::;it:tt!"it:•.i, {~_'.\.\-" ha\' C: iJ;·u:.t:..;:1 •. ta ;--t r :·~; , 1 ~1 ~1:tr\·t:"' ~ L i : i, '_· ·)
~hk i~ !~ thn r:::tnd~nt to the a!1 : {. \y~!'3 0f thP. \an g u'.'l.~e~ ur"Hl i!Htd.uaU;g- i <.'in :!; '.--\ !1w id .-·xhihitinn of its £:On~truct,ion, idiom~ , :1.~\d the 8unp!,~­
prin c ip!e5 of cornpositi <Jn, hP. \ia~ _gucceecte1.l!h_v a peCllil_:tr l~t~ll11..11J v~

r

ur lll ittlY 0f its d ::!i c u!~:t"e, ~f!.~1
lent it a c! 1arm altogether new and interes ting. I sh a ii introduce
it into my Md1001 at th e c a.r!iost prn.ctie~tUle nwn1ent.

!!!~1 3 ~:" 3.t!0!1, l '1 d1vP.;ri11 '.~ this stud_v

Fro1n REV. RussEr,r. STREETER, Pastor of the Universalist
Church, Portland, Maine, 1848.
\Veld's Eng\igh Grammar and the Parsing Book (by the same),
nre excellent productions on the subject or Grammar, f\nd cannot
fail, I think, to tnerit a ready and e xten!live patrouage.
From

ALFfl.ED

VV.

1:11K£,

Prinr:!p(l.I. nf Uruns1oick HLgh. ~chuul!

Jtfainc, 1847.
I have examined with care Weld's English Grammar, and consider it an exce ll en t work, both in its plan and exec ntion. I have
concluded to introduce it into the sc hool under my chaoi;e.

From A.G . S-r1NCHFU:Lo, Teacher of Wayne High School, Maino,
1848.
Having Cf\rcfully e xamined Al le n H. Wel<l's treatise · on English Gntm111ar 1 I un1 fr ee to say th <:t. t I reg ard it, in many rc spt•c ts 1
superior to nny Grammar extant. lfis concise d e finition.; and
cxpbnations rend e r that uuclrn.nical process of rcc itution, so corn·
mon with classes, hi5hly improbaule if not impos sible .
From J. C. P1cKAito, Principal of l"ryeburgh Jlcademy, Maine,
18-Hi.
I lmve had two classes in \Vc l<l's English Grammar durinf\ the
past t 0 r1n of my sc hool, one c onsiderably ac.JvanccU, aw.1 tlie other be ~inn e rs, and have found it well adapted to each. Ilut l
hav e l>ee n p>; rticnlarly w e ll ple ased with the class of beginners.
I think th e y have acquir e<\ as much knowl e dge of Grammar, as
most scholars who have studied "clear through" half a dozen different text books of the old stamp, and have paued ~v et· the whole

21

WELD'S ENGLISH GRAM.'WAH,

AT\D PARSING DO OK .

of Pope's E•sny ; and yet this class bas not be en half throll g h
\Ve ld's Grammar. The Trustees or th e Academy 11ttV 1' 1- xpr<' S S~d
th emselv es very h igh ly pleased with the appe:iranc<' of' thi" ~ \ es.,
and reco mm ended tli e Grammar as one well ca \e>n latPd t o gjve

the pupi l feel tha t Gram mar i3 not a mere ab5 t raet !:H:i C nc e~ like t he
p ur e i\.fatli ematic ;;i., hut :1 l.JrancJi of StUd)' emnH.. nt\y p ra Ct\i''d a nil
in every way suited to tl ie u ges of " t'.ii~ \\'tHkir1g-d1L:~. \\·or\d.

t he studrnt a thoron g h k1hnvkdge o r tl1e E n glisl1 la1r g11n~1· .

From the Christian Jrlirro1·, Port/(lnd,

,~Ja ine, ]!;.JS .

lt see m s im poss ible th a t a pupil should be takeu t lirou l( h thi s
little volume, under th e guidanco of eve n an ordinu ry tC'ncher,
·w ithout acquiri n g something tn ore than u. n1ec lrnni cal knowledge
of tli e E ug iisli language; Jor tlii ~ , \vitb a large portion of pupils

and district schools, bus been the nc-p/us o f attainment s. They
ap ply th e phraseology of rul es and principles in the mo>t unm eaning maun e r, as thou g h it w ere a ll hocu s-poc us. It is worth ~rv­
era\ tim es the price or a new book to break up such a habit , ...
tl1is caunot fail to do.

Report uf CAI.EB B. 'l'RAcY, and Il.ALL llunEJn s , a Cum 1,,itli:c
appointed to examine and report a list of 1'exl Boo/is for .~Jcrri­
mack County, N . JJ., 1848.
After a long and critical e xamination of English Grammars
now in U!3~, yo ur Committee would r.ccon1mend tlie one prepured
by Allen H. W e ld, A. M. It is believ e d this Gra mm11r com uines
more exce ll e ncies, and has fewer defects than an y o th e r.
In its arrangement, it is clear and philosopl1ical; in its definitions,
h a ppy ur11 l logical; in its ada ptedness to int e res t and dev e lop
th o ugh t, and form co rr ect h ab its of s pea king nnd writing, it s tanch
unsurpassed; in its c ritica l remrt rks, it is truly s u gges tive and
v a lua ble; it is a work especia lly fitted to m ee t the wants o f the
sc liools of th e p rese nt day. iVe h esitate not in gi vin g it our ca ndid a nd full recommendation as the gra mmar especially fitted
for our prim a ry schools.
·

Fr om EPHRAr~r K N IGHT, Prof. of .llfatlicmatics in N ew lJamptoTl
lnstttutzon, N ..JL., ancl m embe?· of the 1'own Comm ittee, 1848.
I hav e examined with attention All e n H . W e hl 's English
Grammar, and g ive it my decided pre fer e nc e to a ll o the r w or ks o f
a s imi la r c li arncter. It s arra n ge m en t and conciseness a re ndm i·
mul e, and its adaption to e licit th o ught from scholars, supe ri o r.

From J . G. H oY T, Primipa l of Euler .!lcatlemy, E xeter, N. If.,
and m ember of lli e Town Sc hool Corwmitlee, 184lJ .
W eld 's G ramm ar, I am happy t o say, h as been introd u ced into
all ou r schoo ls abov.e th e pr illlary scl1 ools. Th e a utl1 o r, it seems
t o n1e, has bee n p cc ulinrly s uccess ful in his attempt to furnish the
Btud cn t n reliab le manuul of th e English L anguage . H e has been
pliilosoplii cal wit l1 o ut bei n g inco1nprehensiblo; ~ simple without
!ic in g pu e ri le . His illu stration s and e xampl es a re such as to make

1

I liav~ no li e~ itation in expre3~ing for It a decided pr e1ere1u.: e to
nny uthc r (~r:-trnm:u \\" hirh 1 ba \'e yet ~een .

From:\. C:. \\1" i:r: i-.::~\ . -7. 1i f. 1 1iloi1!1 c1' of .\~c h o 1J (
fur.I, 1Y. JI. , 1-- .1:1.

C onH1if t tt,

fiui!-

After ::t c:ueful ex:1.rni11ation of \Vdd :-) {;r :u111nJ.r, ~nd i_: nrnp·irin~ lt with s~vera l ntl 1e r recent work=' 0 11 t!11· ~am ~~ s ul '.·.i cc t 1 ~l:1d
\Vitne ss in g its operation tluring th e p a~t year in some ul our ln:::it
sch ools I ant prepar~1..l to gi \.· e it a. dec.idcJ pr cf·.:rcnce o\· e r cv e ryother u~ammat ical lt:':Xl book wi t h \\.' hi ch 1 an1 ftl~qa::untcd.
Ti a~ pt it11.::i11l1--~ lai(l 1lown :i.re in n C'rO rdanrr w it h wh:~t r i1et>m
a ]ll"3t view 0 1· the !'ltruClllrt~ nf tl1c E.n;..;l1 jl 1 . tu1_i:..::u . .·, a1i.l t)1•_' ar T:'\,ng ~ r nent anJ t he iltu~trntinn o f th e~e pnuc1p!c:3 ~uch as to ~1..~ ­
cur e t !te br:>st prn .~rc-=.s nf the learner .
Th e l~s 5 o ns in compo3i ti on 1 deem an iinportant feature _o r tlic
work a nd think th a t a stri c t co mpliance with th e ~ugg es t1 o ns o f
th e a ~th or in regard to tl iem, may c han ge tl1e u s ually irk~omo
t usk o f writing an En g lish composition, into a n intcr est jng pas1

tim e.

From E~o c n S. Snr.1Df.\'.'l' 1 A. R. s . . NDEHS) nnd A. J. Nu·rT ER,
Teachers in the Public S chools , Dover, N. fl ., JS-HI .
vV e , th e teachers of th e public sch oo ls in Do ,·e r, having thoro ugh ly t es t o<I Alle n H . We\J ' s E n g li sh Gra mrna.r , th_e pas t yea r,
mo st c hee rfull y commend it to the fav oral.d e n otice ot th e pn b l> c .
W e have found it clea r and. methodical in it s a rr angements ,
awakening o n the part of our pupils a n unu s ua l ~n t e re~H in the
•t udy of gra•nmar, such as no o th e r tex t b~ok which w e had lJefor e u se t..l bas <lon e. W e regard it as a dmirab ly fitted to awak e n
tli o nglit on tli o part of th e sc holar, anLl lrnp ar t h ab its of tlioroughne '8 se lJ om eq ualed.
\V e regar d it as an inv a lu a bl e work, far in advan ce of its predecessors a nd cotemporariee, and beli e ve th e public g rea tly ben c fittcd in its publication.

From

HALL

Ro BEllTS, Principal of the High
N. H., 1845.

Scliool, Concord,

Thi s may ce rtify, tha t, after a lon g and mo st c11reful e xam ination o f our most p o pular wor ks on Gram m a r, I fully co ncur w ith
o ur b est t cac l1 c rs th a t th e work o n this science by A. H. vVeld,
A. JI [., is better adapted to meet th e wants of our Com m on ancl
Hi gh Schools, a nd o th e r se1ninaries of lea rnin g-, _th an any ~ 1 m il .ar
treatise I have seen. Frotn its masterly ana l ys13 of hn1 g ua gc, its
cJlicac v as a m cn ns of m e ntal discipline, its precise <lcfini tions of

.

-

. '~

Ii

WELD 'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR ,

J

Al\D PARSli\G BOOK.

'j

t e rms , th e ""PPY nrrnngement of its several pnrts, its clear and
c_hastt' sr.yle, ns w ell as other c x ce ll enciee too numerou5 to men·

t1on , I feel no hesitation in expressing n1y opinion that it is the
book on Gra rnm ar for our scl1ools.

Entirely clissntisfietl Y:ith th e Grnrnrnars n o w used, th e Corn·
n1itt ec h ereby pr esc ril1e \.Y eh..11s Gram1nar, to IJe u sed, t~

From the Congrega tiona l .Touma/, Concord, .N. JI.
J\ [r. \Vel d 's Grammar has obtain ed ~rca t popularity, and io
r'.r obali ly more in demand tliau a ny 01l1er; nntl fr o m tlie att e n~IO fl we lia\"_C bcc.n .ftble to giv e it,'A-" C do not h es itnte to pronounce
It th e mo s t intel11gible nn<l perfect Grammar n ow in u se.
\,\'eid 's Grammar an d Parsing Book are also used in naore thnn

30 other towns in New Hampshire, nn<l fr o m moot o f the Com·
lnitte cs ,.equnlly strong recon1m enda ti ons ns tho /Oregoing, linv o
Leen rccci ved.
L ef l er from SoLo•toN ADAM S , Principal

of the .fldanu School
'
Bosto11, Nass., .flp1·i/ 12, 1848.

Th e adoption of We Id's English Grammar in nil th o Grnmmnr
Schools of Boston, hy a unanimous vote of the School Commit tee
ptt .sed April 11th , 1848 , is in view of all th e circ urnstnn ce s 11
1
1nnrk a blc tes tin1ony of th e n1erits of tbc Grammur. It Jiu s tri umphed over nil th e op po s ition of int e res t ed compe titor s simply
o.n its own n1 e rits.
N e ith e r you nor your age nt s lmve, nt n.ny
t1111 e attemp ted nny influ ence with the m ern l.ie rs of tlio commit-

re:

tee.

Th e committ ee appointed to select a Grammar, nft c r : careft1!
exammntion, reported in favor or W e ld ' s Grnrnmar. This report
Jay over a fo rtn ig ht. At tli e next m ee ting, Marc h 8 tli, a motion
\~ as mad e a nd c:irrjed, to a m end tl1 e re port by substituting \Vf·lll''s
Grammar, on th e ground that \,Veld 's was deriv ed mainly fr o m

Vvells 's.
This singnlar procee ding direc ted the atte ntion o f th e Co mmit·
te e .to .IH r. W e l~ 's Grarnmar, and a f't e r a tliorougl1 e xaminati on,
whi c h of necess ity proved the imputation of p lagiarism folse arn l
hR se , .r e:rn lt cd in a n unnnimous vot e of the committ e e in favor of
W e ld "s Gra 1111nar. This d eci sion is a like lionornl.ilo to Mr . \,Veld
nn_d to th e discrimination and ind epe ndence of th e School Com·
Jnltt c c.

W e i<l 's Grnmmar is fast ful.filli ng the predictio n contnined in
nn enrly n o ti ce or it in tl1 e Booton Daily Journal: "lt is destined
to do in Grnmmar what Coiburn's works have done in Arith·

iuct1c. 11

Ordtr from th e School Committee of P ill•fleld, Ma.-. , 1548, 0.
E. B1tE\\" S TE1t, Sec·y.
the ex-

clusion or all others, in tl1e schools und er th ei r supervi;iion.

From t he flosto11 J ournal, 1s.Jf> .
W ELn's

2d edition.
As a fri en.d of edu cati on, and with o ut a ny in1 er es t in tile sa le of th e 'Y.'O rk, I wish
sirnply to invite att e ntion to th e tr ea ti se .
\Vho1w e r examine 5 i t
E;\'c:t...1 s 11 GnA:'IDTAH,

,.,·ill d e tec t in it marks or an origina l think er and a skil lful t e ach ~
er. Th e ni e thod is strictly indu c tiv e ; and as a 1n odcl v f tea c h in g, i s on e of tli e best spec irn Pns in o ur lang trn ge.
1t is cal cula t ed to <lo in Grammar, what Colbu rn 's \\'ark~ h:lv ed on c in Ar it lin1eti c . Th e author i s himse lf pre-f"tnin e ntly d ist in~u is li c tl us a

classical teacher , and lins·a doptt: d, in thi s Englisl1 Gramrnar, substantiall y the plan of hi!:S " Lat in L essons and. R c11der 1 " a wo1k
which lrn s been ve ry cxtensi•e ly adopt ed as a te xt book in c las·
s1cal sciio0ls.

From

MAGr . AT111.1~, Pri11ripal of the South R eading
Public Hig h School, Mc1>·s ., 1840.
s . . '.\'ROH~ & CAWl'E I ~ :- I ha\'C th e sa t isfac ti on to OH·

Ht:NHY

1\fE~S R~ .

B.

n onn ce to you, that o ur S11p e ri nt ending Sc hool C.'ornmi t1 ee li :tva
g-iv c n \\ 7 e ld 's Grnmmar tli oir approv a l, and or<lc rt_'d i1 s im111 edia td
introdu c t io n into tl1 e Sclioo l 11 nder iny cha r g~ .
As far as I ca n
IL"arn, this G~ammar is bcco111ing- very p o pular in i\ Iassacl 1u se tt s,
and 111ust ultimat e ly b ecome a t ext book in almos t a ll our b e~t

• c hools.

From SAM U Et. C. B1towN, Teach er of .~fural Scien ce and Belles
Lttlrcs in Providence Cunfc,.cn ce Seminary, East Greenwich,
R. 1., 1848 .
I cRn not withhold an expression of n1y convi c t io n th nt y ou
have <lone th e public au invaluabl e se rvi ce , l.iy th e publi c ati o n of
V{eld 's English Grammar. It ha s Ueeu u sed in tl1i s in s tittHion
during tli e last two terms vvith 1n ost sa ti s factory success, n1Hl
s uc h ls 1ny opinion of its 1ncrits a s n text book, that, if e n gaged
in teac hin g t he e lementary principles of our language , I f'hou lJ.
foe.I quit e nnwilling tu use any other of whi c h l have nny kno w ).
edge . I liave not tim e to tnention its n1any e xce llen c ies , but
wot1ld earnestly commend it to the attention and examination of
all per&oos interested in t\Ji s d e partment of i n•t ruction .

'i

i

24

THE YOUNG COMPOSER;

POPULAR SERIES OF ARITHMETICS,

OR YOUNG WRITER'S ASSIS1'ANT;

ADAPTED TO ALL GRADES OF PUPILS;

BY CHARLES NORTHEND, A. M.,

IN THREE BOOKS;

PRINCIPAL OF THE EPES GRAMMAR SCHOOL, SALEM, MASS.

BY BENJAMIN GREENLEAF, A. M.,
This highly popular and valuable work should be in the
hands of every scholar in our schools, and may be found a
\'aluahle reference book for adults.
From a large number of testirnonials in its favor, we l1ave roon1
only for the following :

Front J. D.

PHILBRICK,

Esq., Principal of the Quincy Sc/tool,
Boston.

PRINCIPAL OF BRADFORD

Its peculiar adaptation for accomplishing the ol.iject d e signed,
\Vill give it an extensive circulation. It is simpl e in its nrrungetnent, and cOntains only those things wliich are essential to the
p11pil. The plan is a liappy one, and admirably suited to meet
tlic wants of the mass of scholars in all our school•.

From T. W. VALENTrrrn,Esq., a distinguislwd 1'"aohe1· ;,. JJ.lha11y.
I have examined t!10 work c"refully, and for.med a high opinioll of its utility and practicability.

Frorn W. H. WF.Ll,s, JJ. . M., Principal of the Putnam 1''ree
School in Newburyport, and President of Essex Co. Tcaclurs'
Jlssuciation .
In pre paring the "Young Composer," the author ha~ placed
teachers under greu.t obligations. "We have loni,; felt tlid need of
just su ch a work.

Prom the Rev. E. M. STONE, of Providence, R. I., a well
known friend of Educdtion.
I have exriminctl tlie "Young Composer,'> and am rnuch pleas~
ed with its nrrange1ne ut. It will prove a valuable help to the
young: in that most dreaded of juvenile exercises, letter writing,
and school·room composition . I have submitted it to the scrutiny of rny boys, anti their decision that it is "just· the thing,'' cor·
rohorates my o\vn opinion. The work 1nerits universal favor, and
no better sen·ice can ue done the young, than the general adoption of i: i n tlie public anti private schools of our land.

TEACHERS' SEMil'fARY.

IMPROVED STEREOTYPE EDITIONS.

The publisher invites the attention of ~'each~rs and School
Committees to this valuable series of Anthmet1cs, and especially to the important improvements which have recently
been made.

I am highly pleased with the work, and regrtrd it us a valuublo
aid in the department for which it was designed.

From A. PARISH, Esq., Principal of the High School, Spring·
field, and President of the Nass. Teachers' Jlssociation.

(MA.ss.)

I. MENTAL ARITHMETIC.
This book, as its title indicates, is strictly mental, and designed for children; and while it is sufficiently simple and easy
for "beginners," it advances with gradual steps till it presents
to the learner all the Tables in simple and compound num~
bers, and many ingenious and practical questions under them,
and also several sections in simple. fractions, the whole being
admirably adapted to tho eapae1t1es of young scholar!!, and
to prepare them for the next book of the series.

II. IN1'RODUCTION TO THE NA1'IONAL ARITHMETIC.
'!'his book consists of mental and written Arithmetic, "on
the INi>ucT1VE SYSTEM, combining the ANALYTIC AND SYNTHETIC METHODS."

The prese nt edition has been thoroughly revised and entirely re-written, and nearly 150 pages of new mnttcr have
been added. The following are some of the prominent features of this work.
1. The nrra11gement is strictly progressive 1111d philosophical, no principle being anticipated.
2. The language is simple, precise, and accurate, rendering
the rules, definitions, and illustrations, intelligible to the p u pil.
3. The examples are eminently practical, and adapted not
only to illustrate an~ fix iu the min~ the pri~icipl~s '".hich they
involve, hut also to mterest the pupil, exercise his mgeuu1ty,
nnd inspire a love for the science.
4. The reasons for the operations have been shown, and the
learner is Jed to look into the philosophy of the subject, rather

2

(;f\T:J :l\L F AF 'S AHIT IT J\IFT J( '.' .

'l'i w gr1~:lt l'OJ 1!1i.Lr11y ,if· <J n.?c1deat''.s . :\n t li 1w ::.il: ... i .. .;. 1 11 , jj 1 .,;u~.i
1'.y tl1 ·· r:11 ' t 111·1! t!Jt' .\' an~ now 11 1 g1:r 1t ~rdl th ,: 11 1 tl ii: J11:-.: l:--, i:i i1JtJ[s
tn rn 1 1 ~! 1 1 ) I J ! :-'iew l·>1 :.:L u1 d ir11:l11 d ill:! th i ~ :-i 1' \' 1T : tl :...; 1.\T L ~•i\t­
r
'LU, :""lt: !i 1111'. · '"' i 11 -'1 ·t.. _~·u · J 1 1 1...; : ·tr-.: , 111 _\ ,~w \'-11rk C 11\·, ai i·i
1 1
1
h .llJ 1 !!' •' 1 !_-..: ( / : . \r · :t1l1:f!ll• ;:-) ;l/111 ."'itdt' ('. l .••w/11)1d ....; lit \";tri1~IH .-.;~ · , ·.[ 1 1 J / l'i

tl rn u jJC l'l UJ'lll w ccliuuic:.dl y opcrntir,1•;., \\ J,ic!i l 1A d iw " ll<,I 1111d1 ·1ct:i11d .
!>. T !tr• ;n l :jcc t o f' C an c Pllatirrn is 111on · !idly 111· nt cd, it j, J.c l it'\Td . tl1:JJ1 i 11 : 111y (1t lw r 'ni d .; o t" tl1t' l.; i1 1d.
Tlw f1rit 1(' i1d1·:-1
1q111J1 '\ l1icl 1 ii d~· 1 1('1 1 d:-: . 111 1d liil' dill1T1 ·111 n 1 cd 1 · ~ 11( 111,1· 1 ui i 111 1
arc JulJ.} d1_ ·\ c1°__:•1Jc tl , ;..i1:d i t.::; a p ,;li ca lJuu a ud u:::.u cuu UH.l Jv ! JL:f1l- t'lh- elt.·Lu iu Lbe :::clwlur.
ti.· ~ CYcrn i ~ll bJeCts not in th r: fr,1n:cr f'. <llli(•H> lj tn.- ~· l•-LEH uJ J•·{1i11 1Li:--: ; 1;.; , T:c11iu, Jl 11r i 1: ~. 1'1~ 1 ilt ;111d l, 1, :--~. F u1·111r~ . J ' r4,~11·~
~lull : 1\ 1: 11u lli • ~~ ,,\ l'. ~ rqHi (,!f 1 r1 ~, H~ , .t\utttl i t.111 u u d ~ li I Ut:rtt ­
lJUll. A11ulys 1s , 1 ntrn>l'T, l'rnpon i<•ll, F \lrn r· t ion
ti re H o ot ~ ,
t.11a.l tlH.:ir op plication, hnve bf:F. Jl grt?n tJy f!}fte11<l~U untl iu1µrov-

1

-- ---------

------'--

--- -

- -

~---------------

T ~ . I~ (

( ,'

.

h::. L:L.::i to du :

'! !'Lt:T.L

L.....-TR OD \j •; TIO:'i

ttHd ~..1.'1'10.:-<..1. L ~·\. 1tITU­

~Cupies of th ese \iVo;·ks Wtll ue !Urnished for examination on
app bcat1o n Lu ~h e P u bli~lttff. Ront-:R.T S. ih\·r~. N"0. l'!!J ~v;~h11.l~l 1 11 1 ~:1· 1· ct, n ' l'iJ'U ."
::-trt.:!.."t, 1 tlRTL .~L.""ilJ .

iu Un: rniuJ.

.

III. THE NA'l'IONAL Al.tl'l'H Arn'l'llJ.

to secure to the pupil ME1"TAL n1sc1PLINE, tl1orough knowledge of
the principles of tAe science, a11d Jacility in ihtir application . .

11

1
_'

p1 1 gt ·~ tk~ign('d tu di r ec t the :itt1· nti nll n f t1 '11clien-; l! Jl d p1q iils
t o d 1P. lJH ,:--l iH1 p• 1rt:11t t Jiri twip ln.; nf th e l"l' lPTJf' f\ nnrl frx- lhPn1

Of tl1is ennre Series of Arithmetics, thus briefly described,
w e have ampl o testimony from many of the most intelligent
School Committees urn! Teache rs in N ew England and elsewhere, iliat it is be~icr wlapled tlian any other before the public,

II ! ( 1·1 1 :-:1:i r 1· -:.

:ir::l'.~C.il e-u 11 t ~t i 1 1it ! ~ 1UH ~ u l ut1ons nn d •1 x-'plct 1t at 11 > 1t~ ~ 11.n~ pn· p '..lr t.:d }·-'' th -Ct.n t;,'t;; ttt.::.; t CC u ! lcach.c;s only.

ecl, making (/Te book B'll.Jjicie11/ly extensive for Cmnnzon ::.·cJrno/s.
7. Questioi19 i1un1 heen in""rti-<l nt thfl bottom o f the

This book is design ed more particularly for advanced scholars in our Public S chools, High Schools, and Academies, and,
like the lN'l'RODuc·r10N, combines the ANALYTIC AND SYN'l'HET1c MF.THODS. It was revised in 1847, und contains the most
valuable mod em improvements.
In describimr its prominent ch111·11ctAril'ti"1< it mnv he rPm11rki:ct,'1. T hat it is a complete system of itselt/ comprising nil the
e lementary Rules. as well as those pe rtaming to the high er
brunches of the science, together with a full illustration and
itArnonstruiion of t.hr.ir prin-cip],,,.., 11ml CQ!ltains, it is believed,
o greater amount and variety of matter strictly arithmetical,
than can be found in any other treatise of the kind.
2. 1t embraces a large amount oi m ercantile information
not usually found in arithmetics, but importuut to those destin ed for the warehouse or counting room.
3. The Custom Hou se busin ess, carefully prepared by officers of th e Boston Custom House, the Philosophical and
G eometrical Proble ms, the articl es on Il1111king and Exchange,
ore full, un<l have pnssed under the revision of those who are
well acr1uainted with these respective depm1ments.

I

'.fw? r.dir.io n.' ~ n f th ~.~F! A_r i t !itueLi c~. o ne co nt:iin l n .:.r i.l 1M a n ~
·,"'.'v;:1··•,11; d tt-'! I Hut k> an d the other \Vithr.in~ tli ._:. a1, r:tr-= f~·JW p u.i; ..

or

-

r ) )!•

U!

j

'
'i

ii
i!

\i
!

\1

...

- --

-

t ~!".:!' ! 1J ! t 0~.,·~ ~; ~:- :1

) 1)1" t u :) ..L'I BI H L'\'

\.\'..& C.\!l "~Elt ,

E~( · li.1 11~0
'

t:i.. ; r ,._ ~-· " ·"i 1 -i"t ·-'f !.;: ·! [ 1_l: ·. .: :.:.:.t :.r:.c r o as r•~ti.:;c,; \.\.~o

ltavc rece i ve d i n re gard to these works .

F,· om G r. ortoE W onos , A . M ., Pri 11cipal of the Englio h D epa rt ment, of N urth Y a rmouth .!lcade111y, Mai11e, a11d m ember of the
tow11 S chool C ommitt ee , 18-HJ.

I h 3 ve used Gr ee nl eaf's S e rie s of Arithme ti c s in mv
a, l , 0tH tl lf e•~ Y '~ ' tr"' , ltf t • l

a~

.e1,,. ,..,

nt t'1 ' ~ s ~ 1. ) d (' .1.Il; il :~·.. •:• n[
t bis t 0-..v a, l ~ ..iv c vlt::n:.n.:t:J Liw t:nfuc l~ of 11Hrnd rt 0 1ng the rn into nll
our co~rn o n sc hnoJ ;q ~ and ca n nnhe sitittin61Y ,<::i.y t hey hivt- ~:vl,;n
a n e w .1mpu1_se to tt11s imp o rtant brnnc h or study. Th<> m,e ntal
a ln "m 11"r

op e rat1uns , th e \V ~ ll se lec ted e xam p l e s~ the concise nP. ~ "' nnd <:.' l e-a r~
n e_s3 of. Ll.t ~ 1uh:; :t, u.~1<1_ the happy a rrangement througho ut, give
this sene_s 111 my op1n1on a d ec id e d advantage over every other
with wlu c h I a1n 1.1.c qu a inte d.
Tl ie improve m e nts, in th e n e w Edit ion of the "Introduction "
rend e r it more va luable a s preparatory to the National Arithm~­
.t ic. I ueli e ve it now contains sufficie nt matter for most pupil•
in oul' distnct sc h ools.

F,-om Ar..r-rtED W.

Purn, Principal of Kennebunk
Maine, 1848.

.!J.cademy,

I lrn.ve .e xamine d Mr . G rce nleoif' s Introduction with atte ntion .
It is an aamira ble work.
Th e R e vi sion has gre atly enhanced
th e valu e o f th o bo ok. The paper , the typography, and the
~und1n g. are 1 Uea u~1 f11l. R o bin.s?n's, Dflvies', _S mith's, Tho n1p!wn's,
~uJ Adatns _ S e nos ar~ dp se rvu1g 1 and are indeed. r ece iving higb
co mm e ncla twn; but 1t mus t I tl1ink be aeknowl ed ,,ed that
Ure e 11le af'3 Arithmetic3 are u'nsurpasseJ, if equaled b/ any be-

GREENLEAF'S ARlTHMETICS .

GREENLEAF'S ARITHMETICS.
fore the pn'.lli<'.

The lntrodn ction r<' vi• ed i' tlrn learn,;,] ftnthor'•

cro w ni n g lnhor.

It fill.'\ the place it \Vas 1lt-'.".lign Pd fur > p l·rk i·tly

From

cu!~tions.

We have. U~f"fl the 'vork in ch~ Monnt \Va~l1ington Cn!legiat~
School for the last three years, and its present greatly increased
value renders it, in my view, superior to any similar work that has
fallen under my notice.

From WM. R. PoRTER, Eeq. Member of the Board of Educa·
tion, Cumberland Co., Maine, 1849.

TnAcY, County Com·

mittre on 'J'ext Rooks, for Mn"1·111uuok Co ., N. 11., ltl4d.
Thi~ n1ny c e rtify tlrn.t we tl1 0 u11Jc i-5ignc:J, C onuui ttt.:i.: .u l l T ext
Boo1: s for t h e Coun t y of MerrimRr k, )Hw " e x a mined CJ'ittcally all
of our m ost p opular A r ith1ne tics 1 a n d arc u nanim uu:; in fft. vor of
recommending Greenleafs Series of Arithmetics as best adapted
t o m ee t the w a nts of our Common and High schools . We rno•t
ch eerfully report th e m us the Text Books on Arithmetic for this
County. In the Revised Editions , we think the. value of ~heoe
works is greatly enhance d, anc.l that th e y, Ill the u present lom1,
exhibit a more attractive and philo~upliit;u.l develo pn1e nt o f tho
scie nce of .Arithnlt!ti c than any oiuul a l' t rC;atisu \VC hav e se e n.
Tho e nte rprising Publi,her, for Lhe introdu c tion of so rich worko,
deserves the lasting thanks of the publio, and will, as we believe,
rece ive a liberal remuneration for his trouble and expe nse.

Extract from a Letter, da ted ltforch 27, 1846, from Rev . W. H.
Moo1u., Chairman of the School Committee, Manchester, N. H.

My examination of GreenleaCs Arithmetic has satiofled me,
that tho simplicity of its arran gement, and the terse and per·
epic uous statement o f tho rules for conduc ting its proce•.se s, well
adapt it for a t ext b o ok in arithmetic, and make It supenor t ? a l·
moot all others l have uxaminod,-ancl I may further say, mf•·
rior to n one.

/ls socialc l'nnciplLl o(Jtfvunt Washing-

llav i n~ c a n~fully CX:lm 1r 1thl t l1c un p ro ve d eJ1 t 10n of \ ~ rc1.; :1lcaf'j
Na.ti o nal Arithm e tic: f am convince d o( its gr e at ex: c el!euc e as a
text book for Seminaries o[ learning, wheth e r we regard it as designed for intellectual discipline, or for inculcating a thorougb
~nd accurat e kno wledge o( the best method of comme rcial cal-

I have been a m<'mbcr of tlie lloard ol Supe rintc mliu;, S<.lhool
Committee of this c ity, for se v e ral y ears, during which time
Greenleaf's National Arithmetic has been uged in our public
school~, and has given entire 1t11ti~faction.
The Introduction ~o
tlrn Nationnl Aritlimetir. ha• also been in use in our se lect public
~chools, and hM given satisfaction both to the Teachero 1111J Lh"
Committee.

Rfpnrt of H Af, L Ronr.RTS and CAI, EB B.

CLARK,

l ort Cullr!fiHlc Sf lwu1 , .Y IT. , l ~·i~ .

}',.om A. G. W AKEl'l£LIJ, E•<J.., B augor, .U-uine.

Having visited nearly every town in this County, and had p6r·
sonal conve rsation with a large majority of the School Committee• and Teachers, in re gard to the text books in use, I take plea•·
ure in bearing testimony to the fact, that Green leaf's Series of
Arithmetics are in general use throughout the several towns of
this Countv and !!iv" entire satisfaction. They are also e xtensiv e l y intr~rl11 ced in a ll the C ounties ot thi5 State. I r~gttnl ll1i~
Seri~s as J ecidedly superior tu u.uy otl.1i:r \\"it'll wl£i~h I au 1 ;.v ;.
quaintecl, an <l c heerfully recomme nd it to the attention of '""'Y
one inte r e sted in this departrn e nt uf talucaliuu .

\V .

GEO.

Fro-m

0RCUT 'r, Princip(tl of the .lletulwiy 4l Thetford,

HIRAM

Vermont, 1846.
I hav e for more than four years used Mr. Greenleaf"• "Na·
tional Arithmetic," and have no hesitation in saying that I regard it the best book of the kind extant . Mr. Gree nleaf has in
this work rese rved the excellencies of all othe r authors with whom
I am acquainte d, while at the same tim e , he has r ejec te rl mur.h
whi(·h in th c 1n

i~

n l1j e c ti·• t1a lr le.

'J'h i9 Lo nk

resulL of 1n11 c h l1<Hd 1-itu,ly 1 und i:> u tlui.lrul,ly
l

,
I

rni e 8 and ndv unced

c l a8~es

in co mrnon

p 1 u~d li' I Y\: !JL~ 1:n tlio

aJupt e d

~ choo t ~.

" introducti on ·: nn d " .lVI enrnl Arithmetic ::

to l::lCa d lj: ·

1 ha ve u sed h is

ror a 1es~

ti me , but

long e nough Lo b e able to estimate the compa rative m e rits of tho
1J01Jk9. I rcg-ut •l tl1esc <.1lsO rt:3 \VOl' k s of' gr ea t m e ri t, an d L.n pp iiy
a (Lq1:1· 1l

t11

tlw

11 .., 1:

uCc•llr 11 111) 11 sc1 1tinl.'I .

l nrn d ccidc dJ y of the o p1nion t h at n o ~ c ri e s ct' arit h m e tic s tvith
w b ic i1 I ;J. :n ::i.c qu ai ntcJ, is so r.i; ell c.akub.t.:.::l t.o k~ J t. i ~ o pui-Ji~ tu
g-aiu u. d1 0 rv uc;ll jHtt.eticai kuo\VltJgo uf figur e :;, a:; Ll 1is.
Mr. Green lea l' s books nmy claim more of originality than
fn O~ l o th e r aritl1111 e tic~ t Xlttul; 11i ~ ana11 gt llh.: ul ig MY~ lvmah..: ;
lii s e xatnpl e s a ro c aknlat olt at f 1n c:e to ~nt L; t t; Sl tli o r11ind ) a1Hl to
e xplllin nnrl fix tl m prin r. ipl os 1 arnl 1nnre tlia11 nny oili e r nuth o r
who se works r have examined , he has given the rea son for the
rul es whi c h he has lairl down. These boo ks are alrend 1" ext e n sively use<l rn Orange County (V t.), and that will Ut> a h,."ppy day
for ou r schools, when the y shall be the books used throughout
our State.

From

Jom1

D.

'i

ti!'!

Pri11cipal of tlie Quincy School,
Boston, 1849,

PHILBRICK,

I have examin ed the copy of the improved edition of the" Introduclion" which you had the kindness to s e nd me, and I do
not h e sitate to nssure you that I consid e r it a n excell e nt Arithm e tic . Its work show s pl a inly th e hand of expe 1ience . I think
it now stands in th ~ front rnnk of common sc hool Arithmetics .
In explan a tions it has hit the true medium, being neith~r too ab·

2•

1.Ii
·

GREENLEAF'S AilITIIl'lfETlCS.

GREENLEAF'S ARITHMETICS .

From

atruee nor too simple, <loiug en01igh for tho learne r, an<l ye t le1Lving as mu c h to him, as it is reasonabl e to expect him to do.
It is neither too large nor too 11mall, - neithtlr ,formidable nor
deficient. It contains all that is necessary for all practical purposes.
Among other good poiuts, I was partic4larly please<l with its
oral ex e rcises, its progressive arrangement, the easy gradation,
and great diversity and ingenuity of its problems, an<,! \he perspicuity and preci!ion of its rules and illustrations.

From Tao11u

Principal of the E11glish High Sckool,
Boston, 1849.

From W. H .. ~ELL S , 111Structor fo the English Department of
P!ultips /Jcademy, .llndove1·, Mass., 1846.
Greenl ears "National Arithmetic'' has been used as a text
book in this Institution for several years. We bad previously
mude trial of se veral different systems, 11.nd the comparison has
sa!isfied us that this work pOiti0B6es decided advantages O'll~r o,ll
others now in u.!o.
On e of th e peculiar e xcellen cies of the book is, that the exnmpl~s are so constructed and diversitied, as to ex haust the 8Ubject.
It would be almost impossible for a pupil to perform the examples in course, and remain ignorant of any of the importa nt principles of the science. This work is also ha ppily adapted to accomplish a still highe r an d more important object, -mental
di.ciplin e. Th e re are various other points to which I might allud e, as tlHl ori ginality of tb e exampl e s, their practical char;;icter,
&c. ;. I.Jut tho crowning excellence of the system is, that it worka
w ell rn the school room.
Wo have used th e " Introdu c tor y Ar.i thmetic" in our preparatory departm e nt for tho last two years, and find it to possess
•ubstanti all y the sa1110 valnablc <1ualities that c haracterize the
larger work.
Non:. Mr. W ells is now Principal of Putnam Free School,
Newl.iuryport, Mass., where he is \tsing Grnenleaf's Arithmetics
at this time, 1849.

./1. M., Principal of the Epes Grammar School, Salem, Mass., 184!.l.

CHARLES N o RTHENV,

Having examined Greenleaf'• series of Arithmetice with great
care, I am fr ee to say that I conoid e r th em be tter adapted to the
wants of our schools tha n any works of a simi lar kind that l have
oeen . ln addition to the intrin~i c merits of th e books th e mselves
I consider the attractive and substantial manner in whic h they
are"' done np'' a$ greatly in their favor . The revised edition of
the Introduction is an admirable book, and w ell fitted to meet Lho
wants of schools, generally.

SHERWIN,

I have examined Greenlears new " Common School Arithmetic," and am happy to render my testimon.y in its favor. The
work is sufficiently comprehensive for most schools ; it contains
an excellent series of examples, the explanations are clear, and
tho rules are well expressed. It introduces several shorte ning
processes, which not only facilit11t.e "rithmetical operations, but
are valuable as exercises in reasoning. I commend this tre11.tise
to the favor of teachers and the public. The, " National Arithmetic" is so e xte nsively, and so favorably known, a& to need no
commendation from me.

31

From TaoMAs

RoBBINS

a:nd

W1LLU.M

A.

ALCOTT,

of the School

Committee, Hartford, Conn., 1845.
We the snb-committee, of tho Hartford Fint School Society
Committee, for the purpose of visiting the crty schoo ls, do recommend to said schools, Greenleat's senes of Arithme tics, a s th.e
most suitable books for their use in ibis department of 11cience.

From S. H . WALK.ER, Teach.er in the Junior Department of the
Greenville School, Norwich, Conn. l 84(j.

\
!

l have used Greenleaf's Me ntal and Introdu c tory Arithmetics,
th e past y ear, in the school unde r my cliar,;e, and ilo not hesitate
t o say, that in my opinion, they are d ec idedly s upe rior in point
of m e rit, to any t ha t h a vo ever fall e n und e r my ol>se rv a tion . I
am led to this conclusion by the excellent arrangement of the
w orks, 11.nd from the fa c t tha t the classes that h a ve been under
my instruction in those a rithmetics, have advun ced more rapidly,
am! a lt ogft/t •r more understa11di71gly, than a ny classes I hiive
ever had in other arithme tics; and this without any extra effort
on my part. Th e re seems to be just e nough in the Mental Arithmetic to pre pare the pupil for the Introd uc tory; and so of the
Introductory as it regards th o Natio nal Arithme ti c ; and I have
no he si tation in saying, that l belie ve Greenleal's Ser ies of Arithm e tics, including the M e ntal, Introdu c tory, and Natiorml Arithmetics , is the best now in use.

From DAVID PATTERSON, M. D ., Teacher of Public School No .
3, and one of t!te Pri11.cipals of the Male Normal School, New
York, 1849.
I hav e ex11.mined the revised edition of Greenleaf'• Introduction to Arithme ti c, and comparing it carefully with other approved works on that subj ect, I think it is decidedly the I.Jest book
whi ph is at present before the publi c. It embraces all that is
tuught in o ur best Co mmon Schoo ls a nJ A ca.Jc 1ni es 1 ant.! is so
trea te d and arranged tha t while it com1nunicates what is practically usefu l, it at the same time secures a thorou gh m ental discipline. I heartily recommend it to Teache rs, being w e ll persuad ed they will not be disappointed in its u1e

GREENLEAF'S ARITHMETICS .

33

GREENLEAt>'s NATION Ar. ARI'l"HMETIC has been introduced as a
te xt -book in the following importa nt seminaries of learning,
among others, which in fact may be considered a high recommendation for the work.

ADDITIONAL NOTICES OF TOWN'S REVISE]') SERIES OF
SCHOOL BOOKS.

32

The following extracts are taken from the Reports, made hy
Town School Committees in 1&49, to the Comrnisoioner of the

o:T The

seveml STATE NoRMAL ScuooLS in Massachue<'ltts,
under the direction of the State Board of Education.
The Normal· Schools in New York City; Rutger's Female Institute, New York; Brooklyn (N. Y .) Female Academy; Abbott
Female Academy, and Phillips Academy, Andover ; Chauncey
Hall School, Hoston; Bradford :Female Seminary, (Mass.) Miss
Hassoltinc, P rin cipal; Phillips Acac!emy, Exeter; The Young
Ladies' Institute, Pittsfield; Williams Academy, Stockbridge;
vVorcester County High School, vVorcester; Cathulic College,
Worcester; vVesleyan Academy, Wilbraham; Amherst Academy; Quaboag Seminary, Warren; Framingham Academy;
Hingham Academy ; Portland Academy; Peirce Acade:ny,
l\fo.ldleborough; Partridge Academy, D11xbury; Lowell Academy; Bristol Academy, Taunton; New Bedford Academy; llev.

Common Schools of New Hampshire.

From the School Conunittee of Barnstead, N. H.
You·r Committe" ],ave made the attP.mpt to introduce Town'•
Revised Series of RcaJing Books, and as far a~ they 'have ~nc­
ceeded, the reading classes that have u sed them, have made
manifest advancement.
Oue of the Teachers rema rks, "the
progress o f my school has been good, very good . The new reading books have been very interes ting, tlnd the improvement. m
reading has been twofold greateT, than it would have been w1t>hout tlwrn."

From, the School Committu of Com.cay, N". 11.

D. Leach's SP.JA('.t S.:hool) TI.oxhnry ; Putnam High School)\rc \v~
hurypnrt; FriPnd~, Ar.ailf'my, Prn\'idcnce; Kimball lTnion Aca.<lomy, Mori •.leu, (N. H.); l'einlnoka Academy; New Hamp ton

Academy; Keene Academy; Hillsboro' Academy, Mt. Caosnr
Seminary ; Belfast Academy; Thetford Academy; Caledonia.
County Gramma r School; the High Schools or A cademies in
Woodstock, Middlebury, Rutland, Montpelier, Burlington, Bradford, and many other towns in Vt.; the High Schools in Halloweli, Augusta, '\raterviila and Ilangor, and n1any othor diitinguish·
cd institutions in various p:irts oi the Unitcli States.
Tile wholo or a part of this t;thie~ liaS a.l::w Leon reconuuonJuJ
and adopted by the Superintending School Comm ittees o f the
pr incipa l townH throuuhout Now England, in cluding Boston, N.
B edfo r<l, Middl e borongh, Andover, Haverhill, Newburyport, Salem, Beverly, Lynn, Portsmouth, Worcester, Springfield, Northan1ptun, PitL~fi.dd , Taunton, Fall River, Pd.wt11cket 1 Ihi~tol, ~hu­

bleh ead, Duxbury, Kingston, Plymouth, Weymouth, Hingham,
Milton, Barnatnble , Ipswich, Danvers, Brookline, Nowton, Watert o wn, Me<lfonl, Quincy, Dedham, Nasbun, Manchester, Concord, Fitzwilliam, Keene, Portland, Bangor, Belfnst, Hallowell,
Augusta, '.Yuterville, Hartford, Norwich, and in the b"st public
and private scliools in various sections of the United States.

!\f:-inv nf onr 8rhnol3 ·hn.ve tHi()pted Town ~ f4Xr.t"'l1Hnt. Rea<li11 ~
.Books. , These books have bee n rncom1u.,m.l.,d li1 all parts of tho
Union, and W6 hqve witnessed their introduction nmon~ us with
much pleasure. We wish to see them uni-rersally adop~d.
1

From the School Committee of Sanbornton, N- H.
-we would most curn e!! tly n' •' Ommen<I t11 e 1Be of~ble1n Town '"
of Re::ld.in; Book~, a~ the beet a.dapte<\ to tbo capae1tie!
nrnl improV(' r!lt~llt S or the youthfut n1inrl. 1 Of any ~ori~ which
has come undor our notice.

~eriee.
lll

n
ll

Ii,,
11
I

From the School Committee of Gilford, N . ll.
'fo wn'a

Revi~Atl

Serios of Rca<liug .Hooks ha ve been very suc -

cessfully introduced into tho school• of thi s town.

From t!tc School Committee of Tamworth, }'(. H .
Town's R ev ised Series of Reading Books will take the plsce
of all other., in the school• of this town, tlt e .Bibl e excepted.

From the School Committee of Jllton, N. H.
An attempt was m ade the past winter to introdue6 a uniform
series of readi1rn books (Town's), and aa far as th e y were introduced, th ey have given general satisfaction ; and the improvement in reading, where they have been used, has been far greater,
than in the Schools where they have not been introd uced. Tlus
encourages the hope tha t they may be introduced generally, into
the Schoole of tlli• town <luring the coming year.

I
ii
,....,

34

WELD'S LATIN LESSONS AND READER.
This work is designed principally as an introduction to the
study of th e classical authors, usually pursued in our High
Schools, Academies, and Colleges. It consists of two distinct
parts.
PART FrnsT contains exercises on the forms or inflections of
nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs, and o t1 th e generrt'l
rules of syntax. 'Nhen a form or principle has ueen committed to m emory, the learner is exercised on this, by translating from English to Latin, anrl from Latin to English, si mpl ~
clauses or sentences, involving the form or principle under examination, and by writing upon a black-board or s late, at eac h
recitation, Latin for th~ English in the Book, or as 1lict11te<l to
him at the time by the teacher. Jn this manner the learner
cannot fail of becoming familiar with each form or principle
as it occurs. He moves on without discouragement, though
not without having his memory and ingenuity constantly taxed.
PART SECOND consists of selections, except a few pages,
from th e best classical authors, which will not be found
too difficult for those who have gone over thorou ghly the first
part On the margin of eac h page are numerous references
to Andre ws and Stoddard's, and Bullions's Latin Grammars,
which serve the double purpose of rendering the learner
familiar with the Grammars, and of explaining difficult idioms
and constructions. In this part the rules of Syntax are again
illustrated by examples for each general rule, carefully selected from the best authors, and somewhat more difficult, than
those furnished in Part First.

RECOMMENDATIONS.
The Publishe rs solicit the attention of the public to the following ce rtificates of reco1nn1e ntlation, given e ither by gen tl emen

who have witnes sed th e effec ts of Mr. A . H . \Veld 's syste m, by
a p e rson a l and c ritical examination of pupils instructed in it, or
by practi cal teac he1s who have tes te d its utility by using it in
th e ir schools.

From

Principal of the Free-st·reet Semi·
nary, Portla11d, Maine .

HEZEKIAR PACKARD,

Havin g introduced into my schoo l, sonte months s ince, Wold's
Latin L essons, anti tes ted th e m e rits of the work by experience, I

..

•

